PB94-780C38
EPA MODEL CURRICULUM FOR
TRAINING ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
PROJECT DESIGNERS
Student Manual
Georgia Environmental Institute
4501 Circle 75 Parkway. Ste C-3100
Atlanta, Georgia 30339
Produced under EPA Grant
*CX816386-01
EPA Project Officer. Karen Hottman
Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
401M Street. S.W.
Washington. DC 20460
-------
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
This manual contains ideas, procedures and information which are the
contributions of many individuals from a variety of disciplines. Information from
existing EPA guidance documents and other EPA asbestos course curricula
has been utilized where appropriate along with additional information which
has not been previously included in these resources. We are grateful to all of
those who have patiently worked toward improving our technology in the area
of asbestos hazard detection, evaluation and control. This multidisciplinary
effort is reflected in this course manual, not only by those who have assembled
the information, but also by those who have reviewed it.
We express sincere thanks to Karen Hoffman of the EPA Office of Pollution
Prevention and Toxics. Her efforts as Project Officer greatly contributed to the
integrity of the document and made our task more enjoyable. We also express
our appreciation to Robert Jordan, PhD, of the EPA for his technical review and
support.
This manual is the result of a team effort by Individuals of The Environmental
Institute and Diagnostic Environmental, Inc. in Atlanta, Georgia and Gobbell
Hays Partners, Inc. (GHP) of Nashville, Tennessee. GHP conceptualized and
developed the design laboratory/ workshop portion of the course. A special
thanks to Phyllis Gobbell, Bill Echols, Steve Hays and Ron Gobbell for their
innovative ideas and outstanding workmanship.
The Atlanta group developed Sections I-XII. The following are recognized for
the excellent work and dedication to the effort: Alan Agadoni, Bonnie Bonham,
Corlette Dennard, Tod Dawson, Bill Ewing, Rachel McCain, WIIDam Spain and
Michael Thompson.
We express our gratitude to Mr. Lloyd Fox of Environmental Insurance
Management Services, Inc., Atlanta, Georgia for reviewing and updating the
section on Legal and Insurance Considerations.
We also wish to acknowledge the following individuals and groups for the
generous time and tenacious effort in providing technical review to portions or
all of the document.
Frank Bull Bull, Brown & Kilgo Architects, AIA,
Atlanta, Georgia
Herman Clark, Esq. Clark and Justice, Marietta, Georgia
Stephen Connelly Balsam Environmental Consultants, Inc.,
Salem, New Hampshire
Warren Friedman, PhD, CIH U.S. General Service Administration,
Washington, D.C.
-------
Alan Galson
Bob Greene
Dave Hogue
Lynn Lammer
Thomas Mitchell
Andy Oberta, CIH
David Pinzer, GET
Robert Repas
Dave Quillin
Jim Werner
Galson Corporation, East Syracuse. New York
GLE Associates, Tampa, Florida
Corporation for Environmental Management,
Indianapolis, Indiana
Midwest Asbestos Consultants,
Fargo, North Dakota
Memphis City Schools, Memphis, Tennessee
Environmental Consultant,
Brentwood, Tennessee
H+GCL Environmental Scientists and
Engineers, Boston Massachusettes
Robert J. Repas and Associates, Inc.,
Elyria, Ohio
John Deere, Waterloo, Iowa
M & O Abatement, East Hazel Crest, Illinois
-------
NOTICE
The National Institute of Building Sciences (NIBS) is the publisher of Asbestos
Abatement and Management in Buildings, Model Guide Specifications. NIBS has granted
permission for portions of the second edition (dated August 12, 1988) of that document
to he incorporated into the EFA sponsored Instructors' Manual and Student's Manual of
the EPA Curriculum for Training Asbestos Abatement Project Designers. Those documents
are used to train asbestos abatement designers. An Introduction and Instructions for
Use and two new sections on removal of sheet and tile flooring were added to the NIBS
Guide in 1992. The portions of this document contributed by NIBS arc copyrighted by
the National Institute of Building Sciences and their use for purposes other than
described in this notice are prohibited.
It is very important that the portions of the Guide included in this manual not be used
for purposes other than the training programs authorized by NIBS. This requirement is
for your protection. The Guide is designed to be used as a comprehensive tool and the
instructions for its use and the specification sections contain important interrelated
information that help protect workers, occupants, the public and the environment. Such
protection may not be afforded if sections are used independently for asbestos abatement
design without the benefit of the information in the Introduction and Instructions for
Use and other technical sections.
The Guide is not untcnded to be utilized for abatement projects in its unedited form.
Users (editors) of the Guide, should be knowledgeable in asbestos abatement design and
qualified by training and experience in such work. Inappropriate use of the Guide could
result in improper asbestos abatement and serious liability exposure.
A copy of the NIBS Guide, including computer useable forms, can be obtained from the
National Institute of Building Sciences, Publications Department, 1201 L Street, N.W.,
Suite 400, Washington, D.C. 20005. Telephone (202) 289-7800, FAX (202) 289-1092.
-------
EPA MODEL CURRICULUM FOR TRAINING
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGNERS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I Overview of Course Content and Objectives 1
II Background Information 1
A. Introduction 1
B. Description of Asbestos 1
C. Asbestos-Containing Products 3
D. Common Types of ACM Involved in Project Design 5
E. Building Survey Protocol and Sample Analysis 9
F. Options tor Control 11
G. Summary „ 14
H. Review Questions 15
II Asbestos Exposure and Its Effect on Health
A, Asbestos Exposure - The Route of Entry 1
B. The Respiratory System and Its Defense Mechanisms
lor Asbestos 2
C. Asbestosis 4
D. Lung Cancer 6
E. Mesothelioma 7
F. Other Diseases Associated with Asbestos Exposure 9
G. Recognition of Controversial Issues 11
H. Summary 13
I. Review Questions 14
-------
IV Overview of Conducting an Abatement Project and
Roles of Various Disciplines
A. Introduction 1
B. Role of Various Disciplines 1
C. Sequential Considerations for Conducting An Asbestos
Removal Project 8
D. Summary 20
E. Review Questions 21
V Considerations In Designing Engineering Controls
A. Introduction 1
B. Containment of the Work Area 2
C. Removal of ACM - Confining and Minimizing Airborne Fibers 18
D. Wet Removal of Asbestos-Containing Material 26
E. Dry Removal Techniques 33
F. Cleaning Up the Work Area 34
G. Waste Disposal 42
H. Summary 46
L Review Questions 48
VI Abatement In Occupied Buildings
A. Introduction 1
B. Factors to Consider In the Design Phase 2
C. Vertical Shafts 12
D. Fire Safety 16
E. Water Leaks To Floors Below Abatement Project 20
F. Logistical Considerations And Public Relations 20
-------
GL Summary 23
H. Review Questions 24
VII Protection of Asbestos Abatement Project Personnel
A. Introduction 1
B. Respiratory System 2
C. Respiratory Hazards 2
D. Categories of Respirators 4
E. Use of Approved Respirators and Components 10
F. Protection Factors 11
G. Respirator Fit Testing 15
H. Typical Respirator Use During Asbestos Response Actions 19
L Respiratory Protection Program 21
J. Protective Clothing and Other Protective Equipment 30
K. Putting Protective Clothing On 34
L Taking Protective Clothing Off 35
M. For Further Information 37
N. Respirator Program Checklist 37
O. Review Questions 43
VIII Safety Considerations
A. Introduction 1
B. Electrical Safety 2
C. Scaffolding Safely 7
D. Ladder Safety 10
E. Walking and Working Surfaces 12
F. Fire Safety 13
-------
G. Emergency Procedures 16
H. Heat-Related Disorders 19
L Carbon Monoxide Hazards 22
J. Personal Protective Equipment 24
K. Hazard Communication Standard 25
L Review Questions 32
IX Air Sampling Protocols, Requirements and Data Interpretation
A. Introduction 1
B. Purposes of Air Monitoring and Regulatory Requirements 1
C. Air Sampling Equipment 14
D. Analytical Alternatives 17
E. Data Interpretation 21
F. Qualifications of the Air Monitor and Project Monitor 25
G. Qualifications for Analytical Laboratory 26
H. Summary 29
L Review Questions 30
X Lockdown and Replacement Materials
A. Introduction 1
B. Lockdown 1
C. Replacement 8
D. Hearth Effects of Substitutes 15
E. Summary 17
F. Review Questions 18
-------
XI Legal and Insurance Considerations
A. Introduction 1
B. Liability of Project Designers 1
C. Insurance Considerations for Project Designers 6
D. Types of Insurance Coverage 8
E. Contracts for Abatement Work. 11
F. Some Important Issues Related to Contract Specifications 13
G. Conclusion 26
H. Review Questions 27
XII Federal, State and Local Regulatory Requirements
A. Introduction 1
B. EPA Regulations ~ 2
C. Consumer Product Safety Commission 20
D. OSHA Regulations 21
E. Department of Transportation (DOT) Regulations 30
F. State and Local Regulations 39
G. Review Questions 40
XIII Design Workshop
XIV Field Trip
Glossary
-------
Appendices
A, Recommended Specifications and Operating Procedures for the
Use of Negative Pressure Systems for Asbestos Abatement
B. Procedures and Equipment for Using A Glovebag
C. Breathing Air Systems
Via
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section I - O/wviow of Court* Contort jnd Oty*c5v*s
OVERVIEW OF COURSE CONTENT AND OBJECTIVES
In accordance with the 1986 Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA). the
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) promulgated regulations which established
training and examination requirements for various disciplines associated with asbestos
hazard evaluation and control in schools. These disciplines include inspectors,
management planners, project designers, abatement contractors/supervisors and
abatement workers. The training requirements also delineate the topics which must be
included in the curricula for each discipline and the minimum number of days for each
course presentation.
EPA established five regional university training centers to serve as sources of the
required training programs. A mechanism was also established for approving training
entities. Currently, approval of training providers is conducted at the state level. EPA also
provided funding to develop model curricula for each of the disciplines which Includes a
student manual, instructor's manual and visual aids. These curricula are available from
National Technical Information Service (NTIS) at 704-487-4650. for a nominal fee.
This student manual is the EPA model curriculum developed for asbestos abatement
project designers. As a matter of interest the portion of the Model Accreditation Plan (40
CFR Part 763) that applies to project designers has been excerpted from the Thursday.
April 30. 1987, Federal Register and included at the end of this section. Thfe curriculum
covers all the topics listed in the model accreditation plan with the exception that a design
workshop has been substituted for a field trip. While the model plan requires a minimum of
three days training tor project designers, four days is recommended to adequately cover
the contents of this manual.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section I - Cvwvww of COUTMI Content and ObfoctKfos
Pag* 2
As with other EPA model curricula, there is no mandatory prerequisite training or
qualifications required for those attending this course. However, EPA recommended and
several states have established additional qualifications for project designers such as
being a registered architect, engineer or certified industrial hygienist Because there is no
EPA prerequisite, the model curriculum provides background information on asbestos
including physical characteristics, uses and health effects.
A review of the Table of Contents indicates this curriculum consists of twelve additional
sections that will be covered in lectures with slides and overhead transparencies; and a
design laboratory which will provide students with hands-on opportunity to design a project
by solving a series of design problems. Study questions are provided at the end of each
section to help students focus on the most important information and prepare for the
required exam.
There are several advantages to using an AH ERA accredited project designer for all
asbestos abatement projects. Furthermore, accredited designers are mandatory for some
projects. For example, EPA/AHERA regulations 40 CFR 763.91 require accredited
asbestos project designers for the following projects in schools (grades K-12):
• 'any maintenance activities disturbing friable ACBM, other than small-scale.
short-duration maintenance activities';
• the response action for any major fiber release episode.*
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section I - Overview of Course Content and Objectives
Pa0»3
The Asbestos School Hazard Abatement Reauthortzation Act (ASMARA) which took effect
on November 28, 1992, has extended the requirement for using an AHERA accredited
project designer to design response actions in public and commercial buildings, as well as
schools.
These course materials are intended to help project designers generate and enforce
written specifications and project plans which meet or exceed federal regulations and
other appropriate criteria.
Written specifications are necessary to ensure a successful abatement
project, regardless of the size, and are necessary to establish the scope of work, set
parameters for how the project is done, and set the criteria for determining when the work
is completed. The specifications should help minimize at least five potential problems
which can be involved with asbestos abatement projects: health, pubGcity, government
regulations, contract disputes and law suits. These potential problems cannot be
eliminated by merely having the contractor comply with federal, state and local regulations.
In some cases, more stringent criteria are needed to provide adequate protection of the
involved parties during the projects. The course material cites several instances where
this is the case.
There are various types or styles of design specifications. If the designer chooses to
specify exactly how the work must be set up, done and completed, then they are called
"means and methods" style of specifications. If the specifications state what must be
accomplished, basic limitations of performance and criteria for measuring completion, then
they are called "performance" style of specifications. Furthermore, specifications which
list brand names are called "proprietary" and those which do not are called
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section I - Ovwvtow of Coura« Content vtd Otyecttvw
Pa0»4
"nonproprietary." Each style has some advantages and some disadvantages which are
presented as part of the notebook materials and lectures. Most specifications are a mix of
several styles.
The objective of the curriculum is to provide students with fundamental technical
information related to asbestos abatement project design that can be incorporated into
written specifications. This information may be augmented by additional project
experiences and current events interjected by the presenters. It is not presumed that a
three- or four-day training program can provide all of the information or experience
necessary to correctly design an asbestos abatement project. The information In this
course will serve as a technical supplement on asbestos work practices to those who are
already designing projects and as a basic primer on design techniques for those who are
familiar with asbestos issues but have limited design experience.
Using the Manual
There is a glossary in the Appendix of this manual which covers most of the important
terms and definitions. Throughout the manual these terms are underlined to remind the
reader they are in the glossary. Important words and phrases have been highlighted in
bold print throughout the manual to help focus the reader's attention. Also, questions are
provided at the end of each section to provide a review of important information.
-------
SnUOENTMMiUAL
AS8EST06 ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section I - Ove«v»e» of Course Coolant and CbjscsVe*
P«ge5
EPA Model Accreditation Plan Requirements
or Asbestos Abatement Project Designers
C Abatement Project Designer*. A
SUtt shall require that all persona
seeking sccreditatioe as abatement
project designers complete either • S-
day abatement project designer training
coum as outlined below or tht 4-dajr
asbestos abatement contractor and
supervisor's training COOTM that la
outlined in the next sub-unit The 3-dajr
abatement project designer training
program (hall include lecture*.
demonstrations, • Held trip, coant
review, and a written examine Hoa. EPA
recommend* the use of audiovisual
materials to comptememt lectures, where
appropriate.
The 3-day abatement project designer
training coarse shall adequately address
the following topics:
(a) Background information on
asbestos. Identification of asbestos;
examples and discussion of the uses and
locations of asbestos in buildings;
physical appearance of asbestos.
(b) Potential health effects related to
asbestoe exposure. Nature of asbestos-
related diseases; routes of exposure:
dose-response relationship* and the lack
of a safe exposure level; the synergistic
effect between cigarette smoking and
asbestos exposure; (he latency period of
asbestos-related diseases: a discussion
of the relationship between asbestoe
exposure and asbettosis, lung cancer.
mesotheliosa. and cancer of other
organs.
(c) Overview of abatement
construction prefect*. Abatement as e
portion of a renovation project OSHA
requirements for notification of other
contractors on a multi-employer site (29
CFR 1928.53).
(d) Safety system design
specification*. Construction and
maintenance of containment barriers
and decontamination enclosure systems;
positioning of warning signs; electrical
and ventilation system lock-out proper
working techniques for minimizing fiber
release entry and exit procedures for
the work area; use of wet methods; use
of negative pressure exhaust ventilation
equipment use of high efficiency
particulaU aerosol fHEPA) vacuums:
proper clean-up and disposal of
asbestos: work practices as they apply
to encapsulation, enclosure, and repair;
use of glove bags and a demoostraboo
of glove bag use.
(e) Field trip. ViaH an abatement site
or othet suitable building site, including
en-site discussions of abatement design.
building walk-through inspection, and
discussion following the walk-through.
(f) Eaptoyve, personal protective
eqwpmeot. To include the classes and
characteristics of respirator types:
limitations of respirators; proper
selection, inspection, donning, use.
maintenance, and storage procedures;
methods for field testing
facepieesMo-fac* seal (positive and
negative pressure fitting tests):
qualitative and quantitative fit testing
procedures: variability between field
and laboratory protection factors;
factors that alter respirator fit (eg,
facial hair* components of e proper
respiratory protection program:
selection and use of personal protective
clothin* use, storage, and handling of
non-disposable de-thing: and regulations
covering persona) protective equipment.
(g) Additional safety hazards.
Hazards encountered during abatement
activities and how to deal with them.
including electrical hazards, beat stress.
air contaminants other than asbestos.
fire and explosion hazards.
(h) Fiber aerodynamics and control.
Aerodynamic characteristics of asbestos
fibers; importance of proper
containment barriers; settling time for
asbestos fibers: wet methods in
abatement aggressive air monitoring
following abatement aggressive air
movement and negative pressure
exhsusl ventilation as a dean-up
method.
(i] Designing abatement solutions.
Discussions of removal, enclosure, and
encapsulation methods: asbestos waste
disposal
(j) Budgeting/cost estimation.
Development of cost estimates: present
costs 01 abatement versus future
operations and maintenance costs:
setting priorities for abatement jobs to
reduce coat.
(V) Writing abatenent specifications.
Means and methods specifications
versus performance specifications;
design of abatement in occupied
buildings: modification of guide
specifications to a particular building:
worker and building occupant health/
medical considerations: replacement of
ACM with non-asbestos substitutes:
clearance of work area after abatement
air monitoring for clearance.
Excerpted from 40 CFR Part 763. Asbestos-Containing Materials in Schools; Proposed Rule and
Model Accreditation Plan; Rule. Federal Register. Vol. 52. No. 83. Thursday. April 30.1987.
-------
STU06HT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section I - Overview of Course CoMBnt and Ofepctfcw
p.g.6
EPA Model Accreditation Plan Requirements
or Asbestos Abatement Project Designers
(1) Preparing abatement drawing*
Use of as-built drawing* UM of
Inspection photograph! and oa-tite
reports; particular problems in
abatement drawings.
(m) Contract preparation and
administration.
(n) Legol/liabilitiet/deftnses.
Insurance considerations: bonding; hold
harmless clause*; use of abatement
contractor's liability insurance dains-
made versus occurrence policies.
(o) Replacement Replacement of
asbestos with asbestos-bee substitutes.
(p) Rcie of other consultants.
Development of technical specification
sections by industrial hygjenists or
engineer*, the multidisciplinary team
approach to abatement design.
(q) Occupied buildings. Special design
procedures required in occupied
buildings; education of occupants; extra
monitoring recommendations: staging of
work to minimize occupant exposure:
scheduling of renovation to minimize
exposure.
(r) Relevant Federal State. a,id local
regulatory requirement. Procedures
and standards, including:
(1] Requirements of TSCA Title D.
(2] 40 CFR Part 81. National Emission
Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants.
Subparts A (General Provu:ons) and M
(National Emission Standard for
Asbestos).
(3) OSHA standards for permissible
exposure to airborne concentrations of
asbestos fibers and respiratory
protection (29 CFR 1910.134).
(4) EPA Worker Protection Rule, found
at 40 CFR Part 703. Subpart C.
(S) OSHA Asbestos Construction
Standard found at 29 CFR 192&M.
(s) Courte Review. A review of key
aspects of the training course.
Excerpted from 40 CFR Part 763, Asbestos-Containing Materials in Schools; Proposed Rule and
Model AccnxStation Plan; Rule. Federal Register, Vol. 52, No. 83. Thursday. April 30.1967.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMEHT PROJECT DESIGN
S«c*an II - Background Information
Pagsl
BACKGROUND INFORMATION
INTRODUCTION
Many factors must be evaluated before deciding to conduct an asbestos abatement
project. This section is intended to provide the project designer with insight into a variety of
asbestos-related issues that ultimately influence the design process. These
considerations range from the fundamentals of locating and identifying asbestos-
containing materials to the tasks of assessing the potential hazard and selecting the most
appropriate response action.
In schools, the project designer will be coordinating efforts with the local education
agency's (LEA) designee who Is responsible for short and long term management
planning to control asbestos hazards. Although there is no regulatory requirement for a
designated asbestos coordinator in commercial and public buildings and industrial
facilities, often a staff person has been appointed.
DESCRIPTION OF ASBESTOS
Asbestos is a generic term which includes a number of fibrous minerals. The various types
of asbestos minerals occur predominantly in metamorphic rock where they crystallize in
narrow veins as parallel bundles of tiny fibers. A fiber bundle may contain as many as a
milion of the minute fibrils. When dispersed into the air. these fibrils may remain airborne
for several hours. Three distinctive characteristics of asbestos fibers are apparent when
viewed under a microscope. Asbestos fibers are very small, they are much
-------
STUDENT MANUAL AS86STOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Socfton II - Background Information
Pago 2
longer than they are wide and there Is a noticeable variation In diameter of
the Individual fibrils.
The different types of asbestos are placed into two mineralogic categories termed
serpentines and amphiboles. Minerals in these groups are distinguished by their chemical
composition and their crystalline structure. Serpentines and amphiboles exhibit
different physical properties which are Important from a project designer's
viewpoint. For example, the amphiboles do not wet as easily as the serpentines.
Therefore, it may be more difficult to keep airborne fiber levels down when removing
materials containing amphibole asbestos material.
The only fibrous asbestos in the serpentine group is chrysolite, sometimes referred to as
white asbestos. It comprises more than 90 percent of all the asbestos that has been used
in commercial products in the Unites Stales. The primary elements in chrysolite are silicon
and magnesium. Chrysotile also usually contains impurities of iron, nickel, aluminum,
chrome and some other minerals. The chrysotile fibril is a spirally-wound hollow tube. The
combination of fforils bound together gives the fiber the appearance of having curly split
ends. Chrysotile fibers have high tensile strength and good spinnability but are not as
resistant to acids as the amphiboles.
The fibrous asbestos minerals in the amphibole group are actinolite, amosite,
anthophyllite, croddolite and tremolite. They are characterized by a wide variation in
chemical composition including calcium, sodium, aluminum, ferrous and ferric iron.
Amosite and crocldollte, sometimes referred to as brown and blue asbestos,
respectively, are the only commercially significant varieties. When compared to chrysotile
in appearance, amosite and crocktolite fibers are larger in diameter, solid as opposed to
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Soction II - Background Information
Pago 3
hollow and straight instead of curly. The amphiboles are more resistant to acids than
chrysotile and can withstand higher temperatures without breaking down.
ASBESTOS-CONTAINING PRODUCTS
To obtain asbestos for commercial use, asbestos ore is extracted from open pit or
underground mines. The ore is crushed and the asbestos fibers are separated from the
rock layers by vbrating screens and an air-lifting process. The fibers are bagged in bulk
for incorporation into various products at manufacturing facilities or through on-site mixing.
Asbestos-containing materials which are batch-mixed on the construction
site, such as structural flreprooflng, usually have a wider variation in
percentage of asbestos content than those that are Incorporated into
manufactured products, such as floor tile. The type of material and method of
production have a bearing on the number of samples that must be collected for a given
suspect material in a building survey.
The various types of asbestos have been incorporated into an estimated 3.000 commercial
products. The Inherent physical characteristics such as resistance to heat and chemicals.
abrasion resistance, insulating capabilities and high tensile strength along with low cost
and availability, resulted in the widespread use of asbestos-containing materials (ACM).
Asbestos was commonly used on steam pipes and boilers of ships during the early 1900s.
It was used widely in American ships and shipyards in the 1940s and was expanded to
include sprayed-on insulation materials in the 1950-1970s. Use of asbestos in the United
States did not begin to decline until the 1973-1978 bans by the Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA) on spray-applied and premolded friable buiding materials.
-------
STU06NT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
S«cten II - Background Information
P»g>4
Asbestos abatement project designers will be primarily involved with several common
asbestos materials that were incorporated into building products. These products can be
described in terms of use such as fireproofing. thermal and acoustical insulation,
decorative application, product reinforcement, and acid resistance. For the purposes of
evaluating asbestos in buildings, the EPA has defined three categories of asbestos-
containing building materials based upon application.
• SURFACING MATERIALS - ACM sprayed or troweled on surfaces (walls,
ceilings, structural members) for acoustical, decorative, thermal insulation or
fireproofing purposes.
• THERMAL SYSTEM INSULATION (TSI) - Insulation used to inhibit heat
transfer or prevent condensation on pipes, boilers, tanks, ducts and various other
components of hot and cold water systems, and heating, ventilation, and air
conditioning (HVAC) systems. This includes pipe lagging, pipe wrap; block, batt
and blanket insulation; cements and 'muds'; and a variety of other products such
as gaskets and ropes.
• MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS - Materials not included in the other two
categories such as floor tile, ceiling tile, roofing felt, concrete pipe, outdoor siding
and fabrics, sheetrock 'mud,' glazing putty, various mastic products and caulking
products. Frequently, nonbuilding ACMs such as material in ovens and
laboratory counter tops must be addressed in the project design.
The terms friable and nonfriable are used to further describe the cohesiveness and
consistency of asbestos-containing materials. Friable ACM, when dry, can be
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section II - Background Information
Pig»5
crumbled or reduced to powder by normal hand pressure. Friable materials
generally release fibers into the air more readily than do nonfriable materials. However,
many types of nonfrlable ACM can become friable and release fibers if they are
substantially broken, cut. driBed, sanded, sandblasted, crushed, pulverized, or abraded.
COMMON TYPES OF ACM INVOLVED IN PROJECT DESIGN
The materials most likely to be involved in an asbestos abatement design project are
spray-applied fireproofing. acoustical plaster, ceiling tile, thermal system Insulation, floor
tile and associated mastic. A brief discussion of these materials follows and a listing of a
wide variety of asbestos-containing products is provided in Table 11-1.
Spray-Applied Fireproofing - A one-half to two-inch thick layer of friable asbestos-
containing insulation was commonly spray-applied to the structural steel in a building to
prevent buckling and collapse during a fire. Sometimes it was also spray-applied to the
floor and roof decks. Chrysolite, In quantities of 1 to 95 percent (25 percent on
average), is the most common type of asbestos found In fireproofing
Insulation. Occasionally amoslte or rarely crocldollte were used. Other
materials typically used in conjunction with chrysotJle included vermiculite. cellulose ftoers,
gypsum and binders such as calcium carbonate and portJand cement
Asbestos-containing fireproofing was usually spray applied to the structural steel before
the installation of other building components and may be located in hard-to-access places
such as elevator shafts, fresh-air ventilation shafts and beams covered up by duct work.
There Is usually overspray on everything that was present at the time of application. It may
be on the inside of some electrical and/or air conditioning ducts if they were partiafly in
-------
STUDENT MANUAL
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DES.ON
Soction II - Background Information
place when the fireprooling was applied. Cverspray may be found on exterior walls
behind insulation on gypsum board and finish materials. Asbestos-containing fireproottng
ranges from white to gray to brown as it was applied, but sometimes may be coated or
encapsulated with a dear or colored sealant
TABLE 11-1
REPRESENTATIVE LIST OF MATERIALS LIKELY TO CONTAIN ASBESTOS
Asbestos Cement Insulating Panels
Asbestos WaUboard
Asbestos Insulating Panels
Asbestos Chalkboards
Roofing
Asphalt Saturated Asbestos Felt
Reinforced Asbestos Flashing
Sheet
Asbestos Base Felt
Asbestos Finishing Felt
Flashing
Paint
Sheet Metal Work
Plastic Cement
Membrane Waterproofing and
Dampproofing
Waterproofing
Asbestos Base Felt
Asbestos Finishing Felt
Flashing
Dampproofing
Putty
Fire Door Insulation
Fire Dampers
Flooring
Asphalt Tile
Vinyl Asbestos Tile
Vinyl Sheet Flooring
Backing
Mastic
Plaster
Ceiling Tile
Insulation
Thermal, sprayed-on
Fireproofing
Paints
Textured Coatings
Taping Compounds
Elevators. Brake Shoes
Insulation, Plumbing
Piping Insulation
Pipe Gaskets
Equipment Insulation
Insulation, HVAC
Piping Insulation
Boiler Block
Breeching Insulation
Boiler Wearing Surface
Gaskets
Duct-work Taping
Flexible Fabrte Joints (vibration
dampening cloth)
Rue, Seam Taping
Cooling Tower. Baffles and FHI
Valve Packing and Rope
Laboratories
Hoods
Oven Gaskets
Gloves
Bench Tops
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Swrfonll - Background kitomutton
Acoustical Plaster - Acoustical plaster typically containing 10 to 30 percent chrysolite was
commonly troweled or sprayed onto walls or ceilings for soundproofing. The material is
typically one-fourth to one-half inch in thickness, friable, and varies in color from white to
gray. Acoustical material is usually accessible because it is used to reduce noise levels in
frequently occupied areas such as hallways, auditoriums and cafeterias, but may also be
inside electrical ducts, conduits and air conditioning ducts that were in place when the
material was installed or inside of walls. Even In accessible locations where the
acoustical ACM has been painted, It Is still a friable material which would
need to be addressed upon renovation or demolition and In the operations
and maintenance program.
Thermal System Insulation - Thermal system insulation (TSI) is the category which
contains the largest amount of ACM. In commercial buildings and schools, most of the
material is generally limited to closed, restricted access areas rather than offices or highly-
used space. However, in industrial facilities, accessible TSI is much more predominant
The average percentage of asbestos in TSI ranges from 65 to 75 percent ft often contains
crocktolite and amosite as well as chrysotie.
Insulation on thermal systems is typically wrapped with an outer canvas jacketing and may
be applied as a corrugated cardboard-type pipe wrap, a white chalky pipe wrap,
cemantitious mud around pipe fittings, block insulation on boilers, white batt insulation on
boiler breeching, or as black batt insulation inside ducts. On tanks and boilers there may
be layers of other materials such as wire mesh sandwiched between the layers of
insulation. Removal of TSI may pose special problems if it is insulating high-temperature
lines, high pressure lines, or lines containing toxic chemicals. TSI used in occupied
spaces such as insulation on exposed pipe risers in public areas is more accessible and
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section II - Background Information
Pag»B
may require additional surveillance and preventative maintenance to ensure the material
remains in good condition.
Floor Tlte and Mastic - Floor tile and the underlying mastic are generally considered to be
nonfriabie materials when they are in good condition. These materials may need to be
abated, however, when damaged or as part of a larger renovation project. Refer to the
discussion of the National Emission Standard for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP) in
the section on Regulations for further information on regulated materials.
Relatively low percentages (10 to 15 percent) of asbestos were used in floor tile and floor
tile mastic. The dimensions of the asbestos fibers that were used in floor tiles and mastic
are sometimes too small to be detected with a polarized light microscope which is the
analysis prescribed in the EPA's Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA) and
National Emissions Standard for Hazards Air Pollutants (NESHAP) regulations. A higher
resolution transmission electron microscope (TEM) may be needed In order
to detect asbestos fibers In floor tile. Vinyl cove base and cove base mastic are a
subset of this class of materials and are also candidates for TEM analysis.
Ceiling Tile - Chrysolite and amostte were occasionally used in various types and sizes of
celling tiles. If asbestos is present, the percentage usually ranges from 5 to 10 percent.
Other components include mineral wool and cellulose. Like floor tile, ceiling tile may
contain very smal fibers which cannot be detected with the polarized light microscope.
Often the asbestos is restricted to a specific layer in the ceiling tile. It Is Important to
note that nonasbestos celling tile may become contaminated If It Is below
friable asbestos flreprooflng.
-------
STUDENT MWUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
S«c*on II - Background Infcxmition
Pages
BUILDING SURVEY PROTOCOL AND SAMPLE ANALYSIS
Because the project designer will need to rely on and supplement building survey data to
develop written design specifications, an overview of how a survey is conducted, how
samples are analyzed, and a brief discussion of data interpretation are presented here.
A building survey for asbestos is conducted by determining where suspect materials are
located, quantifying materials that appear to be the same (homogeneous
materials), collecting a statistically reliable number of random samples for each suspect
material identified and assessing the potential each material has for fiber release. This
process has been formalized in the regulations for schools promulgated under the
Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA) and the subsequent EPA curriculum
for building inspectors.
The AHERA method of assessment and prioritization incorporates the factors of current
material condition and potential for damage into a decision-tree framework. The criteria
evaluated for each functional space such as hallways, auditoriums and classrooms include
the extent of deterioration, physical damage, water damage, accessibility, vibration and air
flow. Each suspect material found to contain asbestos is classified into one of three
categories: significantly damaged, damaged, or good condition. Then, depending on the
accessibility factors, the confirmed ACM is assigned a hazard ranking number, which
corresponds to the degree of risk posed by the ACM including the potential for future
damage.
Samples collected for EPA compliance purposes are analyzed for asbestos content by
polarized light microscopy (PLM) using the 'Interim Method for the Determination of
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section II - Background tnkxma&on
PsgelO
Asbestos in Bulk Insulation Samples'' found at Appendix A to Subpart F in Title 40, Code
of Federal Regulations (CFR) Pan 763. With this method, the presence of asbestos in a
sample is determined by optical mineralogy using a light microscope with polarizing filters.
Asbestos identification is achieved by examining the structure of the fibers and optical
properties of the sample. Quantification is obtained either by visual estimation or point
counting. Results are reported as percent asbestos by type (e.g., chrysolite. crockJoite).
Additional information such as other fibrous components in the sample and the nonfibrous
sample matrix may also be obtained.
EPA standards define a material that contains one percent or greater
asbestos, as asbestos-containing. The referenced EPA method refers to
percent by weight. However, the laboratory results are actually reported as
percent by area. The analyst determines the amount of asbestos present by
an areal visual estimation. If the analysis by the standard PLM procedure
Indicates less than 10 percent asbestos is present, the NESHAP regulation
requires verification of the percent asbestos by point counting using PLM.
Point counting is a more precise quantification procedure and, generally, the reported
percentage of asbestos is lower by point counting than the standard method.
As discussed earlier, the limitation to this analytical technique is the resolution of the
polarized fight microscope. Even under optimum conditions, fibers less than 0.25 nm in
diameter cannot be detected by PLM. The size of the asbestos ffoers incorporated into
some materials, such as floor tile, may be too small to be detected by PLM.
-------
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
S*ctton II - Background Intormition
STUDENT MANUAL
OPTIONS FOR CONTROL
Based on the information from the building survey and laboratory analyses, a decision is
made on how to properly handle asbestos-containing materials. The options for
controlling exposure to ACM are referred to as response actions in the EPA AHERA
regulations. Response actions range from in-place management with an operations and
maintenance (O&M) program if the material is in good enough condition, to removal if the
material is severely damaged and cannot be repaired. Building renovation, demolition or
modernization may also make ACM removal necessary.
In-Place Management - An operations and maintenance program is a formal set of
standard operating procedures to minimize asbestos exposure In the building. Two useful
reference documents for asbestos operations and maintenance programs are the EPA
publication "Managing Asbestos In Place - A Building Owner's Guide to Operations and
Maintenance Programs for Asbestos-Containing Materials", also known as the "Green
Book"; and the National Institute of Bunding Sciences' "Guidance Manual: Asbestos
Operations and Maintenance Work Practices".
The purpose of an operations and maintenance program is to dean up any asbestos-
containing dust or debris that may have been previously released, maintain the ACM in
good condition, and prevent inadvertent disturbance to in-place asbestos-containing
materials. This is achieved through a series of program elements which include:
• Asbestos program manager appointment and training.
Written, buHding-specific Operations and Maintenance Program,
-------
STUDENT fcMNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section II - Background Information
• Notification to building occupants, staff and outside vendors about the presence
and tocation(s) of ACM.
• Training staff on special work practices for handling or working around ACM,
• Respirator, medical surveillance and hazard communication programs,
• Special maintenance procedures,
• Special cleaning procedures,
• Work order/permit system for outside vendors.
• Periodic reinspection and recteaning,
• Recordkeeping.
One of the measures for maintaining the material in good condition is repair which
involves limited replacement and/or patching.
Another control option, termed enclosure, involves the installation of an airtight (or nearly
airtight) barrier between the ACM and the building environment. This measure has Bmited
applicability and is typically only used for small amounts of material on isolated columns or
beams.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Soctonll - Background Information
Paeo13
Another option for in-place management is encapsulation of the material with a liquid
that, after proper application, surrounds or embeds asbestos in an adhesive matrix to
prevent fiber release. However, encapsulants are limited in their applicability and may
make eventual removal of ACM more difficult and costly. For example, encapsulation
should only be considered for ACM that is in good condition, not highly accessible, and
granular or cementftjous. If the material is not in good condition, the encapsulant may
cause the ACM to delaminate. Also, if fireproofing is encapsulated, the Underwriters
Laboratory (UL) fire rating may be voided.
Removal - If in-place management of ACM is not feasible or effective in protecting human
health and the environment, the remaining control option is removal of the ACM. This
option is often selected when renovation activities make it impossible to control asbestos
fiber release. Partial removal of ACM in an area or on a floor-by-floor basis may be
performed in conjunction with activities such as wall relocation, sprinkler installation, and
ceiling, light, or duct replacement From a building owner's perspective, the critical issues
which must be considered in selecting any control option include the potential health risk,
legal liability, regulatory compliance, economic factors and the owner's long-term
concerns.
if the decision is made to remove ACM, it is imperative that the project be designed
and executed properly to protect the safety and health of workers and
building occupants, to avoid further contamination of the building and the
environment and to minimize legal liability. This curriculum provides the
fundamental concepts which will assist the project designer in achieving this goal. The
designer must then supplement these fundamentals with a wide range of project
-------
STUOEHTUANUAL ASBESTOS ABATE ME NT PROJECT DESIGN
Section II - Background Inkxmaton
Page 14
experience and continue to remain current in the various technical and regulatory issues
associated with asbestos materials.
SUMMARY
Asbestos abatement project designers must be familiar with a wide variety of asbestos-
related issues that impact the design process. They should know that the various types of
asbestos are minerals that are in a fforous form. The fibers are very small and can remain
airborne for several hours. The different types of asbestos exhibit different physical
properties which may affect the design strategy. Though asbestos was incorporated into
more than 3,000 products, asbestos abatement projects typically focus on spray-applied
insulation, acoustical plaster, thermal system insulation, ceiling tile, floor tile, and floor tile
mastic. A project designer should be able to review buBding inspection data including the
survey protocol and the analytical methods used to determine if the information is
adequate for design specifications. Asbestos removal is one of a variety of options for
asbestos hazard control. A good written project design accompanied by careful project
management are the Keys to successfully removing asbestos from a facility without
contamination to the building or the environment.
-------
STUOENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section II - Background Wormarion
Pago 15
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1. What are the relative sizes of asbestos fibers we are concerned about?
2. Does it matter what kinds of asbestos fibers will be involved in a planned
abatement project? Why?
3. Why can the percentage of asbestos vary in samples of the same material?
List three examples of nonfriabfe ACBMs and give two actions which could make
each friable.
5. What analytical method is typically used for bulk samples? What are the limitations
of this method for floor tile?
-------
STUDENT WKNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Sactonll - Background Wom«ton
6. When must PLM point counting be used?
7. List the response actions (control options) which EPA considers acceptable for
friable ACBMs.
8. Asbestos is
A. A man made fiber.
B. Mainly mined In the U.S.
C. Mainly mined in Germany.
D. A mineral fiber.
9. Which type of asbestos fiber is from the serpentine group?
A. Amosite
B. Chrysotile
C. Actinolite
0. Crocidolite
10. Asbestos has been used in an estimated commercial products.
A. 88
B. 300
C. 3.000
D. 7.800
-------
STUDENT HWNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
SacAon II - Bacfcgroond Inkymation
Pig* 17
11. The three categories of asbestos-containing-builcSng materials as defined by EPA
are
A. Surfacing, Thermal System Insulation, Miscellaneous.
B. Fireproof Ing. Lagging, Surfacing.
C. Tiles, Thermal System Insulation, Surfacing.
D. Miscellaneous, Lagging, Tiles.
-------
STUOCNT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Socton 111 - Asbestos Exposure and lt» EHoct on Health
ASBESTOS EXPOSURE AND ITS EFFECT ON HEALTH
The detrimental effect on the health of people exposed to asbestos fibers has been well
documented. Numerous studies have been conducted on laboratory animals and cell
cultures to investigate the specific mechanism by which asbestos initiates or promotes
disease. Similarly, studies of former asbestos mill workers and insulators have provided a
wealth of knowledge concerning the risk of disease among populations exposed to various
concentrations of airborne asbestos fibers. The results of these studies have been
reviewed and analyzed by scholars, government bodies and research groups in an
attempt to shed light on many of the questions that remain unanswered concerning the
health effects of asbestos exposure.
Most of the controversy surrounding the health effects of asbestos exposure is focused on
low-level exposure to general building occupants such as school chldren and teachers.
There is little disagreement about the detrimental effects of occupational or high-level
exposures to asbestos fibers. To protect worker health, project designers and contractors
must focus on methods that reduce and control fiber levels inside the asbestos removal
area. These engineering controls are then augmented with protective equipment to
minimize worker exposure to asbestos.
ASBESTOS EXPOSURE -THE ROUTE OF ENTRY
Like any hazardous material, asbestos must first travel to the site where it can cause
disease. The primary route of exposure for asbestos is through the air. There have
been reports of asbestos warts due to asbestos fibers becoming imbedded in the skin;
however, this appears to be a rare occurrence. There is also some concern that excessive
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Socton 111 - Asbestos Exposure and IK Effect on Hearth
Pago 2
exposure to asbestos through ingestion, such as asbestos fibers in drinking water, may
lead to an increased rate of disease. Again, however, this has not been proven to be a
significant route of entry leading to disease. The greatest concern is exposure through
Inhalation.
THE RESPIRATORY SYSTEM AND ITS DEFENSE MECHANISMS FOR ASBESTOS
Since the primary route of exposure for asbestos fibers is through inhalation, it is important
to review the respiratory system and gain a brief understanding of its defense mechanisms.
As air is inhaled through the nose or mouth it must pass across membranes that are
covered with a sticky mucous. Very large particles of dust and fibers, which are often
visible to the naked eye. are usually trapped at this point and are prevented from going any
further into the respiratory system. Smaller particles will be carried further along into the
air passageways, including the trachea, bronchi and bronchioles.
The air passageways have numerous turns and branches making it a turbulent trip for dust
particles and fibers. These passageways are also lined with special cells that have hair-
like projections into the cavities of the air passageways. These hair-like projections are
called cilia and beat upward in a wave-like fashion. They are also covered with a sticky
mucous which forms a layer across the surface of the air passageways. When particles of
dust and ffoers impact this sticky coating, they adhere and are propelled upward by the
cilia. Eventually the mucous layer with dust and ftoers imbedded in it is carried out of the
lung and into the back of the mouth where it is expelled as spft or swallowed.
The smallest dust particles and fibers may travel through the air passageways and be
deposited into terminal air sacs called alveoli. The alveoli are depicted in Figure ///-/. The
-------
STUDENT MANUAL
AS8ESTO6 ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Dl - Asbestos Exposure and Its Effect on Health
Pago3
Natal Cavrry
Pharynx
Main Bronchia
Pleural Cavity (the pleura conjiiu of the
membrane enveloping the lungs and
lining the che»t cavity)
Alveol
Diaphragm
Figure II 1-1 Routes of inhalation and ingestion of asbestrform fibers are shown my smaJI
arrows. Mesothelial cells line the outside of the lungs and the pleura! and
peritoneal cavities. Interaction of asbestos with these cells can result in either
pleura! or peritoneal mesothelioma. Adapted from Wagner, 1980.*
"Figure from Asbestlform Fibers. Nonoccupational Health Risks. National Research
Council, National Academy Press, Washington. DC (1984), p. 101.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section III - Asbestos Exposure and ta Eftoct on H»aJth
exchange of oxygen and carbon dioxide takes place inside the alveoli. Oxygen from the
inhaled breath diffuses through the alveolar wall into a network of capillaries. Waste
gases, likewise, diffuse out of the blood and into the alveolar space. With the incoming air
also comes dust, pollen, and other particles such as asbestos fibers.
When dust and asbestos fibers are deposited inside the alveoli they trigger a response.
Large cells, called macrophages move across the surface of the air sac and engulf the
invading parti de. When the partide is an organic material such as pollen, the macrophage
effectively digests it When the partide is a mineral, such as silica (quartz) or asbestos, it
cannot digest it. The response often is to coat the offending partide and effectively
encapsulate it. Eventually, layer upon layer is built up to form scar tissue. This buildup of
scar tissue in the lungs leads to a disease called asbestosis.
ASBESTOSIS
Asbestosis. or scarring of the lung was first described in England during 1907. It was the
first disease recognized as linked to asbestos fiber exposure. The alveolar wall thickening
reduces the ability of the lung to expand and contract normally. This results in a retracted
or restricted lung with an inability to exchange oxygen and, to a lesser extent carbon
dioxide in a normal manner.
The buildup of scar tissue in the lung occurs gradually over many years. A worker
exposed to high concentrations of asbestos may not experience any overt symptoms for 10
to 30 years after the start of his or her exposure. The symptoms will gradually appear and
increase in severity. These symptoms include shortness of breath, easy fatigue, mild
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section III - Acbostos Exposure and Us Effect on Health
cough and weight loss. Advanced cases will usually include obvious cyanosis, a blue
coloring of the mucous membranes visible in the mouth caused by the lack of oxygen.
These symptoms will continue despite the cessation of exposure and death may occur as a
result of infection such as pneumonia or influenza.
The increased scarring reduces the elasticity of the lung. This makes it more difficult for the
heart to pump blood through the vessels in the lung. The added stress can result in an
enlarged heart and in some cases may lead to a heart attack.
Annual medical examinations of workers exposed to asbestos fibers are often conducted
to detect asbestosis. The physician will elicit a history of symptoms from the patient and a
documented history of past asbestos exposure. The patient with clinical asbestosis will
exhibit crackling respiratory rales in the lower chest fields upon chest examination. A chest
X-ray will usually demonstrate Interstitial fibrosis. pleura! plaques, or significant pleura I
thickening. Interstitial fibrosis, or lung scarring, will appear as opacities predominantly in
the lower lobes of the lung. Pleural plaques are localized areas of fibrous thickening in the
chest cavity lining known as the pleura. Pleural thickening Is a diffuse fibrosis of the chest
cavity lining.The results of pulmonary function studies may show a restrictive defect Other
indications include reduced blood oxygen and an abnormal diffusion study. The definitive
diagnosis for asbestosis is the open lung biopsy, although this is an invasive procedure
and is usually neither necessary nor desirable.
Patients with clinical asbestosis should be immediately removed from any additional
exposure to airborne mineral dusts, including asbestos. Physicians may advise their
patients to take specific steps to help prevent lung infections, to have annual X-rays to
-------
STUDENT UANUM. ASBESTOS ABATEMEffT PROJECT DESIGN
S«cfeon III - Atbosto* Exposure and in Effw* on Hwhh
Pago 6
detect possible lung cancer early, and not to smoke cigarettes. Unfortunately, once the
fibrosis has occurred, the scarring cannot be reduced or removed.
Asbestosls should only be a problem for asbestos abatement workers who fail to follow
proper work practices and fail to wear their personal protective equipment including
respirators. It is incumbent upon the asbestos abatement designer to require that stringent
respiratory protection measures be implemented on their projects.
LUNG CANCER
Lung cancer is the most common of the serious health effects associated with airborne
asbestos fiber exposure. It has been associated with asbestos exposure since the 1930s
and is responsible for about 20 percent of the deaths of insulation workers who installed
asbestos-containing materials in buildings. Like asbestosls. it appears that a dose-
response relationship exists between asbestos exposure and lung cancer. That is. the
greater the total exposure to asbestos fibers, the greater the risk of developing lung cancer.
The latency period, however, is generally much longer for lung cancer. From the time of
first exposure to the onset of disease is often 20 to 40 years.
The relationship among asbestos exposure, cigarette smoking, and lung cancer has been
well documented. Workers exposed to asbestos who do not smoke cigarettes are about
five times more likely to develop lung cancer than their nonsmoking, nonexposed
counterparts. Workers who smoke cigarettes and are not exposed to asbestos are about
ten times more likely to contract lung cancer than people who do not smoke and are not
exposed to asbestos. However, workers who smoke cigarettes and are exposed to
asbestos are over 50 times more likely to get lung cancer than nonsmoking, nonexposed
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Sarton II - AstMBtoc Expowr* and IK Eftoct on Health
Pag»7
workers. The relationship between smoking and asbestos exposure is called a
synerglstlc effect since exposure to both greatly increases the risk of disease. While
these statistics are based on the cancer incidence among asbestos insulation workers
many years ago, they reinforce the need to follow proper work practices to reduce worker
exposure during abatement projects.
Another purpose of the annual medical examination among asbestos abatement workers
is the early detection of lung cancer. Among the general population, about 75 percent of
the lung cancers are first discovered too late for successful treatment However, In about
25 percent of the cases surgical treatment is possfcte. Of these individuals, 40 to 50
percent are deemed •successful' with survival in excess of five years. For this reason, the
physician wiB usually order annual chest X-rays for older asbestos workers and may also
recommend additional tests for any asbestos worker who smokes cigarettes.
If lung cancer is detected, the most frequent therapy is surgery, if possible. This may be
followed by cobalt radiation treatments. In rare cases, chemotherapy is employed. In ail
cases, follow-up medical surveillance is required.
MESOTHELIOMA
Mesothelioma is a very rare form of malignant cancer involving the membrane-like linings
of one or more body cavities. If it occurs in the lung cavity it is called mesothelioma of the
pleura. In the gut cavity it is termed mesothelioma of the peritoneum. In rare cases it may
occur in the heart cavity, which is termed pericardia! mesothelioma. The mesothelial lining
of the lung is a very thin transparent membrane that lines the chest wall, doubles back
upon itself, and lines the exterior of the lung proper. The lining of the chest wan is called
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Socioo III - Asbottc* Exposure and to EJtee* on H*atti
the parietal pleura; the lining of the exterior lung surface is called the visceral pleura.
These mesothelial linings are depicted on Figure 111-1.
The relationship between mesothelioma and asbestos exposure became well known in
the early 1960s. At that time the scientific community thought that any mesothelioma must
be caused by asbestos exposure. Today, it is recognized that some other chemical or
physical agents such as ethylene oxide and erionite may also cause mesothelioma. The
vast majority of cases, however, appear to be linked to asbestos exposure.
Similarly to asbestosis and lung cancer, the latency period for mesothelioma is frequently
30 to 40 years after the first exposure to asbestos. There are, however, many documented
cases of mesothelioma occurring with a shorter or longer latency period. Unlike
asbestosis and lung cancer, there does not appear to be a clear dose-response
relationship between asbestos exposure and the onset of mesothelioma. Cigarette
smoking does not appear to have any additive or synergistic effect on the incidence of this
disease among persons exposed to asbestos. Exactly how asbestos fibers are able to
initiate mesothelioma in the pleura! cavity or the peritonium remains a mystery.
Annual medical examinations of asbestos workers allow the physician to detect a
mesothelioma at an early stage of development. Various therapies have been tried.
including chemotherapy, radiation and surgery, without success. The mesothelioma
usually proves fatal within a year of diagnosis. A worker with pleura! mesothelioma will
usually experience a sharp pain in one side of the chest, cough, may be short of breath,
and often exhibits a loss of weight. Persons with mesothelioma of the peritoneum will
usually have abdominal swelling, a cramping pain, and weight loss.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section HI - Asbestos Exposure and Its Eltoct on Hoafth
OTHER DISEASES AND CONDITIONS ASSOCIATED WITH ASBESTOS EXPOSURE
MesothePoma. lung cancer and asbestosis are the three diseases most often associated
with asbestos exposure. Several other diseases and conditions are also more prevalent
among persons exposed to asbestos fibers. These include pleural plaques, pleural
thickening, pleural effusion, kidney cancer, and cancers of the
gastrointestinal tract. The increased incidence of malignancies in the gastrointestinal
tract and kidneys lends some credence to the theory that asbestos exposure through
ingestion may be more serious than previously recognized. Others in the scientific
community think these increased rates of malignancies may be due to the translation of
asbestos fibers from the lung to other areas of the body. The exact cause again remains
unknown.
Pleural plaques are fibrous lesions that appear on the surface of the parietal pleura. They
are usually thin, about one-half to one inch wide, and one to two inches long. They may
also be calcified, especially among older asbestos workers with a long history of exposure.
The pleural plaques usually first appear about 10 years after first exposure and continue to
enlarge and become more frequent over the next 20 to 50 years. A person with pleural
plaques usually experiences no discomfort or other symptoms associated with these
lesions. They can be detected on chest X-rays and often serve as a marker for previous
asbestos exposure. For this reason the physician may conduct additional tests designed
for the early detection of asbestosis and lung cancer.
Pleural effusion and pleural thickening often occur among workers exposed to asbestos.
Pleural effusion is the accumulation of fluid in the pleural cavity which may or may not be
associated with a sharp chest pain during coughing, sneezing, or deep breathing. Pleural
-------
STUDENT MANUAL AS8ESTO6 ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
S«cton HI - Asbwtoc Expocuro and te Etoct on HoaMi
Pig»10
thickening results in a thickening of the parietal or visceral pleura, or both. Studies to date
have indicated that there is a dear relationship between the duration and magnitude of
asbestos exposure and the occurrence of pleura! effusion. The magnitude of the dose
does not appear as important a factor with pleura! thickening, but there does exist a dear
relationship between the time since first exposure to asbestos and the occurrence and
severity of pleura! thickening. In severe cases of pleura! thickening the asbestos worker
will have a reduced lung function or capacity and usually an elevated blood carbon
dioxide level.
Treatment of patients with pleura! effusions is usually limited to rest and administration of
pain killers until the irritation subsides. The fluid may be drained in very rare
circumstances. Only in very rare cases are patients suffering from severe pleura!
thickening recommended for surgery to remove sections of the thickened pleura. In most
instances, patients are advised to live with the discomfort rather than undertake a serious
surgical procedure.
The relationship between increased incidence of malignancies of the gastrointestinal tract
and kidney and asbestos exposure is less clear, and pales in significance when compared
to the increased incidence of lung cancer and mesothelioma which results among
asbestos-exposed workers. From the standpoint of designing asbestos abatement
projects, it is reasonable to conclude that if sufficient protective measures are taken to
prevent or minimize the occurrence of asbestosis, lung cancer and mesothelioma, then
adequate protection will be afforded for malignancies of the gastrointestinal tract and
kidneys.
-------
STUDEHT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Socfton III - Asbostos Exposure and Its Effect on Healtfi
RECOGNITION OF CONTROVERSIAL ISSUES
To this day many controversial issues remain surrounding the effects on health posed by
exposure to asbestos fibers. These issues include the level of exposure capable of
causing disease; the type and size of asbestos fiber that may be responsible for
disease; and various theories describing how the disease processes occur.
Disagreements on many of these issues exist even among the most knowledgeable
scholars on the subject It is important to recognize these controversies, but not necessary
to delve Into them in great depth in this course of instruction. It is equally important to
recognize that many of the issues are academic as far as asbestos abatement project
designers are concerned due to the realities of such projects, magnitude of asbestos
exposure, and current regulations.
One current topic of debate concerns the level of airborne asbestos exposure responsible
for an increased incidence of disease. The controversy centers around exposures
experienced by routine building occupants in facilities with friable asbestos-containing
materials. Additionally, there is significant debate over the magnitude and duration of
exposure experienced by custodial and maintenance workers in similar buildings. To fully
comprehend these debates one must understand all of the different diseases and have a
firm grasp of the scientific and medical literature which serves as the basis for the debates.
However, when designing the asbestos abatement project, primary concern is the
protection of asbestos abatement workers and others in the vidnlty of the project. There is
little debate that possible exposures when performing an asbestos abatement project such
as removal of friable pipe insulation can be very high and consistent with past
occupational exposures of workers who installed these same products. Accordingly, the
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATE ME WT PROJECT DESIGN
S#c*oo II - Artwka Exposure and tt» Effect on
question of low-level exposure becomes a moot point for most asbestos abatement
projects.
A second major controversial topic centers about the mineralogic types of asbestos and
their respective ability to cause disease. Again it is imperative that each type of disease
and condition (e.g., lung cancer, mesothelioma, pleura! plaques) be considered in the
context of each different type of asbestos (e.g., chrysotile, crocidoite). For example, it may
be that chrysotile Is less potent when compared to croctdolfte in causing mesothelioma. but
may be an equally or more potent source of fibrosls. Again, from a health-effects
standpoint to the asbestos abatement project designer the issue is not a major one. The
current USEPA, OSHA and state regulations do not distinguish between asbestos fiber
types. Accordingly, regulations and guidelines affecting worker protection, most
abatement practices, transport of waste generated, and waste disposal are the same for all
types of asbestos.
The third controversial issue mentioned here has to do with how asbestos fibers cause
disease. Some researchers support the view that long thin fibers are the most hazardous;
others point out that short thick fibers may be equally as potent; and yet others profess that
the size may not be an important factor. Again, the controversies become easier to
understand when each disease is considered separately rather than broad sweeping
generalizations. To overcome this dilemma, the asbestos abatement designer must rely
on common sense. Asbestos workers who installed asbestos-containing materials in
buildings were exposed to asbestos-containing dust and many developed asbestos-
related diseases. The abatement of these same asbestos-containing materials from
buildings, if performed without proper protective measures, would surely result in
-------
STUOEHT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEJyEKT PROJECT DESIGN
S«c*on II - Asfcwtot Exposure and to Effect on HoaJth
exposures to asbestos-containing dust and workers would develop asbestos-related
diseases.
It is the purpose of this course to provide a brief understanding of the work practices and
procedures which will minimize asbestos exposure to asbestos abatement workers and
others in the vicinity of asbestos abatement projects.
SUMMARY
Asbestos abatement project designers should recognize that asbestos is primarily an
inhalation exposure concern. When performing an asbestos abatement project the
exposures to airborne asbestos fibers may be similar to that experienced by asbestos miP
workers and insulation installers in the past. It is the designer's and contractor's
responsibility to minimize worker exposure through proper design and execution of the
remove! project. The three major diseases associated with asbestos exposure are
asbestosis. lung cancer and mesothelioma. All of these diseases take many years to
manifest themselves, often exceeding 30 or more years. Each of these diseases is
debilitating, with lung cancer often fatal, and mesothelioma always fatal. Cigarette
smokers who are also exposed to asbestos are at a much greater risk of developing lung
cancer. Other diseases and conditions that may occur among workers exposed to
asbestos Include pleura! effusion and thickening, and malignancies of the gastrointestinal
tract and kidneys. Annual medical monitoring for asbestos abatement workers is required
in order to detect these diseases at an early stage. If detected early, treatment is often
effective for all diseases except mesothelioma. A properly conducted asbestos abatement
project should not put workers or others in the vicinity of the project at a significantly
increased risk of developing these diseases.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section 111 - AttMttoc Eiposm and to Effect on H»«»i
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1. Match the correct word with the correct term.
Asbestos Ingestfon A. Primary route of asbestos exposure
Mesothelioma B. Scarring of the lung
Alveoli C. Usually treated with surgery
Pteural Plaques D. Not a major concern
Asbestosis E. A very rare cancer
Asbestos Inhalation F. Marker for asbestos exposure
Lung Cancer G. Terminal air sacs
2. Which of the following are the three major debilitating diseases caused by asbestos
exposure?
A. Asbestosis, Lung Cancer, Pleura) Plaques
B. Lung Cancer. Pleura! Plaques, Mesothelioma
C. Asbestosis, Lung Cancer, Mesothelioma
D. Scarring of Lungs, Asbestosis, Mesothelioma
3. The relationship between mesothelioma and asbestos exposure became well
known ?
A. during 1952
B. in the early 1960s
C. from 1976 to 1978
D. during 1982
4. A worker heavily exposed to asbestos who also smokes cigarettes is how many
times more likely to get lung cancer than a nonsmoker not exposed to asbestos?
A. 5 times
B. 10 times
C. 15 times
D. greater than 50 times
5. Which asbestos-related disease is always fatal?
A. Asbestos warts
B. Asbestosis
C. Pleura! plaques
D. Mesothelioma
-------
S'ODENT MANUAL AS3ESTCS ABATE VIEM* PROJECT OESIGM
IV -• Ovorvinw of Asbestos
OVERVIEW OF CONDUCTING AN ABATEMENT PROJECT
AND ROLES OF VARIOUS DISCIPLINES
INTRODUCTION
This section provides an overview of the sequence of steps involved in an asbestos
abatement project from the planning stages through reoccupancy of the building space.
This information will serve as a framework for the more detailed discussions on specific
design elements in subsequent sections.
In the course cf deve'oping and implementing asbestos abatement specifications and
drawings, the designer may interface with a variety of disciplines. The building owner or
local education agency (LEA) may call upon the designer to assist in the selection of some
members of the abatement project team, such as the contractor or air monitoring firm. A
brief discussion of the responsibilities and qualifications of these various disciplines is
presented here so the project designer will understand their respective roles in executing a
successful abatement project.
ROLE OF VARIOUS DISCIPLINES
Once a decision has been made to conduct an asbestos abatement project, the next step
is to assemble an abatement project team. Some of the team members may serve in
an advisory capacity and some will have an active role. The team is multldlsclplinary
and, depending on the size and scope of the project, may include a project coordinator,
project designer, architect/engineer, industrial hygienist, safety professional, project
monitor, legal counsel, an analytical laboratory, medical clinic, contractor(s), and a
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IV - Overview ol Astestoc Rwrxjva:
Page 2
transportation and disposal firm. The size of the project team is related to the scope and
complexity of the abatement project Not all of the various disciplines are needed on every
project and some individuals or firms may serve multiple roles. Through the project
specifications, the project designer plays a large role in coordinating and defining the
functions of other parties.
Project Designer
The project designer often has previous training and experience in architecture.
engineering, industrial hygiene, or construction management. The project designer
develops the specifications for contracts and provides working drawings and may specify
reinsulation or replacement materials. The project designer may also be retained to assist
In bid solicitation and contractor selection and to assume day-to-day project management
responsibilities.
It is imperative that a project designer involved in asbestos abatement projects receive
asbestos-related training and accumulate a wide diversity of asbestos project design
experience. EPA regulations now require project designers to be accredited
through an EPA-approved training course In order to perform asbestos
related design work in public and commercial buildings as well as schools.
The designer must thoroughly understand all applicable regulations, safety procedures,
and state-of-the-art work practices and techniques that can be applied to an abatement
project
-------
STU00
-------
STUDENT MANUAL AS8£STO6 ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
S*cbon IV -
Industrial HvQienist
The industrial hygienist helps establish procedures for minimizing exposure to asbestos,
trains workers, selects protective equipment, conducts air monitoring before, during and
after the project, and addresses additional industrial hygiene concerns such as heat stress
and other potentially toxic materials being used on the project (solvents, paints,
encapsulants. etc). As with the architect/engineer, it is important that the industrial
hygienist has specific asbestos-related training and project experience.
Safety Professional
An asbestos abatement project has all the safety hazards inherent to construction work
plus the added facet of handling a toxic material. A safety professional may be included on
the project team of large or complex projects to address hazards unique to the project such
as unusual scaffolding requirements, work in confined spaces, fire safety, or energized
electrical lines. The contractor should also have safety expertise within his own staff to
address routine safety concerns as well as any that arise during the removal project.
Project Monitor/Clerk of the Works
The project monitor is retained by the building owner or LEA and remains on site for the
duration of the project to ensure that work is being performed in accordance with the
written project specifications. Some state regulations now require project monitors for
asbestos removal projects. The project monitor is responsible for extensive
documentation and maintaining a dally log which includes a quality assurance
checklist for contractor work procedures, a record of site activity, dafly air monitoring results
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESK3N
Section IV - Overview o4 Asbestos Removal
Pago 5
and other project-related records. Project monitors also conduct formal approval
inspections at certain critical stages of abatement projects. The project monitor may collect
afr samples (if qualified) or this may be assigned to an independent testing firm.
The project monitor should have an in-depth understanding of proper work procedures,
safety practices and protective equipment, as well as construction management
techniques. Additional training in collection and analysis of air samples is also a
prerequisite if the project monitor is performing this function. The project designer must
ensure the project specifications dearly define the authority and functions of the project
monitor and independent testing firm if they are not the same entity.
Leaal Counsel
The legal counsel provides necessary legal advice concerning contracts, insurance,
statutory law, potential liability and documentation. While it is ultimately the designer's
responsibility to ensure that the specifications comply with regulations, there is an added
advantage in retaining legal counsel that is versed in asbestos-related issues and local,
state and federal statutes.
Analytical Laboratory
Laboratory analytical results provide information about airborne fiber levels in the work
area and outside the work area both during and after abatement is completed. They are
used to make key decisions about worker respiratory protection, the safety of occupants,
and release of a work area for reoccupancy.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IV - Ovwvtow of A&beckx
The two most common techniques used for analyzing air samples are phase contrast
microscopy (PCM) and transmission electron microscopy (TEH). These methods
are described in the section on air sampling requirements. A person who performs PCM
analyses on personal air samples collected for compliance with the Occupational
Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) asbestos standard must attend the
National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) 582 course (or an
equivalent) for sampling and evaluating airborne ftoers. (This course is recommended for
all PCM analysts.) Laboratories that perform TEM analysis for clearance samples on
school abatement projects are required to participate in the National Voluntary Lab
Accreditation Program (NVLAP) administered by the National Institute of
Standards and Technology (NIST).
In addition to these requirements, NIOSH and the American Industrial Hygiene
Association (AIHA) sponsor a voluntary assurance/quality control program for
laboratories that perform PCM analysis. It is called the Professional Analytical
Testing (PAT) Program. A similar program for individual analysts, called the Asbestos
Analyst Registry, is sponsored by AIHA. While participation in these programs does not
assure competency and does not mean the laboratory has AIHA accreditation, it can be
used, along with other criteria such as experience and laboratory management practice, to
select a good laboratory.
Medical Clinics
Workers and other personnel who enter asbestos abatement projects are required to
undergo annual medical monitoring in accordance with the OSHA asbestos standard. The
cost of the medical examination is bome by the employer. A physician conducts this
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
S«ct)on IV - Ovarvtow of AsbMto* Romoval
P«gt7
medical screening and determines the capability of the individual to wear a respirator.
Most occupational health clinics and many family practices are capable of conducting the
necessary medical procedures.
Contractor
The contractor not only does the work, but can be a valuable resource to the designer on
removal and disposal techniques and logistics for performing the asbestos removal work.
Some asbestos contractors are qualified to install replacement materials while others
subcontract the work. Contractors and supervisors who perform abatement in schools are
required to be accredited through an EPA-approved course for abatement project
supervisors and contractors. Asbestos abatement workers must be accredited through an
EPA-approved course for workers.
An amendment to the Asbestos School Hazard Abatement Reauthortzatlon Act
(ASMARA) mandates this same accreditation for contractors and abatement workers
performing asbestos abatement projects In public and commercial buildings. There often
are additional local and state licensing requirements. In addition to the statutory
prerequisites, other important qualifications for contractors include experience, amount of
equipment and other resources, effective medical monitoring and respiratory protection
programs, and quality control procedures. Establishing the qualifications/credentials of the
contractor is critical because the capabilities of the removal company are a key factor in the
success of the project.
-------
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IV - Overview o( A&toctae Roroova
STUDENT IUWNUAL
Transportation and Disposal Firm
The project designer must clearly understand all local, state and federal regulations
concerning waste packaging. In some municipalities and states the asbestos waste must
be transported to the approved disposal site by a licensed waste transporter who is
independent of the asbestos abatement contractor. In this case, the waste transporter must
be retained by the building owner. In some cases, the transporter may be restricted by
regulations or may not want the responsibility of unloading the waste at the disposal site.
Then, the asbestos removal contractor would need to coordinate with the transporter and
perform this function.
SEQUENTIAL CONSIDERATIONS FOR CONDUCTING AN ASBESTOS REMOVAL
PROJECT
Although each abatement project is different and must be addressed individually, there are
some fundamental concepts that can be applied to most abatement work. The steps
involved in conducting an asbestos abatement project are organized into several broad
categories as depicted in Figure IV- 1.
Development of Contract Documents
The technical specifications, drawings, and other documents such as those outlining
general and special conditions are collectively referred to as contract documents. They
are used by contractors to develop a bid and perform the work. They are a legal
agreement between the owner and contractor and define the role of all parties. The
contract documents also serve as a permanent record of the work performed.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
S*cton IV - Ox^rvitw of Astoria* RwnovaJ
Paged
FIGURE IV-1
SEQUENTIAL CONSIDERATIONS FOR CONDUCTING AN
ASBESTOS REMOVAL PROJECT
Development of Contract
Documents
Selection of Team and Project
Startup Activities
Worker Protection
Containment of Work Area
Removal
Rnal Work Area Cleanup
Post Abatement Activities
Review Existing Drawings
Review Survey Data
Supplement Survey Data
Design Project and Prepare Specifications
Pre-BkJ Meeting
Contractor Selection
Pre-Job Meeting
Issue Notification
Acquire Permits
Address Safety Concerns
Estabish Log Book
Medea) Exams
Respirators
Clothing
Training
Air Monitoring
Decontamination
Shut Down HVAC and Electrical
Pre-Cfean Surfaces
Protect Surfaces
Decontamination Unit
Loadout Area
EstaMsfi Pressure Differential
Post Signs
Fiber Control Methods
AJrSampIng
Ongoing Cleaning
Waste Packaging and Disposal
HEPA Vacuum
Wet Clean
Visual Inspection
AJrSampIng
Reinsulation
Documentation/Recordkeeping
Renovation
Reuse of space
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
S*cflon IV - Cvtrvtow of A»b«to« Removal
Pap 10
Development of the contract documents begins with understanding the building owner's
objectives, what materials the building owner wants removed, reviewing existing drawings.
and reviewing the asbestos survey report. The designer supplements this information with
a site visit and fact-finding mission. The extent of the follow-up investigation that the
designer needs to do will depend on the scope and detail of the original inspection. For
example, a school inspecton conducted in accordance with AHERA protocol would
probably be more detailed than an asbestos inspection conducted as part of a preliminary
environmental assessment for a commercial property.
There are many building-related Issues which are critical to the project
designer that are not typically Included In an asbestos Inspection report.
These items, such as contractor access, availability of power and water, fire
protection/emergency exits, etc., are discussed in more detail in the design lab portion of
this course. Once the designer has a dear understanding of the scope of work, the types
and locations of asbestos-containing material to be removed, and the site conditions that
will impact the performance of the work, the abatement design can be developed and put
into written form.
Selection of Team and Project Startup Activities
Proper planning is critical to the success of an asbestos removal project. Before any work
begins, the team members must be selected, workers must be trained, authorities notified,
permits obtained, equipment and supplies procured, and the laboratory and landfill
selected. The project designer is typically involved in assisting the building owner with the
selection of other team members such as the contractor and project monitor.
-------
STUDENT tMNUAL ASBESTOS ABATE VCKT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IV - Owvtow o« AstMOos Rwnowal
Pro-Bid Meeting - A pre-bid meeting and walk-through of the project area with the
contractor, consultants, and building owner's representative is very useful for identifying
areas that need special attention, resolving Issues associated wtth work area isolation, and
documenting preexisting conditions of the work. Other issues which can be addressed at
this time include security of the area, parking and equipment storage, special tools and
equipment, air monitoring, time constraints, special safety concerns, inadequate written
specifications and any other unique issues associated with the project The pre-bid
proceedings should be documented in written form and made a part of the bid documents.
Selection of Contractor(s) - The project designer reviews bid submittals and, in
conjunction with the bulking owner, selects the contractor to perform the work.
Pro-Job Meeting - The pre-job meeting is a foRow up to the pre-bid meeting to resolve any
remaining issues regarding scheduling, access, security, etc.
Notification - If the removal involves more than 160 square feet, 260 linear feet, or 35 cubic
feet of regulated asbestos material or if a building is being demolished, the EPA requires
notification of their NESHAP office at least 10 days before the project begins. This is
generally considered to be a dual responsibility of the building owner and the contractor.
More information about regulated materials and notification requirements is provided in the
section on Regulations. There may be additional or more stringent state or local
requirements for notification, disposal permits, building permits, required training and
licensing. For example, some states require notification of the appropriate agency if any
asbestos materials are removed, regardless of the amounts.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESiG*
Section (V - Overview o» Asbmto* Romova:
Documentation - The planning stage is also the time to establish a recordkeeping system
for the project. The project designer should coordinate with the project coordinator and
legal counsel to specify items that the contractor needs to provide for the building owner's
files such as the notifications, waste disposal documentation, training records, proof of
medical exams, daily air monitoring results, etc. The project monitor should also be
required to retain documentation regarding contractor work procedures, safety procedures,
daily activities and final air clearance samples on the site. This documentation is typically
kept in a project log book which becomes part of the building owner's files at the end of the
project
Worker Protection
The abatement contractor must devote a significant amount of time and resources to
worker protection issues before work begins. The written design specifications
should require the contractor to provide documentation of these activities.
Respiratory Protection - It is an OSHA requirement that each worker is at all times
provided with proper respiratory protection and training on its use, maintenance and
limitations as well as training on work practices. The respirators provided must be
approved by National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) and the Mine
Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) for protection in atmospheres containing
asbestos. More information about respirator selection is provided in the section on
Respiratory Protection and Protective Clothing.
The project designer may need to consult with the industrial hygienist to establish
appropriate levels of respiratory protection for various phases of the project ft is generally
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
State* IV - Ovwvfew of Astetkx Rwrov*)
Pag* 13
considered good practice to use powered air purifying respirators (PAPR) or Type C.
pressure-demand or continuous-flow, supplied-air respirators during the demolition or
removal of asbestos. When air-supplied respirators are used, the air must be cleaned of
any impurities to meet the requirements of Grade D breathing air. Ensuring that workers
receive quality breathing air is a major consideration for an asbestos abatement contractor.
Protective Clothing - OSHA requires that full-body protective clothing be worn by those
who enter the work area. Generally, disposable coveralls are used to drcumvent the
special handh'ng procedures that would be required for laundering contaminated clothing.
Some contractors, however, elect to set up the necessary equipment for washing and
reusing protective clothing. The primary purpose of protective clothing is to keep gross
contamination off the body. The proper use of protective do thing, coupled with proper
decontamination procedures, including thorough showering of the head and body,
minimizes the chance that asbestos will be transported out of the work area. Other
protective equipment may also be necessary to accommodate specific safety hazards,
such as hard hats, and steel-toed boots.
Medical Examination - Every worker and anyone else entering a contained work area
once removal begins will need to have a medical examination. This examination is
specified by OSHA and includes a medical history, physical examination and pulmonary
function procedures. Chest X-rays are taken at the discretion of the physician. The
physician must also determine if the individual is physically fit to wear a respirator. During
the examination, the physician is required to explain to the patient the multiplied risk of
contracting King cancer which results from exposure to asbestos and smoking cigarettes.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IV - Ovwview of Asbostos Removal
Pago 14
Training - Workers and supervisors must receive appropriate training before performing
asbestos removal work. If trie abatement project is being conducted in a school facility
(kindergarten through 12th grade), the contractor and workers must be trained in
accordance with the accreditation requirements outlined in the Asbestos Hazard
Emergency Response Act (AHERA). The Asbestos School Hazard Abatement
Reauthorization Act (ASMARA) requirements make this training also mandatory for
asbestos abatement projects performed in public and commercial buildings. These
include a mandatory training course for workers and supervisors. These courses must be
conducted by training providers that are accredited by the EPA or a state agency
counterpart
For aU projects, the OSHA training requirements outlined in the asbestos standard (29 CFR
1926.58) apply. These requirements do not specify a number of hours but require certain
topics to be included in the instruction to workers. OSHA requires the contractor to assign
a competent person, usually a foreman who has received a four- or Five-day training
course, to each abatement project. In addition to the EPA and OSHA requirements
discussed above, the training requirements of the OSHA Hazard Communication Standard
are also applicable to personnel on almost all asbestos removal projects. Many states
also have training requirements which meet or exceed those imposed by federal statutes.
Air Sampling - The contractor is required by the OSHA asbestos standard to conduct
personal monitoring to determine worker exposure to airborne ffoer levels. The air
sampling data is used to determine the appropriate level of respiratory protection that
should be worn, and to document that fiber levels are being effectively controlled.
-------
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT D€S1GN
Section (V - Owvww ot A»t»rto« Removal
STUDENT UM*JAL
Containment of the Work Area
Decontamination Unit - The first task is to construct a decontamination unit at an entrance
to the work area. The decontamination unit typically consists of a dean room, a shower,
and an equipment room (contaminated) with an air lock constructed between each room.
The air locks serve to minimize the flow of asbestos-containing dust out of the work area.
Curtained doorways made from polyethylene sheets are typically used to separate the
rooms and form air locks.
Waste Load-Out Area - A waste load-out area is often constructed adjacent to another
work area entrance or trie decontamination unit. It usually consists of a single storage area
for drums or bags and is joined to the work area with an air lock. Drums are cleaned
before transferring them to this chamber from the work area. When a load has
accumulated, this room is sealed from the work area and then sealed to an enclosed truck
on the other side. The bags or drums are then placed in the truck for transport to the
landfill. While the truck is being loaded and unloaded, an EPA warning sign must be
placed on the outside of the truck.
Sealing Off the Area - Before any removal work begins, the work area must be sealed off
from all other areas to prevent migration of asbestos fibers. After shutting and sealing off
the air handing system, movable items are cleaned using appropriate procedures and
moved outside the work area All surfaces, with the exception of those covered with ACM.
are pre-deaned using wet wiping techniques and/or high efficiency paniculate air (HEPA)
vacuums. All openings to the work area including ducts, doorways, windows, etc. are
sealed using polyethylene sheeting and tape. Items that cannot be removed from the work
area are covered in place. All power inside the work area must be shut off and locked out
-------
SnJD&fl MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Sscten IV - Owrvww of Aifewte Ramwal
Paget6
and then temporary lighting is set up. Floors and walls are covered with at least two
protective layers of polyethylene sheeting secured with tape. These procedures are
discussed in detail in the section on Considerations In Designing Engineering Controls.
Establish Air Pressure Differential - Once the area is sealed off. air filtration units equipped
with HEPA filters are positioned to maximize the air movement in the work area. When the
air filtration units are operating, the work area is under negative pressure with respect to
the surrounding air. With negative air pressure established, air will leak into rather than
out of the work area if a barrier is torn. All entrances to the work area are secured to
prevent inadvertent entry, but to allow for emergency exit All entrances and exits are
posted with the required OSHA danger sign (see Figure V-f in next section).
Removal
Before entering a contained work area, workers remove their street clothes In the dean
room of the decontamination unit and don fun-body protective dothing and respirators.
They then pass through the shower area and equipment room into the work area.
Wet Removal and Continuous Cleanup - Typically teams of workers are used to remove
spray-applied fireproofing or acoustical ACM. Some of the workers will scrape and brush
material from the substrate while others keep the material wet and. as K is removed, place
it in impermeable bags for disposal. A wetting agent is added to the water for better
penetration of the material being removed.
Air Sampling - During removal, personal air samples are collected to determine workers'
exposure inside the containment area. Personal air monitoring is the contractor's
-------
STUOENTMANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
S«cton rv - Ovwtvww of Asbnka Rwnoval
regulatory responsibility. Additionally, area air sampling is conducted each day outside
the work area as a check for fiber leakage out of the work area. This sampling is not
required by law, but is often conducted by a representative of the building owner to
document effective containment ideally, sample results are available by the next day to
help determine if proper respiratory protection is being worn and if engineering controls
are effective.
Waste Disposal - The asbestos waste is typically double bagged or placed into fiber
drums and moved into the load-out area where it is held until enough containers have
been accumulated for a trip to the landfill. Waste is then transported to the landfill in an
enclosed truck. Workers who load and unload the truck should be wearing respirators and
protective clothing.
Detailed Cleaning - After the gross material has been scraped from the substrate, the
remaining residue is removed with a nylon bristle brush, scrub pads or an equivalent
abrasive material. Then the surface is wet cleaned to remove all remaining vtetoJe residue.
Final Cleanup
HEPA Vacuums and Wet Wiping - Once the removal is complete, the remainder of the
work area and all equipment are thoroughly cleaned using HEPA vacuums and wet wiping
techniques. Next the outer layer of polyethylene is removed from the floors and walls. At
this point the sequencing of other clean-up activities and installing any replacement
materials may vary.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Sectoon IV - Overview o« Asbestos Removal
Pap 18
Visual Inspection of Substrate - The building owner's representative, who may be the
project designer, industrial hygienist. or project monitor, generally performs an initial visual
inspection of the substrate to ensure that all visbie residue has been removed. A team
approach to the inspection, which includes a representative of the contractor and building
owner, is the most effective way to find and resolve problems.
Lockdown - If the substrate has been properly cleaned, the contractor receives approval to
apply a water-based sealant to the surfaces where the asbestos has been removed. This
serves to lock down any remaining fibers that could not be seen.
After the sealant has dried, the remaining layers of polyethylene are removed, leaving only
the critical barriers on the vents, doors and windows in place. The contractor then
performs additional wet wiping of all surfaces in preparation for final clearance air testing.
Visual Inspection of Project Area - Once the contractor indicates the area is ready, the
building owner's representative performs a visual inspection of all surfaces in the work
area. If no visible contamination is detected, final clearance testing is conducted using
aggressive sampling techniques.
Aggressive Air Sampling - The purpose of aggressive sampling is to create activity in the
work area that would suspend any remaining fibers into the air. Once surfaces in the work
area are thoroughly dry. the air testing firm directs the exhaust of leaf blowers at all
surfaces, and then operates circulating fans and the air filtration units wh8e air samples are
collected.
-------
STUOENT MANUAL. ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PftOJECT DBSJON
SocdonlV- Overview of Aatomloa Removal
The air samples are routinely analyzed by transmission electron microscopy (TEM) to
determine the airborne fiber concentrations in the work area. The AH ERA regulation for
schools require this type of clearance testing. Airborne fiber levels must be below 70
asbestos structures per square millimeter of filter area (typically equivalent to 0.01 to 0.02
structures per cubic centimeter of air) or statistically less than the concentrations in the
outside make-up air that is coming into the work area, tf the airborne fiber concentrations
In the work area do not meet one of these criteria, the contractor must redean the area and
a retest Is conducted. More information is provided about clearance testing and alternative
clearance procedures for industrial and demolition projects in the section on Air Sampling
Requirements, Protocols and Data Interpretation.
Protect Completion
Reuse of Space - After the area has met the final clearance criteria, replacement material
can be installed and other trades people can enter the area to conduct further renovation
activities. Typically a final walk-through is conducted by the contractor and building
owner's representative to document the condition of the project area and resolve any
punch 1st Hems before the contractor releases the space. A punch list is a compilation of
work by the contractor which needs to be completed to achieve compliance with the written
specifications. In closing out the project, it is critical that the building owner secures all the
required project documentation from the contractor and the project monitor.
Removal of Thermal System Insulation
The methods for removing thermal system insulation are basically the same as for
surfacing materials. The material is removed in blocks or sections, depending on how it
-------
STUOefT MANUAL AS8EST06 ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Sacfen IV - Overview of Mbmta* Removal
Page 20
was applied, and remaining material is scraped off the substrate. For certain pipe lagging,
a gtovebag may also be appropriate. This technique allows asbestos-containing pipe
insulation to be removed in a small enclosure with attached gloves that has been sealed
around the pipe. It is a two-person operation with one worker removing the lagging and
the other wetting the material with a sprayer inserted into the bag. Workers wear protective
equipment and unauthorized personnel are prohibited from entering the area where
removal is taking place.
SUMMARY
The asbestos abatement project designer may need to rely on the expertise of a variety of
disciplines to enhance the design and implementation of a removal project. A brief
summary of these disciplines has been provided in this section to familiarize the project
designer with their various capabilities.
A large portion of a project designer's responstoilrty involves proper planning and
sequencing of asbestos removal activities. The written project specifications prepared by
the project designer fully define the scope and the requirements of the project. The
technical portion of abatement specifications typically addresses project tasks in the
following sequence: planning, worker protection, containment of work area, removal, final
cleanup and project completion. The technical aspects of worker protection, work area
containment, removal and final clearance are presented in greater detail in the following
sections.
-------
STUOEHT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Svcbon IV - Ovwww of Attesto* Removal
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1. From the following choices, choose the one discipline probably the best qualified to
provide advice on the wording of contract requirements.
A. Asbestos Abatement Contractor
B. Legal Counsel
C. Industrial Hygienist
0. Safety Professional
2. Asbestos abatement project designers may have various backgrounds, experience
and expertise. Which of the following would probably be the least helpful?
A. Industrial Hygiene
B. Architecture
C. Structural Engineering
D. School Board President
3. Match the asbestos abatement project activity in the right-hand column with the
project sequence in the teft-hand column.
Project Completion A, Acquire permits
Worker Protection B. Shut down HVAC
Project Startup C. Medical exams
Work Area Containment D. Visual inspection
Final Cleanup E ReinsulatJon
4. On a small project, the functions of some disciplines can be combined. Which of
the folowing should not be combined (i.e., remain separate)?
A. Project designer and project monitor
B. Abatement contractor and project monitor
C. Industrial hygtenist and safety professional
0. Buiklng owner and project coordinator
5. Workers and asbestos abatement contractor supervisors should be properly
trained. Which of the following laws and regulations have specific training
requirements for workers and supervisors?
A. OS HA
B. ASMARA
C. AHERA
D. All of the above have training requirements
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V - Considttflibons in Designing Engineering Controls
CONSIDERATIONS IN DESIGNING ENGINEERING CONTROLS
INTRODUCTION
As discussed In Section IV, an asbestos removal project consists of several phases.
Phases which are directly involved with the actual removal of the material include
containment of the work area, removal, final cleanup and disposal. This
section discusses the equipment, methods and procedures used to minimize the
generation and migration of airborne fibers during these phases of the removal effort.
Collectively these measures are termed engineering controls. Where appropriate, this
section also highlights elements In the design specifications as they relate to the
engineering controls used in each phase.
Typical engineering controls for asbestos removal projects include construction of a
temporary barrier to confine fibers to the work area, establishing negative pressure inside
the work area with high-efficiency participate air (HEPA) filtration units, and wetting the
asbestos-containing material (ACM) with amended water before, during and after removal.
Regardless of whether the design is a means and method specification, a performance
specification or a hybrid of the two, the project designer must have a dear understanding
of these various engineering controls and how they can be modified to accommodate site-
spedfic conditions.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V - Concid*ra6oro in Dnignng EngirtMring Control*
Pag* 2
CONTAINMENT OF THE WORK AREA
Construction of the temporary containment barrier with polyethylene sheets or
8prayed-on strlppable coatings is one of trie most basic engineering controls. The
primary objectives of work area preparation are:
• Preventing the migration of fibers outside the work area
• Protecting the surfaces Inside the work area
• Decreasing the difficulty of cleanup
The sequence of tasks for work area preparation will vary with each site configuration, type
of ACM, physical condition of the ACM, and design of the heating, ventilation and air
conditioning (HVAC) system. For example, If the ACM is in poor condition and it is likely to
be disturbed during work area preparation and if there is visible asbestos-containing dust
that has settled onto surfaces, workers would need to wear personal protective equipment
in the initial stages of work area preparation. The following are general guidelines and
considerations for preparing the work area for asbestos removal. They may need to be
modified to address site-specific concerns. These guidelines are most applicable in
situations where spray-applied surfacing ACM is being removed. Though the same
concepts of containment apply to thermal system insulation (TSI) and miscellaneous
materials, modifications of preparation techniques will be necessary. Appendix B contains
general procedures for removing TSI with a glovebag.
Task 1: Post Danger Signs
Generally, one of the first things done when the contractor arrives on site is posting of
danger signs and barrier tape to help keep unauthorized and unprotected people out of
-------
STUDENT MANUAL AS8ESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V - Considerations n Designing Engineering Controls
Pago 3
the work area. OSHA requires that a danger sign such as the one shown in Figure V-1
be posted at each of the possible entry points into the abatement project This would
indude the entrance to the decontamination unit and the exterior door of the waste loadout
area(s), as well as other entrances or exits. Signs should be placed so they can be read
from a distance far enough away so that persons can avoid the area or take necessary
precautions. These black, red and white sfgns can be obtained from asbestos abatement
supply companies.
Task 2: Test Stationary Mechanical Equipment
If it was not already done during the preconstruction walk through, any equipment
remaining in the work area should be tested to determine if it is operational before being
unplugged and covered. Any nonfunctioning equipment and pre-exsisting damage (i.e.,
cracked windows, marred walls, etc.) should be documented before abatement begins.
Pre-existing damage should be agreed upon by the contractor and owner's representative
before work begins.
Task 3; Isolate the HVAC System
The HVAC system servicing the area is shut down and locked out and openings are
sealed to avoid entrapment of asbestos fibers throughout the building, contamination of
the HVAC system, and buildup of positive pressure in the work area. The project designer
has at least two important considerations with respect to the HVAC system. The designer
must designate whether all or part of the duct work should be cleaned, removed, or left in
place. The project designer may need to call upon an industrial hygienist to assist in
determining rf there is asbestos contamination inside the duct work. Sometimes asbestos-
-------
STU36NT MANUAL
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
S«c»on V - CoraidGfaboos m Designing Dvl"'*"nO Confrcte
DANGER
ASBESTOS
CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE
HAZARD
AUTHORIZED
PERSONNEL ONLY
RESPIRATORS AND
PROTECTIVE CLOTHI G
ARE REQUIRED I
THIS AREA.
FIGURE V-1
EXAMPLE OF SIGNAGE REQUIRED BY OSHA
-------
STVJ06MTIMNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT OE&GN
Section V - Conskferafioro m Designing Engineering Controls
Pago 5
containing overspray was inadvertently sprayed into open duct work during initial
construction. This overspray may be sporadic and difficult to detect without an extensive
and time-consuming inspection of the duct system.
In addition to specifying what should be done with the HVAC system in the work area, the
designer must also determine whether the HVAC must remain In operation for other parts
of the building. If so, special procedures may need to be followed to isolate the operational
system from the work area. Often floors in a high-rise building are serviced by individual
units and it is simple to shut down and lock out the HVAC system on one floor without
affecting other floors. In other instances one large unit may service several floors and
measures must be taken to truncate or reroute the duct work. The system may then need
to be rebalanced to avoid over pressurization in the occupied portions of the building. The
building owner's engineer or a mechanical engineer needs to be involved with any
modifications of the HVAC system.
Task 4: Critical Barriers
After the HVAC system servicing the work area has been shut down or rerouted, the
exposed vents, diffusers. grilles, and air ducts inside the work area are cleaned with a
HEPA vacuum, wet wiped, and covered and sealed with two layers of 6-mil polyethylene
and rinrtfopft The first layer of polyethylene forms a critical barrier and is left in place until
final clearance air monitoring results indicate the area is ready for reoccupancy. In order to
leave this critical barrier in place, the second layer of polyethylene must be cut larger than
the first and taped so it can be removed separately.
-------
STXJOENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V - Corauderabons in Dasigr*ng Enginwnng Controls
In addition to the HVAC vents and ducts, critical barriers are placed over windows and
doors not used for access. To make a more airtight seal, three-inch duct tape is used to
cover the seams around the windows, then two sheets of 6-mil polyethylene are taped
around the perimeter of the windows and doors. Rigid barriers constructed of plywood or
an equivalent may be needed to block off hallways or divide large rooms.
Task 5: Conduct Initial Cleaning of Work Area
Al objects and horizontal surfaces, with the exception of substrates covered with ACM.
should be initially cleaned by wet wiping with amended water. Wiping with plain water is
recommended for surfaces that may be damaged by the chemicals in amended water and
delicate wood surfaces may need to be wiped with an oil cloth. A technique that is
effective for removing surface contamination is wiping in one direction and folding the cloth
over to expose a dean surface prior to making the next wipe. Once an dean surfaces of
the doth have been used it Is discarded as asbestos-containing waste. A HEPA vacuum is
useful for deaning up visible dust or debris on surfaces prior to wet wiping. Property
trained workers performing the initial cleaning should wear, at a minimum, half-mask
respirators and disposable suits.
Task 6: Remove Nonstationarv Items From Work Area
The design specifications must clearly identify what will be removed from the work area
and what will remain. It is typically best to remove all nonstationary items to avoid
contaminating the items and to allow better access for scaffolding and other equipment.
The specification should also make It dear who has the responsibility (owner or contractor)
to remove nonstationary items. Typical items which would be removed from the work area
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
SocDon V - Considoralkxts in Oeeigning Engbeoring Controls
Pag»7
include office equipment, office furniture, draperies, etc. A storage area for these items
should be designated in advance. In some cases the storage area may not be convenient
to the work area and several hours are required to transfer the items.
If there is carpeting in the area, the designer must specify whether it will be removed and
disposed of as asbestos-containing waste; cleaned and removed as non-ACM; or left in
place, cleaned with a hot-water vacuum cleaner and covered with protective layers of
polyethylene. The decision is influenced by the condition and age of the carpet and the
degree of contamination. Studies have indicated that a hot-water vacuum cleaner is more
effective than a HEPA vacuum for removing asbestos from carpets.
When feasible, disposal of contaminated carpet is preferable to cleaning it. Usually if the
carpet has been in place for a long time, the adhesive and some of the carpet backing may
stick to the floor when the carpet is taken up. The adhesive may be difficult to remove,
requiring unanticipated additional time to prepare the area. A test should be conducted
before work begins to determine the degree of difficulty in removing the carpet and
underlying adhesive. Upon removal, the carpet is rolled up, sealed in a layer of 6-mil
polyethylene and disposed of as asbestos-containing waste. As a precaution, the carpet
can be cut up and/or defaced to prevent the possibility of reuse. Worker's performing this
task should mist the carpet with amended water to a point when the carpet is damp. The
workers should wear protective clothing and respiratory protection.
The project designer should also provide guidance on handling draperies and fabric-
covered furniture. Unless there is evidence of heavy contamination, furniture is usually
HEPA vacuumed or cleaned with a hot-water vacuum. Draperies can be disposed of as
asbestos-containing waste or carefully HEPA vacuumed and stored.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Soctton V - Consxtoflrions in Du&gning Engineering Concrete
Pages
Replacing or cleaning and storing the light fixtures is a site-specific decision that must be
made by the building owner and the designer. Often, light fixtures must be moved to
access the ACM. They can be detached, suspended with wire, cleaned and covered with
polyethylene. The problem with this approach is that water may leak inside the
polyethylene and the lights wil need to be recteaned. Alternately, they may be removed,
cleaned and stored outside the work area. Building owners often elect to replace older
light fixtures with new energy-efficient lighting equipment. The ballasts in light fixtures
installed prior to 1978 may contain polychlorinated biphenyls. If PCB-containing ballasts
are leaking or are disposed of in large quantities, they may be subject to disposal
regulations.
If new fight fixtures are installed, the specifications should be dear about who will pay for
the fluorescent tubes and their installation. The light fixtures are usually one of the last
items addressed in work area preparation because the electrical supply must be shut off.
tagged and locked before the lights are disturbed. Also, if the lights are affixed to the ACM
on the ceiling, it is likely that fibers will be released while the light fixture is being taken
down. For these reasons, it is best to cover the floors and walls with polyethylene before
disturbing the light fixtures.
Task 7: Cover and Sea/ StatiQQpry Ottfects
After the surfaces have been cleaned and all nonstationary objects have been taken out of
the work area, any remaining stationary items such as water fountains, thermostats,
radiators, chalkboards, sinks, machinery, etc. are deenergized. as necessary, and covered
with separate layers of 6-mil polyethylene. Each layer is securely taped in an attempt to
form an airtight barrier around the object
-------
STUOENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PHOJECT DESIGN
Section V - Considerations in Deaiontog Engineering Consols
Task 8: Deenenpize Electrical System
Once removal begins, the use of amended water to saturate the ACM creates a humid
environment and wet, slippery floors. This increases the potential for a shock hazard. If at
all feasble, electrical service to the project area should be shut off and the breaker box
should be locked and tagged. However, the breaker box should not be locked if it also
contains energized circuits for nonabatement areas. Individual breakers may need to be
locked out
The designer should specify that the contractor provide temporary electrical service that is
equipped with ground fault interrupters from outside the work area. It is critical that
extension cords are positioned so that they will not be lying in water once the project
begins.
In some cases it will not be possfole to disconnect the electrical supply. For example, a
bus duct which supplies electricity to many areas of an occupied building and must remain
operational may run through the work area. If the electrical system cannot be shut off, then
energized parts must be insulated or guarded from employee contact and any objects that
are conductive. Switch gear, transformers, and electric bus ducts often generate heat. It
may be necessary to construct an enclosure around these items and provide dean, cool
air to the enclosure for ventilation. Electrical conduit is not water tight and will need to
have fittings caulked or sealed with vinyl tape or tape and polyethylene.
If electrical systems within the work area must remain energized, then wet removal is not
recommended because of the risk of fire or electrocution. In accordance with NESHAP
regulations, dry removal requires notification and consent by EPA prior to project startup.
-------
AS8ESTO6 ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
V — GonooMBOfis in OtAi0ntn0 E/i^n00onQ Con vote
STUDENT kMNUAL
Task .
-------
STUDENT IttNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V - CoraKferaiom in Designing EnginMring Controls
The layers of wall polyethylene are hung using a combination of nails and blocks of wood,
continuous furring strips, or adhesive and staples, and sealed with wide masking tape or
duct tape. Duct tape alone Is not sufficient to keep the polyethylene In place
for the du tton of the project. These additional methods may cause some damage
to interior finishes and the contractor will need to make minor repairs upon completion of
removal.
The second layer of 6-mll polyethylene is placed on the floor with the seams of the first and
second layers offset and extended just above the first layer on the wall and attached with
duct tape. Then, the second layer of 4-mil polyethylene is secured to the wall just above
the first layer, extended to the base of the wall just beyond tie bottom of the first layer and
sealed with duct tape. At this point there are two continuous layers of polyethylene
encasing the entire room except for the ceiling. Because wet polyethylene creates serious
sup and trip hazards, extra precautions are necessary for stairs or ramps. Masking tape or
thin wooden boards can be placed on top of the polyethylene to provide better friction.
Textured polyethylene has been effective in reducing slip hazards.
Although it is more expensive than standard polyethylene, fire-retardant polyethylene is
preferable because of the added safety factors. It reduces the possibility of a fire starting
and spreading outside the containment area. Its rough texture also reduces the potential
for slips and faBs.
Sp yed-on strtppable coatings can sometimes be used as an alternative to sealing
the area with sheet polyethylene. The latex/water based material te sprayed onto surfaces
with an airless spray pump to form a continuous, somewhat elastic barrier. It is outside the
scope of this course to provide detailed instructions for applying strippable coatings and
-------
STUDENT MM*IAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V - Consxtofrfons in Designing Engineering Controte
project designers are encouraged to contact manufacturers for information on job setup
and procedural specifications.
Propping an area with a strippabte coating is more complex than using polyethylene, but
depending on the surfaces and project configuration, there may be distinct advantages.
While it is not applicable to every job. it is an alternative method with which designers
should be familiar. The potential advantages compared to sheet polyethylene Include a
faster application time, elimination of "rehang time" to keep sheet polyethylene in place.
less contaminated waste to dispose of, less slippery floor surfaces, and no ballooning
effects. The potential disadvantages compared to sheet polyethylene include a more
complex application method, some difficulty in removing the strippabie coating when the
job is finished, and the presence of ammonia requiring combination high efficiency and
ammonia respirator cartridges during installation.
When spray polyethylene is used to prepare a containment area, sheet polyethylene must
still be used to form critical barriers over windows, doors and other openings. Then the
spray polyethylene is applied over critical barriers.
10' EstaNishin A Decontamination Unit
Usually the decontamination unit is built while the work area is being prepped. There may
be a need to build the decontamination unit first so workers can use it during work area
preparation.
The OSHA asbestos standard (29 CFR 1926.58) requires the contractor to
provide a decontamination unit for workers which consists of an equipment
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Sacten V - Co«v«idM«kon» in Owlgning EnglnMrtng Control
room, a shower area and a clean room. As an additional precaution it is
recommended to separate the rooms with airlocks.
The purpose of the decontamination unit is to allow passage to and from the work area
during asbestos removal while minimizing migration of asbestos fibers to the outside. The
design of the decontamination station may vary with each project depending on the
physical constraints associated with the faclity, the crew sizes and the duration of the
project
A variety of materials can be used to build decontamination units on site including wood,
PVC and polyethylene. Customized trailers and prefabricated units which can be moved
from one site to the next are also used as decontamination stations.
The decontamination unit is often bunt in sections to allow for easy disassembly and reuse
(of noncontaminated components) at other areas of the building or other job sites. A
typical unit built of wood might consist of 2" x 4' lumber for the frame, 1/4' to 1/2" plywood
or 6- or 10-mi polyethylene for the walls, duct tape, staples and nails.
Two common layouts for a decontamination unit are provided in Figure V-2 and Figure V-3.
The first layout shows both the equipment room and the waste loadout unit directly
adjoining the work area. An alternative configuration is provided in the second layout
which shows the waste loadout adjoining the equipment room of the decontamination unit.
This configuration can be used when a second opening into the work area is not available
or convenient.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Sector V - Con**fcra*on* in Designing Enginoonog Controts
DECONTAMINATION AREA
WORK AREA
EOUPMENT
ROOM
AJRLOCK SHOWER ARLOCK
CLEAN
ROOM
• \ ,\
•MSTEWATta
R.T1UTKM
o
\ \
CURTAW DOORWAYS
WORK AREA
WASTE
LOAD-OUT
AREA
ENCLOSED TRUCK
FK3URE V-2 Layout of d«conlaminalion unit with equipment room and wrast* loadoot unit openings dir«ctty into work area.
DECONTAMINATION AREA
WORK AREA
EQUIPMENT
ROOM
^
AIRLOCK
SHOWER
AIRLOCK || CLEAN
ROOM
R.TMTOI
I )
\^ J
\ \
CURTAN DOORWAYS
WASTE
LOAD-OUT
AREA
A>«.OCK*MMP ENCLOSED TRUCK
FIGURE V-3 Layout
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PflQJECT DESWN
Sactkxt V - Conud*ndion* In Designing Enginoodng Controte
The functions of each of the components of a decontamination unit are descrfoed below
and procedures for entering and exiting the work area are provided in Table V-1. While
the specifications usually do not detail the dimensions of the decontamination unit, general
requirements such as numbers of chambers and airlocks should be included. It should
also be emphasized that a separate waste loadout area will be established and no
equipment or waste should be passed through the shower and dean room of
the decontamination unit
Clean Room - As described In the OSHA standard (1926.58) the clean room is an
uncontaminated room having facilities for the storage of employees' street clothing and
uncontaminated materials and equipment. It is an area in which employees remove their
street dothes, store them, and don their respirators and disposable protective clothing.
This room is where workers dress in clean clothes after showering. Furnishings for the
clean room should include benches, lockers for dothes and valuables, and shelves for
storing respirators. Extra disposable coveralls and towels can be stored in the dean
change room.
Shower Room - The shower is located between the dean room and the equipment room
and is separated from each of the two by an airlock (see Figure V-2). Workers pass
through the shower room on their way to the removal area and use the showers on their
way out after leaving contaminated clothing in the equipment room. The shower should
be of a pass-through design, reducing the chance of workers tracking through a
contaminated area on their way to the clean room. Although most job specifications
require only a single shower head, Installation of multiple showers may be time and cost
effective if the work crew is large. While there is no mandatory requirement, some
designers specify a minimum of one shower head per five workers. Coid and hot water
-------
STUDENT MANUAL
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V - Conskteraions in Designing Enginoonog Controls
TABLE V-1
SEQUENCE OF PROCEDURES FOR
ENTERING AND EXITING THE WORK AREA
(To be used in conjunction with Figure V-2)
ENTRY PROCEDURES
IN THE CLEAN ROOM. WORKER:
1. Enters dean room
2. Removes dotNng. places in locker
3. Puts on nyton swim suit (optional)
4. Puts on dean coveralls
5. If separate disposable foot coverings are
used, these are put on
6. Apples tape around ankles
7. Inspects respirator, puts it on. checks fit
8. Puts on hood over respirator head
straps
9. Puts on gloves and tapes around wrists
10. Proceeds to equipment room
IN THE EQUIPMENT ROOM, WORKER.
11. Puts on any adcftfenal clothing-boots.
gloves, hard hat. etc.
12. CoUects necessary tools and proceeds
to WORK AREA
EXIT PROCEDURES
IN THE WORK AREA. WORKER:
1. Brushes off contamination or uses a
HEPA vacuum to remove debrts-a
"buddy system* works wel
BM THE EQUIPMENT ROOM. WORKER:
2. Removes al doming except respirator
3. Places disposable protective clothing in
a bag ex bin
4. Stores any other contaminated artides
5. Proceeds to shower
M THE SHOWER ROOM. WORKER:
6. Washes respirator and soaks filers
(without removing)
7. Removes respirator, washes with soap
and water
8. Places wet respirator filters just inside
equipment room (without entering) for
later disposal
9. Washes swim suit (if worn)
10. Thoroughly washes body and hair
IN THE CLEAN ROOM, WORKER:
11. Dries off. dresses in dean coverals or
street dothes
12. Cleans and dries respirator, instate new
friers
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V - Corttxferwton* in Dmtgnng Engineering Control
Papol?
should be supplied with separate controls, and in ample capacity for each worker to have
at least a three-minute shower. Local or state regulations can govern number of shower
units and requirements for providing hot water.
Shower wastewater should be drained, collected and filtered through a
system before disposal Into the sanitary sewer. The lack of adequate
accommodations for filtration of shower water is a common problem on abatement
projects. A system containing a series of several filters with progressively smaller pore
sizes (100, 50, 5 micron) is recommended to avoid rapid initial clogging of the filtration
system by larger particles. Also a holding tank for shower water helps avoid exceeding the
capacity of the filtration system. Wastewater may need to be retained in sealed barrels or
containers and/or holding tanks for appropriate disposal. Some states, including Alabama.
Georgia, Maryland and New Jersey have written regulations for handling shower
wastewater. The designer should consult local regulations.
Equipment Room - This area, also called the dirty change room, is the contaminated area
where workers remove their protective coveralls and where equipment, boots or shoes.
hard hats, goggles, and any additional contaminated work clothes are stored. Workers
place disposable clothing such as coveralls, booties and hoods in waste disposal bags
before leaving this area for the shower room. Respirators are worn into the shower and
cleaned with water before taking off. The equipment room usually requires cleanup
several times daily to prevent asbestos materials from being tracked into the shower and
dean rooms.
Airtocks- Airlocks are formed by overlapping two sheets of polyethylene at the exit to one
room and two sheets at the entrance to the next room with at least three feet of space
-------
STUDENT kMNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PftOJECT DESWN
Section V - Consktoraoons in Designing Engineering Controls
Page 18
between the barriers. There are various methods used for constructing airlocks including a
hatch-type construction, a slit and cover design, or strip curtains such as those used on
loading docks. Airlocks must be constructed to effectively maintain negative pressure
whie not inhibiting worker egress in an emergency situation. It is also critical to provide an
alternate emergency exit from the containment area to comply with OSHA safety
requirements and to protect the workers.
Waste Loadoitf Area - The waste loadout area (separate from the decontamination unit
and not used for personnel egress) is used as a short-term storage area for bagged waste
and as a port for transferring waste to the truck. An enclosure can be constructed to form
an airlock between the exit of the loadout area and an enclosed truck (see Figure V-2).
The waste loadout area normally is equipped with water used to wipe off the exterior
surface of the bagged asbestos waste or drums. Workers from inside the work area place
containers of asbestos waste into the airlock between the waste loadout area and the
truck. A different group of workers moves the waste from the airlock onto the truck. The
waste loadout area must have a locking door to prevent entry from the outside.
REMOVAL OF ACM - CONFINING AND MINIMIZING AIRBORNE FIBERS
The primary engineering controls used In the removal phase of an asbestos
abatement project are the use of amended water to wet the ACM and the use
of HEPA filtration units to filter fibers out of the air and establish a negative
pressure differential Inside the work area.
Establishing an Air Filtration System - The OSHA asbestos standard (29 CFR 1926.58)
states that "whenever feasible, the employer shall establish negative pressure enclosures
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V - CortsidcrMtons In Designing Engineering Controls
Pag«19
before commencing removal, demolition and renovation operations.* Though the EPA
does not have a specific requirement, it endorsed the concept of air filtration systems as an
effective control technique on asbestos abatement projects In the early 1980s. Negative
air filtration systems are used on abatement projects not only to meet regulatory
compliance but to accomplish several positive effects including:
• Containment of airborne fibers inside the work area
• Dilution (by filtration) of tne airborne fiber concentration in the work area
• Improved efficiency in final cleanup
• Improvement in worker comfort providing increased productivity
The containment system is a combination of the physical enclosure, the number and
placement of air filtration units and the number and locations of make-up air inlet(s). A
variety of designs have evolved for establishing containment systems for asbestos
removal.
One of the earliest systems is described in EPA's •Recommended Specifications and
Operating Procedures for the Use of Negative Pressure Systems for Asbestos Abatement*
(Appendix A of this manual). This information was first published in a 1983 EPA Guidance
Document In this design, air filtration units are used to filter asbestos fibers out of the air
and exhaust it outside the work area, while pulling uncontaminated air into the work area
through the decontamination unit. The air is moved by centrifugal fans housed in steel.
fiberglass or aluminum "boxes.* The air is filtered through two preliminary filters, and a
HEPA fitter, and then vented to the outside of the work area.
A variation of this concept is to recirculate the air by exhausting some of the air filtration
units inside the containment area. A hard door instead of polyethylene or vinyl flaps is
-------
STUDENT UM*JAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Soctton V - Considerafiorts in Designing Engineering Controts
used on the decontamination unit Negative air is maintained by exhausting only enough
air from the containment to overcome leakage.
Another containment strategy involves using a HEPA-vent make-up air Inlet device
inserted in a solid door on the decontamination unit. The louvered vent allows air to enter
containment based on the demand of the air filtration units and the amount of negative
pressure desired.
Each of the containment systems discussed, and hybrids of these systems, have been
demonstrated to be effective on asbestos removal projects when the techniques are
properly appied. Some projects, depending on the physical parameters of the site, may
be better suited to one type of system. The project designer is encouraged to become
familiar with the various possibilities in designing containment systems and to collaborate
with knowledgeable abatement contractors in developing the best system for a particular
site.
The remainder of this discussion will focus on special problems or considerations related
to using air filtration units that the project designer may need to address in the design
specifications. These issues include pressure differential across the containment barrier,
number of air changes per hour, and potential for leakage of contaminated air through the
air fltration units.
Leakage of Contaminated Air- In the event there is a leak in the system, it has always
been the recommended practice to exhaust HEPA air filtration units to the outside air rather
than back into another part of the building. In 1990 EPA published a performance
evaluation of in-piace HEPA filtration systems at asbestos abatement sites that strongly
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PPOJECT DESK3N
Secttxi V - ConsidoratortK in Designing Engineering Controte
Pap 21
supports the necessity of this practice. The study found that 16 percent of the 31 units
tested showed particle efficiencies lower than the American National Standards Institute
criteria for nuclear air cleaning systems of 99.95 percent with 0.7 - 0.8 um particles. The
study suggested that the substandard performance may have resulted from damaged or
improperly installed HEPA filters, from leaks in the mounting frame, or between the
mounting frame and the housing, all of which could cause the air to bypass the HEPA filter.
In an attempt to deal with this problem of potential leakage the designer should consider
specifying the following requirements:
• Documentation from the contractor that each of the HEPA filters used in the air
filtration units on site has been individually tested and certified by the
manufacturer to have an efficiency of not less than 99.97 percent when
challenged with 0.3 micrometer dioctyl phthalate (OOP) aerosol. Each filter
should be marked with the name of the manufacturer, serial number, air flow
rating, efficiency and resistance, and direction of test air flow.
• A visual inspection of aO HEPA filtered units, once they are on site, for evidence of
damage to the HEPA filter and evidence that the filter is properly seated in
position.
• Al HEPA filtration units must be exhausted to the outside air.
In most situations venting the HEPA filtration unit to the outside Is not a problem. Windows
may have to be removed and wooden templates inserted or flexbte ducts may need to be
connected to a roof ventilation pipe.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V - CoraJdorationc in Designing Engineering Controls
Page 22
There will be rare occasions where no outside access is available adjacent to the work
area and it is not feasible to run flexible or rigid ducting the necessary distance to access
an outside vent. In these cases it would seem logical to test the exhaust air for
contamination but there is not a quick, reliable method for testing the efficiency of air
fHtratjon units. To representatively sample the air being exhausted out of the HEPA
filtration unit for asbestos fibers, the air samples would have to be collected at the same
velocity as the exhaust air. This is termed isokinetic sampling and is not practical with the
standard air sampling methods used on abatement projects. Methods used in previous
research studies require the use of an aerosol generator and aerosol photometer which
are not routinely available. Area air samples could be collected in the vicinity (not directly
in line) of the exhaust air, but even if the analyses of these samples were done using
transmission electron microscopy (TEM) which is currently the best available method, there
is no validated technique or established statistical reliability for this procedure.
One design alternative, when exhaust air must be vented inside the building, is to exhaust
it through a HEPA filtered unit into a sealed chamber, and then exhaust the air from the
chamber through a second HEPA filtered unit. This provides a second opportunity for
filtration of the air before releasing it into the building. With this configuration, care must be
taken to avoid placing the chamber under positive pressure.
Another option that is available is utilizing a secondary wet filter system where air from the
HEPA filtration system is forced through a unit with a water reservoir before being
discharged into the building environment. Ideally any fibers in the air are captured when
the air is diffused through the water. No test data is currently available for this system.
-------
STUOENT MANUAL AS8CSTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESK3N
Section V - Considerations in Designing Engineering Controls
Again It Is emphasized, H at all possible, the exhaust from HEPA filtered
units must be vented to the outside air to minimize the potential for building
contamination.
Pressure Differential Across the Containment Barrier — The establishment of a slight
negative air pressure inside the work area using HEPA-filtered systems reduces the
potential for migration of fibers outside the work area. Standard practice in the industry
has been to establish a pressure differential between the work area and adjacent spaces
of 0.02 to 0.03 inches water gauge (w.g.). and maintain four air changes per hour. Recent
studies have shown that pressure variations exceeding 0.02 to 0.03 inches of w.g. inside a
work area can be caused by changes in atmospheric pressure and wind velocities. Some
states are considering a requirement to Increase the pressure differential across the
containment barrier to 0.05 or 0.1 inches w.g. to allow for atmospheric variations. If a
removal project is being conducted in an occupied building or in an area or time of year
subject to wide variations in atmospheric pressure or wind velocity, the designer may need
to consider requiring a higher pressure differential.
It Is usually the responsibility of the air monitoring firm working for the building owner to
measure and document the pressure differential. Measurements can be taken with a
manometer. Typically, instruments which monitor the pressure drop continuously are
connected to strip chart recorders to provide continuing documentation of the pressure
differential. Some instruments are equipped with an audible alarm to alert the project
personnel of a severe pressure drop. Measurements of the pressure differential should be
taken daiy from a number of locations around the perimeter of the project area. Extensive
pressure monitoring serves as a valuable tool in preventing fiber migration outside the
work area.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL AS8ESTO6 ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V - ConEtdorattons in Designing Engineering Controls
Page*
Air Changes Per Hour-There is not a direct relationship between pressure
differential and number of air changes per hour. For example, in a wind tunnel
there may be many air changes per hour with no significant pressure drop between the
inside and outside of the tunnel. Conversely, the more leak tight an area is, the easier it is
to estabish a pressure differential.
The recommended air change rate is based on engineering judgement. As previously
discussed, the industry standard has been four changes per hour. On projects where high
airborne fiber concentrations are anticipated, there may be a need to increase the air
changes per hour in an attempt to increase the filtration rate for asbestos fibers. The
number of HEPA filtration units necessary to achieve the required air changes per hour
can be determined by first calculating the total volume of the work area and then dividing
this volume by the desired air change rate. This establishes the total volume that needs to
be exhausted from the work area each minute.
total cubic feet/minute (CFM) - volume of work area (in cubic feet) + 60 minute/hour
number of air changes/hour
Then the number of units needed for the work area is determined by dividing the total CFM
by the rated capacity of the HEPA filtration unit.
number of units needed - CFM
capacity of unit (CFM)
The following example is provided for a work area that is 50 feet wide by 200 feet long by
10 feet high with an assumption that the available HEPA air filtration units have a nominal
rated capacity of 2000 CFM and the number of desired air changes per hour is 6.
-------
STUDENT WNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Socboo V - Conskfcirabons in Dosigrang Engnooony Controls
Pago2S
volume - 50 feet x 200 feet x 10 feet - 100,000 cubic feet
total CFM - 100,000 cubic feet + 60 minute/hour
6 air changes/hour
total CFM - 10,000 CFM
number of units needed » 10.000 CFM = 5
2,000 CFM
number of units needed plus safety factor = 5 + (5 x .5) - 7.5 round to £
One potential problem in using this method for calculating the necessary number of HEPA
filtration units is the use of the manufacturer's specified nominal air flow rate. Tests on
HEPA units operating under field conditions indicate there may be as much as a 50 to 60
percent reduction of actual air flow compared to the manufacturer's rating. Assuming the
filtration units are operating at the manufacturer's specified nominal air flow rates could
result in actual ventilation rates significantly below project design specifications. The
project designer may want to consider adding a required safety factor in the range of 25 to
50 percent more units than the calculated number using the manufacturer's rating.
Alternatively, on-srte testing of in-piace units should be conducted to determine the actual
exhaust rate. The designer should also require that extra exhaust units be available at the
job site to replace ones that malfunction. One extra unit for every five in operation is a
typical requirement
-------
STUOEHT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V - ConsKtofsetwnt In Designing Engineering Controls
Pa0»26
WET REMOVAL OF ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIAL
Thoroughly wetting friable ACM prior to removing it is a key engineering control which
serves two important functions:
• Fewer fibers are separated from the material and released into the air as removal
takes pi ace.
• The ACM is usually easier to remove after it has been saturated.
Recognizing these advantages, EPA regulations require (since 1973) that ACM be kept
wet before, during and after it is removed until it is placed into the disposal containers.
Improper wetting of the material is one of the most common citations associated with
asbestos removal projects.
The benefits of wet removal can be further enhanced by adding chemicals to
the water that Increase Its ability to penetrate the material. These chemicals
are caBed wetting agents or surfactants. Water to which these have been added te called
amended water. Various wetting agents are available which have been used in
agriculture and fire fighting for many years. The type commonly used for asbestos removal
contains 50 percent polyoxyethylene ester and 50 percent polyoxyethylene ether.
Typically, the spray mixture contains one part amended water and five parts water.
Amended water is most effective on materials containing chrysolite asbestos. It generally
is not as effective with materials which contain a high percentage of amosite or crocidolite
asbestos because amphiboles as a class are hydrophobic (lacking affinity for water).
-------
STUDENT MANUAL AS8ESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V - Considefafent In De&jpnng Engineering Contois
There are available alternatives including 'removal encapsulants" which are modified so
that they minimize fiber release but do not harden the ACM prior to removal. The project
designer will want to review documentation of all materials and supplies being used on the
project prior to start up as a means of ensuring the products being used are suitable for the
job.
Removgl Q( fflfflfr/fl Surfacing ACM
If the work area has been properly prepared, removal is usually a straightforward process.
Some states are now requiring an inspection of the work area by a state inspector before
removal activities begin to ensure the work area has been properly sealed, the
decontamination unit and HEPA filtration units are in place, and the proper equipment and
materials are on site. A project designer may want to consider including a requirement for
an inspection by the project monitor at this stage of the project if it is not a state or local
requirement.
The first step In the removal process Is to thoroughly wet the ACM with a
low-pressure mist of amended water, allow time for soaking action and then
saturate the material with a second application. If time allows, the ACM should be
thoroughly saturated 12 hours in advance of removal to allow for maximum penetration of
the ACM. (Note: The added weight of the amended water may cause the material to
delaminate prior to removal. If the ACM is on a suspended metal lath ceiling, there is
potential for collapse of the ceiling due to added water weight. The integrity of the ceiling
supports should be checked prior to wetting the ACM.)
-------
STUOEHTIyKNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESKJN
Section V - Consxtonttons in Designing Engineering Cortoote
Paga2B
One of the most common insurance claims on abatement projects is water damage. Water
damage te often caused when workers forget to shut off water to pressure spray hoses at
the end of the day and a leak occurs overnight. Application with large pumped systems or
airless sprayers with high water pressure may result in leakage behind the barrier seals to
the outside of containment.
Removal of the celling material Is generally carried out In two stages by first
removing the gross material and then conducting a detailed cleaning of the
substrate. Gross removal is effectively conducted with a three- or four-person team.
Workers stand on mobile scaffolding or ladders to scrape the material from the substrate.
One or two workers on the floor, package the moist ACM in 6-mil polyethylene bags or
lined fiber drums before it has time to dry out. The ACtf must be bagged and sealed
continuously and never allowed to remain on the floor overnight. Allowing
ACM to dry out will result in high fiber concentrations. The material is collected and
bagged using equipment such as dust pans, snow shovels and push brooms constructed
of rubber or plastic to minimize the damage to the polyethylene barrier. The crew that bags
the material also repositions the scaffold as needed. For large removal operations it may
be more efficient to designate a 'spray* person to walk from one area to the next, keeping
the ACM on the ceiling and floor wet and misting the air to maintain low airborne fiber
concentrations.
Bags containing waste are wet wiped, placed into another dean bag or placed into lined
fiber drums as they are placed into the waste loadout area. Removing bags out of the work
area on a continuing basis helps keep the work area dear tor easier access and
movement.
-------
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESWN
Stcton V - Consxtoratfons in Designing Engnooring Cootrote
Pag* 29
After removing as much of the sprayed-on material as possfole with scrapers, crews begin
secondary removal. During this phase workers use a combination of brushing and wet
wiping to remove the remaining residue. Typical tools include various sizes of nylon
brushes, lint-free rags and a HEPA vacuum. The difficulty of secondary removal depends
on the texture and configuration of the underlying surface. Figure V-4 illustrates some of
the common types of ceiling construction which include concrete, a three-coat plaster
system, suspended metal lath, concrete joists and beams, metal deck, corrugated steel.
and steel beam or bar joist. One of the most difficult areas to access are the grooves
formed at the junctions of the corrugated deck and beam. It is a tedious process using
small brushes to clean out these spaces. Rough, rusted and pitted surfaces can also be
very time consuming to decontaminate. The design specifications should provide
a description of the type of substrate In the project area and the criteria that
will be used to determine if the substrate Is clean.
Also the specifications should specifically address ACM In areas that are difficult to access
such as elevator shafts, soffits, exterior beams, etc. In some cases the designer may
specify encapsulation or enclosure in areas where ACM cannot be effectively removed or
where replacement material cannot be effectively installed.
Whle crews perform detailed cleaning to remove an remaining residue from the ceilings.
workers use brooms, wet/dry HEPA vacuums, wet rags and squeegees to dean ACM off
the polyethylene and other stationary objects. When all visual contamination is removed
from the substrate, secondary removal is complete. The next phase is final cleanup.
-------
STUDENT! MANUAL
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT OE9GN
Sectxxi V - CorwidMriona in Daaigning Engineering Controls
Pago 30
CONCRETE JOIST
AND SEAM CONSTRUCTION
wit* jstfsm
Hit M INIUSBC If «CI
ttl M JOIS1S M KIMS
CONCRHE WAFRE SLAB CONSTRUCTION
V!
ISKSTIS ISUUIT
WfltM
STEEL BEAM CONSTRUCTION
WIITOBI
aicsru
SUSPENDED CEILING CONSTRUCTION
ISKSIIS tsuui tf am M umiu mu. ura
Excerpted from Asbestos Exposure Assessment In Buildings, Inspection Manual, EPA.
October, 1982.
FIGURE V-4
COMMON TYPES OF CEILJNG CONSTRUCTION
-------
STUDENT WNUAL AS8ESTO6 ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Swcftoo V - CoraKtoratons in Dewgrung Engrwwong Controls
Removal of Thennal System Insulation from Pipes. Boilers and Tanks
There is a wide variation in the types of asbestos-containing thermal system insulation
used on pipes, boilers and tanks. Pipes may be insulated with preformed fibrous
wrapping, corrugated paper, chalky mixture containing magnesia, fiber felt and insulating
cement (Note: There are older materials labeled "magnesia" which contain asbestos and
new materials also labeled 'magnesia* which contain glass fiber rather man asbestos.)
Usually a protective jacket, which may also contain asbestos, made of paper, tape. doth.
metal, or cement covers the insulation materials. Boilers and tanks may be insulated with
asbestos 'blankets* on wire lath, preformed block, or the chalky magnesia mixture which is
typically covered with a finishing cement. Different approaches are typically required for
removing these asbestos-containing materials than sprayed-on or troweled-on ceiling
insulation; however, the same protective measures are used. Careful handling and
packaging is required in many cases because of the metal jackets, bands, or wire
associated with the insulation materials.
Important considerations in developing the design specifications are the temperature,
contents and condition of the thermal system. If at all posstoJe, high temperature lines
should be deactivated before removal takes place. Removal from hot pipe requires special
protective equipment and procedures to avoid damaging the pipe or injuring workers. In
some industrial settings pipes may contain toxic materials that could cause a serious skin
or Inhalation hazard if released due to damage. It is often difficult to determine the
condition of insulated tanks or pipes. Older systems may have rusted or corroded sections
that could be easily damaged during removal. This would result in the release of the
contents of the pipe or tank into the work area.
-------
STUDENT fcMNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V - Coraidorabon* r Designing Enginwring Control*
Gtovebags, which can be sealed around sections of pipe to form •mini-containment areas"
may be used in some situations for removing pipe insulation. Insulated objects which are
not readty accessible or are too large or hot for application of the glovebag technique, may
require a full area enclosure with modified removal techniques. Standard glovebags
should not be used on pipes that are hotter than 150°F. Procedures and equipment for
using a glovebag are outlined in Appendix B.
Because insulation on pipes, boilers and tanks may often contain as much as 70%
asbestos and because areas where these materials are being removed are often confined,
high airborne fiber concentrations may occur. Also, these materials are more difficult to
saturate with water because they are often covered with an outer jacketing. They often
contain amosite, which is not controlled as well with water as other types of asbestos. If
these situations cannot be controlled by higher air flow rates and other engineering
techniques, then Type C airline respirators are recommended for workers engaged in
removal of asbestos from pipes and boilers.
Removal of insulation from pipes, tanks and boilers can be accomplished by two-person
teams. Cuts or slits are made in the insulation material, a spray nozzle is inserted, and the
material is wetted to the extent feasible. One person cuts away the insulation and bags it
while the other continuously sprays the material with amended water. Any metal bands or
wire that are removed should be folded or rolled and placed in polyethylene to avoid injury
to personnel.
After the gross material is removed, nylon brushes are used to thoroughly dean the pipes.
tanks or boilers. (In cases when pipes are extremely hot, nylon brushes may melt and wire
brushes may be the most feasible tool.) Particular care must be taken to dean the fittings
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DEStGN
S«cton V - ConsKteraftons n Dwgning Engineering Cootrote
Pag* 33
and joints where a cement-plaster type material has been removed. After brushing, the
surfaces are wet wiped and the final cleanup phase begins.
DRY REMOVAL TECHNIQUES
Dry removal, which requires specific EPA approval, may be appropriate for some types of
asbestos-containing materials which have been previously encapsulated and will not
absorb amended water. There are special conditions which may preclude the use of water
such as a room containing electrical supply lines which cannot be deenergized during the
removal project, hot steam pipes, below freezing weather, etc. Dry removal techniques
can be used successfully but require much skill and attention to critical details in order to
minimize airborne fibers in the workplace and to adequately confine all airborne fibers to
the workplace enclosure. It Is very Important that all personnel use maximum
personal protection during dry removal because of the constant and high
potential for elevated airborne fiber levels.
The dry removal procedures selected for a given situation must be carefully matched to the
existing work area conditions, the type of asbestos and the skill of the work force. Adding
layers of enclosure plastic, adding airlock chambers to the decontamination units,
providing double or triple, rigid primary barriers (in addition to several layers of primary
polyethylene), and increasing the number of negative pressure machines may be
precautions that are required beyond the normal wet removal procedures. These added
confining and minimizing measures obviously add cost to the project It is always much
easier to control airborne fibers using wet techniques. It is recommended that all
reasonable and safe avenues for wet removal be thoroughly explored before resorting to
-------
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V - Constderuwns in Deupreng Engmering Controls
dry removal. Dry removal requires EPA approval and approval is sometimes difficult to
obtain.
CLEANING UP THE WORK AREA
Final cleanup of the work area begins when all visible ACM has been removed from the
substrate. Successful cleanup requires proper sequencing of tasks and attention to detail
to avoid recontaminatjon of dean areas. Clean-up activities for thermal system insulation
and miscellaneous materials may vary, but the strategy will remain the same. While the
project designer may allow the contractor to determine the most effective cleaning
sequence, there may be some specific requirements that the designer will want to include
in the design specifications, such as time intervals between cleaning activities.
One sequence for cleaning up an area after removing surfacing ACM is discussed below
and shown in Figure V-5. This sequence is typical, but not inflexbte. Some model/master
specifications, and even state regulations, may suggest or require a different approach.
The area of most variability seems to be when to take down the inner and outer layers of
polyethylene. In the sequence discussed below, the first layer of polyethylene is taken
down before the lockdown material is applied.
An alternative sequence in which the lockdown material is applied while both layers of
polyethylene are still in place is proved in Figure V-6. This sequence is outlined in the
American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) E1368, "Standard Practice for Visual
Inspection of Asbestos Abatement Projects.' This procedure also provides specific
guidance for conducting visual inspections of the substrate and the asbestos removal work
area prior to final clearance monitoring.
-------
STUOPNT MANUAL
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Soceon V - Cont«d»r*»on« in Oangntng Engineering Contrate
CONTRACTOR
INSPECTOR/CONTRACTOR LABORATORY
Complete removal of
asbestos and surface
residue
FAIL
Clean and remove
equipment and first layer of
polyethylene from walls
and floors
Inspect for completeness
of removal
PASS
Apply sealer to abated
surfaces
Clean and remove second
layer of polyethylene from
walls and floors
Perform final area
cleaning
FAJL
Inspect for completeness
of cleanup
PASS
Remove barriers and
dismantle decontamination
facilities
Perform final air
sampling
PASS
FIGURE V-5
ONE SEQUENCE FOR CLEANUP AND CLEARANCE AT CONCLUSION OF PROJECT
-------
STUOCNT MANUAL
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
V - Corwdoroftonc n Daugre"Q EngioMnog Control*
Page 36
CONTRACTOR
INSPECTOR
LABORATORY
Complete removal of
asbestos and surface
residue
FAIL
Inspect for completeness
of removal
Apply sealer to
abated surfaces
PASS
Clean and remove plastic
from wads and floors
Perform final area
cleaning
FAl
FAIL
Inspect for completeness
of cleanup
PASS
Remove barriers and
dismantle decontamination
facilities
Perform final air
sampling
PASS
FIGURE V-€
ALTERNATE SEQUENCE OF ACTIVITY AT CONCLUSION OF PROJECT
per ASTM E1368. 'Standard Practice for Visual Inspection of Asbestos Abatement Protects'
(c) 1990. Andrew F. Oberta. PE. CIH
-------
STUOEKT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Socfon V - Consfcfenfions n Designing Engineering Controls
Conduct Visual Insoection of Substrate. Redoan tf Necessary
This is a good point for the building owner's representative and the contractor's
representative to make sure that there is not residual material on the substrate from which
the ACM has been removed. The contractor's representative is responsible for correcting
any of the deficiencies noted before beginning the next phase of work.
Remove Qross Contamination from Equipment and Potysflivtene
After the visual inspection indicates the ACM has been totally removed from the substrate.
all visible material is cleaned from the exposed layer of polyethylene and surfaces of
equipment Including scaffolding, ladders, extension cords, and HEPA filtration units.
Cleaning Is conducted by wet wiping and HEPA vacuuming. Any equipment that is not
necessary to complete the project is thoroughly cleaned and taken out of the work area
through the waste toadout unit.
Remove Confa/n/flflffltf (^Yaf (ft Polyethylene from Walls
The next cleaning task involves taking down the exposed layer of polyethylene from the
walls. Ideally, the polyethylene is lighdy misted with an encapsulant or lock/down" material
to minimize the release of airborne fibers when the polyethylene is disturbed. The
polyethylene is first detached from the floor polyethylene at the base of the wall and then
detached from the inner wall layer at the top of the wall. To minimize the generation of
fibers, the polyethylene is then folded inward to form a compact bundle for bagging and
disposal. Any visible debris which leaked behind the exposed layer of polyethylene onto
the remaining layer is now removed with a HEPA vacuum and/or wet wiping methods.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATE ME NT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V - ConsJdoralxxe in Designing Engraoring Controls
Pago 36
Remove Contaminated Laver of Potvethviene from Floors
Next, the contaminated layer of floor polyethylene is removed in the same manner as the
waH layer, while shifting equipment around as necessary to access the floor layer. Any
visible contamination which leaked through the remaining layer must be removed.
Apply Lockdoutn Material to Substrate
Though the substrate may appear to be visually dean, very small amounts of ACM may
have become lodged in pores, cracks or crevices that were inaccesstole. A lockdown
material is applied to the substrate to control and minimize the amount of asbestos fiber
generation thai might result from this residual contamination. The lockdown should
not be used as a substitute for good cleaning practices.
A variety of products are available for locking down the substrate. These lockdown
products are usually applied as sprayed-on liquid type sealants (alternatives for certain
situations are latex paint and concrete sealant). It is important to select a lockdown sealant
that is compatible with the substrate to ensure that adhesion occurs between the two
surfaces. Also, consideration must be given to compatibility with the replacement material.
Other factors in selecting the lockdown material include toxidty, volatility, fire ratings. For
example, the selected lockdown material is considered by Underwriter Laboratories (UL)
to be a component of the flreproofing system. It must be tested and found to be compatible
with the replacement material or the UL rating on the replacement material could be void.
Lockdown materials are typically applied with airless sprayers. It is good practice to use
color tinting when applying lockdown materials to ensure that all areas of the substrate
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESK*
Soction V - Coo*Ktera»ons in Oocgnng Engineering Concrete
have been covered. One coat of locfcdown Is usually adequate to adhere any remaining
fibers in place. Additional coats may be warranted for cosmetic purposes, and to be
certain that all surfaces nave been coated.
Remove Remaining Wan and FI 5 °f Polethylene
After the (ockdown material has been applied, the remaining layers of polyethylene on the
wafl and floor are removed and disposed of in the same manner as the first layers. Critical
barriers on windows, vents, etc. are left in place. If there is carpet in the work area
specified for removal, workers should lightly mist the entire carpet with amended water
before detaching it from the floor and rolling it up. The carpet is then wrapped with 6- mil
polyethylene, sealed with duct tape and labeled for disposal. If the carpet is not specified
for removal, at least one layer of polyethylene should remain in place to protect it from
contamination and damage.
Inspect and Clean Any Residual Debris
Once all layers of polyethylene have been removed (except critical barriers and floor poly
over carpet, if necessary), the area is closely inspected for any debris that may have
penetrated the final layer of polyethylene. Any debris found is removed with a HEPA
vacuum or wet-wiping technique to avoid recontaminating the area.
Wet Clean WaMs and Floors
The next activity is to HEPA vacuum and/or wet clean walls and floors. Workers begin
cleaning the areas farthest away from the negative air filtration units and use amended
-------
STUDENT IMNLIAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESWN
Section V - Corwidorafcorts in Designing Engineering Controls
water to wet wipe all exposed surfaces except the substrate from which the ACM was
removed. After the walls are wet wiped, the floor is mopped with a dean mop head using
amended water. The water is changed each time the mop is rinsed out and waste water
from wet-cleaning activities Is dumped into the shower drain to be appropriately filtered or
mixed with the removed ACM for cSsposal as asbestos contaminated waste.
Wait Overnight - Repeat Wet-Wipe and Wet-Mop Procedures
Because asbestos fibers can remain airborne for several hours once they are suspended
into the air. a provision for a "waiting period" between wet-cleaning procedures may
improve cleanup. The National Institute of Building Sciences (NIBS) Model Asbestos
Abatement Guide Specification outlines a three-stage cleaning process. Each cleaning
procedure using rags and amended water or a HEPA vacuum is followed by a 24-hour
period during which negative air filtration units remain running.
This stage of the project is also a good time to change out HVAC filters that may be
contaminated with asbestos dust. The old filters should be wetted with amended water,
removed and disposed of in the same manner as other asbestos-containing materials.
Persons performing this task should wear respirators and protective clothing. The owner
normally installs the new filters at the end of the abatement project but this should be
discussed and agreed upon during the initial planning of the project.
Visual Irtsoaction/Recieafi H Ateoassa/v
The final visual Inspection Is conducted as a team approach by the owner's
representative and contractor's representatives after the work area surfaces
-------
STUDENT fcMNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V - Consktorabons n Dmiyvng Engineering Control*
are thoroughly dry. All surfaces and ledges, tops of beams, and all other hidden
locations are inspected for visual contamination at this time. A standard method for
conducting visual inspections in asbestos abatement work areas has been developed by
the American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM). It is important that the project
specifications clearly delineate how the visual inspection wUI be conducted so that all
parties are aware of the criteria and methods which will be used. Areas which need to be
cleaned are documented and addressed by the contractor. After recJeaning. the inspector
and contractor's representative make a final walk-through to assure the items listed have
been addressed.
Final Clearance Monitoring
After the area passes visual inspection, and the contractor gives notification that the work
area is ready for clearance testing, aggressive clearance air monitoring is performed by a
testing company retained by the building owner. Criteria, protocols and data interpretation
for clearance monitoring are addressed in Section IX. If the first set of clearance samples
indicate airborne fiber concentrations in the work area are above the specified 'clearance
level," the area is recteaned folowed again by clearance sampling. The project designer
may consider specifying that the contractor pay for any additional clearance sampling that
is conducted after the initial testing.
After the area has been cleared for reoccupancy by unprotected personnel, the HEPA
filtration units are shut down, the critical barriers are removed and remaining renovation
can be initiated.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATE MENT PROJECT DESIGN
Saction V - Corw«ten*on* in Deei0ning Engineering Controls
ClsanJnp Uo The Decontamination Unit
The top layer of floor poly in the equipment room is removed at the same time the top layer
of floor poly in the work area is removed, using the same procedures. This minimizes
tracking contamination back into the work area. After cleanup is completed inside the work
area, the polyethylene on the walls of the decontamination unit is lightly misted with
amended water and folded inward. Next the remaining layers on the floor are removed in
the same manner and packaged with the other poly for disposal. The walls are visually
checked for contamination and wet wiped if necessary. The decontamination unit can now
be disassembled for transport
WASTE DISPOSAL
Waste Loadout Procedure
The most effective method in a waste loadout procedure is to use two teams of workers: an
inside team and an outside team. Wearing appropriate respirators and protective ckMhing,
the inside team ensures that the drums are properly packed, lids locked into place and
plastic bags removed from the outside of each drum before it is sent through the waste
loadout area and into the enclosed truck. (The plastic bags should then be placed in the
next drum for disposal.) It Is Important that no workers from the Inside team exit
the work area through the airlock.
In cases where the drums are not being covered with plastic bags, the inside team assures
that each drum exiting the work area is free of any dust. This may be accomplished by
inspecting and wet wiping every drum leaving the area
-------
STUDENT MANUAL AS8EST06 ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V - Conuctefatkxn in Dw^rang EnginMhng Controls
Wearing half-mask respirators and appropriate protective clothing, the outside team (In the
waste toadout area) posts themselves at the entrance to the work area They receive the
drums into the toadout area from the inside team. Then, the outside team loads the drums
into the enclosed truck. Trucks must be posted with the NESHAP warning sign during
loading and unloading of asbestos waste. The warning sign contains the following
wording:
DANGER
ASBESTOS DUST HAZARD
CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD
Authorized Personnel Only
The entrance into the waste loadout area from the work area is secured to prevent any
unauthorized entry or exit
Drums must be placed on level surfaces in the enclosed truck and packed tightly together
to prevent shifting and tipping. Under no circumstances should containers ever be thrown
into the truck. Also, when moving the containers, hand trucks, dollies or pull carts should
be used.
To assure that the truck is properly enclosed, the inside or "bed" area is lined with two
layers of 6-mil polyethylene. First, the floor is completely covered with a 12-inch overlap of
each piece. The same method is used to property secure the sheets of polyethylene to the
sides and top of the truck. This not only ensures additional enclosure of asbestos-
containing waste, but it also provides for easier dean-up operations. It should be noted
here that any debris or residue observed on containers or surfaces outside the work area
-------
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT OEStGM
Socfcn V - Conskferabons in Designing Engneering Controls
Pago 44
resulting from disposal activities should be immediately cleaned by using HEPA-fiHered
vacuum equipment and/or wet wiping, as appropriate.
Other Forms of Asbestos-Containing Waste
In any asbestos abatement project, not all of the waste material that needs to be disposed
of will be loose or broken apart. There are many cases in which it will be necessary to
dispose of materials such as asbestos-containing floor, wall or ceiling tiles, shingles, rugs,
dtemantled items, etc. This may include neatly banding together tiles or shingles, with care
not to expose sharp edges or any other protruding objects that could possibly puncture the
polyethylene enclosure. Once the materials are banded together, each bundle is wrapped
in two layers of 6-mil polyethylene, secured by duct tape, and labeled appropriately. When
this is complete, the bundles are neatly stacked in the truck so that tipping or shifting of the
load is prevented.
Transportation To The AstjftfitQfj-ContaJnlna Waste Disposal Site
As work progresses, and to prevent exceeding available storage capacity on site, sealed
and labeled containers of asbestos-containing waste are removed and transported to the
prearranged disposal location. Regulations may vary from state to state, but there are
standard procedures that must be followed in any operation involving asbestos waste
disposal. The National Emission Standard for Hazardous air Pollutants (NESHAP)
requires vehicles that are used to transport asbestos-containing waste material to be
placarded with an asbestos warning sign during the loading and unloading of waste.
Disposal must occur at an authorized site in accordance with regulatory requirements of
-------
STUDENT fcMNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
S*c*on V - Contideratkxw in DMigning Engineering Controls
Pag* 45
the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT). NESHAP and applicable local guidelines, tt
is necessary to check with state officials on these requirements.
When transporting asbestos-containing waste to any disposal location, it is important that
the drivers of the vehicles be property trained In correct waste-handling procedures. It is
also important that they not use excessive speeds or unusually rough roads to avoid load
slippage or tipping. The driver will be responsible for retaining ail dump receipts, trip
tickets, transportation manifests, or other documentation of disposal. These should then be
given to the building owner for his/her records. The waste hauler is responsible for
providing a copy of the NESHAP waste shipment record to the disposal site owners or
operators at the same time as the asbestos-containing waste material is delivered to the
disposal site. The Regulations section provides additional information about waste
shipment records.
Once the asbestos-containing waste truck arrives at the landfll, the driver approaches the
disposal location as closely as possible for unloading of the waste materials. The
asbestos-containing waste can be unloaded manually or by mechanical load dumping as
long as precautions are taken to prevent rupture of the impermeable containers. In the
event a bag has been damaged, the material is repacked into another bag as appropriate.
The potential for rupture emphasizes the need to thoroughly wet the material before it is
placed in a disposal container. It should be noted that the NESHAP requirement for *no
vistole emissions' applies to the landfill as well as the removal site.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEkCWT PROJECT DESIGN
Ssctioo V — Cortsxtefstions in
Personnel off-loading the containers should wear proper protective equipment which
Includes disposable head, body and foot protection. (Minimum respiratory protection
requirements should include the use of half-face, air-purifying, dual-cartridge respirators
equipped with high efficiency filters.)
The NESHAP regulations require bags or drums to be placed intact in an excavated area
and covered with a minimum of six inches of earth at the end of each working day. These
areas must be clearly marked to prevent future disturbance of the waste.
Cleaning Up The Enclosed Truck
During the last disposal trip to the landfill, after the truck has been emptied of all waste
materials, the polyethylene lining the inside of the truck is misted with amended water and
carefully removed. Good practice should include wet wiping the floor and walls of the truck
at this time. Polyethylene removed from the truck interior and the protective dothing worn
by workers conducting disposal are bagged for disposal and placed with the other
materials at the dump site.
SUMMARY
There are a variety of engineering controls used throughout an asbestos abatement
project to minimize the generation of asbestos fibers. This section addresses these
controls from the project designer's viewpoint, while presenting the various tasks that a
contractor must perform to successfully prepare the work area, remove the ACM. dean the
work area and dispose of the waste material. This information is intended to assist the
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V - CortfKtervftOftS in Deigning Engnaartnj Control*
Pap 47
project designer in Identifying many of the critical technical issues which need to be
addressed in the development of the design specifications.
-------
STUDENTMANUAL _ ASBESTOS ABATEMEKT PROJECT DESIGN
Stcfeon V — Concidoraftofts in DostprvnQ
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1. Where should the asbestos danger signs required for asbestos removal projects be
posted?
A. Inside the work area at a height of 6 feet
B. At all entrances to the work area
C. At all entrances to, and exits from, the work area
D. At 50-foot intervals around the building
2. Which of the following te not part of the decontamination unit for asbestos workers?
A. dean room
B. Shower room
C. Waste toadout
D. Equipment room
3. Shower water may be disposed of as asbestos-contaminated waste or filtered
through a series of filers. The final filter should be what size?
A. 500 micron filter
B. 100 micron filter
C. 50 micron filer
D. 5 micron filter
4. In the space provided below, discuss the difference between "air changes per hour"
and "pressure differential.* Does Increasing the number of air changes per hour
always result in an Increase in the pressure differential?
5. A thorough visual inspection of the work area is conducted after cleaning is
performed. This visual Inspection focuses on unremoved ACM, ACM debris and
dust in the containment area. Who is responsible for making the final decision
whether the area fails the visual inspection?
A. The contractor
B. The building owner's representative
C. The EPA inspector
0. The building owner's representative and the contractor
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VI - Abatement in Occupied Bufcfings
Pagol
ABATEMENT IN OCCUPIED BUILDINGS
INTRODUCTION
Asbestos abatement procedures were initially developed for unoccupied, single-story
structures typical of school facilities. Some of trie earliest EPA guidance on asbestos-
containing materials was directed specifically toward schools. These types of buildings
offered many advantages to project designers and contractors such as relatively simple
building construction, extended shut-down periods and the ability to evacuate the building
and inactivate HVAC and electrical systems.
As the focus of asbestos abatement broadened to other types of commercial and industrial
facilities, many of the containment and removal techniques that were developed for
schools needed to be modified to address more complex technical, architectural and
logistical problems.
In many structures, such as hospitals, aviation facilities, and multitenant high-rise offices,
the use of the building precludes massive personnel relocation. When the building must
remain partially occupied, the ramifications of contaminating areas outside the work zone
are potentially very expensive and time consuming from both technical and legal aspects.
Although most projects do not involve extreme difficulties, there are many issues for
consideration ranging from risk communication through procedural decisions to economic
evaluation.
In the case of an occupied high-rise office building, contamination outside the work area
could require cleanup of several floors. Extensive resources might be required to address
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VI - Abatement in Occupied Buicfngs
Pjg»2
the issue of potential exposure to unprotected people working on those floors. The same
would apply to hospitals where contamination outside the work areas could impose some
extremely complex public relations issues.
Abatement procedures in occupied buildings are not only impacted by the increased risk of
contaminating occupied areas, but also the nature of the structures and the operations
within. Asbestos fireproofing was commonly spray applied on a variety of structural
surfaces within a building. These areas include structural beams, decks, columns, and
shafts, with associated overspray onto adjoining surfaces, conduit, piping and duct work.
Overspray inside duct work may also be an area of concern. These locations are often
difficult to access when removing the asbestos-containing material (ACM). Electrical and
heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) systems may need to remain operational.
There are shafts and floor penetrations to worry about; transport of equipment, personnel
and waste disposal present logistical difficulties; critical or sensitive equipment may need
to remain operational; and the building maintenance staff may require access to
equipment in the work area while abatement is in progress.
This section covers some of the common problems associated with asbestos removal in
occupied and high-rise buildings and outlines some of the factors to consider in the
respective design solutions.
FACTORS TO CONSIDER IN THE DESIGN PHASE
Unprotected Peoofe May Be Exposed
One of the most critical concerns associated with abatement in occupied buildings is the
potential for exposure to building occupants if there should be a breach in the containment
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEtCWT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VI - Abatement in Occupied Buitfngs
Pago 3
barrier. An added concern is entry, inadvertent or otherwise, by unauthorized personnel
into the project area. Monitoring can be conducted in the occupied areas to document
airborne fiber concentration. However, by the time elevated levels are detected, the area
and occupants within will have been exposed. Prevention, by Including safeguards
In the abatement design and execution, Is the best approach.
The two primary methods of confining fibers to the work area are construction of
containment barriers and use of HEPA-filtered air units to create a pressure differential
between the work area and adjoining spaces.
Containment Barriers - High-rise structures have features which are not typical In single-
story buildings that make construction of the containment barrier more difficult. Floor
penetrations for cable, pipe, shafts, and chases are generally present and wBI serve as a
conduit for air and water if not sealed. Also, many multistory buildings have a curtain wall
construction which creates a perimeter space that exists just inside the walls of the
building. In this type of construction floor decks extend to within anywhere from a half inch
to four inches of the exterior wall. This space also needs to be sealed or blocked off.
Figure VI-1 demonstrates methods to contain a work area having an exterior curtain wall.
To help reduce the risk of fiber migration in occupied buildings project designers typically
specify stricter methods of constructing and utilizing critical barriers than are used in empty
buildings. Critical barriers as utilized on an asbestos abatement project are, as the name
suggests, essential or critical in confining the elevated level of airborne asbestos fibers
generated during the removal process. These barriers are the last line of defense in
preventing the migration of ftoers into spaces direct/ adjacent to the removal work areas,
or more importantly, in preventing migration of fibers into any common air handling
-------
STVJOENTUANUAl AS8ESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Sector) VI - Abatement in Occupied Bufcfngt
PagM
FK3URE VI-1
METHODS OF SEALING FLOOR PENETRATIONS
BETWEEN FLOOR DECKS AND CURTAIN WALL
-------
STUDENT MANUAL
ASBESTOS ABATEMEKT PROJECT OEStOM
S*cton VI - AtelMTWrt in Occupied Bufcfcgi
RUBBER ROOFING KKKBRANE
FLOOR DUCK
FIREPROOFING
EXPANDABLE FOAM SKA1.
EXTERIOR WALL
(CURTAIN WALL)
FLOOR DECK
RUBBER ROOFING MEMBRANE
FIREPROOFING TO
BE REMOVED
FIREPROOFING TO REMAIN
GYPSUM HOARD ENCLOSURE
FIGURE VI-1
METHODS OF SEALJNG FLOOR PENETRATIONS
BETWEEN FLOOR DECKS AND CURTAIN WALL
-------
STUDENT MANUAL AS8ESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
S«c*on VI - AbclWTwnl a\ Occupied Buttngs
PagoS
system(s) with the potential of contaminating the entire building or significant portions
thereof.
These barriers, which, in single-story unoccupied buildings are often constructed of simple
wood frames with polyethylene sheets attached and sealed, serve a similar, but much
more important purpose in taD or occupied facilities. A much more complicated system of
engineering controls must be utilized in these structures. Some of these methods include
the use of solid wood barriers over which polyethylene sheets are applied. Also a double
solid barrier may be constructed in extremely sensitive areas. Caulk and fire stop foam
can be used to effectively seal slab penetrations during the abatement process. It may be
difficult to identify floor penetrations that are no longer being used and have been covered
up but not tightly sealed.
Where curtain walls are present, if the space between the slab and wall is narrow (less
than two inches), foam may typically be used to fill the gap. For wider gaps it will probably
be more effective to construct the critical barrier using a material such as rubber roofing
strips that wii lay snugly up against the side of the wall and extend over the gap out onto
the floor. The barrier is then covered with layers of polyethylene to form the containment.
Seals installed between floors will often have to be removed at the conclusion of the
abatement project.
Number Of Air Changes. Higher Pressure Differential - As an additional safety
measure for removal projects in occupied buildings, the number of air changes per
hour may be Increased to as much as ten or even twenty In contrast to the
traditional minimum of four which Is relied on In most single-story
unoccupied projects. With the controlled flow of make-up air, this number of air
-------
STUDENT UANUAi. ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VI - Abatement in Occupod Boltings
changes within a totally enclosed, sealed off work area typically produces a differential
ranging from 0.05 to 0.1 inches water gauge in the air pressure between inside the work
area and outside the work area. As discussed in Section V. this Increased differential is
necessary to overcome changes in environmental conditions. High-rise buildings are also
known to commonly produce a stack effect of air flowing upward which can create strong
pressure imbalances on opposite sides of an enclosure. Additionally. HVAC systems
which remain operational outside the work area may interfere with the negative pressure
being maintained in the work area.
This pressure differential, while working effectively to help contain contamination within the
work area, also contributes to the need for added reinforcement when erecting critical
barriers and enclosures around the work area. Polyethylene must be affixed to the walls
much more securely than is required under decreased pressure differential conditions.
Sprayable coatings may be required to help withstand the pressure differential. Another
problem of using HEPA-filtered exhaust units in multistory, occupied buildings is obtaining
locations for venting the exhaust to the outside. Windows may have to be removed and
replaced with wooden templates to accommodate the exhaust ducts. Additional
precautions must be implemented when removing windows at heights well above street
level to avoid injury to those below.
Once the project begins, the HEPA-filtered exhaust units will remain in continuous
operation. The decision to require back-up power for these units will depend on site-
specific conditions such as the likelihood of power interruption and the likelihood of
contamination outside the work area should power be lost.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VI - AhatMnont in Occupied BuMogt
Pip?
Monitoring - While the single most reliable method of assuring barrier integrity is visual
inspection of barriers on a regular basis during a project, air monitoring is usually
conducted around the perimeter as an additional means of documentation. Presently, two
methods for analysis of these air samples are available: phase contrast microscopy (PCM)
and transmission electron microscopy (JEM). PCM analysis, if performed on site, can give
a quick indication of fiber concentration around the perimeter of the work area. However,
PCM analysis can be misleading. This analytical method calls for the microscopist to
include all fibers, within certain size limitations, to be reported on any particular sample. It
does not count or detect fibers that are less than 5 microns long or 0.25 microns diameter.
It does not differentiate between asbestos fibers and other fibers such as carbon fliers,
mineral wool or glass fibers. This problem is especially evident when asbestos removal
takes place in conjunction with other normal construction activities. TEM analysis, while
giving positive identification of asbestos fibers, cannot give immediate results on those
samples. Consequently, any results of TEM analysis would be significantly after the fact
and posstoly too late to give warning or Indication of breaches of the enclosures.
Another method sometimes used for testing the effectiveness of critical barriers and
enclosures is the fibrous aerosol monitor (FAM). This apparatus can run continuously and
give a near real time approximate readout of fiber concentrations within the ambient air
around an active work site. The FAM also relies on PCM-type technology and.
accordingly, can provide misleading information. Another problem is the lag time of many
hours required for the FAM to register accurate low-fiber concentrations in the 0.01 -0.05
f/cc range.
To summarize, the selection of the most appropriate monitoring method wPI be influenced
by site-specific factors such as ongoing construction outside the abatement project and
-------
STUDENT MANUAL AS8ESTO6 ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VI - AbotofTwrt in Occupied BufcSngs
Pa0*8
accessfoil'rty to a TEM laboratory which affects turnaround time for complete results. The
project designer may need to consult with an industrial hygienist to determine the best
method for the given site.
Systems Running Through Work Areas Mav Need To Remain Operational
In an occupied building, there may be systems running through the work area that cannot
be shut down. Two common examples include the HVAC system and electrical bus ducts.
There may also be critical or sensitive equipment located in the work area that must remain
operational or cannot be removed.
HVAC Issues - H Is always preferable to shut down the HVAC system, secure
the work area and seal the openings. A prepxoject evaluation and cost estimate will
need to be conducted to determine if it is feasible to inactivate the HVAC or whether it must
remain operational. Factors to consider include the configuration and zoning of the HVAC
system, local dimatic conditions, length of anticipated down time, scope of the project,
stationary equipment which might require cooling, and building codes. Another
consideration would include the possibility of installing localized temporary HVAC.
If the HVAC must remain operational during removal, very stringent engineering,
monitoring and administrative measures are required. One of the main concerns in
keeping the HVAC operational and uncontaminated Is to maintain positive pressure in all
duct work, plenums and serviced occupied areas with respect to the abatement work area.
Adjustments must be made, if necessary, to the mechanical system to produce a positive
static pressure within the air handling system. This modification Is comparable to blowing
up a balloon where the exhaust to the outside is restricted and air is forced into the system
-------
STUDENT MANUAL AS8ESTO6 ABATED NT PROJECT DESiGN
Section VI - Abatement n Occupied Butkfngt
(i.e., the "balloon") by the operation of the supply fan. The project designer may need to
enlist the help of a mechanical engineer to develop procedures for pressurizing the
system. Some of the general considerations are discussed below and Figure VI-2 is a
schematic diagram of this method.
One of the key issues is whether the HVAC system can operate on fresh air or whether
return air needs to be entrained via mixing dampers. This need will be influenced by the
temperature of the outside air and the capacity of the HVAC system fans. The colder the
weather, the greater the need for return air.
Where return air is required, it is essential to make sure dampers are adjusted and
operating property. This may involve the installation of temporary adjustable dampers or
the addition of a manual control system to existing dampers. Where return air is not
necessary, mixing dampers can be temporarily sealed off with polyethylene and duct tape
to ensure air tightness.
Once the mixing dampers have been properly adjusted or sealed, the joints in the duct
work are seated with duct tape and the duct work is endosed in two layers of polyethylene.
The return fan is shut down and exhaust dampers are sealed, typically with plywood and
caulking.
After the HVAC modification and adjustments have been made, a pressure monitoring
system needs to be established. This can be done by installing rigid, leak-free static
pressure tape with manometer, mechanical or electronic displays or automatic monitoring
instruments in the supply and return duct work. Readings from these locations can be
compared to a static line installed in the work area to determine the negative pressure
-------
STUDENT MANUAL
AS8CSTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
SocttnVl Abatement in Oocupod
EXHAUST
'XXXXXV/XXXXXXXXXXXXX '///////////////.'/////
f
'X.XX./XV.
EXHAUST/
TO SUPPLY xj
DUCTS
£ TORETURN
C PLENUM
/ E^AUST
'////, POSmVE PRESSURE
FIGURE VI-2
DIAGRAM OF PRESSURE ZONES IN ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
WORK AREA WITH OPERATIONAL HVAC
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEME NTT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VI - Abahmwnt in Oocupiod Buttings
Pago 11
condition relative to the duct work. The return fan casing Is the most critical area for
monitoring. If positive pressure is maintained here, the entire system is positive.
The system should be tested once it has been adjusted and pressure monitors have been
installed. This test should be conducted once the negative pressure is established in the
work area, but before actual asbestos abatement begins. The supply fan switch can be
turned to the manual "on" position. All seals on duct work should be checked with a smoke
tube and if return dampers are in use they can be further adjusted as necessary to achieve
the desired pressurization.
Air sampling should be conducted at strategic points to ensure and
document the HVAC system Is not becoming contaminated with asbestos
fibers. It may be desirable to collect a background settled dust sample from inside the
duct work prior to starting the system to make a qualitative determination about the
presence of asbestos in dust Air sampling locations should be selected in downstream
occupied areas serviced by the duct work. Preferably these areas are relatively small.
such as offices. Air flow patterns could be checked with a smoke tube to determine the
best location for placing air samples. Background air samples should be collected at
these locations prior to removal and analyzed by the same techniques that would be used
for analyzing samples collected during removal.
In some projects, the use of a fibrous aerosol monitor may be appropriate. It has the
advantage of providing a near real time reading, and can be used as an effective
surveillance tool. Inside the work area, the RAM is effective in detecting rapid increases in
the airborne concentration. This indicates the need for more stringent work practices. As
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Sedton VI - Abatement in Occupied BuMngs
Pago 12
mentioned earlier it has the disadvantage of not distinguishing fiber types and being a
relatively expensive instrument (~$10.000~$13.000).
Operating Stationary Equipment - In addition to the HVAC system, other concerns inside
the work area include items such as energized electrical bus ducts carrying high voltage
electrical wiring for the entire building, cable trays, transformers, and other equipment that
must remain operational and needs ventilation. It Is reemphaslzed that
deenerglzlng all electrical equipment servicing the work area Is the
preferred procedure prior to asbestos removal. If this is not possible, then certain
precautions and employee training are necessary. Dry removal may be required. Dry
removal typically requires permission from regulatory agencies. Ft may be possible to wrap
conduit or ducts in polyethylene or rubber sheeting. Another alternative is to build an
enclosure around the equipment. A portable air conditioning unit might be used in
conjunction with negative air units to supply cool air to the equipment and evacuate warm
air. These alternative approaches are site-specific and require extreme care
In design and Implementation.
VERTICAL SHAFTS
There are several significant concerns associated with performing abatement in tall or
occupied buildings which have existing interior vertical shafts. These include:
1. Cross contamination of occupied floors through vertical shafts;
2. Preexisting contamination within elevator shafts due to vibration and air
turbulence within the shafts;
-------
STUDENT kMNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
VI - AbrtMiwot in Occupied Bulking*
3. Vacuum and venturi effects wittiin elevator shafts due to the piston-like
motion of elevator cabs;
4. Proper methods of sealing off work areas located adjacent to, around or
within shafts;
5. Effective methods of relieving positive pressure within elevator shafts when
relief ports are sealed or obstructed due to abatement work within the shafts.
Interior vertical shafts within tall or occupied buildings have presented unique problems
during asbestos projects since removal work in these structures first began. Interior
vertical shafts are present in nearly all tall buildings. These shafts are utilized most often
for elevators and numerous utility systems serving the building (i.e., electrical, plumbing,
and particularly ventilation systems). Vertical shafts are often used for ducting and
distributing conditioned air throughout the building. Furthermore, shafts may be used
frequently for other purposes such as bathroom exhausts, dumbwaiters, mail drops and
trash chutes.
The purpose of vertical shafts within a structure is to make the building's utilities and
services available to aH occupants in all spaces. Unfortunately, this efficient distribution of
building service can contribute to the problems associated with performing abatement in
these facilities. As these services are distributed to the different levels of the building,
many voids are created in the shaft walls at each level. The pipes, ducts, conduit.
horizontal shafts, etc. run through the voids in the shaft walls and large volumes of air can
also pass through the wals around these service items. The problem stems from the
vertical shafts traversing through occupied floors and abatement work area floors alike.
providing a conduit for contamination generated during the removal process to migrate to
occupied areas of the facility. This problem is aggravated and magnified by elevator
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Secton VI - Abatement In Occupied Bulldogs
Pago 14
movement within a shaft. The piston-like movement of the elevator cab can cause a
vacuum or venturi effect and actually pull contaminated air into the shaft and distribute that
contamination throughout the building. A "stack effect*, or upward movement of air. can
also occur in tall vertical shafts.
Ideally, the solution to this problem would be to completely shut down all elevators which
are in shafts that penetrate floors where asbestos abatement work area is being
performed. Realistically, this would be impractical, due to the need to move occupants
throughout the building. Also, the elevators in high-rise buildings are often utilized to
transport abatement workers, supplies and packaged asbestos waste during a removal
project. Due to the necessity to keep some elevators and shafts in use during a project
and the difficulty ensuring that all openings to a shaft are completely sealed, the potential
for contamination on occupied floors adjacent to work area floors is real and must be
considered in the abatement design. In some cases, it may be necessary to construct an
exterior elevator for use by the asbestos abatement contractor.
Elevators that are not needed for transporting personnel, equipment and asbestos waste
from the work area should be locked out so that they do not stop on floors where removal is
taking place. Critical barriers can then be constructed to isolate the elevator openings from
the work area.
One method of isolation involves sealing the elevator opening In the work area with
polyethylene and plywood or gypsum board and caulking. Some situations may warrant
the need to form an air space at the elevator doors and pressurize the space with HEPA-
fitered air so that it is at a pressure greater than that of the elevator shaft The seal can be
constructed by first covering the elevator door with polyethylene and duct tape. Then a
-------
STUDBfT HMNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESJON
Section VI - Abatement in Occupied BuMngc
barrier constructed of gypsum board and metal studs or ptywood and wood studs can be
placed a minimum of three inches from the face of the door. A small containment area is
formed between the barrier and door with 6-mil polyethylene and duct tape and the space
is pressurized with a ducted exhaust from a HEPA-filtered unit located outside the work
area.
In situations where the elevator must be used to transport workers into the work area, the
decontamination unit is usually constructed so that it adjoins the elevator. Provisions must
be made so that air is not drawn back through the decontamination unit into the elevator
cab or shaft. One design solution is to place a hard door between the dean room and the
airlock leading into the shower. The door would remain closed whenever the elevator
doors were open.
Another problem that may need to be addressed in the abatement design is preexisting
contamination within an elevator shaft due to vixation and air turbulence caused by the
operation of the elevator. These forces may have, over the years (typically 10-20 years),
dislodged ACM located within the shafts. This situation is usually associated with friable,
sprayed-appJied materials used for fireproofing. Review of the building survey or a
preproject evaluation of the elevator shafts should be conducted to determine if there is
asbestos-containing fireproofing on exposed beams inside the shafts and if there is visual
contamination at the bottom of the shafts. Prior to initiating removal on any of the floors.
any visible debris at the base of the shafts should be removed with a HEPA vacuum.
Another challenge regarding vertical shafts in tall, occupied buildings is conducting
abatement within the shafts. Containment of the work areas is of great significance within
an occupied building because improper containment may lead to significant airborne
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VI - Abatement in Occupied 3u*cfcogs
15
contamination. This contamination can migrate throughout a facility via shafts which pass
through occupied areas.
Once a work area involving an elevator shaft is sealed and enclosed, the enclosure may
present another complication. Relief ports which vent positive pressure from the shaft may
be obstructed. In many cases, elevators will fail to operate if the pressure relief ports are
blocked. In other situations, air from within the elevator shaft will be forced out of the shaft
through small openings, such as at doors which have not been completely sealed. Again,
the potential for asbestos contamination is significant.
If an entire shaft is being abated, typically the elevator will be locked out on each floor and
doors will be sealed off by erecting plywood and polyethylene on the shaft side of the
doors. The floor and walls of the elevator pit will be predeaned and lined with layers of 6-
mil polyethylene and the cables will be isolated where possible with polyethylene. The
method for accessing the material will be site specific depending on the configuration of
the elevator shaft. Single shafts are sometimes accessed by using the tops of the cabs as
a working surface. In shafts that accommodate more than one elevator, workers with safety
lines attached will sometimes access the ACM from seats connected to cables in the shaft.
Because of the numerous safety issues associated with removing ACM from
the Inside of elevator shafts, the project designer may need to rely on the
expertise of a safety engineer when developing the abatement specification.
FIRE SAFETY
Many of the engineering controls and procedures used for asbestos removal projects may
affect the building's fire protection systems. While fire safety is a concern on every
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Socfen VI - Abatement in Occupied Bukings
asbestos removal project and is addressed in the Safety Considerations section of this
notebook, there are some issues, such as maintaining operation of the sprinklers and
alarms, that are of even greater importance in occupied, tall buildings.
Fire Suppression Systems
The requirements for maintaining operational sprinkler systems inside the asbestos
abatement area will vary depending on state and local codes. It is generally
recommended that the sprinkler system remain operational or at least be only shut off
during work activity. Care must be taken not to obstruct sprinkler heads in a way that
would keep them from being effective.
If the sprinkler system is not deactivated there must be appropriate provisions for
emergency shutott and water runoff in case the system is activated by something other
than a fire. One such example would occur from someone inadvertently hitting and
knocking off a sprinkler head with a rolling scaffold, ladder or other equipment One
solution is to require a protective device such as a cage to be installed around each
exposed sprinkler head in the work area. Additionally, the contractor should have a
response plan posted which indicates the location of the shutoff valve for the sprinkler
system and workers should be trained to respond to a major water leak.
Because of the potential for water to penetrate floors below and spread asbestos
contamination, it is critical to keep water confined to the abatement area. Bags of
absorbent, squeegees and mops should be kept on site for dealing with large quantities of
water.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VI - Abatement in Occupied Buitfngs
Pago 18
Smoke detectors and alarms may also be affected by abatement activities. For example,
some smoke detectors are triggered by the opacity of light. Dust will act like smoke in
reducing the amount of light and trigger the alarm. Also, most smoke detectors and tire
alarms in buildings are now required by code to have a back-up power supply. As a
precaution, the back-up supply should be tested before beginning abatement
Attention should also be directed toward the presence and locations of fire doors. Fire
doors are often magnetized and activated by an electronic-type fusible link. If a fire occurs,
the doors are triggered and automatically shut. Care should be taken not to interfere with
the functioning of the fire doors by obstructing them with construction materials or by
propping them open.
One other preproject consideration is to determine if a halon fire suppression system Is
being used within the project area. Though it is a remote possbility, if the halon system
were activated in a small enclosed area, the oxygen could be dangerously depleted.
Equipment and Materials
A common safety measure built into the project design is the requirement for the contractor
to have fire extinguishers on site which have been tested and tagged within the last year.
The general rule of thumb is one extinguisher for each 2,500 square feet of floor space. In
addition to the pressurized-water (2.5-gallon) fire extinguishers, which are typically used, a
dry chemical fire extinguisher may be needed on site if stationary electrical equipment
must remain operational.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VI - Abatement n Occupied Bui
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VI - Abatement m Occupied Buikinjs
As specifications are being developed, project designers will need to carefully review local
and state fire codes. Some codes for tall, occupied buildings stipulate that abatement
cannot be conducted on two contiguous floors and that there must be at least five buffer
floors between each floor where asbestos removal is taking place.
WATER LEAKS TO FLOORS BELOW ABATEMENT PROJECT
Besides the potential for a major water leak from damage to the sprinkler system, the water
used inside the work area for wetting the ACM and showers is also of concern. Water
damage Is one of the most common Insurance claims on abatement projects.
The designer may require the contractor to take special precautions with showers and
hose. For example, a sump-pump-type drainage system can be placed below the showers
and aluminum pans placed under them to drain water to prevent a leakage problem. The
designer may require the contractor to use time-controlled valves that automatically open
and dose in concert with working hours so workers can leave the project area without
leaving behind live water lines. At a minimum, procedures should be In place
which assure water Is turned off at the end of each shift This may require the
water shut-off be located outside the work area. Specifications may also require the
contractor to use copper tubing instead of rubber hoses to hard plumb high pressure water
lines.
LOGISTICAL CONSIDERATIONS AND PUBLIC RELATIONS
There are several logistical considerations associated with asbestos removal in tall.
occupied buildings that are often not encountered with single-story structures that are not
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VI - Abakxnofit in Occupied Birikfrxp
occupied. Since some of these considerations are closely tied to public relations issues.
The discussion below addresses both.
Inconvenience of Removal Activity
It is difficult to conduct an abatement project in an occupied building without posing some
inconvenience to the building occupants. Measures which can be used to lessen the
impact of contractor personnel and equipment on site include: a public relations effort to
Inform building occupants of the removal activity, establish at least a one-floor buffer zone
above and below the project area, work night shifts only, and phase the work to
correspond with periods of lowest occupancy.
Experience indicates that projects typically go much more smoothly when
affected building occupants have been Informed. A program for informing the
building occupants about the nature of the project and the engineering controls and
monitoring that are being implemented should be completed shortly after the project
specifications are developed. The proper means of informing the building occupants will
vary in each building and may range from a written notice to a meeting. The information
should include key elements such as why the removal project is being conducted, where it
is being conducted, who is performing the work, who is monitoring the work, what the
safety procedures and engineering controls are, how long the project will take and who
occupants should contact if they perceive there is a problem. This information is usually
developed by building management in conjunction with legal counsel. The project
designer may be needed to help address specific questions from building occupants as
they relate to the specifications.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Secoon VI - Abatement in Occupied Bulking*
Papa 22
If it is feasible (in some locales it is mandatory), there should be at least one unoccupied
floor above and below the abatement project (i.e., three floors total). This not only provides
a buffer zone In case there are inadvertent contamination leaks, but it also provides
storage for the contractor's equipment and materials, and helps reduce noise transmission
from the project area to the occupied spaces. Buffer floors also accelerate the project time
line allowing the work crew to prepare the next abatement area while removal is being
completed on the adjacent floor.
Another way to minimize the effects of the removal activity is to have the contractor's crew
work night and weekend shifts. This may or may not add extra expense to the project and
may alleviate problems for the contractor such as parking and maneuvering equipment in
congested areas during weekdays. There may also be foreseeable periods during the
year when building occupancy is expected to be lower such as major holidays or at the
end of lease periods. Conducting abatement projects during these periods would affect
fewer building occupants.
Transport of Personnel. Equipment and Asbestos Waste
An often-overlooked but critical issue with respect to scheduling is the transport of
personnel, equipment and asbestos waste. In many buildings there is a freight elevator
which can be designated for use by the contractor. As long as the elevator remains in
good working order, this is usually the best means of transport. It is more difficult in those
buildings where a freight elevator does not access all floors. Typically, one of the elevators
utilized by building occupants must then be designated for use by the contractor's crew. It
is often best to require in the design specifications that asbestos waste be removed from
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VI - Abatement In Occupied Buttings
the project area after normal business hours. This reduces visibility, chance of exposure to
building occupants and is usually more convenient for the abatement crew.
Emergency Response Program
In addition to the emergency response program which has been discussed for fire safety,
there is also a need for contingency plans in the event of power failure, elevator problems,
shutdowns of negative pressure systems, water leaks, personnel injuries and natural
events such as earthquakes or tornadoes. The contractor should be required to
develop and submit these prior to project startup.
SUMMARY
On a given project conducted in a tall or occupied building there may be several additional
concerns not discussed in this section. With some of the concepts presented here in mind,
the project designer will need to carefully evaluate the building and communicate with
building management to fine tune the site-specific issues that are critical to the success of
the project
-------
STUDENT UANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Sedkm VI - Abatement n Occupied
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1. The most common insurance claim for damage resulting from an asbestos removal
project is related to which of the following?
A. Water damage
B. Fire damage
C. Broken windows
D. Smoke damage
2. When an air duct passing through an asbestos abatement work area must remain
operational, the pressure inside the duct should be the
pressure in the work area. (Fill in the blank).
A. the same as
B. tower than
C. higher than
D. one-half
3. An owner of a tall office building is planning to remove asbestos-containing
fireproof ing from several floors of the building as part of a scheduled renovation.
When considering public relations, what approach would probably work best?
A. Publish a notice In the local newspaper for three consecutive days.
B. Notify affected building occupants of the project and precautions being
taken.
C. Post asbestos danger signs at ail entrances and exits for the building.
D. Say nothing about the project until after completion to avoid a panic.
4. A transformer must remain operating in the mechanical room which is part of an
asbestos abatement work area. Which of the following design techniques might be
employed?
A. Wrap the transformer tightly with two layers of 6-mil polyethylene sheeting.
B. Create an enclosure around the transformer and pull air out of the enclosure
with HEPA-filtered exhaust unit.
C. Do not enclose the transformer to prevent heat build-up and spray it with
cold water.
D. Create an enclosure around the transformer and blow cool clean air into the
enclosure.
5. Tall buildings usually have several vertical shafts which can produce a "stack
effect." A "stack effect" can be described as which of the following?
A. The emission of asbestos fibers from a smoke stack.
B. The downward movement of air in a vertical shaft.
C. The upward movement of air in a vertical shaft.
D. The stacking of HEPA-filtered exhaust units in vertical shafts to dean the air.
-------
STUOENTIMNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Protection of A«ba«>a« Abat»m«nt Propel Pvionnal
Pagol
PROTECTION OF ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT PERSONNEL
INTRODUCTION
Most asbestos abatement projects require the direct disturbance of asbestos-containing
materials, or the dust and debris derived from these materials. Studies have
repeatedly demonstrated that these activities almost always result In
significantly elevated airborne asbestos concentrations. The actual
concentration will vary depending on the friability of the material, amount and type of
asbestos Involved, control measures employed, number of workers involved, volume of the
work area, and work practices used. When designing the asbestos abatement project all
of these factors are considered to minimize the generation of airborne asbestos fibers.
Such factors include wet cleaning methods and the use of local exhaust ventilation. These
are termed engineering controls. Engineering controls are employed to reduce the
airborne asbestos concentration to the lowest feasible amount Respirators and other
personal protective equipment are then used to further reduce exposure to the
asbestos abatement workers. Personal protective equipment (e.g., respirators)
must not be considered a substitute for effective engineering controls.
Toxic substances include any material which can damage biological tissue. However, for
a toxic substance to be hazardous (I.e.. pose a risk), exposure must occur at the site where
damage is likely. Toxic substances can enter the body in three ways: (1) through the
gastrointestinal tract, usually via the mouth; (2) through the skin; and (3) through the
respiratory system. Asbestos fibers are not believed to pose a significant health threat
through ingestjon or skin exposure. They can. however, pose a significant risk if inhaled
into the respiratory system. Other chemicals which may be present in an asbestos
-------
STUDENT UANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Protection of AsboOoK Abatement Project Personnot
Pago 2
abatement work area may have different routes of entry for which protection may be
necessary.
RESPIRATORY SYSTEM
The respiratory system is a gaseous (air) pump consisting of a series of airways leading
from the nose and mouth down into the air sacs (alveoli) of the lung itself. Within the
alveoli, oxygen and carbon dioxide are exchanged. Trie main components of the
respiratory system, from top to bottom are fisted below.
• Nose and mouth
• Throat
• Larynx (voice box)
• Trachea (wind pipe)
• Bronchi (branches from the trachea)
• Bronchioles (smaller air passageways)
• Alveoli (terminal air sacs in the lung)
• Diaphragm and chest muscles
RESPIRATORY HAZARDS
Respiratory hazards are generally divided into two categories: toxic contaminants and
oxygen deficiency. Generally, asbestos abatement projects do not pose oxygen
deficiency hazards. However, since there are projects and circumstances where it can be
a problem, oxygen deficiency must always be considered. For example, there could be an
oxygen deficiency problem while performing abatement in steam tunnels, mechanical
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Protection of Asbestos Abatement Project Personnel
Page 3
chases or boilers. Failing to consider oxygen deficiency could result in a fatality on a
project
The normal concentration of oxygen in air is 21 percent. NIOSH defines an oxygen
deficient atmosphere as below 19.5 percent oxygen at sea level. A concentration of 19.5
percent provides an adequate amount of oxygen for most work assignments and includes
a safety factor. The safety factor is included because oxygen deficient atmospheres offer
little warning of the clanger. When oxygen concentrations fall below 16 percent, decreased
mental effectiveness, visual acuity, and muscular coordination occur. When oxygen
concentrations fall below 10 percent, loss of consciousness may occur, and below
6 percent, death will result.
Toxic contaminants are a more common category of respiratory hazards encountered on
abatement projects. These toxic contaminants are generally divided into two categories:
paniculate and gaseous materials (or a combination of the two). Asbestos fibers are an
example of the paniculate category and carbon monoxide is an example of the gaseous
category. It is possible to have both of these hazardous substances, as well as others such
as organic vapors, in a work area at the same time.
The control of respiratory hazards typically involves three steps:
• Assessing the hazards
• Reducing or eliminating the hazards
• Providing respiratory protective equipment
The asbestos abatement project designer should assess existing hazards
known to be present In the Intended work area and anticipate others that are
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Protection ol Asbostos Abatement Project Poreonnel
likely to arise during the project For example, airborne asbestos fibers should be
anticipated for any asbestos removal project. Organic vapors might also be anticipated
from spray adhesives or floor tile mastic remover, and if surfaces are to be painted after the
removal project. Through a well-designed project, some of the respiratory hazards can be
eliminated or reduced. For example, an electric heater rather than a propane heater will
eliminate the possibility of carbon monoxide in the work area from the propane
combustion. Since it is usually not feasible to engineer out all hazards, workers and others
at the job site must be made aware of possible hazardous conditions. Lastly, respiratory
protection will almost always be specified on asbestos abatement projects. The type of
respirator chosen for use is critical to assure that adequate protection is provided.
CATEGORIES OF RESPIRATORS
There are two broad categories of respirators. These are air purifying and supplied air
respirators. in each category there are many different types of respirators (i.e., powered air
purifying, gas masks, pressure demand supplied air respirators, etc.). Many of the
respirators available are not appropriate for protection against asbestos since they are
designed for a specific contaminant, such as chlorine gas.
Air Purifying Respirators
These respirators remove the hazardous contaminant from the breathing air before it is
inhaled. They consist of a soft rubber faceptece and a replaceable filter or cartridge. Two
major subcategories of air purifying respirators are the mechanical filter type and the
chemical cartridge type. The mechanical filter variety is designed to protect against
paniculate contaminants such as asbestos. The chemical cartridge type protects against
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Secfcn Vfl - Proxaton of Atbe«os Abnament Preset Personnel
PigiS
gaseous contaminants such as solvent vapors. Each respirator assembly is approved for a
particular contaminant; care must be taken in choosing the appropriate unit. High
efficiency filters designed for asbestos are typically purple or magenta in color (Figure VII-
1). These fitters are designed to remove 99.97 percent of the particles 0.3 micrometers or
greater in diameter.
Air purifying respirators remove limited concentrations of air contaminants from the
breathing air, but do nothing to improve (of change) the oxygen content Thus, they can
only be used in atmospheres where there is enough oxygen and where air contaminants
do not exceed the specified range of the respirator and cartridge. Often, however, this is
adequate protection when propping the asbestos abatement work area, performing final
cleanup (wipe downs), or during gkwebag removal projects. During gross removal and
gross cleanup, a different category of respirator may be used to provide greater protection
for the worker; the supplied air respirator
Air purifying respirators are further categorized based on their degree of face coverage.
The half mask respirator (Figure VII-2) covers half the face; from the bridge of the nose
to under the chin. A full face respirator (Figure VII-3) covers the face from the forehead
to under the chin. The more extensive coverage provides a better fit and a higher degree
of protection.
Some air purifying respirators depend upon inhaling by the workers to draw atmospheric
air through the respirator filter of cartridge where it is decontaminated. Hence, they are
referred to as negative pressure respirators.
-------
STUCerr MANUAL
VD —
AS8CSTO6 ABATEICNT PfOdECT OEStQN
ot Aab
CASKET FILTER
CAKTRIDCE
^
?A1VE
1'JBBEX
FACtPlECE
AII7LOW
AI1TLOW
HLTER
FILTtl KATERIAL
BOLDEX
Figure VIM. Typical High Efficiency
Filter
Figure VI1-2. Typical Half-mask
Respirator
Figure VH-3. Typical Full-Facepiece
Respirator
Figure VI1-4. Example Powered Air-
Purifying Respirator
-------
STUDENT MANUAL AS8CSTCK ABATEMENT PROJECT D6SJGN
Section VII - Protection of Asbmtos Abatement Project Peraonrwl
Pago?
Powered Air Purifying Respirators (PAPRs)
Another subcategory of air purifying respirator is the powered air purifying respirator
(PAPR) shown in Figure VIM. It uses similar types of cartridges and filters as negative
pressure air purifying respirators to clean the air. PAPRs. however, are positive
pressure devices which employ a portable, rechargeable battery pack and blower to
force contaminated air through a filter or cartridge where it is filtered and supplied to the
wearer's breathing zone. PAPRs are available in both tight-fitting and loose-fitting
styles. A tight-fitting respirator relies on a tight fit of the facemask to seal to the face.
Loose-fitting respirators include hoods and helmets and must be positive pressure types.
An advantage of using a powered air purifying respirator is that it supplies air at a positive
pressure within the faceptece. helmet, or hood so that arty leak is usually outward.
Supplied Air Respirators
Supplied air respirators are used in conjunction with an airline to provide breathing air
from a source outside the work area. This type of respirator is often referred to as a
Type C or airline respirator. Supplied air respirators are further divided into several
categories described below.
Demand Tvoa Airline Respirators - These respirators provide air to the worker only when
the worker inhales. Accordingly, they are not considered positive pressure respirators.
Demand respirators are onty available as tight-fitting respirators with a half or full
facepiece.
-------
SnjO&n UANUAL. AS8ESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT D63WN
Section VII - Protection o< Asbestos Abatement Project PorsonmH
Pag»8
Continuous Flow Airline Respirators - These respirators provide a constant flow of
breathing air to the worker at a rate of at least four or six cubic feet per minute (CFM). Four
CFM is necessary for tight-fitting respirators and six CFM for loose-fitting types. The
minimum airflow requirements are intended to provide air to the worker faster than his
breathing rate. They may be half mask or full facepiece respirators, helmets or hoods, and
be tight fitting or loose fitting to the face.
Pfessure Demand Type Airline Respirators - These respirators have a regulator which
maintains a constant positive pressure within the facepiece. Accordingly, it is very difficult
for a worker to breathe at a rate faster than the incoming air. Pressure demand respirators
are only available in tight-fitting models with a half or full facepiece.
Regardless of which type of supplied air respirator is used, the breathing air must meet
minimum specifications required by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration
(OSHA) Respiratory Protection Standard (29 CFR 1910.134). The minimum allowable
specification is caHed Qrada D breathing air.
Grade D breathing air is the minimum quality for use in suppled-air respirators. The grade
D breathing air specifications are established by the Compressed Gas Association and
incorporated into the OSHA respirator standard by reference. Table VII-1 summarizes the
requirements for grade 0 air.
One problem with supplied air respirators is the possible loss of air supply while inside the
work area. The OSHA regulations require that a backup air supply be available in the
event of compressor shutdown. However, this does not provide any safeguard against
loss of air if the airline is severed or disconnected. For this reason, the National Institute for
-------
SnJOefTkMNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Protection of Mbaxtot Abatement Project Pononrwl
Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) recommends that a backup be available on the
worker. This may take the form of a backup short-term air supply bottle, or more
commonly a backup high efficiency filter to be used in the event of air loss (Figure VII-
5). For a detailed discussion of breathing air systems, see Appendix C.
TABLE VIM
GRADE D BREATHING AIR REQUIREMENTS
Oxygen 19.5-23.5 percent
Carbon monoxide (co) 10 parts per mitton. maximum
Carbon dtoxde (002) 1.000 parts per rrtHton, maximum
Condensed hydrocarbons (oi) 5 miigrams per cubic meter, maximum
Objectionable odors None
Water vapor Not specified; however, moisture should not be
permitted to interfere with the proper functioning
of the co scrubbing device
Self Contained Brsathho Apparatus fSCBA)
The self contained breathing apparatus, or SCBA, Is another form of supplied air respirator
(Figure VII-6). The SCBA system does not rely on an airline but incorporates an air tank
carried by the worker, such as those used by fire fighters. The SCBA will normally provide
30 minutes to an hour of breathing air, making it unsuitable for asbestos abatement
workers. However, it is sometimes used by project designers and inspectors since it
permits the individual access to areas beyond the reach of airlines. The SCBA is only
available as a tight-fitting respirator operated in the demand or pressure demand mode.
-------
STUDENT fcKNUAL
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VH - Proi»c*an of A«b««m Ab«»m«nt Project Pmomwl
Pag* K>
REGULATOR
BACZUF
FILTER
AIR LIKI
All TAMK
Figure VII-5. Supplied-Air Respirator with Rgure Vlt-6. Self-Contained Breathing
Back-Up Filter Apparatus
USE OF APPROVED RESPIRATORS AND COMPONENTS
Any respirator used on an asbestos abatement project must be approved. The federal
agencies that approve respirators are the National Institute for Occupational Safety and
Health (NIOSH) and the Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA). The approval
label should accompany each respirator when purchased. At the top of the approval label
will be listed contaminants for which the respirator is approved or in what atmosphere the
respirator may be used. The approval label will also list limitations for that specific make
and model of respirator. NIOSH publishes annually a list of all approved respirators In a
publication titled NIOSH Certified Equipment List.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section W - Protection of A»tmto« Abatement Project Pvraonntri
Pagoll
An individual make and model respirator may have more than one approval depending on
which fitter element is Installed. For example, one type of full face air purifying respirator
may be approved for asbestos fibers when the high efficiency filters are installed, and also
be approved for organic vapors when the organic vapor cartridges are installed. The
approval number for each respirator is always preceded by the letters 1C* which stands
for tested and certified.'
The approval remains valid as long as the respirator contains all its original parts or
replacement parts from the same manufacturer intended for the specific make and model
of respirator. For example. H a headstrap is broken and replaced with a headstrap from a
different manufacturer, the approval is no longer valid. For air supplied respirators, the
approval includes the airline and regulator as well. Accordingly, respirators of one
manufacturer cannot be connected to the airline of another manufacturer. In most cases,
each manufacturer uses a slightly different connecting mechanism to prevent this from
occurring.
PROTECTION FACTORS
No respirator totally eliminates exposure to airborne contaminants. However,
some respirators provide greater protection than others. In order to compare the protection
provided by different respirators it is necessary to understand the concept of protection
ffldois* A protection factor is an index of the degree of protection afforded by a particular
category of respirator. The protection factor is determined by measuring the concentration
of a contaminant inside and outside the respirator simultaneously. By dividing the
concentration measured outside the respirator by the concentration measured inside the
respirator, the protection factor is obtained. Technically the term is fit factor; however, In
-------
I
s
Nl
I
•2.
9
i?
«
s
O
K.
.«/»
fMMlSSMlf
AftTIUDGC DiS
OftOANICVAPOftV DUSTS. »UMfi.
CHIMCALCAftTIUDGC DiSPWATMrM
i.MISTi
MMt JAf ITT AND HE AITM AOAMMlSTftATIQN
JTITUTE JOflOCCUPATIONAlSAIETYAWO
NATIONAL IM1T
MSNA
MCAUH
AWflOVAl
TC-1IC-JO
nsucoTo
IMITATIONS
I NIOSM I
•«4 MMt kMlOf • IMI*
i»«t 1 WO »•>» »•>
Wfk »•••> •» r«
M* i«>M«
ktrt tk*i
•» f »«'«*•• wjrf •«
M>4 ••I»I>H< bt MioUnn •*»> t»* M»4
MSHA4KOSH Approval TC-23C-243
March 10.1ttl
CHfMKAlCAHTKIDCf Mt SMUTON »O«
O«CANKVAK)RS. OUSTS. ruMCS. MISTS
ANOKAbToHLKlKHS
MM SAII TV AND HCALTH AOMINItTMATtON
NATIONAL INSTITUTE FOR OCCUPATIONAL SAfCTY AND
HEALTH
MSMA
AfWIOVAl
NO.
TC-JK-IW
NIOSM
INMITATtONS
*<^il*4 «H'I>« ttM *•• • « •>!•«••» *•' u»mi« «t»inim
. >.)|ti.>. Mi-
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Pmmcton at Asbatfca Abafcrrxnt Profrct P«raoone<
the field of asbestos abatement it has always been termed protection factor. To avoid
confusion, the term protection factor will continue to be used here. The term protection
factor to often abbreviated "PP."
PF" Concentration outside the respirator
Concentration inside the respirator
The higher the PF number the greater the protection afforded by the respirator. The lowest
number possbte is 1 since this would mean the concentration of the airborne contaminant
is the same inside and outside the respirator. A protection factor of 10 indicates the
respirator will reduce the concentration of the airborne contaminant by a factor of 10. Put
another way, the concentration of the contaminant inside the respirator will not exceed
1/1 Oth the concentration outside the respirator, assuming a proper fit of the respirator to the
face.
Research is continuously conducted to determine the protection factors of new respirators
and Improved versions of older models. Accordingly, the number assigned to a particular
class of respirators may change based on new information. For example, the protection
factors referenced in the 1986 OSHA asbestos standard (29 CFR 1926.58) were quickly
out of date when NIOSH published the latest PF values a year later. While the OSHA PF
values remain the legal minimum, designers may wish to apply for more current NIOSH PF
values. The most current PF values are listed in Table VII-2 along with a suggested
maximum use concentration for each category of respirator.
The protection factor depends greatly on the fit of the mask to the wearer's
face. Accordingly, the protection offered by any one respirator will be different for each
Individual person. Further, the protection constantly changes depending upon the
worker's activities and even shaving habits. When a worker laughs or coughs inside a
respirator, the protection factor will decrease since the mask will not fit as well during
-------
STUDENT MANUAL
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Protection of Asbestos Atettmont Project Personnel
PtgoU
TABLE VII-2
RECOMMENDED RESPIRATOR SELECTION
FOR PROTECTION AGAINST ASBESTOS
RESPIRATOR
SELECTION
Hal mask air purifying
with HEPA Filters
Fufl facepiece air purifying
with HEPA filers
Powered air purifying (PAPR)
loose-fitting helmet or hood,
HEPA filter
Powered air purifying (PAPR)
ful facepiece. HEPA fitter
Suppled air. continuous How,
toose-f tting helmet or hood
Suppled air. continuous flow.
ful facepiece + HEPA escape
Ful facepiece suppled air.
pressure demand + HEPA
escape
Ful facepiece suppled ak.
pressure demand, with auxiliary
SCBA, pressure demand or
continuous flow
OSHA
PF
(1986)
10
50
100
100
100
100
1.000
>1.000
NIOSH
PF1
(1991)
10
50
25
50
25
50
2.000
10.000
SUGGESTED
MAXIMUM USE
CONCENTRATION*
0.1 f/cc
0.5 f/CC
0.25 f/CC
0.51/CC
0.25 t/cc
05 f/cc
10 f/CC
>10f/CC
NOTES
1. These protection factors represent the most current state-of-the-art practice.
2. This value represents the maximum fiber concentration outside the respirator to maintain
exposure inside the respirator below 0.01 fibers/cc. (It was calculated using the more
conservative PF value between OSHA and NIOSH, assuming concentration inside the
mask * 0.01 f/cc).
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Pnxxaton of *M**ttat Abatiitum Profrct P«nonn»l
laughing or coughing. Similarty. the worker who forgets to shave one morning will not
receive as much protection that day since the mask will not fit as wen to the face.
RESPIRATOR FIT TESTING
The assigned protection factor can only be assured if the respirator fits properly. Individual
workers have different facial features that make fit testing necessary. The OSHA asbestos
standard (29 CFR 1926.58) and the OSHA respiratory protection standard (29 CFR
1910.134) both require that employers fittest each employee when a negative pressure
respirator is issued. Fit testing is not required to be performed for positive pressure
respirators unless there is a possibility that the respirator will be used in a negative
pressure mode. For example, a tight-fitting powered air purifying respirator may lose its
battery charge and only operate as a negative pressure respirator. In this instance the
respirator should be fit tested with the battery disconnected to simulate this occurrence.
Fit testing is required when the respirator is first issued and every six months thereafter.
The reason for continued fit testing is due to the possibility that a worker may have gained
or lost sufficient weight to change facial size and affecting the respirator fit. Initial fit testing
will need to be repeated whenever an employee changes the make, model or size of
his/her respirator. At the time of initial fit testing, the employer must have available at least
five sizes of respirators from at least two manufacturers. For example, trus would include
sizes small, medium, and large from manufacturer A; and sizes small/medium and
medium/large from manufacturer B. Under the provisions of the OSHA asbestos standard,
employees retain the right to request a powered air purifying respirator in lieu of a negative
pressure respirator. It is the employer's duty to provide the PAPR upon request without
cost to the employee.
-------
STUOEHTIyMNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Protectwn ot Asbestos Abatement Project Personnel
Pap* 16
The weak link In respiratory protection Is the seal of the respirator to the
face. Anything that interferes with the facial seal wfll reduce the protection provided. It is
for this reason thai chewing gum and tobacco are not permitted when respirators are worn.
For tight-fitting respirators there should be no facial hair along the line of contact between
the respirator and the face. Individuals wearing respirators requiring a tight seal to the face
should be clean shaven. Mustaches and short sideburns are usualy permitted since they
do not interfere with the facial seal. Temple bars on glasses will interfere with the seal in
full facepiece respirators. Most manufacturers oner eyeglass inserts for their respirators
which allow prescription lenses to be worn inside the respirator. For many years OSHA
prohibited the wearing of contact lenses inside a full facepiece respirator. In light of a
recent study, OSHA has lifted the prohibition on gas permeable and soft contact lenses.
OSHA is considering issues surrounding hard contact lenses but currently still prohibits
their use inside full facepiece respirators.
There are two categories of fit testing that can be performed for negative pressure
respirators. They are the qualitative fit test and the quantitative fit test. The qualitative fit
test is a pass/fail test used to determine the fit of respirators having an assigned protection
factor of 10 or less. This simple type of test is designed to determine if there is more than
10 percent leakage around the facepiece. Quantitative fit testing is used to measure the fit
of the respirator wtth each worker by measuring the concentration inside and outside the
respirator with a test substance.
Qualitative Fit Testing
During fit testing, the respirator straps must be property adjusted in accordance with the
manufacturer's directions and should be as comfortable as possible. Overtightening the
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Protoctan of Aibmto* Abatement Project P«r*oooo4
straps wiU sometimes reduce facepiece leakage, but trie wearer may be unable to tolerate
the respirator for any length of time. The facepiece should not press into the face and shut
off Wood circulation or cause major discomfort. At the time of respirator selection, a visual
inspection of the fit should always be made by a second person.
Once a respirator has been selected and no visual leaks are evident, a negative
pressure check and positive pressure check are performed by the wearer. These
simple procedures are described below.
Negative Pressure Respirator - For this check, the wearer closes off the inlet of the filters or
cartridges by covering them with the palms of the hands or by squeezing the breathing
tube so that air cannot pass through, inhales so that the facepiece collapses slightly, and
holds his/her breath for about ten seconds. If the facepiece remains slightly collapsed and
no inward leakage of air is detected, the respirator passes the test. This test can only be
used on respirators with tight-fitting facepleces. Its potential drawback is that hand
pressure can modify the facepiece seal and cause false results.
Positive Pressure Respirator Check - This check is similar in principle to the negative
pressure check. It is conducted by closing off the exhalation valve of the respirator and
gently exhaling into the facepiece. The respirator fit is considered passing if moderate
positive pressure can be built up inside the facepiece without evidence of outward air
leakage around the facepiece.
If the respirator selected fails to pass these simple checks, the fit testing should not
proceed further. Instead, another size or another brand should be donned and these tests
repeated. Alternatively, it may only be necessary to adjust the straps on the respirator and
-------
STUDENT UMtJAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESKJN
Sactxxi VII - Protection of AjteMos Abatement Propel Pereonnrt
repeat the tests. Once the wearer has successfully passed the negative and positive
pressure fit checks, the actual fit test may be conducted. The OSHA standards permit
qualitative fit testing for half mask air purifying respirators. Quantitative fit testing is
required for full face air purifying respirators.
The actual qualitative fit-test method chosen is at the discretion of the employer as long as
it is one of the three specified in Appendix C of the OSHA asbestos standards (29 CFR
1910.1001 or 29 CFR 1926.58). The procedures must follow those in this appendix
whether Irritant smoke, Isoamyl acetate, or saccharin is chosen as the test agent
The irritant smoke test is summarized below.
Irritant Smoke Test - H the previous tests have been passed, the irritant smoke test may be
administered. It can be used for both air purifying and supplied air respirators when used
in a negative pressure mode (i.e. high efficiency backup filter). However, an air purifying
respirator must have high efficiency filters. The test substance is an irritant smoke. Sealed
glass or plastic tubes with substances to generate this smoke are available from safety
supply companies. When the tube ends are broken and air passed through them with a
squeeze bub, a dense irritating smoke is emitted.
For the test the respirator wearer enters a test enclosure (a dear suspended plastic bag is
sufficient) and the irritant smoke is sprayed/squeezed into a small hole punched in the bag
near the respirator wearer's head. The wearer is asked to perform a series of exercises
including head turning, jogging in place and speaking as specified in Appendix C of the
OSHA asbestos standard (29 CFR 1926.58).
-------
STXJOENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Pro«»Ooo ol *Jb»ifca Abatement Project Ptnonml
Pap 19
Quantitative Fit Testing
Quantitative fit testing provides an actual measure of the fit of a particular make and model
of respirator for each individual. Historically, this was performed using a test chamber filled
with a test atmosphere such as com oil, mineral oil or sodium chloride. A specially outfitted
respirator which aOowed for sampling the air inside the mask was worn by the worker. The
air inside and outside the respirator was sampled and analyzed to determine the percent
leakage around the facepiece. More recently, test devices have become avaflabte which
will measure the concentration of particles inside and outside the respirator on the actual
respirator used by the worker. Regardless of which method is used, an actual protection
factor is determined for each Individual for each respirator issued. Since the quantitative fit
test is more sensitive, it is capable of measuring protection factors higher than 10. If the
measured protection factor exceeds 10 times the assigned protection factor for the
category of respirator being tested, only the assigned value times 10 may be used.
Accordingly, the highest protection factor possfcte for a half mask air purifying respirator is
100; and for a full facepiece air purifying respirator is 500.
TYPICAL RESPIRATOR USE DURING ASBESTOS RESPONSE ACTIONS
Table VII-2 can be used to select which respirator is appropriate for the asbestos-related
activity if the airborne asbestos fiber concentration can be reasonably predicted.
According to OSHA, H historical data are not available to accurately predict what the
worker's exposure will be on an asbestos abatement project the workers must wear air
suppled respirators until personal sampling results are available which will allow the level
of protection to be downgraded. Historical air sampling data must include personal air
samples collected under nearly identical conditions, including work practices, type of ACM
-------
STUOEHT IMNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Protection of Asbestos AbalBmant Project Personnel
abated, number of employees, and employees' level of training. OSHA has also stated
that air supplied respirator usage must be resumed if conditions at the job site change that
would be reasonably expected to result in a significant increase in worker exposures to
airborne asbestos. For example, the removal of acoustical plaster from the celling of a
school is expected to take two months. Workers are expected to wear air supplied
respirators (if no historical data is available) until personal air samples demonstrate that
the control methods are effective in reducing exposures to a level where less protective
respirators would be allowed. The workers may use the less protective respirators until
conditions at the job site change, such as when an area of acoustical plaster to be
removed has a heavy coat of paint preventing effective wetting of the material to be
removed. At this point the workers would have to go back to using the more protective air
supplied respirators. The process of evaluating the personal exposure samples is then
repeated.
OSHA also permits personal air sampling to be waived if air supplied respirators are worn
by the workers, for example, on short (one- to two-day) projects. The rationale is the
project will be over by the time results of the personal air monitoring samples are available
to be evaluated.
As a rule of thumb, air purifying respirators are usually used during minor repair activities;
glovebag removal projects; during preparation of a work area where asbestos-containing
dust debris or material will be disturbed; for use during asbestos waste loading and
unloading; and during final cleaning activities at the conclusion of an asbestos abatement
project. Air supplied and, more particularly, pressure demand air supplied respirators may
be used during gross removal and gross dean -up activities.
-------
STUDENT fc/KNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESJGN
Sacfton VII - Pretocfen ol AstwtkM Abafctrunt Project P*nonn*l
RESPIRATORY PROTECTION PROGRAM
Any employer who requires or permits employees to wear a respirator must
have a written respiratory protection program. This is required by OS HA in both of
their asbestos standards and their respiratory protection standard (29 CFR 1910.134). The
written respirator program establishes standard operating procedures concerning the use
and maintenance of respiratory equipment In addition to having such a written program,
the employer must also be able to demonstrate that the program is enforced and updated
as necessary.
The OSHA regulations spell out what must be included in a written program. Those items
are discussed below with special emphasis on applications to work performed by asbestos
abatement personnel.
An effective resp^ator program, as adapted from A Guide to Respiratory Protection for Ihe
Asbestos Abatement Industry. USEPA/NIOSH publication EPA-560-OPTS-86-001
(September 1986). should include:
1. A written statement of company policy, including assignment of individual
responsibility, accountability, and authority for required activities of the
respiratory protection program.
2. Written standard operating procedures governing the selection and use of
respirators.
-------
STUDENT UHNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Soctton VII - PRMBCfefl of Asteefc* Aba»m«m Propel Ptnortnrt
Pap 22
3. Respirator selection (from NIOSH/MSHA approved and certified models) on
the basis of hazards to which the worker is exposed.
4. Medical examinations of workers to determine whether or not they may be
assigned an activity where negative pressure respiratory protection is
required.
5. Employee training in the proper use and limitations of respirators as well as
a way to evaluate the skill and knowledge obtained by the worker through
training.
6. Respirator fit testing.
7. Regular cleaning and disinfecting of respirators.
8. Routine inspection of respirators during cleaning, and at least once a month
and after each use for those respirators designed for emergency use.
9. Storage of respirators in convenient dean and sanitary locations.
10. Surveillance of work area conditions and degree of employee exposure
(e.g.. through air monitoring).
11. Regular Inspection and evaluation of the continued effectiveness of the
program.
-------
STU06NT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
S«cbon VII - Protocton of Asboctos Abatement Project Personnel
Page 23
All of the above Items are required by OSHA if employees wear respirators during work.
a Policy
Every employer should prepare a dear concise policy regarding the use of respirators by
their employees when performing asbestos abatement activities for asbestos. This policy
should serve as the guiding principal for the preparation, implementation, and enforcement
of an effective respiratory protection program.
Designation of a Program Administrator
A respiratory protection program administrator must be designated by name. This
person is responsible for implementation of, and adherence to, the provisions of the
respiratory protection program. It is usually a good idea to also designate a person who is
responsible for enforcement of the procedures at each job site. Procedures should also be
outlined for enforcement of the program. Enforcement procedures and the development of
the program as a whole should be done in conjunction with, and input from, the employees
and/or their representatives.
Sel&ction and Use of Respiriitnrv Protection Equipment
Respirators used shall be selected from those approved by the Mine Safety and Health
Administration (MSHA) and the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health
(NIOSH) for use in atmospheres containing asbestos fibers. A NIOSH-approved respirator
contains the following: an assigned identification number associated with each unit; a
label identifying the type of hazard for which the respirator is designed, additional
-------
STUOefT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATCMEKT PROJECT DESIGN
Sackon VII - Protocoon of Asbestos Abatement Protect Perj
-------
S7U06NT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Protection of Aeboctoe AbMBtnant Projoct Pmonnot
by a qualified individual to ensure that the employee understands the limitations, use. and
maintenance of respirator equipment
Paspir^tor Fit Tasting
One of the most Important elements of an effective respirator program is fit testing. The
OSHA asbestos standard (29 CFR 1910.1001 and 1926.58) and the OSHA respirator
standard (29 CFR 1910.134) require that the fit of respirators be determined when the
respirator is issued and every six months thereafter for all negative pressure respirators.
Procedures for fit testing should be addressed in the written respirator program. A
discussion of fit testing is induded elsewhere in this section.
Cleaning and Disinfection of Respirators
Whenever feasible, a respirator should be reserved for the exdusive use of a single
individual. Following each use, the respirator should be cleaned and disinfected. The
following procedures can be used to dean a respirator
• Wash with a detergent or a combination detergent and disinfectant, in warm
water using a brush.
• Rinse in dean water, or rinse once with a disinfectant and once with dean water.
The dean water rinse is particularly important because traces of detergent or
disinfectant left on the mask can cause skin irritation and/or damage respirator
components.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VI - Prottctoo ot Asbestos Abatement Project Pcrtomol
Page 26
• Air dry on a rack or hang; position the respirator so that the facepiece rubber will
not dry misshapened. Respirators should not be hung by the rubber facepiece
and equipment/supplies should not be stacked on top of respirators.
Routine Inspection
Inspection of the respirator is an important, routine task. H should be performed by the user
before and after each use. The following items should be checked, at a minimum.
Air Purifying Respirators (half mask and full facepiece} - Rubber facepiece should be
checked for:
• Excessive dirt
• Cracks, tears, or holes
• Distortion from improper storage
• Cracked, scratched or loose-fitting lens
• Broken or missing mounting clips
Headstraps should be checked for
• Breaks or tears
• Loss of elasticity
• Broken or malfunctioning buckles or attachments
• Excessively worn serrations of the head harness which might allow the
facepiece to slip
-------
STUDENT HMNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Protection of Asoostos Abatement Project Pomnne<
Inhalation valve, exhalation valve, should be checked for:
• Missing or defective valve or valve cover
• Detergent residue, dust particles or dirt on valve seat
• Cracks, tears or cfstortion in the vatve material or vatve seat
Filter elements should be checked for:
• Proper filter for the hazard
• Approval designation (TC....ID*...)
• Missing or worn gaskets
• Worn threads
• Cracks or dents in filter housing
Powered Air Purifying Respirators - Check facepiece. headstraps, vatve and breathing
tube, as for aU air purifying respirators (see above). Check for proper airflow into the
facepiece with the manufacturer-supplied flow meter. Be certain the battery is property
charged before use.
Hood or helmet if applicable, check for:
• Headgear suspension (adjust property for wearer)
• Cracks or breaks in faceshiekJ (replace faceshteld)
Supplied Air Respirators - Facepiece. headstrap, and valves should be checked as
specified above. In addition, the following checks should be performed:
-------
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Suction VII - Protection of Asbestos Abatement Project Personnel
PegeZB
Breathing tube should be checked for:
• Cracks
• IvSssing or loose hose damps
• Broken or missing connectors
Hood, helmet or suit should be checked for:
• Headgear suspension
• Cracks or breaks In face shield
• Rips and torn seams
Air supply systems should be checked for:
• Breaks or kinks in air supply hoses and end fitting attachments
• Tightness of connections
• Proper setting of regulators and valves (consult manufacturer's
recommendations)
• Correct operation of air purifying elements, and carbon monoxide and high-
temperature alarms
• Carbon monoxide monitor calibration and function
• Water separator and drain function
• Cooling device operation
• Filter function
Self Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA)
• Consult manufacturer's literature for specific inspection and maintenance
procedures.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Profcoon ot Aibmto* Aba»m«nt Prepct Pwvxwwl
Pag029
Repair
At some point any respirator will need replacement parts or some other repair. OSHA
requires that the person who repairs respirators be trained and qualified. It is important to
realize that respirator parts from different manufacturers are not interchangeable. NIOSH
approval is invaidated if parts are substituted
Respirator Storsps
Proper storage is very important The law requires that respirators be protected from dust,
sunlight, heat, extreme cold, excessive moisture, and damaging or contaminating
chemicals. When not in use, the respirator should be stored in a clean, convenient.
sanitary location.
Surveillance of Working Conditions
The employer must provide adequate surveillance of the employee's working conditions to
be certain the respirator selected provides adequate protection. In the case of asbestos
abatement, this includes a determination if other hazardous airborne contaminants, such
as resilient flooring mastic remover or encapsulant might be encountered for which the
respirator chosen is not adequate. The surveillance also includes air monitoring to
estimate the asbestos exposure. This provides the needed information to determine if the
respirator chosen affords sufficient protection to the individual.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Protected o< AtbMtot Ab*»m«nt Preset Pareoond
Page 30
Resoirator Proaram Evaluation and Rocordko&oina
The respirator program shall be evaluated at least annually with program adjustments, as
appropriate, made to reflect air sampling or other evaluation results. Compliance to the
aforementioned points of the program should be reviewed; respirator selection; purchase
of approved equipment; medical screening of employees; fit testing; issuance of equipment
and associated maintenance; storage, repair and inspection; appropriate surveillance of
work area conditions.
Attention should be given to proper recordkeeping. Records which should be kept include
names of employees trained in respirator use. documentation of the care and maintenance
of respirators, medical reports of each respirator user, possible airborne concentrations of
asbestos fibers during work* and any problems encountered during projects with regards
to respiratory equipment A cneckist for self evaluation of a respiratory protection program
is included at the conclusion of this section.
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND OTHER PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
The primary reason that protective clothing is worn by the workers is to keep gross
amounts of asbestos-containing dust and debris off the body, out of the hair, and from
beneath fingernails. The combined use of protective clothing and proper
decontamination procedures will greatly reduce the amount of asbestos
taken out of the work area. Protective clothing will also reduce the chance of rashes
and discomfort caused by the material being removed. In addition to asbestos, frequently
these materials contain fibrous glass, mineral wool, and binders such as Portland cement.
-------
STUDEHT AMNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Protection ol Asbestos Abatement Project Personnel
Each of these materials can be skin irritants. Reports In the literature have also found that
workers with prolonged contact with asbestos may develop asbestos "warts".
Protective clothing on asbestos abatement projects consists of coveralls, foot covering,
head covering, and gloves. Ideally, the foot and head coverings should be attached to
the coveralls. This eliminates the need to tape the openings between the garments. Tight-
fitting bathing suits are often worn beneath the coveralls. Nylon suits work well as they are
easily rinsed off in the shower.
The protective clothing most often used is of a disposable type. However, nondisposable
protective clothing is sometimes used on large projects. When nondisposable doming is
used It is most often laundered inside the work area. Wastewater is drained to a holding
tank and filtered along with the shower water; or it may be used to wet asbestos-containing
materials. The dryer exhaust may be ducted to an inlet of a HEPA-filtered local exhaust
unit to remove the hot air from the work area. If an outside laundry is used, stringent OSHA
regulations must be followed regarding packaging, labeling, notification, etc. The
remainder of this section, particularly instructions on donning protective clothing and
disrobing, pertain to the use of disposable protective clothing.
Protective dothing does not include street clothes, T-shirts, blue jeans, sweat bands, knee
pads and socks. If any of these items are used inside the work area, they must remain
there until the job is completed and disposed of as asbestos-contaminated waste unless
laundered as described above. Jewelry, such as rings and watches, should not be worn in
the work area.
-------
STU06KTIMMUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
S*c*on VII - Prefecfen at Aibntca Abatement Preset Paraonnri
Other protective dotting/items such as hard hats, gloves, and safety shoes/boots should
remain in the work area for the duration of the project Upon project completion, items that
cannot be cleaned may be placed in a plastic bag, labeled as containing asbestos, and
taken to the next project If safety shoesAxxrts are not used, it is wise to have workers wear
some form of proper foot protection with nonskid sotes. These remain In the work area and
are disposed of at the end of the project as asbestos-containing waste. It is a good idea to
have each worker mark his or her boots and hard hat with his/her name with permanent
ink,
To summarize, listed below are items normally worn by asbestos abatement workers.
• Disposable coveralls, disposable foot covering, disposable head covering
• Nylon swim suit
• One-piece rubber steel-toed safety boots, or other shoes with nonskkd rubber
soles
• Hard hat (as required )
• Gloves (cotton, or as required for the work performed)
• Eye protection (not necessary if full facepelce respirators are used)
The disposable coveralls, foot, and head coverings are available from many sources and
of several materials. Good quality coveralls, with foot and head covering attached, usually
cost about $3.00 each when purchased In quantity. Separately, the coveralls cost
approximately $2.00, head covering about $0.35, and foot covering about $0.50 per pair. It
is important to realize that many "bargain' prices may not be a bargain at al. The less
expensive coveralls often use less material. Accordingly, coverals marked "XL" may be
too small for many workers. Be sure to check the construction of the coveralls as well.
Double stitching on seams wll last longer, but cost more.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VU - Protection of Asbestos Abatement Project Personnel
Ptge33
Under the provisions of the OSHA asbestos standard (29 CFR 1926.58) the contractor
(employer) must have a "competent person' on site. One of the duties of the competent
person is to routinely inspect the integrity of the protective clothing worn by the asbestos
abatement workers. Severely torn clothing should be replaced. Small rips or tears may be
repaired with duct tape.
A common problem on asbestos abatement projects is a failure by contractors to purchase
enough coveralls for the project Each worker must use a new coverall (and foot and head
covering if not attached) each time he/she enters the work area. Assuming two breaks and
a lunch period, four coveralls will be needed each day by each worker. Additional
coverafts are usually needed for authorized visitors (architect industrial hygienlst, etc.) and
to replace some that are torn to the point of being unusable. As a rule of thumb, the
contractor may estimate the number of suits needed to a project by the following formula.
5 x number of workers x project duration (days)« number of coveralls needed
As an example, a project lasting 46 days using a crew of 8 workers and 1 job foreman wil
need the following number of coveralls (estimated).
5x9 people x48 days = 2,160 coveralls
Accordingly, the contractor should order 87 cases (25 per case) of coveralls for the project
The prudent contractor would purchase 100 cases to allow for sufficient surplus. When
purchasing coveralls, large and extra large sizes should be purchased. These can always
be made to fit smaller employees.
-------
STUOEHT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMEKT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Protection of Asbestos Abatomont Project Personnel
Papo34
PUTTING PROTECTIVE CLOTHING ON
Protective dothing Is put on in the dean room of the decontamination unit before entering
the work area. The following sequence should be used.
1. All street dothes, including undergarments are removed and stoned in a
dean, convenient location. Bins or lockers work well for this. It is usually
wise to have a lockbox or other means to protect valuables. This will
discourage employees from bringing wallets, rings, keys, etc. into the work
area.
2. The nylon swim suit is put on.
3. The disposable coveralls are put on.
4. If separate disposable foot coverings are used, these are put on.
5. Ankles are taped to take up slack in the suits and reduce the chance of
tripping, (tape pants over foot coverings, if separate).
6. The respiratory equipment is inspected, put on, and fit checked.
7. The hood or head covering is put on over the respirator head straps.
8. Worker passes through airlocks and shower to contaminated equipment
room.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Pio»c>on of Acboctoc Abatement Project Personnel
9. Boots are put on over the disposable foot coverings (or safety shoes, as
required).
10. Gloves are put on (cotton gloves are usually worn although leather gloves
should be used for handling metal lath). The sleeves are taped over the
gloves using duct tape.
11. Other protective equipment such as hard hats and safety glasses (H a half-
face respirator is used) are put on.
One person should remain outside the work area at all times. It should be his/her
responsibility to ensure that each person entering the work area has the proper protective
clothing.
Once inside the work area, no employees, or others, should be permitted to leave without
going through the decontamination sequence unless it is an extreme emergency. A
common problem is employees "stepping our for a drink of water or supervisors 'stepping
In' the work area to deliver a message or piece of equipment. These activities defeat the
purpose of the protective equipment and the decontamination sequence.
TAKING PROTECTIVE CLOTHING OFF
Whenever an employee or other person leaves a work area for any reason, he/she must
go through the decontamination sequence. This sequence should include the following
steps.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Protecfcon ot Astoecttx Abatement Prof** PwsonrxH
1. Remove all protective garments and equipment (except respirators) in an
area immediately outside the shower on the contaminated side. An area
should be designated for this purpose and kept as free as possible of
asbestos-contaminated material. All disposable clothing should be placed
in plastic bags inside a drum and labeled as asbestos-containing waste.
2. The person should then dean reusable protective equipment such as
boots/shoes, safety glasses, hard hats, etc.
3. The person should then proceed to the shower still wearing his/her
respirator. While showering, the person should be sure to wash his/herself
and his/her respirator. Used respirator cartridges may then be discarded in
a plastic bag located at the shower. When using a PAPR. be sure to follow
the manufacturer's instructions to protect the motor and battery pack from
water damage.
4. The person should then proceed to the clean room; dry off; dress in his/her
street clothes; and disinfect, dean, and inspect his/her respirator.
Asbestos abatement projects are frequently conducted in boiler rooms or other areas
where heat stress may be a concern. The wearing of fun-body protective dothing can
reduce the cooling capacity of the body since evaporative cooling is reduced. Disposable
protective dothing is available in "breathable" and "nonbreathable" varieties. A
breathable fabric will reduce the symptoms of heat stress in hot environments and provide
for greater worker comfort It should be noted, however, that some fabrics are so thin
(almost transparent) that its protective value has been questioned. The asbestos
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Pro»c*on o( Aitestn Atettmtnt Pnpct
abatement project designer should evaluate available protective clothing and select the
product most applicable to the individual project.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION
The USEPA and NIOSH jointly prepared and published a document titled, A Guide to
Respiratory Protection for the Asbestos Abatement Industry (Publication EPA-560-OPTS-
86-001, September 1986 revision), which provides valuable information concerning the
use and Imitations of respirators on asbestos abatement projects. A checklist from this
publication has been reproduced at the end of this section. The asbestos abatement
project designer should be familiar with the requirements of the OSHA asbestos standard
(29 CFR 1926.58) and the OSHA respiratory protection standard (29 CFR 1910.134). The
latest versions of these regulations are Included in the appendices of this notebook.
Some state, county and municipal regulations may have additional, more stringent
requirements affecting worker protection on asbestos abatement projects. These
regulations should be reviewed when designing the project since they frequently change.
RESPIRATOR PROGRAM CHECKLIST
In general, the respirator program should be evaluated at least annually with program
adjustments, as appropriate, made to reflect the evaluation results. Program function can
be separated into administration and operation.
-------
STUDENT fcWNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Protection of Asbwtos Abatement Project Personnel
P*go38
Program Administration
1. Is there a written policy which acknowledges employer responsfeflity for
providing a safe and healthful workplace and assigns program
responsibility, accountability and authority?
2. Is program responsibility vested in one individual who is knowledgeable
and who can coordinate al aspects of the program at the job she?
3. Can feastole engineering controls or work practices eliminate the need for
respirators?
4. Are there written procedures/statements covering the various aspects of the
respirator program, including:
• designation of an administrator;
• respirator selection;
• purchase of approved equipment;
• medical aspects of respirator usage;
• issuance of equipment;
* fitting;
• training;
• maintenance, storage and repair;
• inspection;
• use under special conditions; and
• work area under surveillance?
-------
STUDENT lyMNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESK3N
S«cten VII - Protocten of AsbestM Abatonwnt ProfKt Pcraorvvl
Program QPftffltfCY?
1. Respiratory Protective Equipment Selection and Assignment:
• Are work area conditions and employee exposures property surveyed?
• Are respirators selected on the basis of hazards to which the employee is
exposed?
• Are selections made by individuals knowledgeable of proper selection
procedures?
• Are only approved respirators purchased and used; do they provide
adequate protection for the specific hazard and concentration of the
contaminate?
• Has a medical evaluation of the prospective user been made to determine
physical and psychological abiity to wear the selected respiratory protective
equipment?
• Where practical, have respirators been issued to the users for their
exclusive use, and are there records covering issuance?
-------
STUDENT MMJUAL AS8ESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESK3N
Section VII - Protector* of Asbostoe Abanxnent Project Personnel
Pa0o40
2. Respiratory Protective Equipment Fitting
• Are the users given the opportunity to try on several respirators to determine
whether the respirator they wll subsequently be wearing is the best fitting
one?
• Is the fit tested at appropriate intervals?
• Are those users who require corrective lenses properly fitted?
• Are users prohibited from wearing contact lenses when using respirators?
• Is the facepiece-to-face seal tested in a test atmosphere?
Are workers prohibited from entering contaminated work areas when they
have facial hair or other characteristics which prohibit the use of tight-fitting
facepieoes?
3. Respirator Use:
• Are respirators being worn correctly (i.e.. head covering over respirator
straps)?
• Are workers keeping respirators on all the time when necessary?
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Protoctian of Asboctas Abatement Protect Personnel
Pago 41
4. Maintenance of Respiratory Protective Equipment:
Cleaning and Disinfecting:
• Are respirators cleaned and disinfected after each use?
• Are proper methods of cleaning and disinfecting utilized?
5. Storage:
• Are respirators stored in a manner so as to protect them from dust sunlight.
heat, excessive cold or moisture, or damaging chemicals?
• Are respirators stored properly in a storage facility so as to prevent them
from deforming?
• Is storage in lockers and tool boxes permitted only if the respirator is in a
cany ing case or carton?
6. Inspection:
• Are respirators inspected before and after each use and during cleaning?
• Are qualified individuals/users instructed in inspection techniques?
-------
STUDENT MWUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESWN
Section VII - Protocfcn ol Asbestos Abatement Project Personnel
Page 42
• Is respiratory protective equipment designated as 'emergency use*
Inspected at least monthly (in addition to after each use)?
• Is a record kept of the inspection of 'emergency use' respiratory protective
equipment?
7. Repair:
• Are replacement parts used in repair those of the manufacturer of the
respirator?
Special Use Conditions:
• Is a procedure developed for respiratory protective equipment usage in
atmospheres immediately dangerous to We or health?
• Is a procedure developed for equipment usage for entry into confined
spaces?
8. Training:
• Are users trained in proper respirator use, cleaning and inspection?
• Are users trained in the basis for selection of respirators?
Are users evaluated, using competency-based evaluation, before and after
training?
-------
STUDENT IfMNLML ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT OESGN
Section VII - Protection ot Acboetoe AbMtment Project Peraonmt
Pap 43
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1. Using the letter corresponding to each type of respirator listed below, arrange the
respirators with the first one being the most protective and the last one offering the
least protection.
a. half mask air purifying respirator 1
b. supplied air pressure demand type 2
c. fun facepiece air purifying type 3
d PAPR loose-fitting hood type 4
2. Describe the difference between a qualitative respirator fit test and a quantitative
respirator fit lest, ____^^^^___^_^_______^^___^^_^^______^_^^^^___^__
3. Estimate the concentration of asbestos inside the respirator of a worker if the results
of personal air sampling are 4 fibers per cubic centimeter (f/cm3) and the worker is
wearing a half mask air purifying respirator equipped with high efficiency cartridges.
List eight elements of a respiratory protection program required by OS HA.
1 5
2 6
3 7
4 8
5. Describe the protective clothing ensemble typically worn by asbestos abatement
workers.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESK*
Section VIII - Safety Conckiofafons
Page)
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
INTRODUCTION
Effective safety management begins in the planning stages of the abatement project.
Experience indicates that It is less costly and more efficient to prevent hazards rather than
react to accidents or incidents. Though the abatement contractor te directly responst>ie for
the safety and health of the worker, the designer can incorporate many safety features into
the specifications that will assure a smoother and safer project
The project designer must first be aware of the potential hazards that are associated with
an asbestos removal project. Once the hazards are identified. then measures can be
specified where possible to eliminate the hazards by redesign or substitution of equipment
or procedures that are unsafe. If the hazard cannot be eliminated, the next approach is to
reduce tt by isolating it, guarding against it. or diluting rt. To protect against hazards that
cannot be eliminated or reduced, the design specifications must then require the use of
specific protective equipment, work practices and/or related safety training.
The procedures used in a typical abatement project, such as sealing the work area, using
wet methods, working at heights on ladders and scaffolding, and shutting down building
systems, add new dimensions to the task of providing a safe working environment. This
section will identify and address various hazards associated with these tasks including
electrical shock, falls from scaffolding, ladders, walking and working surfaces, fire,
emergency procedures, heat-related disorders, carbon monoxide poisoning, and the need
for body protection and hazard communication. The effort spent to incorporate these safety
considerations into the project design is as important to the success of the project as the
-------
STUDENT UMflJAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VIII • Satoty Coondwttxw
Pag»2
effort spent in designing engineering controls to confine and minimize fibers in the work
site.
The project designer should indude a clause in the specification requiring the contractor to
notify the building owner's representative when a hazard is identified. The contractor is
required to take appropriate corrective actions to protect the asbestos abatement workers.
Contractors should also be required to comply with the OSHA general construction safety
regulations, specifically requiring a 'competent person* [29 CFR 1926.32(f)] be on site, and
the need for an accident prevention program [29 CFR 1026.20{b) (2)].
ELECTRICAL SAFETY
Electrical shock Is one of the most common hazards, and one that gives the
least warning. Incorrect wiring, improper grounding, and lack of proper shielding results
in over 1,000 workers each year being electrocuted nationwide. Many of these fatalities
result from contact with just 120 volts alternating current (a.c.).
Three factors determine the severity of electrical shock. These are:
• The amount of current flowing through the body,
• The path of the current flowing through the body,
• The time the current is allowed to flow through the body.
These factors vary greatty. The path of the current depends upon the points of contact
Most often the path is from the hands, through the body, and out the feet The amount of
electrical resistance determines, in part, the amount of current flow. Moist skin or damp
conditions greatly reduce electrical resistance and significantly increase a person's risk of
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VIII - Safety Conakferationc
Page3
serious injury if he comes in contact with a current source. In addition to the obvious shock
potential, many deaths result from falls after a nonfatal electrical shock.
During the design phase, potential electrical hazards to the workers should be identified
and, where possible, eliminated or, at a minimum, guarded or isolated. The more common
hazards are discussed below.
Identification of Wiring Faults In the Buffeting
Wiring faults in the building include open ground paths, reverse wiring polarity, and hot
neutral wires. These common faults can easily be identified with a volt/ohm meter or with
plug-in type circuit testers and should be corrected prior to project startup. This is
particularly important if these circuits wil be used to provide power inside the work area.
Any wiring faults identified should be corrected by a qualified electrician prior to their use.
Uninsulated or Exposed Energized Wiring or Equipment
Asbestos removal projects are often part of renovation or remodeling projects. Overhead
lighting is usually removed for cleaning. Equipment or machinery may have been moved
out of the area before the removal job with wiring left in place. Damaged equipment or
electrical fixtures may need to be repaired. All of these things create potential sources of
contact with the energized electrical circuits. When possible, the project designer should
require that circuits that win not be used during removal efforts be turned off and locked
out. Wiring and electrical connections should always be considered
energized until tested and proven otherwise. Unenclosed wiring junctions in
-------
STUXNTUAMJAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VIII - Safety ConstdtfMio**
overhead areas should be addressed by the project designer since these are a particularly
likely point of contact for removal workers.
Asb&stos Abatement Protect Where the Building Remains Occupied
Electrical circuits or service panels that are located inside the removal area and that
service other parts of the building can present a challenge to the project designer. Sealing
transformers or control boxes may not be possible due to heat buildup. If this situation is
encountered, an alternative design will need to be developed which will allow for air
circulation around these units. Dry removal may be necessary to avoid a potential serious
shock exposure. Additionally, where this situation is encountered, all breakers and
switches must be clearly labeled in case power must be secured to other areas of the
buflding during the removal project When a dry removal is necessary, approval by local
NESHAP authorities is necessary to avoid citation for falure to use wet methods. An
alternative written plan must be submitted by the contractor to NESHAP authorities for
conducting the removal
Providing Power to the Wor^Area
Providing power to the work area can create hazards not normally associated with building
systems. Since OSHA considers abatement projects subject to the construction industry
safety and health standard (29 CFR 1 926). there are special requirements for supplying
temporary power to extension cords, portable electrical tools, electric air sampling pumps,
electric equipment, and portable electrical appliances. This may be done by supplying
power through ground fault circuit interrupters (GFCI1 or having an assured equipment
grounding program in effect
-------
STUDENT UIVNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
S«cten VBI - Safety
An assured equipment grounding conductor program requires regular inspection (usually
monthly or more often if needed) of all tools, cords, and electrical devices with written
documentation maintained (29 CFR 1926.404(b)j. Since it is very difficult to document
compliance with an assured equipment grounding conductor program, it is best to require
the use of GFCIs. The required use of GFCIs to protect circuits provides the safest and
most feasible power source available since any significant current leakage will trip the
circuit (see Figure VIII-1). These devices prove most effective when placed as near as
possible to the "toad" and kept out of areas of high humidity. However, high-quality
commercially avaBabte GFCIs are now on the market that work in both high- and low-
humidity environments.
on Abatement Projects
Common electrical devices on abatement projects that present potential hazards and need
to be addressed in the project specifications are lights, HEPA vacuum cleaners, negative
air systems, drills, saws, heaters, sump pumps and, often, radios. All of these should be
inspected regularly for damage, proper grounding, and integrity of insulation.
When possible, nonmetalic tools should be specified for vacuuming or scraping to prevent
a possfcte shock if wiring is cut or contact is made with energized equipment Specifying
insulated handles on metal scrapers is another option. Hard rubber or plastic scrapers,
while more difficult to find, perform well for removal. Wooden or fiberglass ladders reduce
or eliminate a ground path if a worker contacts an energized circuit. Wiring should be
elevated, when feasbte, to keep it away from water on the floor, to avoid damage from foot
traffic and scaffolds, and to keep it from being a trip hazard.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Soction VUI - Satety Coraxferrtora
TWO BASIC FORMS OF
GFCI DEVICES
Circuit Breaker
Type
Rating Label
Trip Indicating Handle For
Identification of Faulty
Circuits
Push to Test Button to
Insure Proper Operation
Wiring
Line End Connection
Ampere Rating
Reinforced Case
Ground Trip
Receptacle Type
Meld Yoke
Receptacle Stots
Red Band for Positive Trip.
Indication
•Wiring
Push to Test and Reset
Controb to Insure
Operation
Reinforced Case
FIGURE VIIH
TWO BASIC TYPES OF GFCI DEVICES
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VIM - Safety CoowdBcttone
Pag.7
When designing plans to reduce or eliminate electrical hazards, the project designer
needs to make sure that the plan complies with OSHA's lockout/tagout standard (29 CFR
1910.147). This standard requires that all potential sources of energy, whether liquid, gas,
electrical, or mechanical operations, be locked by the person performing the work, and that
person is the only one with the keys to unlock the device. Additionally, a tag must be
attached to serve as a warning sign or label to other workers in the area. If energy sources
are required to be disconnected by the contractor, the project specifications must require
the contractor to follow proper lockout/tagout procedures.
SCAFFOLDING SAFETY
Most asbestos abatement projects wifl involve the use of scaffolding. Proper setup, regular
inspection, and basic maintenance should not be overlooked. In many removal projects,
manually-propelled mobfle scaffolding provides a convenient and efficient work platform.
OSHA standard 29 CFR 1926.451 requires that when free-standing mobile scaffolding is
used, the height shall not exceed four times the minimum base dimension (usually the
width). This requirement is based on the fact that scaffolding easily tips. Figure VIII-2
ilustrates a simple method to estimate a reasonable amount of force necessary to tip a
scaffold.
Since relatively little force is required to tip a scaffold, it becomes important to make sure
that wheels on mobile scaffolds move freely, are lubricated and are in good repair. If
rented scaffolding is used, all components must be inspected prior to accepting it All
components such as cross bracing, railings, pin connectors, planking or scaffold-grade
lumber must be available before the units are assembled. Workers should be careful to
keep debris bagged and obstacles off the floor where mobile scaffolds will be used. If a
-------
STUDENT MANUAL
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Soctxxi VIII - Safety
Where:
B • hekjhl from floor to
f - force required to upset scaffold
W » weight of scaffold and worker
A - Jbalf the width of the scaffold
Example:
B - 14 feet
f -X
W . 199 to. (scaffold)
+ 17Sb (vyofintQ
- 374 bs.
A . 1foot
Force to upset - 26.7 ba
CIV.*6
X- (374x1)/ (14)
X.26.7bs.
• fo[mul!,is a" estimated way to obtain a reasonable idea of the force
needed to upset scaffolding. Many variables need to be considered in addition to
uiose illustrated.)
FIGURE V\\\-2
SCAFFOLD UPSET FORMULA
-------
STUDENT tMNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMEKT PROJECT DESIGN
Socbon VIII • Safely Conwdarabons
Pngo9
wheel catches debris on the floor when the unit is moved, additional force w'NI be required
to move it This additional force may be all that is needed to tip the unit Caution should be
used when using mobile scaffolding on sloping floors, such as an auditorium.
Guard rails (42 inches in height) should always be installed on scaffolding used for
abatement projects. Workers are usually looking up while working and can easily step off
the edge of an unprotected scaffold. OSHA requires that guard rails be used when
scaffolding is over 4 feet tall and is less than 45 inches wide. Any time scaffolding is 10
feet or higher, toe boards must also be in place. No guard rails are required when
scaffolding is less than four feet taU, although it is a good recommendation.
Additionally, scaffolding must, at a minimum, meet the following requirements:
• When guard rails are required, midrails (21 inches high) are also necessary.
• Upright supports should be positioned at intervals no greater than eight feet
apart.
• If, due to the configuration of the work area, people must routinely pass
underneath the scaffolding, then a screen (number 18 gauge wire one-half inch
mesh or equivalent) is required from toe board to midrail.
• The scaffolding must be designed to support four times the maximum load that
will be placed on the scaffolding.
-------
STUDENT UANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VIII - Satoty Considerations
• Planking used on a scaffolding must be scaffold-grade lumber and extend past
the sides by at least 6 inches but less than 12 inches, unless it is secured to the
frame.
• Scaffolding must be equipped with a ladder to reach the working platform.
As with the other areas of hazard identification and accident prevention, when there is a
need for scaffolding, the project design should specify the use of required devices and do
so in the safest manner possfote.
LADDER SAFETY
Ladders, as well as scaffolding, are some of the most commonly used pieces of equipment
on an asbestos removal site. To assist the project designer, the following list of ladder
safety rules or hazard-elimination ideas are presented. These ideas should be considered
when developing plans to incorporate safety into the project design.
• Ladders with broken, missing or defective parts are prohbtted.
• Ladder feet must be on a substantial base.
• Work area at top and bottom of ladder must be kept dear.
• No job-made ladders are allowed.
-------
STUDENT MWNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Sadton VIII - Safety Considerations
Pa0eli
• Metal ladders are prohibited near electrical equipment and Dnes (within 10 feet).
Wood or fiberglass ladders should be selected to avoid electrical hazards.
Ladders shall be used at pitch of four to one (one foot out for every four feet of
elevation) or secured to prevent displacement during use.
Ladders shall not be used In a horizontal position as scaffolding, platform or
walkboard.
Only one person per ladder is allowed and the person must always face the
ladder when going up or down.
An attendant is required in high-traffic areas.
A worker must not climb higher than the third rung from the top on a straight
ladder or the second step from the top on stepladders.
Wood ladders shall not be painted.
Ladders must always be inspected before use.
Stepladders should only be used when fully open.
-------
STUDENT M»NUAL
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Saction VIII • Sofoty Considerations
Pago 12
WALKING AND WORKING SURFACES
The National Safety Council estimates that there are over 250,000 disabling injuries in
work-related falls each year. Over 40 percent of the injured workers are employed in the
construction industry. Reducing the potential for slips, trips, and falls is a challenge in work
areas that are sealed with polyethylene and kept damp to reduce airborne fibers. This
results in very slick surfaces. Disposable booties are a potential trip hazard; air and
electrical cables also create trip hazards. All of these conditions create potential worker
hazards even before removal begins.
Some of these walking and working surface hazards can be eliminated by using the
following guidelines:
• When designing a project consider the height of the work to be done, equipment
to be used, and possible trip hazards. Inspect the walking and working surfaces.
• The use of disposable booties may be impractical in many removal situations.
They may come apart and create a serious trip hazard. Seamless rubber boots,
slip-on shoes or safety shoes with nonskid soles may be worn over the booties,
or in place of the booties.
Require the contractor to minimize water on floors. Wet polyethylene is very slick
and water increases the risk of electrical shock.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VH1 • Safety Corekferafene
• Develop designs calling for placement of airlines and electrical cords in
positions that do not cause them to run across travehvays. When possible have
these Ines and cords suspended off the walking and working surfaces.
• Require that debris be minimized on floors by continuous cleaning.
• Require the contractor to keep equipment, tools, and associated Items dear of
main travetways.
FIRE SAFETY
Fire prevention must be given a high priority during the design phase. The
wood and polyethylene materials used on asbestos removal sites increase the potential for
fires and risk to human Bfe. The project designer will need to be concerned with fire safety
features such as alarm systems, travel distances, exits, and emergency lighting.
A predesign survey of the project site should first be conducted to determine potential fire
hazards, sources of ignition, hot spots, location of fire suppression systems, and locations
of current exits. The survey data is then correlated to the number of workers that will be in
the area, the square footage of the containment area, and the types of combustible or
flammable materials that will remain in the project area. This information will allow the
project designer to include fire safety procedures that will reduce or eliminate the chance
of fire in the containment area.
Untreated polyethylene has a combustion temperature of approximately 150 degrees to
170 degrees. Polyethylene will start to bum slowly and pick up speed as more heat is
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEME NT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Wl - Safely Consideration*
Page 14
generated. It gives off heavy black smoke as a combustion by-product The flame spread
is slow and steady as the combustion process continues. As an additional concern,
thermal decomposition may produce toxic gases. The respirators worn by asbestos
removal workers generally will not adequately protect them from the smoke and toxic
gases produced. Because of this combustion threat, designs should require polyethylene
sheeting to be kept away from heat sources such as transformers, steam pipes, boilers,
and equipment that will be heated during the removal phase. In some situations It
may be necessary or required to specify the use of flre-retardant
polyethylene.
The project designer should consult OSHA, the National Rre Protection Association
(NFPA), and local fire code requirements before sealing off an area and blocking
entrances and exits. For example, a poorly-written contract specification might require
"one means of egress through a property designed decontamination system'; however, a
better and more correct design would require alternative emergency exits and all on-site
personnel entering the work area to be famiiar with these exits.
Some additionaJ fire safety procedures that may need to be incorporated into the project
design are outlined below:
• Specifications must require all sources of ignition to be removed. Gas and other
fuel sources must be cut off and pilot lights in boilers, heaters, hot water tanks.
and compressors extinguished.
-------
STUDBfTlyMNUAI. ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
S«c6on Vttl - Safety Considerations
• Specifications should identify 'hot spots.' Quite often design specifications may
require draping equipment instead of sealing it off to prevent overheating (i.e.,
computers, terminal boards, switch panels, transformers).
• Require the cutoff of supply to steam lines, electric and steam heaters, and
radiators. Do not permit the polyethylene to lie against hot surfaces.
• Specifications must require the marking of exits from work area and posting
directional arrows when exits are not visible from remote work areas. This can
easily be done using duct tape or indelible marker on polyethylene walls and
barriers. It is recommended that half of these directional arrows be placed close
to the ground to assist workers who may be crawling in smoky conditions to
escape a fire.
• Specifications should require that trash and debris be kept to a minimum (e.g..
tape, polyethylene, bags, lumber).
• If the work area te large and many workers are present, several emergency exits
may need to be included in the project design. Choose exits that are locked from
the outside but can be opened from the inside. A daily inspection must be
conducted to ensure secondary exits are not blocked. Many local codes address
these issues.
• Lighting of exits and exit routes should be included in the project design.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL AS86STOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VUI • Safety Conodtrabom
• The project designer must be alert to the potential flammable vapors in industrial
areas (solvents such as naphtha, toluene, xylene, etc. during the design phase).
This is especially critical in industrial vacuuming operations where vacuum
motors are not explosion proof. Compressed air vacuums may be required.
• Specifications should require a nearby telephone be available at all times for
notification of authorities in an emergency.
• A retractable blade knife should be readily available at each emergency exit for
use in cutting polyethylene sheeting.
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
OSHA 29 CFR 1926.24 requires that every job site have a fire protection and prevention
plan. This plan must cover procedures to be used in case of fire, which includes heavy
smoke conditions, power failure, air supplied respirator compressor failure, accidents, and
worker injury.
The contractor wiH need to establish a system for alerting workers of an emergency that will
require evacuation of the asbestos containment and work area. A compressed air horn
provides an effective alarm that can be heard and does not rety on a power source. All
persons entering the containment and work area must be familiar with the evacuation
alarm signal and all primary and secondary exits. A simple floor plan of the work area
must be posted near the work area entrance to familiarize persons entering the site with
the location of exits, fire suppression equipment, and emergency telephone numbers (see
Figure VM-3).
-------
STUDENT MANUAL
AS8ESTO6 ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Soctioo VBI - Sato?
Project Address:
Project Phone f:
5555 Any Industrial Drive, Any Suburb, GA
333-3333
EMERGENCY «-
EXIT
LAB
OFFICES
SHIPPING
BOILER ROOM
LOAD-OUT
RECEIVING
o o
DECON
PRIMARY
Ambulance:
Fire:
Police:
Emergency Phone Numbers
333-9999
911 or 303-5555
911 or 303-6666
Suburb General Hospital
Suburb County Fire Dept.
Suburb Police Dept.
FIGURE VIIK3
FLOOR PLAN OF WORK AREA SHOWING EXITS, EMERGENCY TELEPHONE
NUMBERS, PROJECT ADDRESS.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
S^Gbon VIII - Safety Cormdfntxn
Pap* 18
Additional considerations in the development of an emergency plan include:
• A description of the manner in which emergencies will be announced.
• Emergency escape procedures and emergency escape routes.
• Procedures for workers who must remain to operate critical operations which
may take time to shut down.
• Procedures to account for aO workers after evacuation.
• Rescue and medical duties and responsibilities.
• Before beginning the project, provisions should be made for prompt medical
attention in case of serious injury or other medical emergency.
• Some local codes may require that the project designer or contractor notify local
emergency services of the type of operations (i.e., asbestos removal) that are on
site.
• Names and/or job titles of people to be contacted for additional emergency
information.
• A list of the major job-site fire hazards.
-------
STUDENT IMNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Sacbon VII - Safety ComJd»«flon»
• Names and/or job titles of people responsbte for maintenance of fire prevention
and fire suppression equipment.
• Names and/or job titles of people responsible for the control of fuel source
hazards.
• Posting local fire department and rescue squad telephone numbers.
• The contractor needs to make sure that workers understand that the emergency
hazard becomes more immediate than the asbestos hazard, and workers may
need to violate polyethylene barriers. This can be covered in the written and
posted emergency action plan.
• Specifications should require that a monitor be outside at all times and trained in
fire watch and emergency procedures. This person should also be trained in first
aid and in the treatment of heat stress.
HEAT-RELATED DISORDERS
As explained in Section VII covering personal protection, the OSHA asbestos standard for
the construction industry requires that al workers who are exposed to asbestos at or above
the action level, or who are required to wear a negative pressure respirator, be given a
complete physical examination. The main objective of the examination is to determine
whether the employee is medically qualified to wear a respirator while performing
abatement activities. The examining physician or clinic must additionally be aware that
respirators may be worn under hot. adverse conditions. During warm months, or in hot
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VIII • Safoly Corektorrfons
Page 20
environments, heat exhaustion and heat stroke are serious hazards faced by workers,
particularly (nose not acdimated to the heat
For projects conducted in hot environments, design specifications should require the
contractor to develop and submit a plan that will reduce or eliminate heat-related
disorders. Each of the disorders and techniques for prevention are discussed below.
Hest Exhaustion
Symptoms:
• Fatigue, weakness, profuse sweating, normal temperature, pale clammy skin,
headache, cramps, vomiting, fainting
Treatment:
• Medical alert
• Remove worker from hot area
• Have worker lay down and raise feet
• Apply cool wet cloths
• Loosen or remove clothing (remove disposal suit)
• Allow small sips of water or salt replenishment beverage if victim is not vomiting
Heat Stroke
Symptoms:
• Dizziness, nausea, severe headache, hot dry skin, confusion, collapse, delirium.
coma, and death
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Saeion VIII. Safety Conttdmbons
Pag* 21
Treatment:
• Medical emergency
• Remove worker from hot area
• Remove clothing
• Have worker lay down
• Cool the body (shower, cool wet cloths)
• Do not give stimulants
NOTE: The major difference In symptoms between heat exhaustion and heat
stroke Is that with heat exhaustion the person Is pale and sweating
profusely; and with heat stroke, the person Is very hot, red, and has dry skin
due to lack of sweating.
The prevention and causes of both heat-related disorders are as follows:
Prevention:
• Frequent breaks away from the neat
• Increase fluid intake
• Allow worker to become acclimatized to heat
• External cooling (vortex cooling, ice vests)
• Reduce caffeine intake
• No alcohol
• Breathable protective dothing
• Increased air movement
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATElueNT PROJECT DESON
Section VIII - Safely Contkteralions
Page 22
Causes:
• High temperature
• High humidity
• Low air movement
• Hard work
• Not enough breaks away from the heat
• Insufficient fluid intake
• Full-body clothing
• Worker not acclimated to heat
Other measures that can be implemented to reduce heat-related disorders include the use
of air-supplied cooling vests (available with high-pressure supplied air systems), an
increase in number of HEPA filtration units to Increase air flow, and scheduling work at
night when temperatures are cooler.
CARBON MONOXIDE HAZARDS
When supplied-air respirators are in use, it is important that an outside monitor who is
familiar with the airline system remains close by to correct problems associated with the
breathing srir. Carbon monoxide poisoning is perhaps the most important of these
problems. Carbon monoxide exposure problems could develop if an outside source of
carbon monoxide such as a truck exhaust is drawn into the air intake of the compressor
supplying breathing air, or if it contaminates the makeup air being drawn into the
containment area. Both of these problems should be taken care of during the design
phase by requiring the compressor intake to be elevated 10-15 feet and/or prohibiting
vehicles from idling near the decontamination unit
-------
STUDCNT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESK5N
Socboo VUI • Safety Comxtermbons
Pag* 23
It is important to note that the symptoms of carbon monoxide poisoning are similar and may
be confused with those of heat-related disorders. The symptoms, common sources, and
allowable fimits for carbon monoxide are outlined below.
Symptoms:
• Dizziness, nausea, headache, drowsiness, vomiting, collapse, coma, and death
(note similarity of symptoms to heat-related disorders)
Sources:
• Oil lubricated compressor
• Internal combustion engine
• Open flame and fire
• Unventedgas
• Kerosene heaters
Description of Carbon Monoxide:
• Colorless, odorless and tasteless
Limits:
• 10 parts per million (ppm) (Grade D breathing air for airline respirators,
maximum allowable concentration)
• 50 ppm (OSHA permissible exposure limit time-weighted average over eight
hours)
• 500 ppm (OSHA short-term exposure limit - 15 minutes)
-------
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT P9OJECT DESIGN
Socbon VUI • Safety Corektorabons
STUDENT MANUAL
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
While the enforcement of proper use and wearing of personal protective equipment (PPE)
is the direct responsibility of the employer, the project designer may need to recommend
certain types of PPE on particular projects. When the project designer recommends or
requires that PPE be used, it should also be required to be maintained in sanitary and
reliable condition necessary to protect workers from hazards which could cause injury or
illness.
When addressing personal protective equipment for asbestos removal personnel, the
following guidance should be used.
• Recommend work gloves as part of PPE to workers exposed to asbestos. This is
particularly important when metal lath, suspended ceiling grids, and other
materials are being removed. The OSHA asbestos standard requires full body
covering.
• Scrapers, retractable knives, wire cutters, chisels and other sorts of bladed tools
are frequently used and can cause injuries. Recommend tools with insulated
handles.
• Many puncture and cut wounds occur when removing metal lath or cutting duct
work. Recommend the use of good work practices and PPE and have a first aid
kit available.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESJGN
Section VIII - Satoty Ccnstdorations
Pago 25
• OSHA requires that protective hard hats be worn on a job site where there is
exposure to falling objects, electric shock or burn.
• Recommend the wearing of nonfogging face shields or goggles for operations
involving potential eye injury. Full-face respirators are most effective (if
nonfogging).
• Where possible, design work so workers do not have to reach extensively
overhead. Get them up to the job.
• Recommend that workers use proper lifting methods.
• Recommend the use of the "buddy system" for lifting and moving heavy objects.
• Recommend the use of hand carts or rolling pallets when possible. Keep
manual material handling to a minimum.
• Recommend proper footwear for the hazards that are present on the job site,
Including steel toed shoes, if necessary.
HAZARD COMMUNICATION STANDARD
The hazard communication standard, also known as the right-to-know rule, covers both
general industry and the construction industry. It was promulgated by OSHA in August
1987 as 29 CFR 1926.59 and 29 CFR 1910.1200. The purpose of this standard is to
ensure that the hazards of chemicals or materials used in the workplace are identified and
-------
S7VJOEKT UMJUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Socbon VHI - Safety Conskfciatkxw
that this information, along with Information on protective measures and procedures, is
passed on from manufacturer to employer to employee. Elements required under this
standard include a comprehensive written hazard communication program, labeling of
hazardous materials, employee training, and maintaining material safety data sheets
(MSDS).
Employers are required to inform affected workers about hazardous chemicals or materials
to which they are exposed on the job site. This notification is done through a written
program, maintaining material safety data sheets, maintaining labels, and conducting
worker training on these items.
The project designer must be aware that exposure to hazardous materials can occur in a
number of tasks associated with asbestos removal work. Examples include spray
adhesives, surfactants, encapsulants, paints, products used for lockdown of fibers, mastic
removers, materials left in the work area by the building owner and, of course, the
asbestos. The project designer should require the contractor to document that there is a
program in place, that workers have received training on possible hazards and
precautions, and that the correct MSDS have been obtained for hazardous chemicals
being used on site.
All hazardous chemicals used on the job site must have material safety data sheets
available which indude all health hazard exposures as well as physical hazards and
emergency procedures (see Figure VI 11-4). The material safety data sheets must be
accessible to all workers during any working time which includes all three shirts as
applicable. Material safety data sheets are available from manufacturers, suppliers of
products and from owners of buildings where hazardous materials are handled in the
-------
STUDENT! MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Vin - Safety Coraktorrions
removal area. The project designer should coordinate with the contractor since the
contractor may fall under the umbrella of hazard communication programs of the budding
owner who works with the on-site hazardous chemicals or materials.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VIII - Safoly Considerations
P8002B
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET
/. PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
Trade Name: Manufacturer's Name:
Spray Poly MPT Products Company
350 Main Street
Atlanta, Georgia 30303
Date Prepared: Emergency Telephone Number
February 2, 1993 1-800-555-1212
//. HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS INFORMATION
CAS
Ingredient: Number: Percent: TWA: STEL
Ammonium Hydroxide 1336-21-6 0.2 50 ppm 35 ppm
///. PHYSICAL/CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Boiling Point: Specific Gravity (H2O+1):
100°C 1.09
Vapor Pressure (mm Hg.): Melting Point
760 (3> 100°C 0°C
Vapor Density (AJr=1): Evaporation Rate (Butyl Acetate):
.63 1
Solubility in Water:
Dlsperslble
Appearance and Odor
Milky white liquid, mild ammonia odor, Ph 8.5 - 9.5.
FIGURE VIM
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VIII • S*tay Conskteralkxw
TV. F/KE AND EXPLOSION DATA
Flammable Limits
Rash Point (Method used): LEL: UEL:
N/A N/A N/A
Extinguishing Media:
Water or Foam.
Special Fire Fighting Procedures:
None
Unusual Fire and Explosion Hazards:
Combustible by-products - oxides of carbon.
V. HEALTH HAZARD DATA
Route(s) of Entry Inhalation: Skin: Ingestion:
X
Health H ards (Acute and Chronic):
Irrl tton of the respiratory tract. Testing completed by the MPT Consulting
Company, Marietta, Georgia, states an exposure level of greater than 11
ppm of ammonia during product application without air movement
Carcinogenicity NTP. (ARC Monographs: OSHA Regulations:
No No No
Signs and Symptoms of Exposures:
Ammonia - burning eyes, runny nose, coughing and possible chest pain.
Medical Conditions Generally Aggravated by Exposure:
Impaired pulmonary function.
First Aid Procedures:
Eye contact
Wash eyes Immediately with large amounts of water and seek medical
attention.
Skin contact:
Wash with soap and water all areas of body contacted by product.
Inhalation:
Remove to fresh air and seek medical attention If symptoms persist
Ingestion:
Seek medical attention.
FIGURE V1IM
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET
-------
STUDENT MANUML ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Soctton VIII • Safety CotwktomtkxK
Pago 30
VI. REACTIVITY DATA
Stabifty: Conditions to Avoid:
Stable None
Incompatibility (Materials to Avoid):
None
Hazardous Polymerization: Conditions to Avoid:
Will not Occur None
VII. SPILL OR LEAK PROCEDURES
Precautions in case of spiH or leak:
No special requirement*. Spills or release should be diked to prevent
spreading. Allow material to dry then strip film. Rush with water, larger
spills can be coagulated with 0.3% calcium chloride or spills should be
absorbed with sand or porous Inorganic material and then collected for
disposal.
Waste Disposal:
In accordance with local regulations for disposal of non-hazardous waste.
VIII. SPECIAL PROTECTION INFORMATION
Protective Equipment:
Ammonia or HEP A/Ammonia piggyback respiratory equipment depending on
regulations.
Goggles or face shield If splashing.
At end of work period, and before eating, wash with soap and water all areas
of body In contact with this product.
Ventilation:
If TWA or STEL is exceeded.
FIGURE VIIM
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET
-------
STUDENT MANUAL AS8ESTO8 ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VIM - Safety CotwKtoratkxK
Page 31
XL SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Waste Disposal Method:
In accordance with local regulations for disposal of non-hazardous waste.
Shipping, Handling and Storage:
No special requirements.
Note: This USDS Is for example and educational purposes only and
should not be used as a specific USDS on any asbestos abatement
project. The sole purpose Is for general guidance in what may be
contained In a USDS.
FIGURE VIIW
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET
-------
STUDBfT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VIII - Safety Considerations
Page 33
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1. Which of the following wiring faults often appear in buildings?
A. Open ground paths
B. Reverse wiring polarity
C. Hot neutral wires
D. All of the above
2. Fire extinguishers must be present on every asbestos abatement project As a rule
of thumb, now many should be available?
A. One for every worker
B. One per 2500 square feet of floorspace
C. Two per floor
D. Three inside the work area, two outside the work area, regardless of size
3. A *OFCr is a device used to reduce electrical hazards. GFCI stands for
. (fill in the Wank)
4. Which of the following are symptoms associated with heat stroke?
A. sweating profusely with pale skin
B. blue coloration of the mucous membranes
C. hot. red and dry skin
D. moist skin and heavy breathing
5. When using a straight ladder, the worker should climb no higher than the
rung from the top.
A. second
B. third
C. fourth
D. fifth
-------
STUOEKT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IX - Ax Samping Protocol. Requirements and DoU> Interpretation
AIR SAMPLING PROTOCOLS, REQUIREMENTS
AND DATA INTERPRETATION
INTRODUCTION
Design specifications should contain specific air monitoring requirements for the asbestos
removal project. The sampling and analytical methods that will be used during
various project phases, and the acceptable fiber levels associated with each
activity must be clearly stated In the specifications. This section covers the
application of air monitoring for abatement projects, regulatory requirements and
procedures for good practice, how air samples are collected, the various analytical
techniques, and interpretation of laboratory data. Qualifications for the air monitor and the
analytical laboratory are also discussed.
PURPOSES OF AIR MONITORING AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
Air sampling involves drawing a known volume of air through a filter and analyzing that
filter for the presence of asbestos fibers. The filter is housed In a plastic cassette which is
attached to a sampling pump with flexible tubing. The sampling pump can be either
electric (plug in) or battery powered and is calibrated to draw a known volume of air
through the filter material over a given period of time, usually expressed In liters of air per
minute (Ipm).
Two basic air sampling methodologies are area and personal monitoring. Area samples
are collected with a pump, tubing and filter cassette (called the sampling train) at a
stationary location four to six feet above floor level. Personal samples are collected in the
same manner as area samples, except the pump is hung from a belt around the worker's
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATE ME NT PROJECT DESIGN
Soct-on IX - Ar Swiping Protect*. Roquirerwnis and Data tnwprotaban
Page 2
waist and the filter cassette is attached, pointing downward, to the worker's lapel or collar.
The samples are collected from within the breathing zone (as close to the nose and mouth
as possible) of an individual, but outside the respirator.
In relation to asbestos hazard identification and control during removal projects, air
monitoring can be used for:
1. occupational exposure measurement
2. abatement surveillance
3. abatement clearance testing
Before the removal project begins, air sampling may be conducted to determine
background concentrations. This is particularly important if there are locations outside the
contained work area, but within the building, where there are suspected or known
asbestos-containing materials or other fibrous materials which may be interpreted as
asbestos.
During the project, air monitoring is used as a quality assurance tool to determine if
engineering controls are effective to assess worker exposures and to document whether
fibers are being contained in the work area. At the completion of the removal project air
monitoring is used in conjunction with a thorough visual inspection to determine if the
standards for reoccupancy have been met.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESJOJ
Sccbon IX - Air Sampling Protocote, Roqjirwnants and Data Interpretation
Occupational Exposure Measurement
The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requires the
asbestos abatement contractor to conduct personal air monitoring for
workers Inside the abatement area. Since this is the responsibility of the employer.
specific requirements for personal air monitoring are usually not included in the contract
documents between the abatement contractor and the building owner. The contractor may
have a trained employee who collects the personal samples and submits them to a
laboratory, or an air monitoring firm may be retained to conduct personal monitoring.
Exposure levels are measured by sampling the air in the breathing zone of workers who
are conducting various types of activities such as scraping, bagging and spraying. For
OSHA compliance the samples are analyzed by a phase contrast
microscope. Phase contrast microscopy (PCM) will be discussed in more detail later in
this section. The analytical results are compared to the following OSHA limits. (It should
be noted that these limits are subject to changes In the regulation. Currently
there Is a proposed regulation which would lower the PEL to 0.1 flbers/cc for
certain activities).
QSHAUmtt Fiber Concentration Exposure Duration
Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) 0.2 fibers/cubic centimeter (cc) 8 hours
Action Level (AL) 0.1 fibers/cubic centimeter (cc) 8 hours
Excursion Limit (Eg 1.0 fibers/cubic centimeter (cc) 30 minutes
Each limit has associated worker protection requirements that must be invoked if it is
exceeded. The key limit for asbestos abatement work from a regulatory standpoint is the
permissible exposure limit (PEL). Workers must be provided respirators with a high
-------
STUOENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IX - Air Samping Protocol*. Reojuirenwnts and Data >nt*pnta6cin
Pag>4
enough protection factor to keep their exposures below 0.2 fibers/cc inside the respirator.
However, It Is recognized as good practice and has been taught In EPA
curricula for a number of years that 0.01 flbers/cc, not 0.2 flbers/cc, should
be the limit for the level Inside the worker's respirator (see the discussion In
Section VW-Protectlon of Asbestos Abatement Personnel). The requirements
triggered by the action level and the excursion limit include continued air monitoring, a
medical surveillance program, worker training, and documentation. Since all of these are
performed in association with an abatement project anyway, these limits are more
pertinent to the maintenance personnel and various tradesmen who are also covered by
the OSHA Standard for the Construction Industry (29 CFR 1926.58} or the EPA Worker
Protection Rule (40 CFR Part 763 Subpart G).
The employer must conduct initial, representative monitoring at the startup of each
abatement project. This has generally been interpreted as sampling at least 25 percent of
the workers that are conducting various removal tasks - i.e., scraping, wetting, bagging.
Personal monitoring must be conducted on a daily basis unless the workers are wearing
supplied air respirators; or unless the contractor submits data (for OSHA approval) from a
previous job which is nearly identical to the current project, and the data indicates fiber
concentrations did not exceed the action level. If the daily air monitoring results indicate by
statistically reliable measurements that exposures are below the action level, then the
contractor can stop daily monitoring. Monitoring must resume if a different type of ACM is
encountered or if work conditions change in any way. The employer must notify affected
employees of the monitoring results as soon as they are received from the laboratory.
While the collection and interpretation of personal air sample results is not the regulatory
or legal responsibility of the building owner or the owner's representative, some designers
-------
STUOerr MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IX - Air Samping Protocol. Raqukwrwnti and Data I
may elect to require the contractor to submit personal sampling results to the project
monitor. The monitor can then compare the airborne fiber levels to the protection afforded
by the respirators being used to determine if the contractor is in compliance with the
regulations or the project specifications. Additionally, personal monitoring can be
performed by the owner's representative to evaluate fiber control effectiveness, and results
can be shared with the contractor.
Abatement Surveillance
To check for potential fiber leaks during the removal phase, stationary area
air samples are usually collected from strategic locations around the outside
perimeter of the containment area. Potential leakage points where sampling should
be conducted include the clean side of the containment barriers separating the work area
from occupied parts of the building, and just outside the dean room of the decontamination
unit. If the removal project is being conducted In a multistory building, area samples
should generally be colected from floors above and below the abatement activity. The
results of these area samples are compared to the background and previous shift
concentrations that were measured In the same locations before the project began.
Usually this concentration is below 0.01 f/cc by PCM. PCM is used for abatement
surveillance because sample results can be obtained quickly and sudden increases in
fiber concentration would indicate a potential problem.
There is currently no regulatory requirement for conducting abatement surveillance
monitoring outside the containment area. It is considered good practice and is usually
specified to be conducted by an air monitoring firm representing the building owner. The
contractor may elect to conduct abatement surveillance monitoring if the specifications do
-------
STUDENT UW*ML ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PftOJECT DESIGN
Sactiofl IX - Air Sampling Protocols. Requiromonls and Data Interpretation
not designate this activity. The specifications should Indicate what action will be
taken If concentrations that exceed background levels or some other
decision criterion, such as 0.01 f/cc, are detected outside the containment
barrier. In order to use outside air monitoring data as an effective surveillance tool, the
data must be available within a few hours after sample collection. Ideally, a field
microscope is set up on site and the building owner's representative collects and analyzes
the samples. A percentage of the filters that are read in the field (typically 10 percent) are
then sent to a laboratory that participates in a nationally recognized QA/QC program for a
quality control check. Refer to the discussion of laboratory and microscopist qualifications
at the end of this section.
Area air samples can also be placed In locations outside the building during
the abatement project to detect leakage of fibers from the work site. Typically.
pumps are placed at doors or windows near the exhaust of the negative air filtration units,
and at the waste loadout area. Care must be exercised to ensure that outside samples are
not overloaded with dust or other debris. Also, filter cassettes placed too close to the
exhaust stream of the negative air filtration units will not give a meaningful indication of
fiber leakage from these units. Samples should either be collected isokinettcaly, which
demands special sampling equipment and a greater degree of expertise, or placed about
6-10 exhaust duct diameters downstream from the exhaust unit where fibers are more
likely to be captured by the sampling apparatus.
In addition to outside perimeter samples, specifications may stipulate the
collection of area samples Inside the containment area during abatement
This is typically done when there are building occupants elsewhere in the buOding. Two to
three samples with a minimum 600 liters of air each day are usually adequate to index
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IX - Ar Swnptng Pro****. Requirements and Data taxprotabon
P«g»7
airborne fiber concentrations inside the work area. A radical increase in area
concentrations would signal that work practices need to be adjusted from one day to the
next. The design specifications may contain a "stop work" clause If a certain
fiber concentration Is exceeded In the work area. For example, 0.5 f/cc by PCM
may be defined by the designer as the level which cannot be exceeded inside the work
area for a particular type of project If area air sampling indicates fibers are being
generated at concentrations above this level then the contractor may be required to stop
work and review wetting procedures, number of air changes per hour, and housekeeping
procedures in an effort to lower fiber counts. This serves as an additional safeguard for
preventing contamination outside the containment barrier. H Is Important to note that
the "stop work" decision criteria will vary greatly depending on the type and
percent of asbestos present, the friability of the material, the ability of the
material to absorb water and nature of the project
Abatement Clearance Testing
The regulations promulgated by EPA for schools in accordance with the Asbestos Hazard
Emergency Response Act of 1986 (40 CFR 763. Subpart E) outline specific requirements
for clearance testing of abatement projects. Currently, there are no federal regulations
which require clearance testing in public and commercial buildings. Many project
designers elect to apply the protocol outlined by regulations for clearance in schools to
public and commercial building because it is considered as the current industry standard
and there is published guidance for using the procedures.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT D6SON
Section IX - Ak Sampino Protocols. Requirements and Data Intopratabon
Pages
Visual Clearance Inspection
The project specifications should clearly require a thorough visual
Inspection of the work area by the building owner's representative prior to
final clearance air sampling. Generally, the owner's representative and the
contractor's representative conduct a walk-through to closely check for evidence of visible
debris on surfaces, in comers and dfficult-to-access places.
There is a procedure for performing a visual inspection published by the American Society
for Testing and Materials (ASTM) entitled Standard E 1368. Standard Practice for Visual
Inspection of Asbestos Abatement Projects. The specifications should Indicate this
procedure will be used, outline an alternate procedure or have the inspector submit the
visual inspection procedures that will be used in writing to the contractor prior to project
setup.
After each area has passed visual inspection it is common practice for the contractor to
apply a sealant to the newly exposed surfaces and the inside of the containment barrier to
lockdown any invisible fibers. Reference the section on lockdown and replacement
materials.
AHERA Protocol tor Clearance Testing - Once the work area has passed visual inspection
criteria, then clearance air sampling can be performed to estimate the concentration of
residual fibers. The AHERA procedures for final clearance air sampling, analytical
sequence and clearance level requirements for asbestos abatement projects conducted in
school buildings are outlined in Tables X-1 and X-2.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IX - Air Samping Protocols. Roqulromonts and Data Interpretation
Pag»9
TABLE X-1
AHERA SAMPLING PROTOCOL
SAMPUNQ ORGANIZATION
• Must have written qualty control procedures and documents which verify compf ance.
• Sampling must be performed by qualified Individuals completely independent of the
abatement contractor.
SAMPUNQ EQUIPMENT
• Commercially available cassettes must be used.
• Loaded cassettes must be prescreened to assure they do not contain elevated background
levels.
• Fitter meda must be mixed celutose ester having a pore size less than or equal to 0.45 urn or
polycarbonate having a pore size less than or equal to 0.4 um.
• The ooMection filter is placed in series with a 5.0 urn back-up filler and support pad.
• Reloading of cassettes is not permitted.
SAMPLE COLLECTION
• Conduct thorough visual inspection prior to samplng.
• Cn1icalwortq)lace barriers over windows, doors, vents, etc. remain in ptace.
• Perform teak check on sampfng train.
• Calbrate pumps before and after each use.
• Pump flow rate of 1-10 Iters per minute for 25 mm cassettes (proportionally higher for large
olameter filers).
• Isolate pump vtoration from fitter cassette.
• Orient cassette 45° downward from horizontal
• dearly label al samples.
• Maintain log of al pertinent samping data.
• Use aggressive sampfng techniques.
• Collect a minimum of 13 samples:
- 5 per abatement area
- 5 per ambient area (where "make-up air comas from")
- 2 field blanks (1 near entrance to work area; 1 at ambient sfte)
-1 seated blank
• Cofect a minimum of 1,199 Hers with a 25 mm cassette or 2.799 fters wflh a 37 mm cassette.
• Turn sample cassette upright before turning pump off.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IX - A» Samping Protocol*, ftoqwrwrwrtts and Data IntrprwMion
TABLE X-2
SEQUENCE FOR ANALYZING CLEARANCE SAMPLES
IN ACCORDANCE WITH AHERA PROTOCOL
SEQUENCING
• Cdect at least 13 samples.
• Analyze at least 5 inside samples.
• If greater than or equal to 1 .199 Iters of air sampled for 25 mm cassettes, or 2.799 Iters
of air for 37 mm cassettes, area passes if arithmetic mean is less than or equal to 70
asbestos structures per square mifmeter of filler area.
• If less than 1,199 Hers (2.799 Iters for 37 mm cassette) of air sampled, or H greater than
70 s/mm2. analyze 3 blanks.
• If arithmetic mean of blanks Is greater than 70 s/mm2. terminate analysis, identify and
eirrinate source of contamination, colect new samples.
• If arithmetic mean of blanks Is less than 70 s/mm2, analyze outside samples and
compare with Z-test on the logarithms of the inside and outside levels.
N Z-test results are less than or equal to 1 .65. response action is complete.
If Z-test results are greater than 1.65. rectean and resampte.
The AHERA protocol requires that analyses be performed with a
transmission electron microscope unless the project Involves less than 160
square feet or 260 linear feet of asbestos-containing material. Phase contrast
microscopy can be used to analyze clearance samples from the smaller projects.
For TEM analysis a minimum of thirteen samples are collected with at least five from the
abatement area, five from where the make-up air comes from, two field blanks, and one
sealed blank. Samples are collected by aggressive air sampling techniques which involve
physically or mechanically agitating the air in the work area during the sampling process.
There is a nonmandatory aggressive sampling protocol provided in Appendix A of the
AHERA regulations. This procedure provides for using the exhaust of a one-horsepower
leaf blower to sweep floors, ceilings, walls and other surfaces in the work area to dislodge
any residual fibers.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL AS86STOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Soction IX - Air Sampling Protocols. Requirements and Data tntorpretabon
Pag* 11
Stationary fans are placed in locations which will not interfere with air monitoring
equipment Pan air is directed toward the ceilings to keep any dislodged fibers airborne
and at least one fan is used for each 10.000 cubic feet of work site.
The purpose of final clearance air sampling using aggressive techniques Is
to produce a "worst case" scenario. The procedure is designed to sample asbestos
in the air and on surfaces through reentrainment. If the work area passes the final
clearance level in this "worst case" environment, then the likelihood of airborne asbestos
fiber levels above the clearance level when the area is reoccupied is remote.
The AHERA protocol for the large removal projects is designed so that samples can be
analyzed in stages in order to possibly avoid the expense of analyzing all thirteen. The
sequencing of analyses is outlined in Table X-2. In order to utilize the phased analyses, at
least 1,199 liters of air must be sampled with 25 mm cassettes, or 2,799 liters of air must be
sampled when 37 mm cassette are used. Initially, the five samples (minimum) collected
from inside the removal area are analyzed by TEM. If the arithmetic mean of the five
samples Is less than 70 asbestos structures per square millimeter (70
s/mm2) of filter area, the area passes and can be opened for reoccupancy by
unprotected personnel. The 70 s/mm2 criterion is considered to be the filter
background leveMhe concentration of structures per square millimeter of filter than is
considered statistically indistinguishable from the concentration measured on the blanks
(filters through which no air has been drawn).
If the arithmetic mean of the five inside samples exceeds 70 s/mm2, then the next step is to
analyze the two field blanks and the sealed blank to determine if the blanks are
contaminated, or if there is some contamination being introduced in the sample
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IX - Air Sampfing Protocols. Requirvnwncs and Data lo>arpr»afloo
Pap 12
preparation. If the blanks are contaminated, then the source of contamination must be
eliminated and resampling must be conducted.
tf the blanks are not contaminated, then the next step is to analyze the five samples
collected outside the work area and perform a statistical procedure termed the Z-test on the
logarithms of the inside and outside sample concentrations to determine if there is a
significant difference between the inside and outside concentrations. If the Z-test indicates
there is no significant difference, then the area passes the clearance criteria and can be
reoccupied. If the Z-test indicates the ambient area samples are significantly less
contaminated with asbestos fibers than the samples from inside the removal area, then the
contractor must redeem the work area and resampling must be conducted. Additional
information regarding the Z-test is provided in the EPA publication 'Guidelines for
Conducting the AHERA TEM Clearance Test to Determine Completion of an Asbestos
Abatement Project" (EPA 56CV 5-89-001).
The purpose of the Z-test is to make an allowance for projects that are conducted in areas
that may have elevated concentrations of asbestos in the ambient or make-up air that is
being pulled inside the removal area. An example of this might be the illegal demolition of
a nearby building which contains ACM, or the concurrent performance of an activity with
PCM clearance controls (e.g.. operations and maintenance work).
Experience in using this protocol since 1987 indicates that most of the time if the inside
samples fail the initial screening test of 70 s/mm2. then the Z-test is usually failed also. For
this reason, many contractors and designers prefer to reclean the work area tf
the first round of testing Indicates levels are above 70 s/mm2. It is common for
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PBOJECT DESIGN
Section IX - Air Swnping Protocols. Roquirwnento «r*d Data Interpretation
the project designer to specify that the contractor will bear the cost for additional testing. If
final clearance is not achieved during the first round of testing.
As mentioned previously, the AH ERA protocol allows PCM to be used for clearance testing
of small removal projects (less than 260 linear feet or 160 square feet). The procedure for
small projects involves collecting only five samples from the inside of the removal area.
Samples are collected using aggressive sampling techniques and approximately 3.000
liters of air should be collected for each sample. If any one of these five samples exceeds
0.01 fibers per cubic centimeter by PCM (NKDSH Method 7400), then the work area must
be recleaned and resampled. This concentration is generally considered the limit of
detection of PCM area samples in an abatement project and is, therefore, issued as a
clearance level.
Other Sampling and Analytical Protocol - While the AH ERA protocol must be used for
abatement projects in schools, and it is generally recommended for use in commercial and
public buildings, there are some situations in which the designer may need to consider
other options. Some examples are provided here to illustrate the point The designer may
want to further consult with an industrial hygienist when developing specifications for these
types of projects.
Two examples of removal projects that may have different clearance criteria are a building
that is going to be demolished (never reoccupied) after the ACM has been removed and a
buikSng in an industrial complex that is older and large amounts of ACM have been used
throughout the complex.
-------
STUDENT IMNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PPOJECT DESIGN
Section IX - Air Samplng Protecote. ftequrwrwrtR and Data Interpretation
PagaU
For nonschool buildings that are not going to be reoccupied, a clearance criteria of
0.01 f/cc by PCM is commonly used. The logic for using PCM instead of the more
stringent TEM analysis is that the building will not be reoccupied and the 0.01 f/cc by PCM
is not likely to significantly contribute to ambient air contamination when the building ts
demoBshed.
In an older industrial setting that contains large quantities of damaged ACM, it may not be
feasble to achieve 70 s/mm2 by TEM if only portions of the ACM are going to be removed
at one time. The designer may need to collect data on background levels in areas
adjacent to the planned project to assist in selecting the clearance criteria.
AIR SAMPLING EQUIPMENT
A brief overview is presented here to familiarize the project designer with the types of air
sampling equipment used on abatement projects.
Sampling Pumps
Pumps used for collecting asbestos fibers are typically categorized as either high-volume
pumps which are generally electric (plug in), or low-volume (personal) pumps which are
battery powered. High-volume pumps are usually calibrated to draw up to ten liters of air
per minute through the filter and are used for area air samping. Since being able to detect
low concentrations of airborne asbestos fibers relies, in part, on sampling large volumes of
air, high-volume pumps are useful for sampling In environments where low levels of
airborne asbestos are expected (e.g., following the cleanup of an abatement project).
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESX3N
Section IX - Air S«npEng Protocol. Reqdnnmntt and Dan I
Battery-powered or personal sampling pumps are small, light-weight pumps encased in a
hard plastic sheD. These pumps are usualy calibrated to draw 1 .0 to 2.5 liters per minute
through the filter when used to index worker exposure (or potential exposure, when
wearing a respirator) to airborne asbestos fibers. The pumps are worn on the worker's belt
and the cassette filter, which is connected to the pump with flexible tubing, is placed in the
breathing zone of the worker.
Fitters
Mixed cellulose ester (MCE) is the primary type of filter material that is used to sample
airborne asbestos fibers. MCE filters consist of cellulose strands bound together in a web
called tortuous pore" and display a very irregular surface when observed under
magnification. The MCE fitter media is available in various pore sizes and diameters. For
personal sampfing a 25 mm diameter filter with a 0.8 jim to 1 .2 um pore size may be used.
For clearance testing in accordance with the AHERA protocol, a 25 mm or 37 mm diameter
filter may be used but the pore size must be 0.45 um for an MCE filter.
All filters are housed in a sampling cassette which includes a cap with a plug extension
cowl or retainer ring, the fiter, the MCE diffuser. a support pad, and a cassette base.
Figure X-1 details a typical sampfing cassette figuration. The entire cap is removed when
sampling for asbestos fibers.
Pump Calibration
The calculation of air sampling results are dependent, in part, on the total volume of air
sampled. The volume of air sampled is the flow rate of the sampling pump (liters of air per
-------
STUDENT MANUAL
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IX - AJf S*rplnQ Protocol. Roquirvfneflts wxJ Data lrrtwpf»tt>on
FIGURE X-1
TYPICAL SAMPLING CASSETTE CONFIGURATION
Intel Plugj
CasseneCap |
Extension Cowl
or
Retainer Ring
0.4 |un pore PC filter or
0.45 Jim pore MCE filter
j 5 \un MCE Diffiiser
Support Pad
B&se
-{OudetPlug |
Reprinted from Federal Register Vol. 52. No. 210, Friday, October 30,1987.
-------
STUDENT IMNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESJGK
Section IX - Air Swnping Protocols. R»qutoMTwns and Data Inttrprmabon
Pag* 17
minute, or Ipm) multiplied by the time (in minutes) the pump ran. Accurate calibration of the
pump flow rate, then, is very Important in the calculation of sample results. The EPA and
OSHA require that sampfing pumps be caltorated before and after each use, and it is good
practice to maintain these calibration records together with other sampling data.
Although not always practical, a primary calibration standard is the best way to determine
the flow rate of a sampling pump. A primary calibration standard is one that is known to
have the highest degree of accuracy and repeatability when determining a pump's flow
rate. Typically, a one liter flow bubble buret or automated soap bubble meter is used as a
primary calibration standard for air sampling pumps. From this, a rotameter can be
calibrated and taken into the field to caltxate each sampflng pump before and after use.
It I* Important to ensure that persons performing air monitoring are routinely
calibrating their sampling pumps. Regular requests for calibration data, or requiring
this data to be included in reports of sample results, are two ways to help maintain the
technical and legal validity of sampling data. The designer may want to specify that pump
calibration records be submitted as part of the project documentation.
ANALYTICAL ALTERNATIVES
The primary analytical techniques used for analyzing airborne fibers collected on a filter
are: phase contrast microscopy (PCM), scanning electron microscopy (SEM), and
transmission electron microscopy (TEM). The fibrous aerosol monitor (FAM) is an
instrument which can be used in the field to obtain an index of airborne fiber levels.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT REJECT DESIGN
Section IX - Air Samplng Protocols. Requirements and Data Interpretation
Pap IS
Appications of each of these methods (PCM, SEM, TEM and FAM) in the analysis of air
samples for asbestos are discussed below.
Phase ftantrast Microscopy
Phase contrast microscopy (PCM) is a technique using a light microscope equipped to
provide enhanced contrast between the fibers collected and the background filter material.
Samples for analysis by PCM are collected on either a 25 mm or 37 mm mixed cellulose
ester (MCE) filter with a 0.8 to 12 micrometer pore size. Filters are then prepared by either
a liquid chemical solution or an acetone vapor that renders the filter material optically
transparent. The filter Is then examined under a positive phase contrast microscope at a
magnification of approximately 400 times. Fibers are sized and counted using a calibrated
reticle fitting into the microscope eyepiece. PCM is inexpensive ($15 to $25 per sample)
and can be performed on the job site in a few hours.
Phase contrast microscopy is frequently referred to as the light microscopy method, the
filter membrane method, or the NIOSH method. PCM is the analytical method specified in
the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) asbestos standards. PCM was
first used to monitor asbestos workers' exposure in asbestos product manufacturing or
mining operations. Using this method the analyst does not Identify what
materials the fibers are composed of, and only counts those fibers longer
than five micrometers and wider than about 0.25 micrometers. Because of
these Pmitations. analysis by PCM typically provides only an index of total concentration of
airborne fibers in the environment monitored. As the proportion of the airborne fibers
which are less than 0.25 micrometers in diameter increases (e.g., nonindustriai settings
such as asbestos abatement projects), PCM becomes a less reliable analytical tool.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IX - AJT Swnpbng Protocol. Rsquirvrrwnts a*>d Data tntorprMUion
Pago 19
There are three primary fiber counting methods for phase contrast microscopy. NIOSH
P&CAM 239 is the original method which was implemented for estimating airborne fiber
concentrations. The NIOSH 7400 method is an improved version of P&CAM 239 which
provides for a more reliable limit of detection. P&CAM 239 is no longer used for
compliance monitoring. The OSHA reference method (ORM) is specified in OSHA
Asbestos Standards and contains modifications to the procedures outlined in the NIOSH
7400 method for use in determining personal exposures.
Transmission Electron Microscopy
Transmission electron microscopy (TEM) is a technique which focuses an electron beam
onto a thin sample mounted in the microscope column (under a vacuum). As the beam
transmits through the sample, an image resulting from varying density of the sample is
projected onto a fluorescent screen. Air samples for TEM analysis can be collected on
either mixed cellulose ester or polycarbonate filters. Filters may be prepared using the
direct transfer technique which allows for the transfer of a carbon-coated replica of the filter
material (with embedded fibers and particulates, etc.) onto a copper grid suitable for TEM
analysis. Alternatively, the indirect preparation technique may be employed. The uses
and limitations of each technique are more fully described in the EPA publication,
"Comparison of Airborne Asbestos Levels Determined by Transmission Electron
Microscopy (TEM) Using Direct and Indirect Transfer Techniques," EPA publication 560/5-
89-004, Washington, DC, 1990.
Several methods exist for the preparation and analysis of air samples by electron
microscopy. Most significant are the mandatory and nonmandatory TEM methods set forth
as appendices to 40 CFR 763, Subpart E (AHERA regulations). These methods are to be
-------
STUOEWT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IX -tor Samping Protooote. Requirements and Otla Intorprotttion
Pago 20
used, with restrictions, for analysis of final clearance air samples on school abatement
projects. Other methods include the NIOSH 7402. and the EPA Level I, II and III (Yamate
method). Depending on the method used, preparation of the sample can take as long as
24 hours (or more) and analysis can take several hours to a day or more. However.
standard preparation and analysis time for AHERA clearance samples is now in the range
of 12 hours or less. As the number of laboratories with TEM capability continues to
increase, the cost and turnaround time has gone down. Costs for TEM analysis typically
range from about $150 to $400 per sample.
Scanning Electron Microscopy
Scanning electron microscopy (SEM) is a technique which uses a finely focused electron
beam on the sample surface to generate an image of the surface shape. A magnified
image is produced on a viewing screen. Air samples for SEM filter counting are collected
on a mixed cellulose ester or a polycarbonate filter with a 0.45 micrometer pore size. The
cost is about $150 to $300 per sample and may require several days to obtain results.
SEM can identify large fibers by morphology (physical appearance) and elemental
analyses when equipped with an energy dispersive X-ray analysis system. Fibers which
are 0.05 micrometers in diameter are about the smallest that can be detected using SEM
under optimal conditions. This method has fiber identification problems with thin fibers and
flat, piaty particles that display poor contrast. Also, there is no standard protocol for this
method. Currently, SEM provides somewhat better Information than PCM
analysis, but the method cannot be used to conclusively Identify or quantify
asbestos. SEM is not routinely used for air monitoring associated with asbestos removal
projects.
-------
STUDENT MMJUAL
Fibrous Aerosol Monitor
AS8EST06 ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IX - Air Samping Protocoto. Raqummnd and Data bttvprotalion
Papa 21
The fibrous aerosol monitor (FAM) is an instrument which uses laser light and electrical
field technologies for a near real-time analysis of the fiber content of the air. The
instrument provides a continuous measurement, with direct readout of the number or
concentration of airborne fibers. It has a flow rate of about 2 liters per minute. The FAM
can be used in conjunction with a strip chart recorder to provide a record of air quality
conditions. Typically used as an Indicator of airborne fiber level* rather than a
precision testing device, the RAM's more useful function Is to alert personnel
to any sudden elevation of the area fiber count. If the FAM is used on a project it
should be used in conjunction with other traditional air sampling techniques and not in
place of them.
This instrument does not distinguish fiber types and cannot discriminate between fibers
and certain particles that have sufficient shape irregularities to possess fiber
characteristics. The FAM does not detect fibers less than 0.5 micrometers in diameter.
Laboratory tests indicate FAM concentration readings are generally within ± 25 percent of
the optical membrane filter count. Also, in order to obtain accurate low level (0.01
flbers/cc) readings It is necessary to operate the FAM for long periods (1000 minutes);
even though the FAM will register these levels after one minute.
DATA INTERPRETATION
With the use of various analytical methods for asbestos sample analysis which have
different counting protocol and different analytical reporting units, it can be difficult to
understand what the results mean. No attempt is made here to interpret air monitoring
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IX - Air Sampftng Protocol. R^yaxmaoo tnd D«u lm*prmt»ori
data with respect to health effects because many more years of medical and
epkJemiological research wilt probably be required before this is clearly understood.
However, a discussion of the reporting units and the definitions of a fiber as used in the
different counting protocols should help the designer better understand the limitations and
the usefulness of the data.
As discussed earlier, the OSHA standard which covers worker exposure monitoring
requires analyses of these personal samples to be conducted by phase contrast
microscopy. The counting protocol requires the analyst to only count those fibers that are
at least three times longer than they are wide, and that are at least five micrometers long
(approximately 1/5000 of an inch). The OSHA permissible exposure limit (PEL) of 0.2
fibers/cc Is somewhat difficult to visualize. It can also be expressed as 200,000 fibers per
cubic meter of air. Another way to understand the 0.2 fioer/cc PEL is to visualize the size of
a 10* x 10' room with a 10' ceiling. If this room had an asbestos fiber concentration of 0.2
fibers/cc, there could be over 5,000.000 fibers in the room.
The AHERA protocol defines a fiber differently than the OSHA protocol. The analyst is
required, using transmission electron microscopy, to count asbestos structures that have a
length to width ratio of at least 5:1 and to count any asbestos structures that are longer than
0.5 microns. Structures are classified as fibers, bundles, dusters or matrices as illustrated
in Figure X~2. Another difference is that the AHERA clearance level of 70 s/mm2 is based
on the number of fibers per filter area. The OSHA PEL is expressed as an airborne fiber
concentration (fibers/cc).
White an entire course could be devoted to understanding analytical techniques and data
interpretation, this short overview has been presented to help illustrate the complexity of
-------
STUDENT MANUAL
AS8ESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IX - Air S«np«no Protocols, ftequtmments and D«ta iMMpfBtabon
Pao»23
FIGURE X-2
COUNTING GUIDELINES USED IN DETERMINING ASBESTOS STRUCTURES
Count as 1 fiber; 1 Structure; no intersections.
Count as 2 fibers if space between fibers is greater than width of 1 fiber
diameter or mir-ber of intersections is equal to or less than 1.
Count as 3 structures if space between fibers is greater than width of 1 fiber
dimeter or if the mnber of intersections is equal to or less than 2.
Count bundles as 1 structure; 3 or more parallel fibrils less
than 1 fiber diameter separation.
-------
STUDENT (MANUAL
ASBESTOS ABATE ME WT PROJECT DESIGN
S«cttoo IX - A* Samptng Protocol*. Requirements and O«ta IntorprMMkxi
Pag* 24
FIGURE X-2 (Continued)
Count clusters as 1 structure; fibers having greater than or equal to
3 intersections.
\
~7
\
\
Count iratrix as 1 structure.
DO NOT COWT AS
Fiber protrusion
<5:1 Ascect Patio
No fiber protusion
Fiber protrusion
<0.5 micrcmeter
<0.5 micrcneter in length
<5:1 Asocct. Ratio
Reprinted from Federal Register. Vol. 52. No. 210, Friday, October 30, 1987. p. 41867.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DEStGN
SKtton IX - Air Samplng Protocol. Requirement* and Data Inlwpnrttbon
data interpretation and the need to exercise caution. It should be apparent that PCM data
cannot be interchanged with TEM data and that the counting protocol has direct effect on
the analytical result
QUALIFICATIONS OF THE AIR MONITOR AND PROJECT MONITOR
The terms air monitor and project monitor have commonly been used interchangeably. For
the purposes of the discussion on qualifications, the air monitor will be defined as the
individual who collects air samples and reports the analytical results. The project monitor
has a greater responsibility which may include acting as the building owner's
representative to perform quality assurance on the contractor's work, construction
management and visual clearance prior to clearance sampling. The project monitor may
also serve as the air monitor or may interact with the air monitor.
There are currently no federal requirements for certification or licensing of individuals or
firms that conduct air monitoring or project monitoring on asbestos abatement projects. A
few states do have requirements for training and experience. The following are provided
as minimum guidelines for designers who are developing specifications for projects in
states that do not have provisions for air monitoring or project monitoring personnel.
Air Monitoring Personnel
• Should have current training certificate from an EPA Model Accreditation Course
for Asbestos Abatement Project Supervisors or Designers.
-------
-^N- VIANUAL AS3ESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Sooon IX - Air Satisfing Protocols. Rcqurcmontr. and Data Intcuprotatior
Page 26
• Should have attended and passed exam in the National Institute for
Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) 582 course for Air Sampling and
Analytical Techniques (or equivalent).
• Should have on-the-job training under the supervision of an experienced air
monitor.
Project Monitoring Personnel
• Should have current training certificate from an EPA Model Accreditation Course
for Asbestos Abatement Project Supervisors or Designers.
• Should have construction management experience and knowledge of reading
blueprints, specifications and contract documents.
• Should have on-the-job training under the supervision of an experienced project
monitor.
QUALIFICATIONS FOR ANALYTICAL LABORATORY
The AHERA regulations outline quality assurance/quality control procedures for
laboratories that perform TEM analysis of clearance samples collected on school
abatement projects. It is recommended that design specifications for nonschool buildings
also impose these requirements on the laboratory performing analyses. They include:
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IX - Air Samptng Protocols. Requirements and Data Interpretation
• Participation in the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program
(NVLAP) administered by the National Institute of Standards and Technology
(NiST).
• Perform quality control/quality assurance procedures in accordance with AH ERA
protocol (Table X-3).
For laboratories performing phase contrast microscopy (PCM), qualifications of each
analyst should include:
• Satisfactory performance In the Proficiency Analytical Testing (PAT) Program
sponsored by the National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH)
and/or satisfactory performance in the Asbestos Analyst Professional Registry
Program sponsored by the American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA).
• Successful completion of a 40-hour training course in air sampling and analysis
(NIOSH 582 or equivalent.)
In addition to these quality assurance/quality control programs, laboratories may also be
accredited by the AIHA Laboratory Accreditation Program. This provides additional
assurance that the laboratory exercises good general laboratory practices and
recordkeeping procedures.
-------
STUOENT MANUAL
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IX - Air Samping Protocols. Raquremenls and Data InterpraMbn
Page 26
TABLE X-3
SUMMARY OF LABORATORY DATA QUALITY OBJECTIVES*
UntOoandbn
Sample receiving
Sample custody
Sample preparation
Calculator* and data
reduction
Olfllaty Gorit0' Crtack
Review ol receiving report
Review of chain-of-custody record
Suppees and roegonts
Grid opemng size
Spsoal daan area monitoring
L^oratoryb**
Plasma etch blank
Muleple preps (3 per sample)
• • 11 n in • nC r ti • rl
Mgnment cnecK
MagnKcaeon catoraaon wkh tow and Ngh
EOS calibration by copper ine
Laboratory blank (measure of deanflness)
nepkatt counting (measure of precision)
Duplicate analysis (measure of
Known samples of typicat materials (working
mta n rim rrW \
etanOawCK)
Analysis of NBS SHM 1875 ancVtar RM 8410
(measure of accuracy and comparaMily
Data entry review (data vafidatfon and
measure of completeness)
Record and verity P eteoun diffraction
pattern of ssrucDjre
Hand calcutaion of automated data
reduction procedure or independent
Frequency
Each sample
Each tarn pie
On receipt
20 operangs/20 gricMot of
1000 or 1 openincy»amc*»
After cleaning or service
1 per pre isriea or 10%
1 per 20 samples
Each sample
Each day
Each day
Each month or after service
WoeMy
Daly
Prop 1 per series or 10% read 1
per 25 samples
1 per 100 samples
1 per 100 samples
Traning and for comparison
w* unknowns
1 per analyst per year
Each sample
1 per 5 samples
1 per 100 samples
Conformanca
Fjcoftctfltian
95% completa
86% complete
Moot specs or
reject
100%
Meet specs or
reject
Meet specs or
reanalyze series
75%
One wati cover of
squares
Each day
Each day
96%
96%
95%
1 Meet specs or
reanalyze series
I.SxPoiaaonStdl
Oev.
2 1 Pokson Std.
Oev.
100%
t.SxPoisaonSki
Oev.
96%
80% accuracy
85%
recalculation of hand-catcUatod data
Reprinted from Federal Register. Volume 52, No. 210, October 30,1987, P. 41892
-------
STUDENT MANUAL AS8ESTO6 ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IX - A» Sampling Protocol. R»quir»m«ntt vtd Data IntwpfMrion
Pag* 29
SUMMARY
Sampling and analytical techniques provide one quantifiable method for determining if the
design specifications are being executed properly. There are a variety of sampling and
analytical techniques and the appropriate ones must be selected to collect data that is
representative of the environment being sampled. Project designers must have a general
understanding of the various sampling and analytical techniques employed. They should
also understand the limitations of the data that is generated by each procedure to
recognize potential weaknesses and strengths in the design specifications.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
S«cton IX -Mr Sonptng Proton*. Requirements and Ottm trUorpfBttaon
Pip 30
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1. What is the difference between a personal sample and an area sample?
2. What are three applications for air monitoring during removal projects?
3. What are the three current OSHA exposure limits?
4. What is the recommended worker exposure limit discussed in the course manual?
5. Who has the responsibility for conducting personal air monitoring for abatement
workers?
6. What are the primary differences between transmission electron microscopy and
phase contrast microscopy?
7. What is the AHERA clearance level and to what bufldings does it apply?
-------
STUOENTUWNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IX - Air Sampfing Protocofc, Ftoquir*m*ntt and Data bttNptvtabon
Pago 31
8. When is a visual inspection conducted to determine if ACM removal is complete
and who conducts it?
9. Describe a situation in which clearance by TEM might not be appropriate.
10. How often should sampling pumps be calibrated?
11. WhattsFAM? For what is it used?
12. Whteh analytical method reports results in structures/mm2?
13. What is NVIAP?
14. In what areas does the NIOSH 582 course provide instruction?
-------
STUO6KT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section X - Locfcdown and Replacement Maieriate
LOCKDOWN AND REPLACEMENT MATERIALS
INTRODUCTION
The use of asbestos in products manufactured in the United States has declined sharply
since the mid-1970s when federal, state and local agencies began instituting regulations
to restrict human exposures to airborne asbestos fibers. This trend culminated in 1989
when the USEPA issued a ban and phase-out rule which proposed a timetable for
eliminating the manufacture of most asbestos-containing products. The ban was recently
overturned by a federal court (reference the regulations section). However, the
replacement of asbestos-containing building products with asbestos-free substitute
materials remains an important issue for asbestos abatement project designers. They are
usually responsible for specifying a replacement material that will adequately serve the
same function as the ACM that is being removed.
This section will review design considerations, materials and methods involved in the
replacement of asbestos products which are removed from buildings. First a detailed
review of the lockdown procedure which is used to trap any remaining nonvistole asbestos
fibers on a substrate prior to the application of replacement materials will be discussed.
This will be followed by a discussion of the types and features of commonly used asbestos
substitutes in building products.
LOCKDOWN
Lockdown Is the procedure of applying a protective coating or sealant to a
surface from which all visible asbestos-containing material has been
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT! PROJECT DESIGN
Soc*on X - LocXdown and Rcplao«noo( Matortalc
removed. Its primary function is to control and minimize the amount of airborne asbestos
fiber generation that might result from any remaining material that cant be detected during
visual inspection. Lockdown is different from encapsulation which is the appBcation of a
liquid bridging or penetrating encapsulant to asbestos-containing material that has not
been removed.
Depending upon the surface structure and texture of the substrate, or the adhesive
strength of the asbestos-containing material to the substrate, there will always be some
residual fibers left behind after gross removal has taken place. Even when the substrate is
smooth and appears clean there could still be invisible asbestos fibers present The
lockdown procedure is the standard means of assuring that any remaining asbestos fibers
are "locked" in place. Because a lockdown involves coating the substrate with a virtually
impermeable barrier, it must also be designed with the subsequent replacement materials
in mind.
Lockdown Design
Prior to lockdown design and before any asbestos is removed, it is essential to
characterize the substrate. Some of the most common materials found as substrates in
buildings include cement, corrugated sheet metal, metal beams, wire mesh, metal piping,
plaster 'brown coat," wallboard and wood. These materials each have different
characteristics pertaining to surface structure and texture which affect the ability of other
materials to bond to them. For example, cement substrates are often porous and pitted
(many small grooves or depressions on the surface). This uneven surface is extremely
difficult to clean for two reasons. First, the pits in the surface may have become filled with
asbestos-containing material when it was originally sprayed or troweled on the surface.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Socboo X - Lockdown and Fteptic«m«fK MrorMfe
Secondly, when the material is scraped away during removal, asbestos-containing
materials will be packed tightly into these grooves or pits. Most of the material can then be
removed through tedious brushing; however, some fibers will remain.
Some substrates are imposstole to reach without demolishing the structure. An example of
this is fireproofing which was applied to structural members before installing a curtain wall
exterior. In this case, it may not be possible to completely remove the fireproofing wedged
between the beams and the curtain wall before lockdown. In this event, the only option
may be to encapsulate the material that cannot be removed and construct a permanent
physical enclosure to isolate the material from the accessible ACM during removal and
prior to lockdown. When material is left in place it is a good practice to apply visible
warning labels in each area.
A variety of products can be used for locking down the substrate. These lockdown
products are usually applied as sprayed-on liquid-type sealants (alternatives for certain
situations are latex paint, encapsulating solutions, and concrete sealant). Caution should
be used so that the lockdown material does not present an additional hazard during
application and anticipated use/conditions. Contractors should obtain all available
information on the substance (i.e., toxlcity. volatility, fire ratings). Material Safety Data
Sheets (MSDS) are a good source of information. These sheets should be available from
both the manufacturer and distributor of the material. Under OSHA "Hazard
Communication* requirements, contractors are required to train their employees so that
they understand and know how to use the material safety data sheets. All information
should be obtained and evaluated prior to beginning the project.
-------
STUDENT MMJUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Secton X - Lockdown and Replacement Materials
Page 4
Many lockdown materials are not fire rated (they may actually be more flammable than me
substrate) and thus could greatly reduce or eliminate the fire rating of some replacement
materials. For instance, the substrates of some buflding systems such as pipes, flues and
boilers have high temperature requirements (over 250 degrees) which could exceed some
lockdown material specifications. A designer should consult with the manufacturer of the
Jockdown material regarding any heat limitations.
Another consideration is the compatibility of the lockdown material with the substrate. It is
important to ensure that adhesion occurs between the two surfaces (substrate and
lockdown material) and. In some cases, three surfaces (substrate, lockdown. and
replacement or reinsulation). For example, latex paint may work well in locking down a
porous concrete surface, whereas it would not be acceptable for use on metal piping since
It would peel and crack. It is recommended that a field test application be conducted on a
small portion of the substrate prior to widespread use to determine whether the lockdown
and replacement products will perform as desired. It is essential to determine compatibility
between lockdowns and replacement materials. Noncompatible materials may void UL
ratings and manufacturers' warranties.
Another good, recommended practice is to use color tinting when applying lockdown
materials. This will make it easier to visually check that all areas of the substrate have
been covered with the lockdown substance. One coat of lockdown substance will usually
be adequate to prevent the generation of airborne residual fibers. In some cases.
additional coats may be needed for cosmetic purposes. Also, if the lockdown material is
being applied to metal substrate surfaces, it may be most advantageous to apply one fairly
heavy coat of primer to act as both a lockdown material and corrosion inhibitor, regardless
of whether or not reinsulation is taking place.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DEStGN
Socfon X - Locfcdown and FtopUaomort MafcrWs
Pago 5
Lockdown Methods
The lockdown procedure begins after gross removal and dean ing of the asbestos-
containing material is complete. The recommended method for brushing or cleaning a
substrate after gross removal has taken place is to use a nylon brush. This will aid in
getting to fibers that may have become lodged in grooves or crevices in the substrate
surface. Wetting of the substrate should also take place while this brushing is being
performed since the chance of airborne fiber generation is still present. Use of wire
brushes is discouraged since it is suspected that wire tends to break down larger asbestos
fibers or fiber bundles into fibrils of minute size which are easily dispersed throughout the
surrounding air. The use of wire brushes can generate high fiber counts in the
containment area. Heavy fiber dispersion can also make final cleaning very difficult In
either case, wire or nylon brushing will generate airborne fibers to some degree.
Once this brushing is completed, a final cleaning of the substrate and work area should
take place in order to ensure that all loose residual fibers are eliminated. It may be
necessary to wipe some surfaces with a lint-free rag and dusting agent once it has dried.
The use of cleaning fluids or solvents which leave a residual 'film* on the substrate is
discouraged. Some chemicals interfere with the adhesive properties of lockdown
materials. When in doubt, check with the manufacturer of the products.
After the substrate has completely dried, a thorough inspection must be conducted for
visible residual contamination, It is Imperative that this Inspection Is conducted
by the building owner's representative and that application of the lockdown
material Is done ONLY AFTER the substrate Is found to be visually clean.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMEKT PROJECT DESIGN
Soctfcfl X - Lockdown and Ffeptecamont Manriak
Once the substrate has passed visual inspection a lockdown material can be appBed. The
use of double layers of polyethylene on the walls and floors during preparation of the work
area will result in greater efficiency at this stage since the inside layer can be removed
after the initial lockdown application takes place. This reduces the amount of detailed
cleaning.
Workers performing the lockdown operation should wear disposable protective dothing
and respirators suitable for asbestos and organic vapors (if applicable) because the area
is still considered contaminated. Respirators which provide protection against both
asbestos fibers and organic vapors may be needed if the lockdown material contains
volatile organics in liquid form when being applied; however, many lockdown materials
currently available are water based and are considered to present very little, if any,
respiratory hazard.
When planning a lockdown operation, It is Important to follow a logical sequence of events.
One sequence that has been proven to work in the field is outlined below:
1 . Complete removal of asbestos-containing material from the substrate.
2. Collect as much of the asbestos-containing waste material as possfcte and
transport it out of the work area enclosure according to appropriate asbestos
waste-handling procedures.
3. Clean all visible debris by HEPA vacuuming and wet wiping.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Secton X - LocfcJown »xJ Rtpteewrwrt M**riafc
Paa.7
4. Conduct a visual inspection of the work area enclosure for any remaining
visible debris and reclean If necessary.
5. Only after the work area has passed Inspection for asbestos-
containing debris and the asbestos waste containers are completely
removed from the enclosure, one fairly heavy coat of lockdown sealant
should be spray applied to the substrate. At the same time, the inside layer
of polyethylene should be misted with a coat of lockdown material.
Lockdown materials should be applied using an airless sprayer.
6. After the lockdown material has dried (time is dependent on type of material
and the manufacturer's recommendations), the inside layer of polyethylene
on the walls and floor of the enclosure should be removed, treated as
asbestos-containing waste and transported out of the work area.
7. At this point, with the final (outside) layer of polyethylene still In
place, a second, more comprehensive visual Inspection should
be conducted to locate asbestos materials that have penetrated
to the second layer of polyethylene and visible accumulations of
dust on surfaces. If asbestos contamination is detected, additional HEPA
vacuuming and wet-wiping of all surfaces in the enclosure wiP take place at
this time. If desired, a second lockdown misting can be performed on the
inside of the second layer to seal In any residual asbestos ftoers.
8. If additional lockdown has been performed on the final polyethylene layer of
the containment barrier, sufficient drying time should be allowed before
-------
SmjDBfT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROOECT DESIGN
S«c*or. X - Locfcdown Md FfcplanmwW Mttwilk
proceeding. At this point, preclearance monitoring may be conducted to
determine if any airborne fibers are remaining. In the event these air
sample results indicate the work area is still contaminated, another round of
cleaning and locKdown should be conducted. The second layer may be
taken down and disposed of as asbestos-containing waste if preliminary air
sample results indicate an acceptable clearance level.
9. While special items such as doors, windows, and HVAC systems remain
sealed (critical barriers), conduct final clearance air monitoring using
aggressive sampling techniques.
Once the lockdown sealant has been applied and after the final clearance monitoring has
taken pJace, the next step may be to reappty an adequate substitute replacement material.
To avoid conflicts between parties involved in the project, the designer should remember
the importance of proper sequencing and scheduling of the removal/lockdown/
replacement process. Either this sequence should be outlined In the project
specifications or the contractor should be required to submit his sequencing
plan for approval by the project designer. The designer may also specify that the
replacement contractor is ultimately responsible for reviewing and accepting the condition
of the substrate prior to application of replacement materials.
REPLACEMENT
Increasing asbestos regulation and health concerns have created a new branch of
materials science to develop and improve asbestos replacement materials. There are
many products that have been used or are being experimented with as substitutes for
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
S*c*xi X - Lockdown and RoptocOTWrt Mctorute
asbestos. Some substitutes have been used for years and some perform better than
asbestos counterparts. Each of these materials has special qualities which make it a
suitable replacement material for asbestos in certain cases. The difficulty lies in the fact
that none of these materials alone can be as universally applied for as many different
functions as asbestos was. Many substitutes are more expensive, do not perform as well
and are not as durable as asbestos products. There are also concerns about the
health risks possibly associated with some asbestos substitutes. Therefore, it
is imperative that the selection of substitute materials be an important consideration during
the design of an asbestos abatement project. The individual who is specifying
replacement material(s), should have the capability to investigate and recommend various
types of asbestos substitutes. This person should be very familiar with the chemical and
physical properties of the various materials available and which materials are most
compatible with the building structure; specifically, the acoustics and fire ratings. The
designer specifying replacement materials may need to consult a mechanical engineer for
specifying replacement of thermal system insulation or an industrial hygienist, for
information regarding potential health hazards or safety problems. The actual design of
the asbestos replacement operation should be conducted by an individual who has formal
training or knowledge In pertinent aspects of state and local building codes and
knowledge of the particular replacement material application.
Replacement Materials
The use of asbestos in building products was primarily due to its properties of heat
resistance, reinforcing strength and chemical resistance. Its performance and low cost led
to widespread use in buildings in fireproof ing. cement panels, thermal insulation,
acoustical treatment, flooring and adhesives, among others. Many materials have been
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section X - Locfefcmm and Ropteoomont Materials
Pap 10
developed as substitutes for asbestos. These materials can be generally classified into
three categories:
1. Man-Made Mineral Fibers - including glass fibers (fibrous glass or
fiberglass), mineral wool, glass wool, slag wool and refractory ceramic fibers
(RCFs);
2. Synthetic Materials - including carbon fibers, aramid fibers, polypropylene
fibers and metallic fibers;
3. Natural Materials - including minerals (perilte, vermiculite, mica, talc) and
organics (cellulose fibers, vegetable pulp).
The above substitutes have a wide range of performance characteristics. For instance,
minerals, mineral wool and refractory fibers are characterized by good heat resistance
whereas cellulose and many synthetics are not. The air pockets in celluose do make ft a
good insulation material. Aramid fibers, carbon fibers and steel fibers are used for
reinforcing strength while minerals must be reinforced. The synthetics are highly chemical
resistant but cellulose is not.
There is also a wide range of costs for the substitutes. The costs of raw minerals, cellulose,
glass wool and mineral wool are comparable with asbestos. The price of synthetics such
as aramid fibers and carbon fibers can be many times the cost of asbestos. Beyond the
price of raw materials, the price for substitute products relative to asbestos is also
increased in many cases by costly manufacturing requirements.
-------
STUDENT UANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT OeSGN
Section X - Locfcdown and Roptaoamwtt Mttvbfe
Pap»11
Traces of asbestos have been found in some products which are sold as 'asbestos-free*
substitutes. It is recommended that the project designer should research manufacturer's
standards for determining asbestos content and seek documentation which provides
assurances that a product does not contain asbestos. Bulk Sampling and analysis (PLM
or TEM) could be used as a final quality assurance measure to detect for the presence or
absence of asbestos in replacement materials.
Despite these roadblocks, many replacement materials have been established as
technically and economically viable substitutes for asbestos products. While it is true that
no one substitute is available as a universal substitute for asbestos, alternatives are
available depending on the desired use. A general discussion of the types of substitutes
available for the more common asbestos-containing building products is provided below.
Sorav-Aoolled Materials - Spray-applied asbestos-containing materials were used for
fireproofing. thermal and acoustical insulation, condensate control, and decorative
purposes. Since the focus of many asbestos removal projects has been on spray-applied
asbestos-containing materials, several substitutes have been developed as replacements.
Replacements used for thermal insulation often contain mineral wool, exfoliated
vermiculite, treated cellulose (with boric acid) for fire resistance, or glass fibers. Some
products contain a combination of these substitutes. In some instances, it may be
necessary to replace asbestos-containing fireproofing on steel support beams with
asbestos-free fiber-reinforced cement boards. Cement boards will often consist of
minerals reinforced by glass or cellulose fibers.
-------
STUOEKT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Svcton X - Locfcdown and Reptaoonwnt Materials
Page 12
Numerous options exist for replacement of spray-applied acoustical insulation. Acoustical
treatments, usually used on ceilings, absorb some sound which limits the amount of sound
reflected from a surface. Spray-appPed cellulose, mineral wool, fibrous glass and pertite
(a porous volcanic mineral) are often used. Sound-absorbing fibrous glass boards,
frequently covered with a fabric, may also be used. A suspended acoustical ceiling, or waB
assemblies utilizing cellulose and/or mineral wool panels, can also be employed. The
designer should always consider the suitability of the appearance of the replacement
design. If a spray-applied material is used, a sample should be requested from the
manufacturer to demonstrate the texture and final appearance of the material.
When considering alternatives to spray-applied asbestos-containing materials, be sure to
ask. 'Is the material necessary?' The building codes determine whether the structure
should be protected with some type of fireproofing or left unprotected. Square footage,
height of the building, and the type of building use are evaluated to determine the fire
rating of materials specified for construction. In accordance with these codes, the need for
fireproofing may have been efiminated by changes in the occupancy use applied to the
building over its life history. For example, a building used for large assemblies may now
be used only for small assemblies, an educational facility may have been converted to
business offices, or a factory/industrial site may have been converted to storage. Also,
there are instances where building owners have had their building fireproofed even
though the codes did not require it and replacement of these materials would not be
necessary. An alternative may be the installation of a sprinkler system in lieu of
fireproofing. depending upon occupancy use.
-------
STUDENT IMNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT 06SX3N
Sector X - Locfcdown and R«ptoc»m*m MMwUto
Pag* 13
Asbestos-containing decorative sprays, once removed, may be replaced with a coat of
paint or a decorative (textured) plaster.
Thermal System Insulation - Numerous alternatives to asbestos-containing thermal
system insulation are available. The choice of substitutes is usually based on the
temperature of the pipe to be covered. Foam rubber, cork or fibrous glass are often used
on cold water pipes and air conditioning lines. The purpose of this covering is often for
condensate control rather than insulation.
Fibrous glass and asphalt-impregnated paper are frequent substitutes for hot water pipe
insulation where temperatures are not extreme. Insulation of high-pressure steam lines.
however, usually requires the use of refractory fibers, cellular glass or reinforced calcium
silicate. The reinforcement fibers used may be mineral wool or another nonasbestos
substitute.
Asbestos Cement P[pducts - The majority of the asbestos stiB in use in the United States
goes into manufacturing cement asbestos products, such as pipes and mill board. Several
substitutes are available for these asbestos-containing products. Glass-reinforced plastics
can be used in place of asbestos mill board but do not possess the fire resistance of
asbestos mill board and may give off toxic fumes during combustion.
When glass-reinforced cement was first introduced, there were problems with the Portland
cement degrading the glass fibers. New high-zirconia. alkali-resistant glass fbers have
greatly reduced this problem. The price of the asbestos-free cement pipe and mil board is
near the price of traditional asbestos-containing cement products.
-------
STUDENT MKNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESGN
Metal and plastic (PVC) pipes have been available for many years. These are suitable
substitutes for asbestos cement pipe in most instances. Large diameter pipes require
more support than plastic can otter. For this reason, steel-reinforced cement and welded
steel pipe is often used.
In summary, alternatives are now available for practically all uses where asbestos cement
products were once the only choice.
Roofing - Asbestos-containing roofing felts are frequently replaced by glass fiber mats
impregnated with bitumen. Research continues in this area since the glass fiber
replacements are inferior to asbestos from the standpoint of fire resistivity. Other options
are organic bituminous felts which contain cellulose or other organic fibers and
elastomeric rubberized membrane roofing. However, these materials do not have the heat
or chemical resistance of asbestos and are not considered durable.
Flooring - Asbestos-containing floor tile has been replaced by vinyl tile which is reinforced
by glass or mineral wool. Unfortunately, these tiles generally do not have the strength,
wear resistance or nonslip surface of asbestos tiles. Some manufacturers offer flooring
products which have eliminated fiber reinforcement through the use of advanced polymers.
The asbestos backing of sheet flooring has been replaced by sheeting reinforced with
glass or mineral fibers.
Adhesives - Notable exceptions to the abundance of replacement building products are
the adhesives, sealants and mastics commonly used in construction. Many floor tile
adhesives, roofing repair compounds, window putties and other such products used today
contain asbestos. The unique properties of cohesion, adhesion, elasticity and durability
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ^ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Socftofl X — Locfatown wid Rcpteownvnt Mtferats
Page 15
offered by asbestos in these materials have frustrated manufacturers' attempts to find a
viable substitute. Some asbestos-free products are available; therefore, a project designer
should look carefully at the performance specifications of these products and consult with
manufacturers regarding the suitability of asbestos-free replacement materials. Bulk
sampling and PLM and/or TEM analysis of replacement mastics, adhesives. and sealants
may be specified by the project designer to confirm these materials are nonasbestos-
con tain ing prior to application.
HEALTH EFFECTS OF SUBSTITUTES
A valid concern held by many persons choosing asbestos substitutes is whether the
substitute may also pose potential health hazards. Most of our knowledge on the health
effects of asbestos comes from research that was conducted only during the last sixty
years. While much has been learned, there are still uncertainties regarding exactly how
asbestos fibers cause disease. Health risk information based on reliable data for many
asbestos substitutes is inadequate or nonexistent. Fortunately, much of the recent
lexicological research on asbestos has provided some insight into the potential health
effects of fibrous substitutes. Based on this research, some general conclusions about the
risks of fibrous asbestos substitutes can be made:
• Fibers of the same size range and shape as commercial asbestos should be
considered as potentially harmful;
• The most durable fiber types are the most harmful;
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section X - Locfcdown and Ftop*ac*m*rt Matarufc
• The size and durability of the fibers will depend on, among other things, the
intended use. method of manufacture and chemical composition;
• Smoking increases the risk of disease in workers exposed to fibers;
• When available for a specific application, the use of nonfibrous substitutes
should be strongly considered.
Asbestos substitutes were developed because they possessed properties similar to
asbestos. Therefore, it is not a surprise that some types of the three main categories of
asbestos substitutes are suspected of health risks similar to asbestos. Man-made mineral
fibers, such as glass wool, that have fibers in the same size range as asbestos fibers
appear to cause some of the same harmful effects. The durability of these fibers varies, but
workers in the rock or slag wool industry have developed lung cancers with similar latency
periods as asbestos (more than 30 years). Synthetic organic fibers are usually bigger than
the asbestos fiber size range, but some of the newer and more durable fibers break into
smaller fibers when abraded. There are also concerns about toxic fumes released during
the combustion of synthetics.
The natural organic fibers are not considered a problem in themselves, but they can
release bacteria and fungal spores during processing which can cause illness and lung
scarring. This problem is controlled by wet processing and other dust control methods.
Minerals such as talc and vermiculile have been found to be contaminated by naturally-
occurring amphibote asbestos fibers such as tremolite and actinolite. In any event, the
substitute chosen should be Investigated to minimize the chance of simply
replacing one potentially harmful material with another.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PRDjeCT DESK3N
Section X — Locfcttown end Roptaoovntnt Ktaimflte
P»g»17
SUMMARY
The practice of locking down the substrate is a critical step in the cleaning sequence of
asbestos removal procedures. It can aid in minimizing the regeneration of asbestos fibers
left on the substrate after removal, which will in turn help to make the area acceptable for
reoccupancy more quickly. Additionally, asbestos abatement designers are often called
on to specify replacement operations once asbestos-containing materials are removed
from a facility. This section provides some basic information about available substitutes
which the project designer will need to augment with research on specific products. It is
essential that the designer have a thorough understanding of how and why asbestos was
used in certain cases and which products may serve as the best substitutes.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL AS8CSTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESKJN
Secfcn X - locfcdown and Reptacsment Material
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1. Lockdown is a procedure of applying a protective coating or sealant to a surface
from which an visible asbestos-containing material has been removed. What is a
lockdown's primary function?
2. Contractors and building owners should obtain all available information on
locfcdown substances. What document(s) would be a source of this information?
3. It is important to ensure that what three components or surfaces are compatible
when choosing a lockdown product/material?
4. Why would a color be added to a lockdown?
5. A lockdown is applied to an area only after what activity is performed by the
building owner's representative?
6. What material is universally applied as a replacement for asbestos, and why?
7. When referring to man-made mineral fibers, what does RCF stand for?
8. Why is it important to research •asbestos-free" replacement materials?
9. Regarding thermal system insulation (TSI), the choice of replacement materials is
usually based on what?
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Sacton XI - Legal and Insurance Conaidenrtons
Pag»1
LEGAL AND INSURANCE CONSIDERATIONS
INTRODUCTION
Since an asbestos abatement project designer typicaDy acts as a representative of the
building owner, he or she should be familiar with the legal liabilities that may be incurred
by the building owner as well as those associated with designing the project. This section
will review the areas of potential liability and insurance considerations for project
designers, cover related insurance and bonding issues and discuss some of the important
legal aspects of contracts for asbestos abatement work.
LIABILITY OF PROJECT DESIGNERS
Project designers face liability and litigation issues due to the critical role they play in the
asbestos management and control process. The design documents outline the primary
methods for performing the work and protecting human health and the environment. If a
problem such as migration of fibers outside the work area occurs in connection with
performance of the work, as a result of poor design specifications, the project designer may
be liable for any resulting injury or damage.
The project designer should be concerned with three areas of potential
liability: contractual liability, tort liability and regulatory liability.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XI - Legal and Insurance Considerations
Pagc2
Contractual Liability
Contracts are complex legal documents and must be carefully reviewed and understood.
Legal advice may be necessary. The project designer may be liable for breach of contract
if the contract requirements are not property performed. There are several project design
issues relating to potential contractual liability that must be addressed.
Project Scooe - A scope of work which clearly states the services that will be
provided by the project designer to the facility owner Is essential. Care must
be taken to define the services to be performed and area(s) of the facility that are involved.
It is also important to define the responsibilities of the facility owner.
Work conducted on Fixed-Fee Basis - The fee to be charged for services must be
specified in the contract. Design work for asbestos abatement is often conducted on a
fixed-fee basis. Under this scenario, if unanticipated conditions such as the discovery of
asbestos in the ceiling tile (previously unreported) increases the amount of design work.
the designer would be liable for conducting that work within the fixed fee. One method of
avoiding this is to include language in the contract which provides for additional funding if
the work, as a result of unanticipated conditions, turns out to be significantly different than
the original scope of work.
Schedule for Dellverables/Tlme for Performance - The timing of the completion of
construction documents can be of great concern to a school district or commercial building
owner and the subject of breach-of-contract action or liquidated damages. If school
officials or facility operators have a timetable by which they must solicit bids from
-------
STUOCMT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
S«cton XI - L*gaf and Inturmc* Conudwtbora
P.0.3
contractors or apply for federal or state funding, the completion of the project design and
associated documents becomes an important contractual consideration.
Reliance on Previous Survey Results - The extent of reliance on previous survey
results Is another area in which the building owner and project designer should have a
clear contractual understanding. Typically, the designer will need to supplement the
survey data with additional samples, confirmation of material quantities and building
dimensions. The facility owner/operator may want to save money in the short term by
economizing on obtaining additional services; however, such practices could cause legal
problems for the project designer later if the original survey was inadequately or
improperly performed.
Inherent Requirements Placed on Licensed Individuals - In those states or
localities which require asbestos abatement design to be conducted by a licensed
architect or engineer, or a professional of a specific designation, the designer should be
aware of a variety of inherent contractual requirements. For example, regulated architects
and engineers are required to comply wrth building codes to retain this license. If a
designer provided specifications for asbestos abatement design and renovation but
neglected to Incorporate code requirements, he or she could be contractually liable to
correct the omission. This could be a significant expense depending on the size of the
project. In addition, the contract will generally require that the designer be properly
licensed. Failing to do so may require that design documents be approved by the properly
licensed professional at the expense of the designer.
Requirements for State-oMhe-Art Protocols - Contract language which should be
approached with caution includes the requirement for "best practices* or "state-of-the-art"
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section X) - Legal and Insurance ConsktofafcxiB
protocols for project design. These requirements must be defined. As an example, if a
designer specified clearance after removal of ACM by phase contrast microscopy instead
of transmission electron microscopy because the building owner did not want to pay the
added cost, this must be documented in the contract; otherwise, the designer could be
involved in a dispute over asbestos-related property damage or a breach -of -contract action
by the building owner for failing to adhere to the contractually-required standard of
performance.
Indemnification Clauses - Many contracts contain provisions requiring that the project
designer Indemnify the owner for liability arising out of the performance of the
professional services. Indemnification clauses are highly complex and may be subject to
differing interpretations in various states. It is important for every contract to be reviewed
for such clauses and that the scope of the indemnity be carefully defined to avoid
unintended liability for the designer.
Tort fNeoliaence) Liability
The second area of liability concerns the project designer's failure to perform his or
her work In accordance with the standards of the profession. If such failure
occurs and persons are injured or property is damaged as a result, the project designer
may be sued in "tort." A tort is a legal wrong. The breach of a legal duty is often termed
"negligence." Negligence can arise from the project designer failing to property include
methods in the specifications to protect the building structure and finishes or the people
within the building from harm. Three examples will illustrate the potential problem.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XI - \jfget and kvuranoe Coftstdoralions
Pago 5
Exampte A - The designer is retained to develop written specifications to remove sprayed-
on surfacing material in a gymnasium. The specifications call for placing only one layer of
4-mil polyethylene over the hardwood floor; as a result, in the course of removal the
polyethylene leaks and the floor is severely damaged by water. In this case the designer
could be accused of negligence for improper design of the system to contain the water.
Example B -The design contract requires the development of written specifications to
remove sprayed-on surfacing material in a multi-story building. The specifications neglect
to address proper isolation of the high-rise elevators; as a result, fiber contamination
occurs on floors above and below the work area. The designer could be accused of
negligence for a design that did not prevent fiber migration.
Example C-The designer is contracted to provide architectural and engineering services
to property remove ACM in a single-story structure. The written specifications require the
placement of two layers of fire-rated sheetrock over entrances and exits except the
decontamination unit. If a fire occurs and people are injured, the designer could be
accused of negligence for improper containment construction.
It is also important to note that compliance with regulations, although mandatory, is not a
defense against negligence, if industry standards are more stringent. Regulations are
minimum requirements.
Regulatory Liability
The last area of project designer lability concerns noncompllance with federal, state
or other regulations. A first area of concern is compliance with project designer
-------
STUDENT MANUAL AS8ESTO6 ABATEMENT PROJECT DESiQN
Section XI - Legal and Insurance Comtdantotm
accreditation requirements. Not only must the project designer take an EPA-approved
course and pass an examination, but he or she must also comply with state regulations for
certification. For example, In some states, project designers are also required to be
registered architects or engineers, or certified industrial hygtertsts. In addition, regulations
under the Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act, for example, carry severe penalties
for noncompliance. including potential criminal liability. In the event that regulations are
violated, the project designer may be subject to fines or penalties from various regulatory
authorities.
INSURANCE CONSIDERATIONS FOR PROJECT DESIGNERS
Obtaining professional liability insurance is the normal method for a professional such as
an asbestos project designer to secure protection from possible litigation arising from
negligence in performing his or her professional activities. Insurance is a risk-shifting
mechanism to provide protection against catastrophic liability.
Many owners require that all professionals involved in asbestos-related work have liability
insurance in order to have some financial security for significant claims that may arise.
Under certain state and local laws, general liability Insurance In specified
amounts Is often required.
A related aspect of risk shifting is the presence of indemnification clauses in the contract.
whereby the professional is obligated to indemnify and defend the owner (and vice-versa)
against claims brought against the owner arising out of the professional's work. Insurance
may not always protect against this type of liability. At the same time, however, project
designers need such insurance to protect themselves against claims which can be
-------
STUDENT KWNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XI - Legal and Insurance Conudoraiof»
Pago 7
financially ruinous, and to provide for legal defense of any claims. While work done in
accordance with the applicable industry standard of care, the contract documents and
applicable regulations may ultimately shield the project designer from liability, the
assumption of defense of a legal action by the insurance carrier, or the dient (building
owner) who indemnifies the designer, is a significant benefit
It is obvious that insurance adds to the project designer's cost of performance and thus is
eventually paid by the owner, either on a pro-rata basts or, in many cases, dollar for dollar.
Due to the expense of liability insurance, many owners have considered dropping
insurance requirements and many consultants have performed work without insurance.
The relative unavailability of professional liablity insurance in the recent past has resulted
in some asbestos professionals purchasing insurance without paying adequate attention
to whether risks are covered or the strength or credibility of the carrier. Similarly, owners
are accepting insurance certificates without analyzing the coverage being offered.
Changes in the type and scope of coverages offered by the insurance industry must,
therefore, be analyzed carefully to accomplish the goal of insurance. Rather than
protection against liability, insurance for some has become a "license to work* in the
asbestos industry. However, insurance products have become more available for
professional activities and should be investigated.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL
TYPES OF INSURANCE COVERAGE
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESK3N
Sodton XI - Legal and tounroa Consktorations
Pag»8
rors antf Omissions
Asbestos abatement project designers will normally look for professional liability
Insurance, also known as Errors and Omissions (E&O) Insurance to protect them
against negligence In the performance of their professional services,
Including developing the specifications and drawings. The mistake may take the
form of an inadvertent error (i.e., miscalculation of area square footage), or an
unintentional omission (i.e., leaving an area that needs to be abated, such as a soffit, out of
the design specifications). E&O coverage is written for specific professions. Many
professionals (architect, engineer, designer, etc.) have E&O coverage to protect them for
their specific professions; however, asbestos-related professionals may have difficulty
obtaining appropriate coverage due to the great risk for loss in their activities. If E&O
insurance is desired by the asbestos professional, the coverage must be carefully
examined, from a coverage, limits and cost perspective.
GenetaLLlabilitv
General liability insurance is another type of coverage that project designers need. It is
intended to serve as protection for events that occur during development and execution of
the project specification that do not involve pollution liability. These can include slips and
falls, and nonpollution property damage. The drawback to this type of Insurance Is
that it will likely contain a pollution or asbestos exclusion, rendering the
policy essentially Ineffective for asbestos-related claims.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XI - Legal end Inmrwxj* Con*fcfertton>
Coverage Issues
It is important to understand the difference between general liability and professional
liability insurance from a coverage basis also. In the past, general liability insurance has
been written on an "occurrence" basis. Under such a policy, if an incident "occurs"
while the policy is in force, coverage Is afforded even If the actual claim Is made
some years later and even If the Insured Is no longer Insured by the same
carrier. As a result of the writing of this type of coverage, insurance carriers must defend
claims brought years after companies are no longer insured by the carrier. Particularly
with the long latency period of asbestos-related disease, occurrence coverage can result
in great losses to carriers who have not received premiums over a period of time. As a
result, several years ago carriers began adding exclusions to existing general liability
policies for asbestos-related third-party claims and even changed the coverage form from
"occurrence" to "claims made" for both consultants (designers) and contractors as well.
As contrasted with general liability coverage, professional liability coverage has historically
only been written on a "claims made' basis. Thus, E&O coverage for asbestos design
consultants, as well as architects, engineers, attorneys, accountants and medical
professionals, will most likely be on a "claims made" basis and it may be difficult to obtain
appropriate coverage.
Under a "claims made" policy, coverage Is provided for claims that are
brought while the policy Is In force. In certain situations, a daim may also be
brought during an extended ("tail") reporting period after the policy has expired, which may
require an additional premium. In switching coverage to a new insurance carrier, it Is also
possible to request 'retroactive* coverage for unknown claims prior to the new policy. For
-------
STUDENT MANUAL AS8ESTO6 ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XI - Legal tnd Irvurwtc* Corarierttons
many risks, the difference between occurrence and claims made coverage is not
significant since the liability-causing event is obvious, and claims are generally asserted
shortly after the event occurs. However, injury caused by the release of fibers from an
asbestos abatement project may not be detected for 20 to 40 years afterward. Thus, daims
made coverage may not respond in such cases if (1) the insured changes insurance
carriers before a claim is made, or (2) the carrier or insured terminates coverage under a
policy, or (3) the carrier later withdraws from the market before a claim is filed.
Nevertheless, it is likely that professional liability coverage in the future will continue to be
written on a claims made basis, and thus the insured must understand what is actually
being purchased and whether the carrier wiH continue to service this market
In addition to coverage issues, it is mandatory that the insured read and understand the
exclusions in its policy. All exclusions, conditions and definitions must be carefully
analyzed. For example, a general liability policy written for an asbestos project designer
which includes a "pollution exclusion," excludes coverage for any personal injury or
property damage caused by a broad list of substances known as 'pollutants." Generally,
asbestos is included on the list for project designers and, consequently, the policy provides
no coverage for asbestos risks. Some professional liability policies require certain types of
documentation, or certain professional accreditations. All policy terms must be
understood.
In addition to obtaining Insurance for professional liability, a designer may work with the
owner in developing insurance specifications for the contractors performing the work.
Care must be taken in assuming this responsibility, since this is often excluded in the E&O
policy. There are several important considerations in making an analysis of available
insurance coverage or in specifying same:
-------
STUDENT HKNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESK3N
Section X) - Laga! and Irwurarae ConsktocMlont
1 . True "occurrence" coverage la available. However, the terms of the
policy must be reviewed carefully. Some 'occurrence' policies have
conditions or exclusions that negate coverage, or have "sunset* clauses
which terminate coverage one, two or five years after the policy ends. The
name of the policy makes no difference.
2. The insurance certificate is only evidence of coverage; it provides relatively
little information of benefit to an owner or professional consultant The
policy itself must be reviewed.
3. The Insurance carrier must be very carefully evaluated. Does the carrier
understand the industry and is it committed to writing proper coverage?
Again, the policy terms are important.
CONTRACTS FOR ABATEMENT WORK
Though the contract for the abatement work is between the building owner and the
contractor, the designer is often involved in the solicitation of bids and selecting the
contractor. Some of the more important contract issues with which the designer may be
involved are discussed below.
Typos of Contract Documents
Once a building owner has decided to begin an asbestos abatement program, the owner is
faced with many practical questions. One of the first of these relates to contract documents.
Great care must be used in the selection of contract documents and clauses, since this will
-------
STUDENT MANUAL AS8ESTO6 ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Sacfeon XI - LtgaJ and bvurano* Comidwuions
define the legal relationship and responsibilities of the owner and contractor. The
American Institute of Architects (AIA) has developed a number of standardfced agreements
for construction, but nevertheless advises users of the important legal consequences of
these documents. One typical contract used for abatement work is AIA 101, Owner-
Contractor Agreement Form - Stipulated Sum, a four-page document which
typically contains the name of contracting parties, the contract amount, the start and
completion date and other general data. Other standardized forms also exist.
Accompanying Form AIA 101 is AIA 201, General Conditions of the Contract for
Construction. This is a 19-page document which contains general contract
requirements, sometimes erroneously referred to as "bolter-plate* language. Form AIA 201
has been around for many years. Its clauses have been frequently litigated and lawyers
and facility owners are familiar with the normal interpretation placed on the language in
AIA 201 . This provides for a degree of certainty, which is desirable. Of course, disputes do
arise under these clauses, and the contract must be tailored to the specific project.
However, it may be easier for legal counsel and the facility owner and contractor to resolve
differences under familiar contract language than in the unknown areas of a job
specification on an asbestos abatement contract. Contract documents are covered in more
detail in the design workshop portion of this manual.
The third document that will typically be included, or referenced to, in an asbestos
abatement contract is the project manual or project specifications. Regardless of
the size of the Job, or whether It Is public or private, a written set of project
specifications Is a must for any asbestos abatement project. Project
specifications will vary in the amount of detail provided and the format, from one designer
to the next No two should be exactly alike because the specifications must be adapted to
the site parameters. The fact that these project specifications are site specific and
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Socton XI - 1*04 and Insurmca Concfcferattvw
therefore have not been subject to the interpretations placed on the standard
specifications, makes careful attention to and interpretation of asbestos abatement
specifications critical Frequently, design professionals give very strict interpretation to
these clauses and are much less permissive than in the interpretation of specifications
involving less hazardous activities.
SOME IMPORTANT ISSUES RELATED TO CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS
Description of Work
One of the most Important Items In the written specifications Is the work description.
Typically, if an entire building is involved, the work description may not be a significant
problem. However, if a contractor is being asked to remove asbestos in only a segment of
a floor of a building, for example, a serious abatement problem may exist. When the
plastic barrier is removed, will the "dean air* still be dean? Another problem is Illustrated
by the Job where the contractor was asked to remove friable material from beams over a
dirt basement in a commercial building. The specifications did not call for barrier
protection for the dirt The contractor, fully in compliance with the specifications, removed
the asbestos; however, in the process, it contaminated the dirt. The result was that a
second abatement effort was required for the removal of several inches of dirt in the
basement This cost, quite unnecessary, was the result of inadequately prepared
specifications. Of course, drawings are of great assistance in properly defining job
boundaries and the scope of the specifications.
-------
STUDENT HMNUAL
Furniture. Fixtures and Equipment
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XI - Lftgai and Insurance Consfctorafons
Pago 14
Another issue that frequently arises is that of furniture, fixtures and equipment. Most
asbestos abatement projects require the removal and then reinstallation of furniture,
fixtures and equipment. The owner should make a realistic assessment of
whether salvaging of such Items, particularly fixtures, Is feasible. The age and
condition of the furniture and equipment must be assessed. It will only promote contractual
disputes for the owner to insist that a contractor remove and reinstall fixtures and
equipment which will be damaged or destroyed by the very process. The owner and
project designer should not expect to engage in a "backdoor" renovation of the facility, at
the contractor's expense, by placing specification requirements on the contractor which are
unattainable.
Site Security
Site security is another issue that should be specifically addressed. An unsecure
asbestos abatement site can have grave legal Implications. Of course, any
construction site can be dangerous, but an unmonitored asbestos abatement site is
particularly hazardous. The issue of whether security must be maintained on a 24-hour
basis is also one which must be addressed. Again, this is an area where more attention
must be given if only one area of a building is being abated while other areas are
occupied. If an entire building can be isolated, security is a much easier process.
Certainly, the regulatory warning signs required by OSHA are important; however, these
should be viewed as a minimum warning and further warnings or security are frequently
necessary.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESK3N
Section XI - Legal and Ineurano* Corwidorrfom
Equipment Selection
Each owner must participate, if only through his project designer, in equipment
requirement decisions on an asbestos abatement project. The decision about the number
of air filtration devices, what type of respiratory protection equipment is required, what type
of dothing is sufficient, what number of HEPA vacuum units are necessary and other
similar equipment requirements is very important to the success and safety of the job.
From a technical and legal standpoint, It can be effectively argued that
"state-of-the-art" equipment should be employed. OSHA and EPA requirements
again should be viewed as minimal requirements. If one is not going to employ •state-of-
the-art* technology, that decision must be justified.
Insurance Protection for the Building Owner
A major issue for asbestos abatement contractors, as well as design professionals, is
insurance. At present, the insurance 'crisis* is easing and contractors who have not been
able to obtain liability insurance now have it more readily available. From the owner's or
contractor's perspective, it is first important to understand what the insurance requirements
are. The first issue Is who must be protected. Generally speaking, the owner will want to
require protection for itself and its employees, the contractor and its employees, and third
parties. This will mean that the owner will wish to be an additional insured under the
contractor's policy and to be furnished a certificate of insurance as well. It is important that
the certificate of insurance specify the types of coverage afforded. However, since the
certificate of insurance is only evidence of coverage, it is not complete and the owner
should request a copy of the contractor's insurance policy. This is particularly true since
asbestos and pollution exclusions can appear in such policies. The owner's legal or
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Sodton XI - legal and Insunmoo ConciderMons
Paptie
insurance advisors can play an important role in ensuring that proper coverage is
obtained.
Insurance must protect the insureds from both bodily injury (to persons) and property
damage claims. While this is standard in general liability policies, bodily injury and
property damage claims may be excluded due to an exclusion of coverage for asbestos- or
pollution-related claims. Therefore, the owner must be sure that H is protected from the real
hazards presented by asbestos abatement Of course, it is necessary to insure against the
normal construction hazards as well, with general liability coverage.
Another important point is to determine the length of time the insurance will be in force.
CJearty. the insurance should be in force during the contract However, it is most important
that coverage continue after the contract is completed. "Completed operations" coverage
ensures that if the contractor fails to completely abate the asbestos problem and the owner
initially fails to discover the contractor's oversight the owner will nonetheless be protected
if a claim arises after completion. Also related to this issue is the need to determine
whether the insurance is "claims made" or "occurrence" coverage. These concepts were
covered earlier in the discussion on insurance for the project designer. Generally
speaking, the owner needs general and asbestos liability Insurance
coverage for both bodily Injury and property damage risks, completed
operations coverage and, of course, workers' compensation coverage which
compiles with the laws of the state where the work Is to be done. Coverage for
specific activities, such as transportation, should also obtained.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMEMT PROJECT DESKS*
Section XI - Legal and Inturano* Conckferationc
P«gol7
Bonding
While some facility owners are now requiring bonds from professional firms, bonding is
usually required only from the contractor, and the project designer's interest in this topic is
that of the building owner's. The requirement for bonding is generally included in the
contract documents. The project designer, in conjunction with legal counsel, may be
called upon to provide guidance on the types and amounts of bonds that are necessary for
the project. Traditionally, two types of bonds have been required in the construction
industry to protect the owner or lender against the contractor's financial default:
• Payment Bonds - under which a surety company agrees to pay for labor and
materials supplied to a project in the event the contractor fails to do so; and
• Performance Bonds - under which a surety company agrees to complete
performance of a project if the contractor fate to do so.
Abatement contractors who have had their Insurance cancelled or not renewed experience
difficulties in obtaining bonding. Bonding companies rely on the financial ability of the
principal (the contractor) to respond to claims under payment and performance bonds. If a
contractor is not insured against catastrophic liability, the financial underpinnings of the
company can be weakened and the bonding company becomes apprehensive over
issuing bonds. In a similar vein, lenders are reacting adversely to the problems of
insurance and bonding of such companies. Lenders are advising contractors who find
themselves In such positions that lines of credit will not be renewed for the same reasons
given by the bonding companies.
-------
STUDENT hMNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Secton XI - Logaf and Insurance Coroxtorafcns
Pa0oiS
In the recent past, the difficulty encountered by asbestos abatement contractors in
obtaining bonding was severe. For reasons similar to those which caused the asbestos
abatement Insurance crisis, many contractors were unable to obtain sufficient bonding
and. in some cases, any bonding. In addition to the general underwriting concerns about
the contractor's financial and technical ability to perform the work, another reason some
bonding companies were unwilling to write bonds for asbestos abatement work relates
directly to liability insurance problems. Because the abatement contract often has
requirements for the contractor to obtain and maintain certain liability insurance coverage
on the project, the bonding companies fear that If the contractor has insurance problems.
such as improper coverages or cancellation during the policy period, the potential loss that
may otherwise be covered by liability insurance might be covered by the contractor's
performance bond. Though insurance and bonding are easier to obtain now than in the
late 1980s, the expense remains relatively high and careful attention must be paid to the
quality of coverage obtained, as discussed earlier.
While the traditional concepts of bond underwriting may not be applicable to project
designers, it is nevertheless useful to understand them. The primary considerations of the
bonding company in determining whether to bond a contractor are the ability of the
contractor to perform the work and the contractors financial ability. A proven track record
of successfully-completed projects, without ensuing litigation, is very helpful to the
contractor in demonstrating to the bonding company its ability to perform the work.
Financial stability is important not only with respect to the contractor's ability to perform the
work, but also its ability to satisfy its indemnity obligation to the bonding company in the
event a loss Is suffered under the bonds. Unlike insurance, a payment or performance
bond gives the bonding company the right to recover contract balances if losses are
sustained by it under the bond. A somewhat more intangible, yet important factor, is the
-------
STUDEHT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DEStQN
Sodion XI - Legal and Insurance CorakfcwatonB
Pap 19
contractor's good character. Despite satisfactorily proving all of these items, however, a
contractor may still not be able to obtain sufficient bonding in today's market In such
events, an owner may waive or refuse bonding requirements or arrange other contractual
mechanisms to assure payment or performance.
There are numerous legal considerations involved in the evaluation of insurance and
bonding coverage. The cost of insurance for asbestos abatement is significant, and if such
expense Is going to be undertaken, the coverage obtained should be satisfactory. While
there are no easy solutions in this decision-making process, it is mandatory that
contractors, consultants and owners undertake to become knowledgeable purchasers of
insurance.
The shift in the types of coverages written for the contracting industry from occurrence to
claims made, and the difficulty in obtaining bonds have placed greater emphasis on the
contractor's commitment to the performance of work in a quality manner, the carrier's
commitment to continuing to insure asbestos abatement contractors, and the quality of the
carrier's coverage and insurance program in general. This makes the process of
purchasing Insurance more complicated, but a thorough review of the considerations
outlined above will greatly assist the contractor, consultant or owner in making a
knowledgeable choice.
Supervision and Training
The heart of any asbestos abatement project is not the equipment, although the equipment
is important, or the physical project requirements, although they are vital too. The heart of
the project is the care and skBI exercised by the workers who remove the asbestos-
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESK3N
S*cten XI - Lagal and Imunno* CoraidKttons
containing materials. If this occurs in a professional manner, the owner can expect a good
result If the work is sloppy, good equipment will not save the job.
From the owner's perspective. It is vital that the contractor's project superintendent be an
experienced asbestos abatement worker. He or she must have had experience on various
projects and under various conditions. The owner should require documentation of the
experience. It will behoove the owner to check on the quality of the preceding projects.
The superintendent is the key to the work.
Many projects are sufficiently extensive to require a project superintendent and foreman.
The latter person typically will be in the containment area actually supervising the workers
while the superintendent may be in and out of the area at various times. If a foreman is
required, he or she should also be experienced and able to instruct the workers on site
and personally supervise actual preparation, removal and clean-up activities. It is
desirable to contractually require that both of these positions be filled by qualified
individuals.
If the removal project is being conducted in a school, abatement workers and supervisors,
as well as inspectors, management planners and project designers, must be trained In
accordance with AHERA regulations. Under regulations promulgated by the
Asbestos In Schools Hazard Reauthorlzatlon Act (ASMARA), AHERA training
requirements are being extended to commercial and public buildings. When
those regulations come into effect, it will not only be recommended, but a regulatory
requirement, that asbestos abatement workers and supervisors receive training from an
approved training provider and pass the required exam.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL AS8E5TO6 ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Sccton XI - U0a) and Insurant* ConridBfrions
Page 21
From a legal standpoint it is critical that records be kept to document that training was
given to each worker. The facility owner, via the project specifications, can reserve the
right to inspect these records and retain copies. In fact, the owner may wish to maintain a
complete file on all workers who worked on the project This will avoid the problem of the
contractor going out of business later and an asbestos daim arising by an employee
against the owner many years thereafter based on an alleged failure to warn.
The facility owner needs to maintain permanent records on all phases of the
project, from Inspection, to design and through abatement It is not enough to
maintain these records for a few years. Asbestos disease latency periods may extend 30
or more years beyond the work date. These records should be stored and maintained
permanently. The required records should be specified in the project specifications, and
responsibilities for development and maintenance of records dearly defined.
Adequate Time for Job Performance
One of the most difficult problems in asbestos abatement work is that of time. Once the
owner has decided to conduct an asbestos abatement program, he is virtually always in a
hurry. Many programs are specified with very snort time limits of two to five days, and work
often must be performed at night, or on weekends or holidays.
To avoid contractual disputes, it is desirable for the owner to specify enough time to allow
the project to be completed in a competent manner. Questions of access to the site, other
contractors who may be working or waiting for notice to proceed, and the owners'
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESKSN
Socton XI - Lagal and Insurance ConoktoroDons
Page 22
employees presence at the site must be considered. Generally speaking, qualified
abatement contractors will begin work quickly once they are notified to proceed. Owners
are frequently critical of late starts that can result in late finishes. It may, therefore, be in the
owner's interest to provide some liquidated damages for a late start as a means of
emphasizing to the contractor that the start date is important However, most frequently this
issue is addressed by completion date requirements and liquidated damages for failing to
complete the work on time. At the same time, owners are frequently guilty of not providing
the site at the time specified, or delaying the work themselves, or changing the scope of
work. This may result in difficulties for the contractor in completing this project or with
scheduling other work. The resolution Is to cooperatively come up with a time
for the project which will be realistic both In length and In calendar
placement for the owner and the contractor. The project designer must bring his or
her experience to bear on this issue.
As to delay damages, many owners choose to use liquidated damages as a vehicle to
make sure that contractors finish the job in the time specified. If extensive renovation work,
following removal, or other important use of the facility is contemplated, liquidated
damages may not suffice to cover the actual damages. In these instances, owners may
find that they are limited to damages which are less than that to which they are entitled.
However, liquidated damage provisions are intended for use where the actual computation
of damages is not possble. Most courts wifl enforce liquidated damage provisions on the
basis that the reason for specifying liquidated damages is the uncertainty of calculation of
actual damages. The amount of liquidated damages must be determined on a reasonable
basis, since bonding companies will often limit the daily amount that can be imposed on
the contractor.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Socboo XI - Legal and Insurance Conadarafere
Pap 23
of Asbestos-Contain'tna Waste
Another important issue is that of materials handling and disposal. The asbestos material
must be properly containerized, labeled, and shipped to an approved dump site. The
contract or specifications should specify each item with particularity. The owner should
obtain a copy from the contractor of the waste shipment record or manifest required by the
EPA NESHAP. This document must be given to the landfill operator by the waste hauler.
The owner must receive a copy from the landfill operator within 35 days after the waste is
received. This provides a means for the owner to verify the waste arrival at the landfiH. it
will be desirable to have an inventory of the drums or bags to compare to the waste
shipment record. This kind of attention to detail will eliminate possible claims of improper
toxic substance dumping. The disposal site must also be chosen carefully, depending on
the character of the waste (solid/liquid, asbestos/other hazardous substances, etc.). It Is
also prudent to make sure that the materials are property unloaded and handled at the
disposal site.
Selection of Qualified Contractors
Another problem peculiar to public work is the requirement that the public authority accept
the lowest bid, or lowest responsible bid. The owner must determine the best way to
satisfy this requirement and stHI engage qualified asbestos abatement contractors. One
method of addressing this problem is to determine whether the applicable laws permit the
public agency to prequallfy contractors. Prequalification requirements can consist of
various criteria. These may Include experience either with asbestos abatement
or with the particular type or size of project being bid, training, formal
education (for Instance, attending seminars), Insurance, bonding, and a Job
-------
STUDENTMAMUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESK3N
Section XI - L«94 and tnturance ConeidaraOone
Inspection. A public agency must determine the best way to hire a contractor and still
comply with its legal obligation to accept the lowest bid, or the lowest "responsible'' or
lowest 'responsive' bid, under applicable law.
Frequently, an asbestos abatement contract may be coupled with other renovation or
reinsulatJon work. It is virtually always necessary to have some replacement materials or
structures for the asbestos-containing materials or structures that are removed. A decision
must be made whether to have the asbestos abatement contractor function as the general
contractor, or as a subcontractor under the general contractor in charge of the entire
project. The general contractor is responsible for coordination of the various trades that
may be involved. In a particularly hazardous project, it may be necessary to contractually
require some training of other trade workers regarding the dangers of asbestos or of the
asbestos removal. Certainly, conferences of the trade superintendents throughout the job
is desirable and strict security is most important in a job of that type.
Using a general or prime contractor with an asbestos abatement subcontractor does raise
several issues. A problem can arise if the asbestos abatement subcontractor is unable to
complete the work or is thrown off the job for some reason. In most instances, the prime
contractor will not be qualified to complete the work himself. In these instances, the owner
may wish to reserve the right to select a substitute asbestos abatement subcontractor using
the same criteria used in the original selection. Another issue that can arise is the ability of
the general contractor to obtain adequate insurance and bonding for asbestos abatement
work. Most often, these activities are excluded from the general contractor's insurance and
bonding programs. This may necessitate using the abatement contractor as a prime
contractor, or having separate contracts for abatement and renovation work.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL
Cleanliness of the Job Site
AS8EST06 ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XI - Legal and Imuranc* ContxtonOtom
Pape2S
One final note is that of the completion of the job by clearance testing. The contract
should contain a combined requirement of clean surface* and achieving
clearance air standards, as well as specifying the methods to be used. Itis
possible to have acceptable air monitoring results within the abatement area, and still have
dangerous levels of asbestos-containing materials present within the facility. It is important
to require that all surfaces in the work area be dean upon visual inspection, prior to
clearance testing. Therefore, the owner or his representative must be sure that the
contractor has thoroughly removed and cleaned up all material, and that the airborne
asbestos fiber concentrations meet the clearance standards established in the
specifications and applicable regulations, utilizing the specified procedures (e.g..
aggressive sampling, PCM vs. TEM analysis, etc.).
Protect Manaoer and Air Monttorlna Personnel
The qualifications and integrity of the project manager or air monitoring professionals are
vital. They should be qualified and experienced. There have been a few instances of
falsified tests reported. An Important consideration Is to have project
management and air monitoring performed under a separate contract
between the owner and the project management or air monitoring firm. An
owner does not normally want to have a turnkey* contract where his abatement contractor
supplies the project management and the air monitoring, unless the owner has separately
determined the qualifications of the project management or air monitoring firm being
engaged by the contractor. In school buildings covered by AHERA regulations, an
independent firm is required to conduct clearance testing. Other laws must be consulted
-------
STU)6KT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PftOJECT DESIGN
Socttxi XI - Legal and Insurance Conefcteretons
as weH. The owner may wish to have the project management or air monitoring paid for as
part of the abatement contract; however, this must be weighed against obtaining his own
project management or air monitoring contract with a separate firm or person. A number of
owners seek to save money by having the contractor take either progress samples or even
clearance samples, using the contractor's employees. Since air monitoring data is so
critical in determining proper performance and perhaps defense of any claim, this
procedure is discouraged.
CONCLUSION
The project designer and owner must be aware of legal and insurance issues involved
with abatement work. Contractual issues are particularly important since the project
designer must be concerned not only with its contract but often in developing the contract
and project requirements between the owner and contractor. The project designer must be
careful to avoid areas where he or she is not trained or experienced, so as to avoid being
held liable to the owner.
Both legal and insurance issues are complex. The project designer and owner should
work with legal counsel and insurance advisors who are experienced with asbestos
abatement work. This will help avoid problems before, during and after the asbestos
abatement project
Note: The remarks contained in this section are. by nature, general and do not attempt to specif icaly
explore the law of any state. Moreover, these remarks are not intended to constitute a specific legal
opinion on any asbestos abatement project. The sole purpose of these remarks is for the general
guidance of those invoked in asbestos abatement work. Specific legal advice should be obtained
from competent legal counsel.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XI - U04 and Incuranot
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1 . What are the three areas of potential liability for an asbestos abatement project
designer?
2. What type of liability is associated with failing to perform work in accordance with
skills of the profession?
3. What type of protection does general liability insurance provide?
4. What is the difference between •occurrence* and "claims made* liability insurance?
5. Name the types of contract documents typically used for asbestos abatement
projects.
6. Is "state-of-the-art" technology always imperative when designing an asbestos
abatement project? If not, give an example of when a lesser degree of technology
might be more prudent.
7. Traditionally, what two types of bonds have been required in the construction
industry to protect owners or landlords against the contractor's [financial] default?
8. For removal projects being conducted in schools, abatement workers and
supervisors as well as inspectors, management planners and project designers
must be trained in accordance with what regulations?
-------
STUDENT ANNUAL AS8ESTO6 ABATEMENT PROJECT OEStQN
Section XI - Lugai and Incuranoa Comdwmtons
9. How long should a building owner maintain records of an abatement project?
10. Liquidated damage clauses are often used in abatement contracts by whom and for
what reason?
11. Prequalfication of contractors is helpful for what purpose?
12. Should air sampling be solely used to evaluate the completion of an abatement? If
not. what should supplement the air sampling?
13. IdeaBy, who should the air sampling professional be under contract with during an
abatement project?
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII - Federal. State and Local Rogutattxy Requirements
Paool
FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
INTRODUCTION
The federal agencies which oversee regulations pertaining to asbestos-containing
materials (ACM) include the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the Occupational
Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), the Department of Transportation (DOT), the
Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC). the Food and Drug Administration (FDA).
and the Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA). This section will focus on the
EPA. OSHA and DOT regulations which have the greatest impact on the design and
execution of an abatement project. This section will conclude with a discussion on
common variations between federal, state and local regulations.
The EPA traditionally has jurisdiction over issues that affect air. water and land. Following
this trend for asbestos, there arc EPA regulations which focus on minimizing the release of
asbestos fibers into the environment and accreditation of the work force. For asbestos-
related issues. EPA also regulates schools. These regulations require inspection,
assessment and control of ACM In schools conducting kindergarten through twelfth grade
classes. OSHA regulations focus on worker health and safety issues including procedures
for performing work, established permissible exposure limits for asbestos workers, and
requirements for protective equipment when working with ACM. DOT regulates the
packaging and shipping of asbestos-containing materials including waste generated
during an abatement project. States, counties and cities promulgate and enforce a wide
range of asbestos regulations which must be as stringent as the federal regulations, and
which also must be incorporated into the abatement project design.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII - Federal. Sate and Local Rugvtobxy Requirements
Page2
EPA REGULATIONS
The primary EPA asbestos regulations are listed and briefly summarized in Table XII-1.
The most important regulations, from a project designer's perspective, are covered in more
detail in the following section.
TABLE XIM
LISTING OF PRIMARY EPA ASBESTOS REGULATIONS
USEPA National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants
(NESHAP) Asbestos Regulations. 40 CFR 61, Subpart M.
USEPA Asbestos-Containing Materials in Schools: Final Rule and Notice.
40 CFR Part 763. Subpart E.
USEPA Friable Asbestos-Containing Materials in Schools; Identification
and Notification. 40 CFR Part 763. Subpart F.
USEPA Regulations Governing Asbestos Abatement Projects (Worker
Protection). 40 CFR 763. Subpart G.
USEPA Asbestos-Containing Materials in Schools: Model Accreditation
Plan, 40 CFR Part 763.
USEPA Asbestos Ban and Phaseout Rule. 40 CFR Part 763. Subpart I
(Remanded to EPA by U. S. Court of Appeals on October 18,1991).
This section will also discuss the Asbestos Information Act of 1988. P. L 100-577, that
required former and current manufacturers and processors of asbestos products to submit
information identifying their products to the EPA.
National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants
The National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP) for asbestos
were promulgated under section 112 of the Clean Air Act in 1973 and have undergone a
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PflOJECT DESJGN
Section XII - Federal. State and Local Rogutekxy Requirements
number of revisions, the latest on November 20, 1 990. The standards potentially apply to
all buildings including school and nonschool structures, and emphasize procedures for
minimizing emissions of asbestos fibers into the environment. With respect to asbestos
demolition and renovation activities, the NESHAP regulation addresses the following
topics:
• Applicability
• Notification requirements
• Asbestos emission control procedures
• Standards for insulating materials
• Waste disposal requirements for owners/operators
• Standards for operators of active disposal sites
• Requirements for operations that convert asbestos-containing material into
nonasbestos material
Concerning abatement projects, the important NESHAP areas to consider are applicability.
notification requirements, asbestos emission control procedures, and ACM waste disposal
practices and records. In some regions the administration of NESHAP has been
delegated to the state level, in which case the regulation may be more stringent or the
interpretation and enforcement may vary from the federal authorities. In any case, the
NESHAP administrator is a federal or state authority with primary responsibility for
regulation of asbestos abatement associated with building demolition or renovation.
Applicability - The revised NESHAP regulation added or amended some definitions which
are key to understanding the applicability of the regulations. These include the following:
"Regulated asbestos-containing material (RACM)" means (a) Friable
asbestos material; (b) Category I nonfriable ACM that has become friable;
(c) Category I nonfriable ACM that will be or has been subjected to sanding.
grinding, cutting, or abrading; or (d) Category II nonfriable ACM that has a
-------
STVOtNT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII - F*dafa<. State and Local Regulatory RoquirormHrts
Pago4
high probability of becoming or has become crumbled, pulverized, or
reduced to powder by the forces expected to act on the material in the
course of demolition or renovation operations regulated by this subpart.
"Renovation" means altering a facility or one or more facility components in
any way. including the stripping or removal of RACM from a facility
component.
"Demolition" means the wrecking or taking out of any load-supporting
structural member of a facility together with any related handling operations
or the intentional burning of any facility.
"Category I nonfriable asbestos-containing material (ACM)" means
asbestos-containing packings, gaskets, resilient floor covering, and asphalt
roofing products containing more than one percent asbestos as determined
using the method specified in Appendix A, Subpart F. 40 CFR Part 783.
Section 1, Polarized Ught Microscopy.
"Category II nonfriable ACM" means any material, excluding Category I
nonfriable ACM, containing more than one percent asbestos as determined
using the methods specified in Appendix A. Subpart F. 40 CFR Part 763.
Section 1, Polarized Light Microscopy that, when dry. cannot be crumbled,
pulverized, or reduced to powder by hand pressure.
"Friable asbestos material' means any material containing more than one
percent asbestos, that, when dry, can be crumbled pulverized, or reduced to
powder by hand pressure.
•Adequately wet* means to sufficiently mix or penetrate with liquid to prevent
the release of particles. If visible emissions are observed coming from the
material, then it is not adequately wet. However, lack of visible emissions
alone is not sufficient evidence of being adequately wet.
"Visible emissions" means any emissions which are visually detectable,
without the aid of instruments, coming from RACM or asbestos-containing
waste material.
Before conducting a renovation or demolition activity, building owners or
operators must thoroughly Inspect the facility or part of the facility where the
activity will occur for the presence of asbestos, Including friable, and
Category I and Category II nonfriable ACM.
If a facility contains the following amounts of RACM, it is subject to NESHAP regulations for
demolition and renovation activities which disturb the ACM:
• 260 linear feet (80 linear meters)
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII - Federal. State and Local Regulatory Roquromorts
PagoS
• 160 square feet (15 square meters)
• 35 cubic feet (1 cubic meter)
• Combined additive amount during a calendar year equals or exceeds any of the
above amounts
For demolition projects that wilt not involve more than the stated amounts of material, the
only action that is required is notification. Notification must be given to the NESHAP
administrator prior to building demolition. For renovation projects that disturb less than
the stated quantities, NESHAP does not apply.
Notification Requirements - The facility owner or contractor performing the demolition or
renovation project must notify the NESHAP administrator in writing. The notification can be
delivered by U. S. mail, commercial delivery service or hand delivery. Notification must be
postmarked or delivered ten days before renovation, demolition or any other activity begins
that would disturb ACM.
For combined additive renovations projected to occur in the coming year, notification must
be postmarked or delivered ten days before the end of the calendar year preceding the
year during which the work will be done. For emergencies, notification must be given as
soon as possible but no later than the following working day.
NESHAP notification requirements are extensive, including the following: name and
address of the building owner or manager; description and location of the building;
estimate of the approximate amount of friable ACM present in the facility; scheduled start
and completion dates of ACM removal; description of planned removal methods;
procedures to be used to comply with the requirements of this regulation; and name,
address and location of the disposal site.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
S*ctk>n XII - F*dara). Sato and Local Ftegutetxy Raqwrwnwtts
Pago 6
It should be noted that specific notification requirements may vary depending on the
interpretation of NESHAP requirements by a state or region. Therefore, a designer should
contact the local NESHAP administrator for detailed instructions. An example notification
form is provided in Figure XI1-1.
Asbestos Emission Control Procedures - Regulated asbestos-containing material
must be removed from a facility before any demolition or renovation
activities occur that would break up, dislodge or similarly disturb the
material.
The following exceptions are allowed during demolition and renovation:
• Category I nonfriabte ACM that is not in poor condition, is not friable and will not
be subjected to sanding, grinding, cutting or abrading does not have to be
removed
• ACM that is on a facaity component and is encased in concrete or other similar
material and is adequately wet when exposed does not have to be removed.
• ACM that was not accessible before testing and was not discovered until after
beginning the demoition or renovation project does not have to be removed.
(ACM exposed during demolition or renovation must be treated as ACM waste
material and kept adequately wet at all times until disposal.)
-------
STUDENT MANUAL
Aseesros ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Socbon Xfl - F*d»ral. S«to and Load Regulatory Ffequrvrwnts
Pag.7
P
Operator Preset t
Poitnark
C*t« R«cviv«d
Hoc if ic at. 100 t
I. TYPE OP NOTIFICATION < O-Or.?ln«l • - •*,!•*<] OC*»c*ll«d |i
II. FACILITY INFORMATION I :o«atlfy owner. n»n i il contractor. t/td oih«r «p*r*tor )
OWNER NAME:
C.tyi
H;
lipi
Cor.tcr: i
REMOVAL CONTRACTOR:
Ajdrrm
lipi
ConLicn
Tvll
OTBCS OPC.X».TO^i
Clt/i
St«t«i
tlpt
Con'.ict:
Tell
III. TYPE OP OPERATION (
o-Order^
••H«mov«t ion
j IV. IS ASBtSTCS P.^ISEKT? ( T«»/»o )
V. FACILITY DESCRIPTION < Is
•nd floor or room *«Kb*r )
Citji
Coontyi
tit* Uoc*tto«i
Si;«i
t at rtoorsi
la
Pr««**t o*»i
Prior U*«i
VI. PROCEDURE, IHCI.UDINC ANALYTICAI. HETBOP. IF APPROPRIATE, USED TO DETECT THS PRESENCE
OF ASBESTOS MATERIAL:
VII. APPROXIMATE AMOUNT Or
ASSESTO3, i::CLi
? T«-.«x>ry : AC-« itot. ••K>«vd
). C«l«,cr» ;i ACM Nut *r*ov«
-------
STUDENT MANUAL
AS8ESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XU - F«doral. State and toe* Regirfalory Rcqu
X. DESCRIPTION OF PLAWKTD DEMOLITION OR REWOVATIOH WOK*, AND KETBOO(S) TO BE OSES I
XI. DESCRIPTION OF WORK PRACTICES ASO ENGINEERING CONTROLS TO BE USED TO PREVENT
EMISSIONS OP ASBESTOS AT THE DEMOLITION AND REttOVATIOM CITE:
XII. HASTE TRANSPORTER II
Addrcaa
CUT-
&tatn
Contact Per torn
»1P,
T*i*pAOWI
WASTE TRANSPORTER 12
Cityi ~"
f.alci
Contact Prr«oni
lip.
T»lep.v><"» i
XIII. WASTT DISPOSAL SITE
CltTi
XIV. IP DEMOLITION ORDERED BY A COVEJUtMIHT ACTKCT. PLEASE IDENTin THE AGENCY BELOW:
§t« of Order (»w/DO/Tlli
iivi/DO/rT)i
XV. FOR EMUtCENCY RENOVATIONS
C«t« *nd Hour of n*rq«*er (>w/oc/tTii
o!
xv«nt>
o!
XVI. DESCRIPTION Of PROCEDURES TO BE FOLLOWED IM THE EVENT TBAT UKEXPECTED ASBESTOS IS
FOUND OR PREVIOUSLY WONFKIABLE ASBESTOS KATERiAL BECOMES CRW1BLED. PULVERIZED,
OR REDUCED TO POWDER.
XVI. I CERTIFY TBAT AN INDIVIDUAL TRAINED IN THE PROVISIONS OF THIS RZ3ULATIO8 (O CFR
PART 41. S'.-BPART M) WILL 3E ON-SITE CURING THE DEMOLITION OR RENOVATION AKO EVICCNC
THAT THE R£QUIK£D TRAINING HAS BEEN ACCOMPLISHED BY THIS PERSON WILL BE AVAILABLE
FOR INFECTION DCKING NORHAL BUSINESS HOURS. (Rnquirod 1 year after promulgation)
of
(D«tt)
J XVII. I CESTIJ'Y THAT THE A3OVE INTORKATION IS CORRECT.
(Sigr.At.ur* of owe*r/operator)
FIGURE XII-1 (CONTINUED)
NOTFICATKON OF DEMOLfTION AND RENOVATION
FEDERAL REGISTER, VOLUME 55, NO. 224, TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 20,1990
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII - F«doral. Stato and Local Rogutawy Ftoquiromonts
Page 9
• Category II nonfriable ACM that has a low probability of becoming crumbled.
pulverized or reduced to powder during demolition or renovation does not have
to be removed. If a Category II nonfriable ACM is damaged and becomes friable
during demolition or renovation, then it must be removed.
Building components covered with ACM can be removed in sections as long as all
exposed RACM is kept adequately wet during cutting or disjoining operations and lowered
to ground level without disturbing the ACM. The ACM on the components can be wrapped
and sealed in a leak-tight material such as 6-mil polyethylene or stripped in a contained
area using appropriate work practices.
RACM must be kept adequately wet during removal operations and carefully lowered to
the ground floor. Material being stripped or removed more than 50 feet above ground must
be transported via leak-tight chutes or containers. Exceptions from wetting ACM because
of damage to electrical equipment or other systems must be obtained in writing from the
NESHAP administrator. If the RACM is being removed from a work area with freezing
temperature conditions. It does not have to be kept wet. However, temperatures must be
recorded at the beginning, middle and end of each work day. These temperature records
must be maintained for two years.
In addition to these control procedures, there is a requirement that there must be a foreman
or management-level person trained in the provisions of NESHAP on site during
renovation or demolition activities. This person must receive refresher training every two
years and evidence that the required training has been completed must be posted on site
and available for inspection by the EPA or delegated agency. Training topics must include
applicability of the NESHAP regulation, notification, material identification, emission
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Secbon XII - Fodoral. Stato and Local Regulatory Roquromoftts
Pago 10
control procedures for removal and demolition, waste disposal work practices, reporting
and recordkeeping, and asbestos hazards and worker protection. EPA will recognize valid
accreditation of an AHERA asbestos abatement contractor/supervisor as satisfying the
asbestos NESHAP training requirements.
ACM Waste Disposal Practices and Records -The NESHAP regulation explicitly slates
that no visible emissions shall be generated to the outside air during the collection or
disposal of asbestos-containing waste material. The RACM must be adequately wetted
prior to removal and sealed or wrapped in leak-tight containers while it is still wet. The
containers holding asbestos waste must be labeled in accordance with OSHA
requirements [29 CFR 1926.58 (k)(2)]. If the containers are transported off the facility site,
they must be labeled with the name of the waste generator and the location at which the
waste was generated (see also DOT labeling requirements).
All regulated asbestos-containing waste material must be deposited as soon as practical
by the waste generator at a site that meets EPA requirements for operation as a disposal or
conversion facility. Owners and operators must maintain waste shipment records similar to
the example in Figure XII-2 including generator, local NESHAP administrator, quantity of
waste, disposal site operator and location, date of transport, transporter, and certification. If
the generator does not receive a signed copy of this record back from the waste disposal
facility within 35 days, the generator must attempt to determine the status of the shipment.
If the paperwork has not been received within 45 days, the generator must report the
situation to the local NESHAP administrator. The NESHAP regulation also Imposes
several requirements on operators of disposal facilities which are not covered in this
discussion.
-------
STUDENT HMNUAL
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PfWOECT DESIGN
S*e4on XII - F*dMl. StM* «nd Local FUgutotory Requirements
Generator |
1. «crk site narcc
2. Operator's na.te
3. ..aste disposal
sailing address
location
ana nai 1 ing address
Owner's nane
ana acdress
site (WOS) name,
, and physical site
Owner's
telephone no.
Operator's
telephone no.
WDS
phone no.
•l. Narr.e, and acdress of responsible agency
5. Description of
materials
6. Containers
No. Type
7. Total quantity
m3 (yd3)
Special handing instructions and additional information
| 9. CURATOR'S CERTIFICATION: 1 hereby declare that the contents of this
consignment are fully and accurately described above by proper shipping
name and are classified, packed, narked, anc labeled, and are in all
respects in proper condition for transport by highway according to
applicable international and government regulations.
Printed/typed nane & title
Signature
Month Day Year
10. Transporter 1 (Acknowledgment of receipt of materials)
frintea/typea name & title
Address and telephone no.
Signature
Month Day Year
l\. Transporter 2 (Acknowledgment of receipt of materials)
Printed/typec name & title
Address and telephone no.
Signature
Month Day Year
12. Discrepancy indication space
13. Waste disposal site
owner or operator: Certification of receipt of asbestos materials
covered by this manifest except as noted in item 12.
>/l
Pri
ntea/typec
name
&
t
itle
Signature
Month
Day
Year
FIGURE XII-2
WASTE SHIPMENT RECORD
FEDERAL REGISTER. VOLUME 55, NO. 224, TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 20,1990
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Xll - Federal. State and Local Regutuory Raquiremonls
flans - It may be of interest to the project designer to note that NESHAP banned certain
applications of asbestos-containing materials from 1973 to 1978 as follows:
1973 - spray-applied insulating materials
1976 - pre molded insulation (thermal system insulation), if friable
1978 - spray -applied decorative materials
EPA Regulations Regarding Asbestos In Schools
Several important legislative and regulatory actions have affected how public education
agencies manage and respond to asbestos-containing materials (ACM) in schools. The
1982 'Schools Rule* in 40 CFR Part 763 required all schools to conduct inspections for
friable ACM and to notify workers and parents of its location. Congress provided federal
funds, in the form of loans or grants, to schools to control ACM through the Asbestos
School Hazard Abatement Act (ASHAA) in 1984. In the 1986 Asbestos Hazard
Emergency Response Act (AHERA), Congress required EPA to promulgate regulations
which further addressed the identification, evaluation and control of ACM in schools. The
AHERA regulations, 40 CFR Part 763, Subpart E, became effective December 14, 1987.
ASHAA was reauthorized in 1990 as the Asbestos School Hazard Abatement
Reauthorization Act. or ASHARA, which extended the availability of federal funds to
schools through 1996. This Act also requires extension of accreditation and
training requirements which were originally Intended for work In schools to
Include Inspectors, designers, contractor supervisors and abatement workers
performing asbestos-related work In public and commercial buildings.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Secbon XII - Fwterti. Stttt «xl Locrt Regulatory B*quifwn*ntt
Pap 13
AHERA Regulations
Local education agencies (LEA) affected by AHERA were required to perform inspections
to identify friable and nonfriable ACM, evaluate the condition of the ACM and develop a
management plan outlining a control program. Trie initial inspection and management
plan requirements were to have been completed by May 9. 1989. All public and private
nonprofit elementary and secondary schools must comply with AHERA, and each LEA
must have a designated person to coordinate inspection, management planning,
operations and maintenance, and response actions. The AHERA regulations supplement
but do not supersede any requirements of OSHA or NESHAP.
Below is an AHERA overview for the asbestos abatement project designer on a topic-by-
topic basis. The requirements which are not likely to directly affect designers are
condensed. If performing other asbestos-related tasks in a school building, one must
acquire a much more thorough understanding of AHERA regulations than this summary
provides.
Inspection - AHERA requires accredited inspectors, those who have successfully
completed an EPA-approved course, to identify all asbestos-containing building materials
(ACBM) in the school and certain exterior materials. AHERA divides ACBM into three
categories-surfacing material, thermal system insulation, and miscellaneous. The
inspector must determine friability by touching all suspect ACBM.
Sampling and Analysis - LEAs can assume any or all suspect material is ACM. Otherwise,
a minimum of three to seven samples is required for characterizing different-sized areas of
surfacing material. Thermal system insulation requires three samples and one for patched
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII - Federal. State and Local Regulatory Requirements
PageW
areas. Although the inspector must estimate the quantity of suspect ACBM to determine
the correct number of samples, this number may or may not be reliable for design
purposes. Sample analysis is by polarized light microscopy and must be done by a
laboratory which is certified by the National Voluntary Lab Accreditation Program (NVLAP),
directed by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST). If any one sample
of a material is determined to be greater than one percent asbestos using AHERA
methodology, then the material is ACM. The designer should always check the laboratory
results in the inspection report to determine if further surveying, sampBng and analysis are
necessary prior to abatement design.
Assessment - An AHERA inspection report should assess the condition of ACBM found.
The assessment should determine if the condition is good, damaged, or significantly
damaged; the potential for future damage; and preventive measures which could be taken.
Remember that conditions may have changed since an initial AHERA inspection in 1987-
1988 or subsequent reinspections. which is another reason for carefully reviewing data
prior to developing a specification.
The Management Plan - The management plan is a dynamic document which rates the
priority of response actions to the condition of the ACBM found, describes the response
actions to be implemented, and is updated as actions occur. The management plan takes
risk of exposure, cost of response, and LEA budget into account in recommending how to
control and manage ACBM. The main criterion is that the response action must protect
human health and the environment. The LEA is responsible to implement the
management plan in a timely manner.
-------
STUDENT KMNUAL AS8ESTO6 ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII - F«d»fri. State and Coed Regulatory
Notification - LEAs must notify the parent-teacher organization and school workers of the
availabiBty of the management plan for their inspection.
Training - Custodial and maintenance employees who work in school buildings where
ACBM is present must be properly trained, and the LEA must notify short-term workers,
such as telephone and electric workers, of the location of ACBM. Additionally, inspectors.
management planners, response workers and supervisors, and project designers must all
receive EPA-accredited training. Project specifications should include the requirement that
property trained and accredited personnel be used, and should require documentation of
all certifications.
Response Actions -AHERA defines five response actions which LEAs can employ.
Removal, encapsulation, enclosure, repair, and operations and maintenance are all
allowed in certain situations. Damaged or significantly damaged thermal system insulation
ACBM must be repaired and maintained in undamaged condition. If repair is not possible.
then material must be removed. This is the most stringent AH ERA response requirement.
OSHA and NESHAP regulations must also be followed during school asbestos response
actions. Enclosure, encapsulation, removal, and responses to major fiber release
episodes in schools must all be designed by an accredited project designer.
Clearance Monitoring -AHERA defines specific clearance requirements for school
response actions. These are discussed in detail in the section on air sampling. Using
transmission electron microscopy (TEM) analysis, clearance can be achieved two ways.
Either (1) the average of five air samples taken inside the project area is less than 70
structures per square miHimeter, or (2) five air samples taken inside and five samples taken
outside the project area are not significantly statistically different as determined by the Z-
-------
STUDENTMANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESK3N
Section XII - Federal, Stato and Local Regulatory Fteqwfwnorts
Page 16
test and the average of three field blanks is less than 70 s/mrn2. PCM dearance is onty
allowed for projects which do not exceed 160 square feet or 260 linear feet of ACBM. In
this case, fiber concentration for each of five samples must be less than or equal to 0.01
fibers per cubic centimeter.
Periodic Surveillance and Reinsoection - The rule requires periodic surveillance and
reinspection to monitor asbestos-containing materials left in schools. Periodic surveillance
requires checking these materials every six months to determine if its condition has
changed since the last inspection or surveillance. In addition, schools must have an
accredited inspector relnspect and reassess the condition of remaining asbestos-
containing materials every three years and determine if the condition of the material
requires new response action activity.
Many AH ERA requirements are considered "state of the art" for the industry and as such
are employed in work outside schools. There is no current law requiring inspections and
management plans for public and commercial buildings. However, 1990 ASHARA
included a requirement that EPA write regulations to extend the AHERA training
requirements to cover asbestos work in public and commercial buildings. Prior to the
ASHARA deadline of November 28,1992, EPA's Office of Prevention. Pesticides and Toxic
Substances published Interim Guidance on ASHARA Requirements. In a letter
accompanying the document, EPA explained that they would not be able to fully address
significant ASHARA issues by the statutory deadline. However, the guidance document
stated that after November 28, 1992, all persons inspecting for asbestos or designing or
conducting response actions in public and commercial buildings shall be accredited in
accordance with AHERA training requirements. EPA interpreted "public and commercial
-------
STUDOn MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Secton XJ1 - Fadwal, State and Local Ragubtory Raqummants
Pa0*17
buildings* to exclude schools, apartment buildings of fewer than ten units and single-family
homes. Additional clarification and revision of the regulations are expected from EPA.
Worker Protection Rule
Certain employees of state and local governments are not covered under the OSHA
worker protection standard (29 CFR 1926.58) discussed later in this section. The purpose
of the EPA Asbestos Abatement Projects; Worker Protection; Final Rule is to extend the
OSHA worker safety guidelines to these government employees, especially those who
perform asbestos abatement work. The Worker Protection Rule. 40 CFR Part 763 Subpart
Q, became effective March 27.1987. and Is currently under revision.
When enacted, the rule was essentially the same as the OSHA regulations in 1987. It
provided for an exposure limit, exposure monitoring and recordkeeping. regulated areas.
worker protection devices and facilities, medical surveillance, hazard communication, and
notification requirements. However, the rule has not been amended as have the OSHA
standards on multiple occasions since 1987. Thus, there are currently many
discrepancies. Some of the most important differences are listed below.
'Employer' Definition - In order to protect state and local government employees, the rule
states that 'employer' means the public department, agency, or entity which hires an
employee. The term includes, but is not limited to, any state, county, city, or other local
government entity which operates or administers schools, a department of health or human
services, a Ibrary, a police department, a fire department, or similar public service agency
or office.
-------
STUD6HT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEUCKT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XI! - Federal. Sato and Local Regulatory Requirements
Page 18
Notification - Under the Worker Protection Rule, an employer must notify the appropriate
EPA Regional Asbestos Coordinator in writing at least ten days before starting abatement
work. The exceptions to this are emergencies, in which case notification is required within
48 hours, and projects involving abatement of less than three linear feet or three square
feet of asbestos-containing material. Also, if NESHAP notification (which is required for
demolition and renovation projects which disturb asbestos-containing material) is made
ten days before work begins, and the NESHAP notice clearly states that some of the work
will be performed by employees covered under the rule, then additional notification of the
Regional Coordinator is not required.
Excursion Limit - Section 763.121 (c) states a permisstole exposure limit (PEL) of 0.2 fiber
per cubic centimeter of air (fibers/cc). on an eight-hour time-weighted average basis.
However, there is no excursion limit written in the worker protection rule as there is in the
current OSHA standard. In the OSHA standard, the excursion limit is a short-term
exposure limit of one fiber per cubic centimeter average over a 30-minute time period.
Small Projects - Section 763.121 (eX6)(H)(iii)(B) provides employers no exception for
small-scale, short-duration projects in the (e) Regulated Areas requirements. (Currently,
this still resides in Appendix B of AHERA.) The Worker Protection Rule contains no parallel
to Appendix Q of the OSHA standard for regulating such activities. Appendix Q describes
several types of small-scale, short-duration projects and the appropriate safety measures
and engineering controls for use during these types of projects.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Soobon XII - f+donl. Stato nod loori Rogutetery Requirements
San fl/irf Phasfiout Rule
The EPA published Asbestos: Manufacture, Importation, Processing, and Distribution in
Commerce Prohibitions; Rnal Rule in the Federal Register on July 12, 1989. The purpose
was to 'prohibit, at staged Intervals, the future manufacture, importation, processing, and
distribution in commerce of asbestos in almost all products." Commonly known as the Ban
and Phaseout Rule, this section of 40 CFR 763 became effective August 25, 1989, except
for the information collection requirements which have not yet been approved.
However, on October 21, 1991, a Federal Appeals Court sent the rule back to EPA and
effectively suspended the rule except for those products which were out of production prior
to July 12,1989. The court held that the EPA did not properly consider less burdensome
alternatives to banning the products in these stages. Specifically, the court maintained that
the EPA did not evaluate the toxidty of likely alternatives to asbestos-containing products.
As of this writing, the EPA Is considering Its response to this ruling.
For information purposes, the following is a summary of many of the products that would
have been affected in each stage of the Ban and Phaseout Rule:
Stage 1: Felt products, corrugated and flat A/C sheet, floor tile, and
clothing;
Stage 2: Original equipment drum brake linings and disc brake pads,
clutch facings, automatic transmission and other friction
components, and beater-add and sheet gaskets (except in some
industrial uses);
Stage 3: Roof and other coatings, paper products, brake blocks, after-
market brake linings and pads, and A/C pipe and shingles.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII - Fedarai. State and Local Regulatory Raquhwncnts
The rule stated dates by which manufacturers of each of the three categories of asbestos-
containing products must provide labels, cease production, and end distribution. It also
provided that exemptions may be granted by the EPA only in very limited circumstances.
CONSUMER PRODUCT SAFETY COMMISSION
Proper sampling and assessment of waDboard and joint compound has been a topic of
interest in the asbestos abatement industry. There is insufficient research concerning the
types and concentration of asbestos in such materials. EPA has cited some firms for not
sampling these materials during AH ERA inspections. For these reasons, it is Important to
review a ban of asbestos in joint patching compound by the Consumer Product Safety
Commission (CPSC).
The CPSC banned "consumer patching compounds containing intentionally added
asbestos" with regulations published in 16 CFR 1304 in December 1977. The regulation
defines consumer patching compounds as "those that are customarily produced or
distributed for sale to or for the personal use, consumption or enjoyment of consumers in or
around a permanent or temporary household or residence, a school, in recreation, or
otherwise." The ban on manufacturing took effect January 16, 1978, and the ban on all
affected products took effect June 11, 1978.
Merely labeling products for industrial use only would not exdude them from the ban, so
the CPSC wrote a broad definition tor consumer patching compound. However, the
definition of "intentionally-added asbestos" did have an exception-"Whenever a
manufacturer finds out that the finished product contains asbestos, the manufacturer win be
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XU - Fodoral. Stato and Local ftegutatxy Requirements
Page 21
considered as knowingly using a raw material containing asbestos, unless the
manufacturer takes steps to reduce the asbestos to the maximum extent feastole." The
nature and extent of the steps were not in the rule.
Whatever the reason, joint compounds which contain over one percent asbestos have
been found in building construction completed nearly ten years after the ban took effect
This issue, along with future industry and regulatory decisions, is important to consider in
evaluating survey results.
OSHA REGULATIONS
OS HA has the legislated obligation to issue and enforce regulations which protect the
safety and health of workers. This is done by setting minimum standards with which
employers must comply. Project designers need to design projects so that there can be fun
compliance with OSHA regulations. However, merely meeting OSHA regulations will not
be adequate for protecting workers in some cases. OSHA has acknowledged that
some risk remains for workers at the current PEL Thus, the project designer may
choose to write and enforce more stringent specifications in order to protect workers from
safety and health hazards and to protect the building owner and project designer from
legal liabilities.
The official enforcement of OSHA standards for a project will be performed by either a
federal or state OSHA office and its enforcement officers. About half of the states and
territories have OSHA programs and the other half have federal OSHA programs.
California. Indiana, North Carolina, and Iowa are examples of states with OSHA programs.
Missouri, New Jersey, Georgia, and Mississippi are examples of states with federal OSHA
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
SoefeA XH - Federal. Stato and Local Rogutatory Requtotmente
Page 22
programs. Federal and state OSHA regulations and enforcement are usually similar, but
often not identical State regulations are not permitted to be less stringent than the federal
regulations. Regulatory interpretation and enforcement emphasis may vary some from
state to state, and from inspector to inspector, in both state and federal enforcement states.
Both the state program states and the federal program states have similar regulations with
which the project designer should be familiar. These federal regulations include:
• 29 CFR 1926.58 Asbestos Standard
• 29 CFR 1926.59 Hazard Communication Standard
• 29 CFR 1910.134 Respiratory Protection Standard
• 29 CFR 1926 General Safety and Health Requirements
A summary of these OSHA standards follows. However, project designers should also
obtain, study and follow the complete OSHA standards as they appear in the Code of
Federal Regulations (CFR). It should also be noted that the OSHA standard is currently
under revision.
29 CFR 1926.59 Construction Asbestos Standard
SCOPS and Application -OSHA has two specific asbestos standards-1926.58 and
1910.1001. The 1926 standard is intended for all asbestos control activities (including
operations and maintenance) since they are judged by OSHA to be construction and
maintenance actions regardless of the type facility in which they are performed. The
1910.1001 is a general industry standard for those companies still manufacturing
asbestos-containing products such as brake shoes and pads.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII - Fwtoral. Saw and Local Regulatory Raqutraments
Pap 23
Alf Limits - There are currently three limits for asbestos filers in air. The lowest air limit is
the action level (AL) of 0.1 fibers per cubic centimeter (f/cc) measured over an eight-hour
time-weighted average (TWA). Exceeding the AL only requires the employer to: continue
air monitoring, offer initial and annual asbestos training, offer an asbestos medical exam
after 30 days of exposure above the AL during a calendar year, and keep certain records.
The other two air limits are a permissible exposure limit (PEL) of 0.2 f/cc as an eight-hour
TWA and an excursion limit (EL) of 1.0 f/cc measured over the 30 minutes of maximum
exposure for each employee monitored. If either the PEL or EL limits are exceeded, then
the following are added to AL requirements: appropriate respirators and clothing must be
furnished and used as listed in the standard; a regulated area must be established.
contained, and placed under negative pressure (if feastole); a "competent person" must be
present at all work times to supervise the regulated area and the persons who enter and
exit it; eating, drinking, smoking, makeup, and chewing gum must be prohibited in the
regulated area; "Danger" signs (red. black and white in color with OSHA-required wording)
must be posted at all possbie entrances into the regulated area; other employees in the
area must be informed of the regulated area and its significance; any feasible engineering
and work practice controls must be implemented to reduce airborne fiber levels; a
decontamination area consisting of a dirty equipment room, shower area, clean room, and
storage facilities must be established for employees, equipment and supplies entering and
exiting the regulated area; and multiple records must be kept
At the time of publication of this manual, OSHA is proposing new exposure limits.
Communication Among Employers - This allows the other employers to train their
employees in the proper actions around the regulated area. It also informs the other
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESJGN
Stefan XII - Fodwal. State and local Regulatory Requirements
Pap 2*
employers of chemicals being used for the project so they can incorporate the chemicals
into their hazard communication program as appropriate.
Regulated Areas - These are required when either the PEL or EL are exceeded. Activities
in these areas must be supervised by an OSHA-defined asbestos 'competent person."
Asbestos 'Danger signs with required wording must be posted at all possible entrances.
The area must be contained and placed under negative pressure, if feasible; acceptable
respirators and clothing must be worn in the area; smoking, drinking, chewing gum, using
makeup, and eating must be prohibited in the area; all feasible engineering controls and
work practices must be used to reduce airborne fiber levels; and a decontamination setup
must be established.
Exposure Monitoring - Regardless of whether workers are wearing respirators,
representative air samples must be collected and analyzed according to Appendix B of the
standard lor an employees who might be exposed above one of the three air limits (AL,
PEL, and EL). According to the OSHA Field Operations Manual (FOM), at least seven
hours of sampling must be performed on each employee being checked for the eight-hour
limits. Additionally, if there is any possibility of the EL being exceeded for an employee, a
short-term sample (30-45 minutes) must be collected on that employee during his/her peak
exposure for comparison to the 30-minute EL. The OSHA FOM allows as few as 25
percent of the workers in each work category to be monitored. However, the employees
with the expected highest exposures should be included in the 25 percent monitored.
Appendix B requires the samples to be read by a person having passed the NKDSH 582
course or equivalent. OSHA compliance air samples must be analyzed with a phase
contrast microscope. Then, once the air monitoring results are received, they must be
posted or given in writing to al affected employees as soon as possible.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Snctioo XII - Fodon*. S»» and Local RoguteKxy Requirement*
Methods of Compliance - If the PEL or EL is being exceeded, then one or more of the
following must be used to the extent feasible to reduce employee exposure below or as
dose as possible to the PEL and EL: local exhaust ventiation wrth HEPA filters; general
ventilation systems; HEPA vacuum cleaners; containment and isolation; wet or chemical
methods; and prompt cleanup and disposal in leak-tight containers. Certain work practices
such as ACM removal with compressed air are prohibited.
RBsoiratorv Protection - Respirators must be used by all employees who would be
exposed above the PEL or EL. Only respirators approved by NIOSH for the contaminant
(such as asbestos) can be used. Then the respirators must be maintained and used within
the limits of the approvals. A written respirator program must be generated and followed
according to 29 CFR 1910.134
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XI - FvdoraJ, Stale and Local Roguluory Requirements
Pages
falling equipment, then other appropriate protective equipment (i.e. steel-toed shoes) must
be provided and worn. Asbestos-contaminated protective clothing must be used, handled.
cleaned, and/or disposed of in specified ways to prevent dispersion of the asbestos into
areas outside the regulated area. Protective clothing and equipment must be cleaned,
repaired or replaced to maintain effectiveness. Contaminated dothing and other items
being taken out of the regulated areas must be transported in sealed impermeable
containers and must be appropriately labeled. Laundries that are sent contaminated
dothing must be notified.
Hygiene Facilities and Practices - When employees are exposed above the PEL or EL,
the employer must establish a decontamination area for the employees. It must be
adjacent and connected to the regulated area. The decontamination area must at least
include a dean room, shower area, and dirty equipment room, in that order, leading from
the outside to the project area. The dean room must have lockers or other appropriate
storage containers for each employee's street dothing. The shower must indude a
combination of hot and cold water in accordance with the referenced 29 CFR 1910.141
standard. The dirty equipment room must be outfitted with impermeable, labeled bags or
containers for disposing or containing asbestos-contaminated dothing and supplies. The
asbestos competent person for the regulated area must ensure that employees enter and
exit the regulated area by correctly using the decontamination area. Even at exposures
below the AL, the employer must ensure that employees do not smoke in work areas
where they are occupationaJty exposed to asbestos because of activities in the work area.
Communication nf jJazards to Employees — The employer must train all employees who
are exposed to airborne fiber concentrations above the AL. Those employees must be
trained at the time of initial assignment and at least yearly thereafter. No specific duration
-------
STUOEKT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT OESXSN
Section Xn - F*dwtf. Stato and Local Ragutetory Re
is given for the training program, but it must cover: recognizing asbestos and ACM; health
hazards; the synergistic relationship between asbestos and smoking in producing lung
cancer; the potential benefit of a stop smoking program and the name, address and phone
number of at least one such local program which is available; the importance of necessary
protective controls to minimize exposure including, as appropriate, engineering controls,
work practices, respirators, housekeeping procedures, emergency procedures, and waste
disposal procedures; the use and meaning of the "Danger* signs and labels; proper use
and limitations of respirators; and the components and reasons for the medical
surveillance program. All training materials must be available to the employees without
cost and, if requested, to an OSHA or NIOSH representative.
Housekeeping - Al vacuuming equipment used must have HEPA filters. Asbestos waste,
scrap, debris, bags, containers, equipment, and asbestos-contaminated clothing
consigned for disposal must be collected and disposed in sealed and impermeable bags
or containers which are properly labeled.
Medical Surveillance - The employer must provide a medical surveillance program for all
employees prior to their wearing respirators or if they are exposed above the Al or EL for
more than 30 days per year. The exams must be by or under the supervision of a loensed
physician and must be provided at reasonable time and place without cost to the
employee. The exams must include a medical and work history using questionnaires from
Appenolces D of the standard and a physical examination with special emphasis directed
to the respiratory, cardiovascular and gastrointestinal systems; a chest X-ray at the
discretion of the physician; and a pulmonary function test. These exams must be made
available annually.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PflOJECT DESIGN
Section XII - F*
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII - Pectoral. State and local Rogutetory
29 CFR 1929.5$ f-lazard Communication Standard
General -This standard is often called the Federal Right-to-Know Regulation; Employee
Rkjht-to-Know, or Haz Com.
Scope - It applies to hazardous chemicals in a work area that an employee might be
exposed to while performing his or her job. Each employer must include all hazardous
chemicals to which his/her employees may be exposed, Including those belonging to other
parties, regardless of the origin.
Required Program Elements - The program must include: a site-specific Kst of hazardous
chemicals; a material safety data sheet (MSDS) at the site for each hazardous chemical on
the site-specific list; leaving the labels on the containers as they came from the
manufacturer or distributor; documented employee training concerning the program and
safe handing of the chemicals; and, a written program kept on site for each project
29 CFR 1910.134 Respiratory Standard
General - Four sections of this OSH A General Industry Standard for Respirators. 1910.134
(b), (d), (e) and (f). are incorporated into 29 CFR 1926.58 (h) and made mandatory by
reference. The specific requirements are presented in the Respiratory Protection section of
the notebook. The requirements include a complete written and implemented respirator
program and air quality specifications.
-------
STUDerr MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII - Fedora). State and Local ffegutatory Roqufewnents
Pa0*30
29 CFR 1926 General Safety and Health Recuirements
OSHA has specific and applicable construction standards for a variety of other safety and
health considerations which must be complied with, including: scaffolds, walking/working
surfaces, ladders, electrical, lockout/tagout, and confined space entry. Many of these are
covered in the section on Safety Considerations.
LIMITATIONS OF OSHA STANDARDS
The OSHA standards, like most government standards, are intended to
establish minimum levels of protection for the employees. For asbestos, OSHA
has acknowledged that its standard does leave significant risk to workers. In
some cases, the project designer may consider writing specifications which are
more stringent than the OSHA standards. Good examples of candidates for
tighter job specifications are: requiring employees to wear respirators and
protective clothing at trigger levels lower than or other than the PEL and EL;
using respirators which protect to a level lower than the OSHA allowed level of
0.2 f/cc inside the respirator; and requiring guard rails on all scaffolds
regardless of the height
•DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION (DOT) REGULATIONS'
The U.S Department of Transportation (DOT) administers the regulations for the
transportation of hazardous materials which are found in CFR Title 49. Parts 171 through
180. These hazardous materials regulations (HMR) apply to the transportation of
-------
STUOENTMANUM. AS8£STO6 ABATEMENT PROJECT DESCN
S«cbon XII - Fwdwml. State and Local Regulatory teqursmenls
Pag* 31
hazardous materials, including asbestos, in commerce. The main requirements covered in
theHMRare:
• Classifications of Materials
• Packaging
• Shipping
• Hazard Communication
All of these requirements are relevant to the design of asbestos projects. Recent changes
to the regulations require that both the past and current law as H pertains to abatement
design be reviewed in this section. It Is Important for the reader to note that the
newly revised regulations are still undergoing Interpretation. With time, It Is
likely that the practical Implementation of these regulations with respect to
asbestos-containing materials will become more clear. The discussion provided
here is meant to point out some of the more significant changes and when they are
projected to come into effect The reader will need to seek additional clarification on exact
requirements for labeling, placarding, etc. as these requirements become effective.
On October 1, 1991. regulations that significantly revised the HMR took effect. These
revisions were published in the Federal Register on December 21, 1990, as 49 CFR Part
107, et a!.. Performance-Oriented Packaging Standards; Changes of Classification,
Hazard Communication. Packaging and Handling Requirements Based on UN Standards
and Agency Initiative; Final Rule. Depending on interpretation, the new regulations may
significantly change the classification, packaging, shipping and hazard communication
requirements for asbestos.
-------
STUDENT UWJUAL AS8ESTO6 ABATEMEHT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII - Fwfcratf. SMt w>d Locd Ftogufatory FfcquirNTWfts
Pag* 32
Since the regulations became effective, the DOT has issued revisions to the HMR and has
indicated that more are likely. A recent significant revision was published in the Federal
Register on October 1, 1992. Written requests to the DOT for clarification of specific
asbestos issues in the HMR have also been made, but no official responses have been
noted as of this writing. Further, the effective dates for many of the requirements are
phased over the next few years which has deferred the impact of the rule. The previous
DOT asbestos regulations took more than a year of interpretations and revisions before
they were officially interpreted by the DOT and adopted by the asbestos abatement
industry.
This section will first review the previous DOT asbestos regulations. This will be followed
by a review of the significant changes to asbestos regulations in the revised HMR.
Previous DOT Regulations
The last substantive change to the HMR for asbestos was published in 1986. These
regulations were later revised and full adherence to the requirements were delayed until
January 1, 1988. Those regulations listed friable asbestos as a Class 9 hazardous
substance with a reportabte quantity (RQ) of one pound. Two shipping descriptions in the
hazardous materials table (HMT) applied to asbestos:
• Asbestos. ORM-C
• Hazardous substance, solid, n.o.s., ORM-E
The Asbestos, ORM-C classification was referred to as 'commercial value asbestos*
because of exceptions found in 173.1090 of the HMR which excluded "manufactured
products—whose commercial value is not dependent on their asbestos content.' DOT
-------
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Socbon XII - Ftdofal. Stata and loot ftogutattry Raqubomonts
designed this classification for refined asbestos which was used to make products and not
for asbestos-containing products or asbestos abatement waste.
For regulation of asbestos debris and waste from abatement projects, DOT directed the
industry to use the Hazardous Substance, Solid, N.O.S. (not otherwise specified), ORM-E
classification. The identification number for this classification was NA9188. This
classification required that any single container (bags or drums) of material which
exceeded the RQ (one pound) be labeled and transported in closed trucks or dumpsters.
Revised Regulations
Material Classification -The most obvious revision to the HMR is the proper shipping
names that are found in the HMT. In the December 1990 Final Rule, DOT eliminated the
former classifications and listed two new descriptions:
• Blue asbestos (croddolite) or Brown asbestos (amosite, mysorite)
• White asbestos (chrysotjle, actJnolite, anthophytlite, tremolite)
On October 1,1992. DOT published a revision of the Final Rule which designated the Blue
or Brown asbestos and White asbestos shipping names for international use and created a
new generic Asbestos shipping name for domestic transportation of aH forms of asbestos in
the United States. The identification number for domestic Asbestos is NA2212. The
following review will concentrate on the requirements of the domestic Asbestos
classification. Al forms of asbestos are Class 9 hazardous materials. The RQ for friable
asbestos remains one pound.
-------
STUD6KT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Soction XII - Fedora!, State and Local OsguUtory Roqurwnenls
Pag034
As with the previous HMR, there are exceptions to the rules. Nonfrlable asbestos
continues to be excepted and is not subject to the requirements of the HMR. The HMT also
lists a nonbulk quantity packaging exception in 173.216. While the issue of 'commercial
value" was dropped, this exception does exclude. "Asbestos which is immersed or fixed in
a natural or artificial binder material (such as cement plastic, asphalt, resins or mineral
ore), and manufactured products containing asbestos....' ft would seem that manufactured
products containing asbestos which are friable would not be excepted from the nonbulk
quantity packaging requirements.
Exceptions notwithstanding, the revised HMR includes a series of new requirements and
restrictions. The following paragraphs will review the packaging, shipping and hazard
communication requirements which pertain to the design of asbestos abatement projects.
Packaging Requirements - One of the major goals of the new HMR was to update and
improve the packaging requirements. DOT discarded the previous practice of directly
specifying the packaging for each material type and instead instituted two new concepts:
packing groups and performance-oriented packaging standards (POPS). Each material
classification is assigned to packing groups I. II or III based on the level of hazard
associated with transporting the material. Packing group I is the most restrictive, while
packing group III is the least restrictive. Asbestos is in packing group III.
There are extensive "performance" guidelines for packing group III POPS in the HMR, but
these do not appear to apply to asbestos because of two packaging exceptions in the
HMT, which are based on the weight of material in each container. Remember, nonfriabie
asbestos and friable asbestos less than the RO are already excluded from regulation
under the HMR.
-------
STUDENT MANUAL AS86STOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII - Federal. State and local Ftegutoiory Roquromonts
The first packaging exception found in 173.4 is for small quantities of Class 9 (asbestos)
materials. This exception stales a small quantity of material is excepted from other
packaging requirements (i.e., packing group) If it meets certain specified POPS criteria.
First, there must be no more than one ounce of material per container and the entire
package must not exceed 29 kg (64 pounds). While this will not apply to bags of asbestos
waste from abatement projects, it could apply to the shipment of bulk samples collected
prior to designing a project. Second, each container must be constructed of plastic,
earthenware, glass, or metal wtth a minimum thickness of 0.2 mm (0.008 inch). Sample
container lids must be held in place with wire, tape, or other positive means. Each
container must be secured inside the package with cushioning. Finally, once samples are
contained, specified package testing requirements must be certified to have been met
before shipment
The second exception to packaging regulations appfies to friable asbestos waste before it
is transported by a waste hauler. The weight of the material in each container is again the
determining factor. Because each container of asbestos waste will exceed the small
quantities exception in 173.4, it is instead subject to the exception for nonbuik quantities as
found in the already referenced 173.216. Nonbuik quantities are defined as a RQ less
than 30 kg (66 pounds). According to this exception, friable ACM must be transported in
rigid, leak-tight packaging such as fiber drums or hopper-type motor vehicles. Bags of
asbestos material must be dust and sift proof.
There are other noteworthy packaging issues in the HMR which could apply to an asbestos
abatement project One issue is the packaging requirements for mixtures of hazardous
materials. Assume that during the abatement project, a contractor removes both asbestos-
-------
STUDENT MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESJGN
Section XII - Fwtorat. State and Local Rogotafcxy Ftequiranwnis
Pap* 36
containing floor tile and mastic. A liquid mastic remover is used to remove the mastic. The
mastic remover is classified as a hazardous material According to the HMR, if more than
one hazardous material is combined, then the total material is classified according to the
highest applicable hazard class. Therefore, if mastic remover is combined with asbestos,
then the classification could be different and a whole new set of regulations for the higher
class of hazard would have to be followed.
During the course of the abatement project, a contractor may want to reuse some of his
fiber drums. This packaging will have to be inspected to ensure that it continues to
conform with the requirements of the rule prior to reuse. In addition, it may not be reused
unless it is free from incompatible residue, rupture, or other damage which reduces its
structural integrity. The new HMR also states that plastic packaging (plastic bags) may not
be reused at all.
Shipping - After the samples or asbestos waste are packaged, the shipper must select an
appropriate carrier. Just as the packaging regulations vary depending on the weight of
material, the regulations for shipping differ depending upon the material classification. Up
to 200 kg of asbestos can be sent on board passenger or cargo aircraft or rail car.
It is the shipper's responstoHity to determine what materials are being shipped, prior to
shipment. This is not possible In the case of bulk sample shipment because the samples
are being shipped in order to determine what the asbestos content is. Without any
knowledge of what the samples do or don't contain, the "worst case" must be assumed. In
other words, if the shipper thinks that there is asbestos in the samples, then the shipper
must assume that asbestos is In the samples. The asbestos content assumed to be in the
samples should be based upon past experience and professional judgment.
-------
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII - Federal, StaJo and Local Regulatory Raquirarrwrts
Page 37
Hazard Communication Requirements - Prior to abatement the designer wiB need to
incorporate the new HMR into the project specifications for enforcement during the project
An updating of specifications to incorporate the new hazard communications and
transportation requirements will be in order. It should be noted that while the HMR is
effective October 1, 1991, compliance with the hazard communication requirement for
Class 9 materials is not mandatory unti October 1, 1993.
The revised HMR Includes changes to the shipping papers, marking, packaging, and
transportation requirements. There is a transition period for complying with the new
shipping paper and label requirements. On preprinted labels and shipping papers, the
HMR requirements must be complied with no later than October 1, 1992. It should be
noted that there are exceptions to the marking and labeling requirements for limited
quantity (less than 66 pounds) shipments.
The HMR states that it is unlawful to tamper with any of the required markings or to
misrepresent the material being transported. Strictly speaking, only asbestos, asbestos-
containing materials, or asbestos-contaminated materials can be put into prelabeled,
premarked bags. Storage of other items, such as decontaminated respirators, extension
cords and towels in these bags will be unlawful.
The shipper is still required to prepare shipping papers for the asbestos being transported.
As required by current regulations, the shipping description, name of the shipper, and an
emergency response telephone number wHI continue to be required. The revised HMR
requires that the shipping description now include the proper shipping name, hazard class,
identification number, packing group, and total quantity of material. Furthermore, "RQ"
-------
STUDENT WNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESGN
Section XII - F^dorrf. Stile aod Local FtegutMory R0quir>m«nts
must be included at the beginning of the shipping description. The certifications that have
been required by current regulations on shipping papers have not been changed and must
still be included.
The shipper must mark packages greater than 66 pounds that contain asbestos. One
change In the HMR is that packages are to be marked with the consignee's or consignor's
name and address except when the material is transported by highway only and wil not be
transported from one motor carrier to another. In addition, the new HMR requires that
packages must now be marked with the proper shipping name and identification number
for the material contained in it Material that is authorized for transportation must have the
proper label with new specifications for the colors, design, durability, location, and printing
acceptable for the labels.
In addition, bags of asbestos material that are transported in closed motor vehicles are to
be loaded by and tor the exclusive use of the consignor and unloaded by the consignee."
This means that a contractor who removed the asbestos must load it onto the vehicle and
that the person who transports the material must unload it
If nonfriabte asbestos is the only waste being transported, the shipment is not subject to the
requirements of the HMR. This would include materials such as Transite, floor tile, resitent
sheet flooring, and roofing materials. These materials are those classified in the NESHAP
regulation as Category I and II nonfriabte materials. According to the NESHAP regulation,
these asbestos-containing materials could possibly be left in place during the demolition of
the building. Therefore, it appears that this final rule parallels the revised NESHAP
regulation and that construction debris will not be regulated under the new regulation even
though this debris could contain asbestos.
-------
STU06NTMANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PflOJECT DESIGN
Section XII - Federal. State and Local Regulatory Requirements
Page 38
STATE AND LOCAL REGULATIONS
States, counties, cities and localities are often permitted and choose to have and enforce
standards different from the federal standards and from each other's standards. For
example, state standards can usually be different from federal standards as long as they
are at least "as effective as' the federal standards.
The following are some of the areas for which states, counties, cities, and localities choose
to have and enforce standards different from the federal standards: certifications and
licenses for contractors, consultants, inspectors, air monitoring specialists and project
designers; NESHAP trigger limits and notification periods; project notifications and fees;
and not automatically accepting people certified in other states. Examples of differing state
and local requirements at the time of writing include: not being able to enter an abatement
area in New York City unless you have their "Limited Waste Handlers" license; being
required to have a Florida asbestos contractor's or consultant's license to direct work there;
and being required to be a licensed state asbestos abatement contractor or licensed state
asbestos roofing abatement contractor to perform work on asbestos-containing roofs in
Georgia. Many other states and cities have their own versions of differing regulations or
interpretations. Furthermore, those regulations and interpretations are subject to additions
and updates.
Thus, all project designers, consultants, and contractors need to learn the state and local
regulations of the area in which the project is being planned. Then they must comply with
the most stringent of all the applicable regulations while the project Is being performed.
-------
STUDENT UWJUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT D6SK3N
Section XII - Fwtorrf. State and Local Rogutetory Rcquwnonts
REVIEW QUESTIONS
1. What are the requirements for building inspections in the NESHAP regulations?
2. When was the last ban imposed on spray-applied fireproofing?
3. According to AH ERA, when must a LEA retain an accredited project designer?
4. What is ASMARA and what does It stipulate regarding training requirements?
5. What asbestos product did the CPSC ban in 1978?
6. List at least four OS HA standards that apply to asbestos abatement projects?
7. Name at least three locations/activities where OSHA requires asbestos 'Danger"
signs to be posted or placed?
8. What Is the reportable quantity for friable asbestos as stated in the DOT
regulations?
-------
SECTION XIII Design Workshop
-------
STUDENT ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
S«cton XIII-1 • Infrodurton to Lab
Page 2
1. INTRODUCTION TO LAB
In this first session of the design laboratory, your instructor(s) will explain the
concept of the design laboratory and dearly outline what will be required of you during
the remainder of the course.
The sections in your manual correspond to the sessions into which this course
is divided. Copies of the material used for discussion are included in your manual,
under the appropriate section. Also included for your benefit are a list of objectives for
each session, and in some cases, study questions which will help you review the main
points from the lectures. These questions will be helpful in preparation for the
examination at the end of the course.
Learning Objectives;
1. Understand philosophy of lab.
2. Understand structure of lab.
3. Understand objectives of lab.
4. Understand deliverables required of each workgroup.
-------
Exhibits
-------
OBJ CT1V
Use of —
Guideline Specifications
Drawings
Drawing Indexes
Details
Contracts, Pay Requests
Cost Estimates
-------
RESOURCES
Av il blel formation:
Physical Data of Facility
Existing Drawings
Slides of School
Survey Data
Management Plan
School District Objectives
Work Materials:
Abatement Drawings
Replacement Drawings
Abatement Specifications
Replacement Specifications
Contracts for Construction and Administration
Cost Estimates
-------
IMPORTANT
Copyrighted materials in this manual have been reproduced by
permission from the National Institute of Building Sciences and the
American Institute of Architects. AIA permission Is granted under license
#94043. The copyrighted materials in this manual cannot be used for any
other purposes than education/training. Information regarding the
purchase of the NIBS Model Guide Specifications Asbestos Abatement in
Buildings, AIA MASTERSPEC, or AIA Documents can be obtained by
calling the telephone numbers provided below.
National Institute of Building Sciences
1201 L Street, N.W., Suite 400
Washington, D.C. 20005
(202) 289-1092
American Institute of Architects
Office of the General Counsel
1735 New York Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20006
(202) 626-7391
/i
-------
STUDENT ASBESTOS ABATCMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XIII-1 • Ir.troducacn to Lab
1. Introduction to Lab
Learning Objectives of Introductory
Chapter
Exhibits
• Resources for Conducting
Laboratory Exercise
• Objectives of Laboratory
-------
DESIGN LABORATORY
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Lab
Learning Objectives of Introductory Chapter
Exhibits
• Resources for Conducting Laboratory Exercise
• Objectives of Laboratory
2. Problem Presentation
Learning Objectives and Study Questions
Exhibits
• Physical Data for Hypothetical AHERA School
• Inspection Report for Asbestos-Containing Materials
• Management Plan
3. Design Issues
Learning Objectives and Study Questions
Exhibits
• Critical Design Decisions
4. Drawings
Learning Objectives and Study Questions
Abatement Drawing Exhibits
• Floorplans for AHERA Elementary School
• Example Index of Abatement Drawings
• Example Abatement Detail Drawing
Replacement Drawing Exhibits
• Example Index of Replacement Drawings
• Example of Replacement Detail Drawings
Drawings Workshop
5. Specifications
Learning Objectives and Study Questions
Exhibits
• Examples from National Institute of Building Sciences Model Guide Specifications
• Examples from MASTERSPEC Replacement Specifications
• Example Project Manual Table of Contents
Specification Workshop
• Portions of NIBS and MASTERSPEC Specifications for markup
-------
6 Contracts and Administration
Learning Objectives and Study Questions
Exhibits
• AIA Document B141 - Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Architect
• AIA Document A101 - Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor
• AIA Document A201 - General Conditions of the Contract for Construction
• AIA Document G702 - Appfication and Certificate for Payment
Contracts and Administration Workshop
7. Cost Estimates
Learning Objectives and Study Questions
Exhibits
• Considerations for Preparing Cost Estimates
• Example Abatement Cost Estimating Forms
• Example Abatement Cost Estimates
Cost Estimate Workshop
8. Group Presentations
Learning Objectives
9. Instructors Design Lab Summary
Learning Objectives
Exhibits
-------
LIST OF DELIVERABLES
1. List of field data needed
2. List of assumptions
3. List of abatement drawings
4. Description of each sheet
5. Layout of each sneet
6. Edited abatement specifications (four sections)
7 List ol replacement drawings
8 Description cf each sheet
9 Layout of each sneet ^ana-drawn)
10. Edited replacement specifications (four sections)
11. Contracts
12. Cost estimates
a. A/E fee for total pro;ect including construction observation (one oerson
observing luii-tme), abatement design, and replacement design
b. Air monitoring fee
c. Total constructicn cost
• abatement
• renovation
d. Total project ccst - items a-»-b + c
-------
STJCCNT ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PHOJEC'DESIGN
Sec-jo-i XIII-2 • Pofcte-n P-ewniatwr
Page!
2. Problem Presentation
Learning Objectives and Study
Questions
Exhibits
• Physical Data for Hypothetical
AHERA School
• Inspection Report for Asbestos
Containing Materials
• Management Plan
-------
S'UCr.N' AS8ESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Xlil 2 • Problem Presentation
2. PROBLEM PRESENTATION
Learning Objectives:
1. Divide into workgroups.
2. Understand hypothetical design problem: "AHERA School".
Study Questions:
1. What are the benefits of using an interdisciplinary approach to asbestos
abatement?
2. What is the role of the designer in regard to the management plan?
3. Why should asbestos abatement projects be designed, not left to a
contractor to select the best method?
-------
Exhibits
-------
PHYSICAL DATA
Name of property: AHERA Elementary
Location: Comer of Elm Street and Wilson Avenue
Lonesome Plains, USA
Owner: Lonesome Plains School District
Dates of Construction: 1924 original building; 1962 addition
Square Footage: 1924 basement 7,200 SF
1924 first floor 7,200 SF
1924 second floor 7,200 SF
1962 first floor 7.200SF
1962 cafeteria 4.050 SF
1962 second floor 8,200 SF
Mechanical Systems:
1924 building - low pressure steam boiler and radiators
1962 addition - hot water boiler and finned tub radiation, cafeteria
served by package unit air conditioner
Window unit air conditioners in some classrooms
Roofing: 1924 - Original slate roof
1962 - Original 3-ply built-up roof and 1974 cover with 4-ply
built-up roof system
Major Renovations: 1974 Installed acoustical tile lay-in ceiling in admini-
stration offices, cafeteria, kitchen and library; New carpet in administration
offices and library; and Original ceilings left in place above new ceilings.
Elevator: Installed in 1962 addition
Windows: 1924 - Wood double hung
1962 - Aluminum frame
Ceilings: 1924 - Acoustical plaster on wood lath
1962 - Acoustical plaster on metal lath
- Sheetrock in all toilets
-------
PHYSICAL DATA
CODE COMPLIANCE:
School Board will authorize abatement/renovation designer to petition local
building official for variances for compliance with current codes. Items
requiring confirmation and/or clarification are noted below:
-manner of new fireproofing or re-spray.
-windows in walls between classrooms and corridor (as indicated
in slide presentation).
-electrical system does not require upgrade.
-no sprinkler system.
-------
PHYSICAL DATA
SCHEDULE:
JuneS: last day of school
June 6-14: move out/store furniture
June 15: begin abatement
July 1 -9: administration offices at school closed for
July 4th holiday
August 15: abatement/renovation complete
August 16-31: move in/re-occupy
September 1: first day of school
Administrative offices of school will remain in operation during summer
months, except as noted above. Offices cannot be relocated to on-site trailer,
and toilet facilities of the school must remain available for use. (Single unisex
toilet will be acceptable.) Telephone, fax, computer link, and air conditioning
must remain in full operation.
-------
PHYSICAL DATA
RENOVATION PROGRAM (following abatement):
The School Board has issued the following general guidelines regarding
replacement materials for renovation:
-Paint all areas damaged by abatement.
•New flooring material will be similar to existing type.
-Boiler and heating system will continue to operate; replacement/
upgrade are not part of this project.
-New acoustical lay-in ceiling tile and new lights will be installed
throughout. (Power system is adequate to install new
lighting.)
-Consideration will be given to new systems, etc., if designer's cost
trade-off study indicates budget will allow purchasing new.
-Roof is in good condition; no repairs needed.
-------
AHERA ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL
Lonesome Plains School District
Lonesome Plains, USA
INSPECTION FOR ASBESTOS-
CONTAINING MATERIAL
December 1, 1989
Job No. 89032
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
State City, USA
-------
APPENDIX VI
Results of Polarized Light
Microscopy Bulk Sample Analyses
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
KrasCty,U.SA
DateRaoeHvd: 9-20-89
Protect Nvw AHERA Elementary School
Client: Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AH ERA Elementary School
Laboratory I.D. No.: BSA401
Sample Type: 1924 boitef ins Jatkxi
Sample Description: White chunky matenai
DaleAnetyzBd: 9-25-89
Deteof Sample: 8-14-89
Cfant 1.0. Na: 89032-001
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1. Chrysotile
2. Amosite
3. OockJolite
4 Anthophyfltte
5. Tremolite/Actlnolite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2
3.
4.
5.
70%
B. NON-ASBESTOS
6. Celulose (paper/wood fibers)
7 Glass/Mineral Wool Fbers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovfte/Vermlcuilte)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
30%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
Kama* Cty. USA
OateRecafead: &-20-69
Protect Harem: AHERA Elementary School
COant Urasorne Ptalns School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory I.D. No,: BSA402
Sample Type: 1962 boiler insUatton
Sample Description: White, fibrous
Data Analyze* 9-25-99
Date of Sample: 8-14-69
CQent I.D. No.: 89032-002
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1. ChrysotUa
2. Amosite
3. CroadoJrte
4 AnthophyUite
5. Tremolite/Actinolite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
35%
B. NON^SBESTOS
6. Cellulose (paper/wood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovite/Vermiculite)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
65%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SBMCES
Karma Oy.U-SA
Bdk Satiate Amrvrii
DateRecatoed: 9-20-89
ProtectName: AHERA Elementary School
Client: Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AH ERA Elementary School
Laboratory I.D. No.: BSA403
Sample Type: Plp« insulation
Sample Description: Air cell
QtfaAntfyzad: 9-25-89
DcteofSampiK 8-14-89
Client 1.0. No.: 89032-003
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1. Chrysotie
2. Amosite
3. Crocriome
4. Anthoprryttlte
5. Tremolite/Actlnolrte
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1
2.
3.
4.
5.
50%
B. NON-ASBESTOS
6. Celulose (paper/wood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovite/Vermicuiite)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
40%
5%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
iCty.USA
Bdk SamrJa
Datertecafcwi: 9-20-89
Project Name: AHERA Elementary School
Otont Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Bementary School
Laboratory 1.0. No.: BSA404
Sample Type: Pfpe insulation
Sample Description: White, chunky material
Date Analyzed: 9-25-89
Date of Sample: 8-14-89
dent ID No.: 89032-004
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1. Chrysolite
2. Amosite
3 Crocidolite
4 Anthophyllte
5. Tremolite/Actinolite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
70%
B. NON-ASBESTOS
6. Cellulose (paper/wooo fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovtte/Vermtcufitd)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
30%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
Kama* Cty. USA
Data Rawed. 9-20-89
Project Nam* AHERA Bementary School
Client: Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory 1.0. No.: BSA405
Sample Type: Pipe insulation
Sample Description: White, fibrous
0*0 Analyzed: 9-25-89
Date of Sample: 8-14-89
CBent I.D. No.: 89032-005
ASBESTOS MINERALS
B.
1.
2.
3.
4
5.
ChrysotJle
Amosite
Crocidollte
Anthoprtyllle
Tremolite/Actlnolite
NON-ASBESTOS
6.
7.
8
9.
10.
11.
Celulose (paper /wood fibers)
Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
Binders
Mica (Muscovite /Vermculite)
Quartz
Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2. 65%
3.
4.
5.
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
35%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
.Cty.U-S-A.
OataRec*«d: 9-20-89
Project Nam: AHERA Elementary School
Client Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory I.D. No.: BSA406
Sample Type: Pipe joint Insulation
Sample Description: Whtte chunky material
QateAnatyzad: 9-2S-89
Date of Sample 8-14-69
Client I.D. No.: 89032-006
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1 Chrysotile
2. Amosrte
3. Crocidollte
4. AnthophyUtte
5. Tremollte/Actlnolrte
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
90%
B. NON-ASBESTOS
6. Cellulose (paper/wood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovite/Vermtoulite)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
10%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
Btrfk Samie AnBtafai
QateReoetod: 9-20-89
Project Namac AHERA Elementary School
Otent: Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory I.D. No,: BSA407
Sample Type: Pipe insutadon
Sample Description: White chunky material
Anatyzad: 9-25-S9
Data of Sample: S-14-69
CflentLD.Na: 89032-007
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1. Chrysotie
2. Amosrte
3. Crocidollte
4. Anthophylllte
5. Tremoiite/Actinolite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
60%
B. NON-ASBESTOS
6. C«ilu*ose (paper/wood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovite/Vermiculite)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
a
9.
10.
11.
40%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
KamwCty.U.SA
Date Receded: 9-20-89
Prafect Name AHERA Elementary School
(Sent Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory ID. No: BSA408
Sample Type: Pipe joint Insulation
Sample Oeecripbort White material
Date Analyzed: 9-25-69
DataofSampte: 8-14-89
CBent I.D. No.: 89032-008
ASBESTOS INERALS
i. ChrysotHe
2. Amosrte
3. Crocidolite
4. AnthophyUite
5. Tremollte/Actlnolite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
85%
B. NON-ASBESTOS
6. Celukwe (paper /wood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mtea( usoovite/VermiciJfce)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
15%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SBMCES
Kare»Cty. U.SA
Dale Receded: 9-20-89
Preset Name: AHERA Elementary School
atone Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory ID. No,: BSA409
Sample Type: Pipe joint insulation
Sample Descnpdon: While fibrous
QgtoAneJyzad: 9-25-69
Dele of Sample: 8-14-89
Otont I.D. No.: 89032-009
ASBESTOS MWERALS
1. ChrysotUo
2. Amosrt*
3. Cfoadollte
4. AntnophyHlrte
5. Tremolfte/Aciinoiite
ESTIMATED PERCEKTT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
75%
B. NON-ASBESTOS
6. Cellulose (paper/wood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovrte/VemnculiJe)
10. Quartz
11 Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
25%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
iCty.U.SA
9-20-89
Project Name: AHERA Bementary School
Client Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Bementary School
Laboratory I.D. Ho.: BSA410
Sample Type: Ptpe foint InsUation
Sample Description: White chunky
DateAnatyzad: 9-25-89
of Sample: 8-14-69
dent I.D. No.: 89032-010
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1. Chrysotie
2. AmosJte
3. Croddolife
4. Anthophyllrte
5. Tremolrte/Actinotae
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
70%
B. NONVkSBESTOS
6. C0I Jose (paper /wood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Woo Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovrte/Vermicume)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
30%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
KmasCty.USA
9-20-89
Project Nam* AHERA Elementary School
CSent Lonesome Rains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory ID. No.: BSA411
Sample Type: Acoustical plaster
Sample Description: White, fluffy material
DatoAmryzetfc 9-25-83
Date of Sampler 8-14-69
CIlenM.D. No.: 89032-011
ASBESTOS MINERALS
B.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Chrysotle
Amos it*
Ooodolite
Anthophyllite
Tremotoe/Acttnolite
NOW ASBESTOS
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Cellulose (paper /wood fibers)
Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
Binders
Mica (Muscovrte/Vermculite)
Quartz
Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1. 15%
2.
3.
4.
5.
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7
8.
9.
10.
11.
60%
25%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
I Cay USA
9-20-99
Project NamK AHERA Elementary School
CUenc Lonesome Plains School Dbtrtct
Survey Location: AH ERA Elementary School
Laboratory I.D. No.: BSA412
Sample Type: Acoustical plaster
Sample Description: White, fibrous
Dot* Analyzed: 9-25-99
Dote of Sample: 8-14-89
CUenM.D. No.: 89032-012
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1. Chrysotte
2. Amos*e
3. Crocidolite
4. Anthophytlrte
5. Tremoirte/Aclinolfte
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
20%
B. NON-ASBESTOS
6. Celuiose (paper/wood fibers)
7 Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovtte/Verrrucuiite)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
20%
60%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
KaneaBCty.U.SA
Data Recefead: 9-20-69
Project Nam* AHERA Bementary School
COant: Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory 1.0. Na: BSA413
SamplaType: Pipe insulation
Sample Oescnpttorr White chunky material
Date Anaryzad: 9-25-89
OataofSan^le: 8-14-89
Otent I.D. Na: 89032-013
ASBESTOS MINERALS
i. Chrysotrte
2. Amosrte
3. Crocidolrte
4. AnthophyUite
5. TremoKe/Actinoiite
ESTIMATED PEHCENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
60%
B. NON-ASBESTOS
6. Cellulose (paper/wood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovrte/Vermeulrte)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
a
9.
10.
11.
40%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
iCty.USA
DafteRecefead: 9-20-69
Protect Name: AHERA Elementary School
Cfant Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory I.D. No.: BSA414
Sample Type: Pipe joint Insulation
Sample Description: White chunky material
Dtt» Analyzed: 9-25-69
Dote of Sample: S-14-89
CUent I.D. No.: 89032-014
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1. Chrysotile
2. Amosite
3. Cfocxlolfte
4. AnthophyUrte
5. Tremolite/ActinoMe
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
85%
B SON-ASBESTOS
6. Celulose (paper/wood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovrte.A/ermtculfle)
10 Quartz
11 Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
15%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
iCty.U.SA
Data Received: 9-20-89
PfOjectNarnK AHERA Elementary School
COert Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory 1.0. No.: BSA415
Sample Type: Plaster brown coat
Sample Description: Ught tan cememitious
Date Analyzed: 9-25-89
Dote of Sample: 8-14-89
Cleat IJ5. No.: 89032-015
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Chrysotile
Amosite
Crocidolrte
Anthoprtylite
Tremolite/Actinolite
NON-ASBESTOS
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11
CeHulose (paper /wood libers)
Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
Binders
Mica (Muscovite /Vermjculite)
Quartz
Others
ESTMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4
5.
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
99%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
Kmtt Cty. USA
Dtfe Received: 9-20-89
Protect Nam* AHERA Bementary School
CSent Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory I.D. No.: BSA416
Sample Type: Plaster brown coat
Sample Description: Light tan cemerttnious
Dafc» Analyzed: 9-25-69
Date of Sample: 8-14-89
COentl.D. Na: 89032-016
ASBESTOS MINERALS
i. ChrysotHe
2. Amosde
3. Crcodolite
4 Anthophyllite
5. Tremoirte/Actinolite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4
5.
1%
B. NON-ASBESTOS
6 CeltJose (paper/wood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovite/Vermiculite)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
99%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
iCty.U.SA
DateRecetad: 9-20-89
Project Name: AHERA Elementary School
Client: Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AhCRA Elementary School
Laboratory I.D. No.: BSA417
Sample Type: Acoustical piaster
Sample Description: White, fluffy material
Dale Analyze* 9-25-89
Data of Sample: 8-14-89
Client I.D. No.: 89032-017
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1. Chrysotile
2. Amosite
3. Croodotite
4 Anthophyllite
5. Tremolite/Actlnome
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4
5.
35%
B. NON-ASBESTOS
6. Cellulose (paper/wood fibers)
7. Gltss/Mlneral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovite/Verrmculite)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
20%
45%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
KwwsCty.U.SA
Dtfaftocafeari: 9-20-S9
Project Name: AHERA Elementary School
COent Lonesome Ptains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory 1.0. No.: BSA418
Sample Type: Acoustical piaster
Sample Description: White, fibrous material
Oat* Analyzed: 9-25-89
Dote of Sample: 8-14-89
Otert I.D. No.: 89032-018
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1. Chrysotle
2. Amosrte
3. Crocidolrte
4 Anthophyllrte
5. Tremolrte/Actirtolite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
15%
NON-ASBESTOS
6. Cellulose (paper/wood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovrte/Vermiculrte)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
65%
20%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
KamwCty.U.SA
QeleReoitoBd: 9-2049
Prafact Name: AHEflA Elementary School
CHart Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory ID. No.: BSA419
Sample Type: Plaster brown coat
Sample Description: Light tan cememitious
OBtoAnatyzad: 9-25-89
Data of Sample: 8-14-89
CUeril.D. Ma: 89032-019
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1 ChrysoMe
2. Amosxe
3. Crocidolite
4 Anthophyllrte
5. Trwnollte/Actinolrte
ESTIMATED PERCENT
2
3.
4.
5.
B. NON-ASBESTOS
6. Cellulose (paper/wood fibers)
7. Gtoss/Mineral Wool Fibers
a Binders
9. Mica (Muscovite/VerTTttcuHe)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
99%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
Km*aCty,U.SA
Date Reowvwt 9-20-89
Project Name: AHERA Bementary School
dent Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory I.D. No.: BSA420
Sample Typec Plaster brown coat
Sample Oescnption: Light tan cementrtious
QateAnatyzad: 9-25-89
Date of Sample: 8-14-89
CBent LD. NOJ 89032-020
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1. Chrysotile
2. Amosrte
3. Croodolrte
4 Anthophytiite
5. Tremolite/Actinoiite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
KmMCty.USA
Date Receded: 9-20-89
Project Nairn: AHERA Eementary School
CQant: Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory I.D. No,: BSA421
Sample Type: 3ipe joint insulation
Sample Description: White chunky material
: 9-25-89
Dale or Sample: 8-14-69
CBent I.D. No.: 89032-021
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1 Chrysotile
2. Amosite
3. Ocodolite
4 Anthophyflite
5. Tremolite/Actinoiite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
65%
B. NON.AS8ESTOS
6. Cellulose (paper/wood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
3. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovrtc/'Vermiculite)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7
a
9.
10.
11.
35%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
iCty.U.SA
DateReoafced: 9-20-89
Project Nam*: AHERA Elementary School
Ctent- Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory I.D. No.: BSA422
Sample Type: Pipe joint Insulation
Sample Description: White chunky material
OetoAnetyzad: 9-25-89
Data of Sample: 8-14-89
Client 1.0. No.: 89032-022
ASBESTOS MINERALS
B.
1.
2.
3.
4
5.
Chrysotie
Amosne
Croctddite
Anthophyllite
Tremotite/Actinoitte
NON-ASBESTOS
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11
Cellulose (paper/wood fibers)
Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
Binders
Mica (Muscovrte/Vermiculrte)
Quartz
Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2. 70%
3.
4.
5.
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
30%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
KmatCty,U.SA
Bdk Sample Anarvsto
DataRecatoad: 9-20-89
Project Name: AHERA Elementary School
Cflent Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Bementary School
Laboratory 1.0. No.: BSA423
Sample Type: AcousticaJ plaster
Sample Description: White chunky material
DBteAnafyzad: 9-25-89
DM* of Sample: 8-14-89
CSent 1.0. No.: 89032-023
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1 Chrysotde
2. Amosrte
3. CrocidcJrte
4 Anthopriyflite
5 Tremolite/Actinolrte
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4
5.
B. NON-ASBESTOS
6 CeUidose (paper/wood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovite/Vermiculite)
10. Quartz
11 Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
60%
40%
Notes:
No asbestos detected
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SBMCES
KmnCty.USA
BtJk Samrie
DateReoatoad: 9-20-89
Project Name: AHERA Elementary School
C»ent Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory I.D. No,: BSA424
Sample Type: Acoustical plaster
Sample Description: White cnunky material
Analyzed: 9-25-69
Date of Sample: 8-14-89
Otert I.D. No.: 89032-024
ASBESTOS MWERALS
B.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Chrysolite
Amostte
Crocidome
Anthopnylite
Tremolite/Actinolite
NON-ASBESTOS
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Cellulose (paper /wood fibers)
Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
Binders
Mica (Muscovrte/Vermiculite)
Quartz
Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1. 1%
2.
3.
4.
5.
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7
8
9.
10.
11.
99%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
Karon Cty, USA
Data RecefeBd: 9-20-89
Project Name: AHERA Elementary School
Olart: Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory I.D. No.: BSA425
Sample Type: AcousticaJ plaster
Sample Description: White fluffy
9-25-69
D«to of Sample: 8-14-69
OJentl.D. No.: 89032-025
ASBESTOS MINERALS
I Chrysotfe
2. Amosrte
3. CrocidoJite
4. Anthophyllite
5. Tremoiite/Actinolite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1%
B. NON-ASBESTOS
6. Cellulose (paper/wood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscoviie/Vermiculite)
10 Quanz
11 Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
99%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
Kna>Cty,U.SA
Date Rooafrod: 9-20-89
Project Name: AHERA Eementary School
Otent Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory I.D. No,: BSA426
Sample Type: Acoustical piaster
Sample Description: White fibrous
Dat»A«*yzact 9-25-69
(Me of Sample: 8-14-69
Giant ID. No.: 89032-026
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1 Chrysotde
2. Amostte
3. Croctfolrte
4. Anttiophyllite
5. Tremolile/Actinciite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4
5.
1%
B. NON-AS8ESTOS
6. Cellulose (paper/wood fibers)
7. Gtass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8 Binders
9. Mica (Muscovite/Vermiculfte)
10. Quartz
11 Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
99%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
Data ReceiwBd: 9-20-89
Project Name: AHERA Elementary School
Client Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory I.D. No.: BSA427
Sample Type: Spray-applied fireproofing
Sample Description: Brown fibrous material
DatoAnalyzad: 9-25-89
Date of Sample: 8-14-69
CBent I.D. No.: 89032-027
ASBESTOS MINERALS
i. Chrysotile
2. Amosrte
3. Oocidolite
4 Anthophylllte
5. Tremolrte/Actinolite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4
5.
35%
B. NON-ASBESTOS
6. Cellulose (paper /wooo fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9 Mica (Muscovite/Vermiculite)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
20%
45%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
Date Received: 9-20-89
Project Name: AH6RA Bementary School
CSent lonesome Rains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory I.D. Na: BSA428
Sampte Type Spray-applied fireproofinq
Sample Description: Brown fibrous material
DatoAnaryzed: 9-25-88
Data of Sample: 8-14-69
CHentl.D. No.: 89032-028
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1. Chrysotile
2. Amosite
3. Croodoiite
4. Anmophyllite
5. TremoJrte/Actinoiite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5
35%
B. NON-ASBESTOS
6. CeflUose (paoer/wood fibers)
7 Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovite/Vermiculite)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
20%
45%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL S8MCES
KamwCty.U.SA
Data Received: 9-20-89
Project Name: AHERA Eementary School
Client: Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory I.D. No.: BSA429
Sample Type: Spray-applied hreproofing
Sample Description: Brown granular material
Dote Analyzed: 9-25-89
DataofSampte: 8-14-89
Okrtl.D. No. 89032-029
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1. Chrysodle
2. Amosite
3. Crocidolrte
4. Anthophytlite
5. Tremoiae/AcJinolite
ESTIMATED PERCEhfT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
40%
NON-ASBESTOS
6. Celulose (paper/wood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovite /Vermiculite)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
20%
40%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
iCty.U.SuA.
9-20-89
Prefect Name AHERA Elementary School
CBent: Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory I.D. No.: BSA430
Sample Type; Spray-applied fireproofing
Sample Description: Brown fibrous
DtteAnatyiMt 9-2S-89
Dote of Sample: 8-14-89
CUent I.D. Na: 89032-030
ASBESTOS MINERALS
B.
1.
2.
3.
4
5.
Chrysotde
Amosrte
Crccidolite
Anthopnyllite
Tremolite/Actinoiite
NON-ASBESTOS
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Cellulose (paper/wood fibers)
Glass/ Mineral Wool Fibers
Binders
Mica (Muscovite /Vermiculite)
Quartz
Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1. 30%
2.
3.
4.
5.
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
35%
35%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
Ktf»ttCty.U.SA
Bit
DoteRecervKi: 9-20-89
Project Name: AHERA Elementary School
Otert: Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory 1.0. No.: BSA431
Sample Type: Spray-applied lireoroofing
Sample Description: Brown /gray fibrous material
CMe Analyzed: 9-2S-89
Date of Samp** 8-14-89
Cflent ID. No.: 89032-031
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1. Chrysotde
2. Amosrte
3. Crcodolrie
4. Anthopfiyllite
5. Tremolite/Actinolite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
35%
B. NON-ASBESTOS
6. Cellulose (paper/wood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9 Mica (Muscovite/Verrruculrte)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
20%
45%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
iCty.U&A.
Data Recatoed: 9-20-89
Pra^act Name: AHERA Elementary School
Client Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHEHA Elementary School
Laboratory I.D. No.: BSA432
Sample Type: Spray-applied fireproofing
Sample Description: Brown granular material
D*B Analyzed: 9-25-89
Date 01 Sample: 8-14-89
CHent 1.0. No.: 89032-032
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1 Chrysorte
2. Amosite
3. Crocidolfte
4 Anthopnytlite
5. Tremolrte/Actinolite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
45%
NON^ASBESTOS
6. Cellulose (paper/wood fibers)
7 Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8 Binders
9. Mica (Muscovrte/Vermiculite)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
20%
35%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
MJ.SA
OateReceiwed: 9-20-89 CM*AnafyzB* 9-2S-69
Project Name: AJHERA Elementary School
COant Lonesome Plains School Dfetnct
Survey Locator AHER A Elementary School Data of Sample: 8-14-89
Laboratory ID Na: BSA433 Oiert ID Ho.: 89032-033
Sample Type: Spray-applied lireproding
Sample Description: Brown, loose, granular material
A. ASBESTOS MINERALS ESTIMATED PERCENT
1. 35%
2.
3.
4
5.
8. NON-ASBESTOS ESTIMATED PERCENT
6
7.
8. 20%
9. 45%
10.
11.
Notes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Chrysotde
Amosfle
Crocidolite
Anthophyllite
TremolJte/Actinoi.ie
NON ASBESTOS
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Celulose (paper /wood fibers)
Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
Binders
Mica (Muscovite /Vermculite)
Quara
Others
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
Cty.OSA
DateRflcefeod: 9-2Q-S9
Project Name: AHERA Elementary School
Client: Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory I.D. No.: BSA434
Sample Type: Acoustical piaster
Sample Description: White fibrous
Data Analyzed: 9-25-89
Date of Sample: 8-14-69
Cfienl 1.0. No.: 89032-034
ASBESTOS MINERALS
i. ChrysotHe
2. Amosrte
3. Croctdolite
4. Antnophyllite
5. Tremolite/Actinoirte
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1%
B. NON-ASBESTOS
6. Cellulose (papor/Mood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovite;VermioJrte)
10. Quartz
n. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
99%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
Kara»Cty.U.SA
9-20-89
Project Name: AHERA Elementary School
Cflert: Lonesome Plains School District
Suvey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory I.D. No.: BSA435
Sample Type: Acoustical plaster
Sample Description: White fibrous materai
DrtB Analyzed: 9-25-89
Date of Sample: 8-14-89
Otert I.D. Ma: 89032-035
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1 Chrysotile
2. Amosrte
3. Occidolrte
4 Anthophyilite
5. Tremoiite/Actlnoiite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1
2.
3.
4.
5.
1%
B. NON-ASBESTOS
6. CeDulose (paper/wood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovne/VenncJrte)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
99%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
Kanee.Cty.USA
: 9-20-89
Protect Name: AHERA Elementary Schod
CUent Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory I.D. No.: BSA436
Sample Type: Floor Ue. green
Sample Description: Green granular ti!e material
Dete Analyzed: 9-25-89
Date of Sample: 8-14-89
CQent I.D. No.: 89032-036
ASBESTOS (MINERALS
1 ChrysotHe
2. Amosrte
3. Croodolrte
4. Arthopnyilite
5. Tremolite/Actinolite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
2%
B. NON-ASBESTOS
6 Cellulose (paper/wood fibers)
7 Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8 Binders
9 Mica (Muscovite/Verrniculite)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
95%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
Kansas Cfty, U.SA
0*0Rec*fcad: 9-20-89
Project Nam* AHERA Elementary School
Caere Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory I.D. No.: BSA437
Sample Type: ROOT Ue. brown. 9" x 9"
Sample Description: Brown granular
DtfaAneJyzad: 9-2S-89
DtfeorSampte: 8-14^9
CUert ID. Na: 89032-037
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1 ChrysotiJe
2. Amosrte
3. Croddoirte
4. Anthophyllite
5. Tremolite/Actinoiite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1%
B NON-ASBESTOS
6. Cellulose (paper/wood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovtte/Vermicuiite)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
99%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
D*0Rec*feKi: 9-20-89
Project Nam* AHERAElementarySchod
Cfent Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory 1.0. Na: BSA438
Sample Type: ROOT tile, yellow
Sample Description: Yellow chunky me material
DeteAnrtyzad: 9-25-89
Detaof Sample: 8-14-89
Cflent I.D. No.: 89032-038
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1. ChrysoUe
2. Amosite
3. Crocidolhe
4 Anthophyllite
5 Tremolfle/Actinolite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4
5.
2%
B. NON-ASBESTOS
6. Cellulose (paper/wood fibers)
7 Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mtea (Muscovrte/VermicJite)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
95%
3%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
&U.SA
BufcSamtoAnatvsia
Date Received: 9-2O-89
Project Name: AHERA Elementary Schod
dent Lonesome Plains Schod District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory I.D. No.: BSA439
Sample Type: ROOT tile, green. 9* x 9*
Sample Description; Green, granular material
Date Analyzed: 9-25-89
Oat* of Sample: 8-14-39
OtentID No. 89032-039
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1. Chrysotile
2. Amosae
3. CrockJotrte
4 Anthopnyilite
5. Tremolrte/Actinolite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
3%
B. NON-ASBESTOS
6. Cellulose (paper/wood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovite/Vermiculite)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PEHCEhTT
6.
7
8.
9.
10.
11.
97%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
KmmwCty.U-SX
Bdfc 8amoto AneJvah
DateRecsMxt 9-20-69
Project Maim: AHERA Elementary School
CUent Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory 1.0. No.: BSA440
Sample Type: Floor tile, black, 9* x 9'
Sample Description: BlacK. granular
DtfaAnalyzKt 9-25-89
Date of Sample: 8-14-89
COent I.D. No.: 89032-040
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1 Chrysotde
2 Amosrte
3 Crocidolite
4 AnthophyUite
5. Tremolite/Actinol;te
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4
5.
1%
B. NON-ASBESTOS
6. Cflflulose (paper/wood fibers)
7 Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8 Binders
9. Mica (Muscovite/VermicUite)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
99%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
OtteReoatod: 9-20-89
Preset Name: AHERA Elementary School
dare Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory I.D. No.: SSA441
Sample Type: Pipe insulation
Sample Deacnptton: White, chunky
9-25-89
DataofSampte: 8-14-89
Cttert I.D. No.: 89032-041
ASBESTOS MINERALS
i Chrysotile
2. Amosrte
3. Cfcodolite
4 Anthophyllite
5. Tremolite/Actinolite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4
5.
60%
NON-ASBESTOS
6. Cellulose (paper/wood fibers)
7 Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8 Binders
9. Mica (Muscovrte/Vcrmculite)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
40%
Notes.
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
KeneeftCty.U&A.
Date Received: 9-20-89
Protect Name: AHERA Bementary Schod
CBent Lonesome Plains Schod District
Survey Location: AHERA Bementary Schod
Laboratory I.D. No.: BSA442
Sample Type: Pipe insulation
Sample Description: White chunky material
Date Analyze* 9-25-89
Date of Sample: 8-14-89
CUent I.D. Na: 89032-042
ASBESTOS INERALS
1 Chrysotile
2. Amosite
3. Crociddite
4. Anthophyil.le
5. Tremdrtc/Actinolite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
50%
B. NON-ASBESTOS
6. Cellulose (paper /wood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wod Fibers
8. Binders
9. lea (Muscovrte/Vermtculite)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
50%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
KwwaCty.U.SA
Data Beoetad: 9-20-89
Propel Nairn: AHERA Bementary School
Client Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Bementary School
Laboratory I.D. No.: BSA443
Sample Type: Pipe insulation
Sample Description: White fibrous
D*B Analyzed: 9-25-69
Oat* of Sample: 8-14-69
(Sent I.D. No.: 89032-043
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1. Chrysotile
2. Amosite
3. Croodolrte
4. Anthophyllite
5. Tremolrte/Actinoiite
ESTIMATED PEnCENT
V
2.
3.
4.
5.
40%
B. NON-ASBESTOS
6. Ceiulose (paper/wood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovrte/Vermeuirte}
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7
8
9.
10.
11.
60%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
Bitfk Samcte Anatvsta
Dale Received: 9-20-89
Prefect Name: AHERA Elementary School
Client: Lonesome Rains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory 1.0. No,: BSA444
Sample Type: Pipe insulation
Sample Description: White chunky
DeteAnetyzad: 9-25-69
Data of Sample: 8-14-89
Client 1.0. Na: 89032-044
ASBESTOS INERALS
1. Chrysotile
2. Amosite
3. Crocidolite
4 Anthophyilite
5. TremcJite/Actlnolite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
65%
B. NON-ASBESTOS
6. Cellulose (paper/wood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. lea (Muscovrte/Vermiculite)
10. Quartz
11 Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
35%
Notes.
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
f.USA
Data Recetod: 9-20-89
Prefect Name: AHERA Bernentary Schod
Client Lonesome Rains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary Schod
Laboratory ID. No.: BSA445
Sample Type: Pipe joint insulation
Sample Oescnptton: White fibrous
DateAnatyzBd: 9-25-89
Date of Sample: 8-14-89
Client I.O. No.: 89032-045
ASBESTOS (MINERALS
1. Chrysolite
2. Amosrte
3. Crcoddite
4. Anthophyllite
5. Tremdrte/Act indite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
45%
B. NON-ASBESTOS
6. Cellulose (paper/wood fibers)
7 Glass/Mineral Wod Fibers
8 Binders
9. Mica (Muscovtfe/VermicuUe)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
55%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
KanMBCty.USA
DaleReoarvad: 9-20-89
Project Nam* AHERA Elementary School
atone Lonesome Plains School District
S**vey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory t.D. No.: BSA446
Sample Type: Flue
Sample Description: Gray cementitkxis
DrttAnrtyzod: 9-2S-Q9
Date ot Sample: 8-14-89
Client I.D. No.: 89032-046
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1. Chrysotle
2. Amosrte
3. Oocidolite
4. Antnophylirte
5. Tremolite/Actinoiite
ESTIMATED PERCEMT
1.
2
3.
4
5.
65%
B. NON-ASBESTOS
6 Cellulose (paper/wood fibers)
7 Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8 Binders
9. Mtea (Muscovite/Vermiculite)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7
8
9.
10.
11.
35%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
Kansas Cty.U.SA
QateRecatoad: 9-20-89
Project Name AHERA Elementary School
Client Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory ID No.: BSA447
Sample Type: Rue
Sample Description: Gray cementitious
DateAnatyzad: 9-25-89
Data of Sample: 8-14-89
Client ID Na: 89032-047
ASBESTOS MINERALS
i. Chrysotde
2. Amosfte
3 Crocxjolite
4 Antnophyflite
5. Tremolite/Acti.Tolite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2,
3.
4
5.
45%
NON ASBESTOS
6 Cellulose (paper/wood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
3. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovde/Vermicdite)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
55%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
Kama* Cty. USA
tSanrie Afrtvsfe
Date Received: 9-20-69
Protect Name: AHERA Elementary School
den: Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location; AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory ID. No.. 8SA448
Sample Type: Mot water tank
Sample Description: White chunky material
DataAnatyzad: 9-2549
Dace oi Sample: 8-14-89
OJentl.D. Na: 89032-048
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1. Chrysotde
2. Amosite
3. Croodolrte
4 Anthophyllite
5. Tremolrte/Actinoirte
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2. 70%
3.
4
5.
B.
NON^SBESTOS
6. Cellulose (paper/wood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovite/Vermiajlite)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
30%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
i CXy. US A
BtJk Samoto AraivsiB
Date Receded 9-20-89
Project Name: AHERA Elementary School
OJent Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory ID. No.: BSA449
Sample Type: Floor tile • 9* x 9* blue
Sample Description: White chunky material
DetaAnaryzad: 9-25-89
Date of Sample: 8-14-89
COertt I.D. No.: 89032-049
ASBESTOS (MINERALS
i. Chrysotiie
2. Amosite
3. Crcodolrte
4. AnthophyllJte
5. Tremolrte/Actinolite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
3%
B. NON-ASBESTOS
6. Cell Jose (paper/wood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovite/Vermiculite)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
a
9.
10.
11.
97%
Notes:
Mastic material negative
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
KlfMttCty.U.SA
BdtcSamdeAnafvsfe
Oats Received: 9-20-89
Project Name: AHERA Bementary School
CUenL Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory I D. No : BSA450
Sample Type: Carpet mastic
Sample Description: White chunky material
Data Analyzed: 9-25-69
Data of Sample: 8-14-89
Cflent I.D. No.: 89032-050
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1 Chrysotle
2. Amosite
3. Crocdolite
4. AnthophyllKe
5. Tremolite/Actinol.le
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
NON-ASBESTOS
6. Cellulose (paper /wood fibers)
7 Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8 Binders
9. Mica (Muscovrte/Vermicdite)
10 Quartz
11 Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
a
9.
10.
11.
90%
10%
Notes:
No asbestos detected
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
Kansas Cty. USA
BtJk Sarnie Anehnfe
Data Received: 9-20-89
Project Name: AH ERA Elementary School
Cflert: Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory I.D. No.: 3SA451
Sample Type: Carpet mastic
Sample Description: White chunky material
Data Analyzed: 9-25-99
Data of Sample: 8-14-89
Client I.D. No.: 89032-051
ASBESTOS MINERALS
i. ChrysoUe
2. Amosrte
3. Crocidolite
4. Anthophylirte
5. Tremolite/Actinolite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B NON-ASBESTOS
6. Cellulose (paper/wood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovtfe/Vermiculite)
10. Quartz
n. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
90%
10%
Notes:
No asbestos detected
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SBMCES
Kama* Cty. USA
Bufc Sanmte Anarvsfe
DateReceMK* 9-20-89
Project Name: AH ERA Elementary School
dent Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory I.D. Ho.: BSA452
Sample Type: ROOT tile, green
Sample Description: Green, granular tde material
DtteAnatyzed: 9-25-89
Oatao*Sample:
Olent 1.0. No.: 89032-052
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1 Chrysotile
2. AmosJte
3. Crocidolite
4. Anthophyllrte
5. Tremolite/Actinolite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
2.
3.
4
5.
B. NON-ASBESTOS
6. Cellulose (paper/wood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovite/Venniculrte)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
95%
3%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
iCty.U.SA
DateRecetact 9-20-39
Project Name AHERA Bementary School
Cfant Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Loc^ton: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory 1.0. No.: BSA453
Sample Type: Floor tile, green
Sample Description: Green, granular tile material
Dtf» Analyzed: 9-25-89
OrtB of Sample: 8-14-89
CUent LD. No.: 89032-053
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1. Chrysotile
2. Amosite
3. CrocWoirte
4. Anthophyllite
5. Tremolite/Actinolite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
2.
3.
4.
5.
NOW ASBESTOS
6. CellUose (paper/wood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovrte/Vermiculrte)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
95%
3%
Notes:
Mastic matenai negative
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
iCty.USA
Dote Recede* 8-20-89
Project Name: AHERA Elementary School
Cnant Lonesome Plains Schod District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory I.D. No.: BSA454
Sample Type: Floor tUe. black. 9" x 9"
Sample Description: Black, granular
DetBAneryzfid: 9-2S-89
Date of Sample: 8-14^89
Client I.D. Ma: 89032-054
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1. Chrysotile
2. Amosrte
3. Crocidoiite
4. Anthophyllite
5. Tremolite/Actinolite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
2.
3.
4
5.
B. NON-ASBESTOS
6. CeHulose (paper/wood fibers)
7 Glass/Mineral Wool Rbers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovite /Vermiculiie)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6
7
8.
9
10.
11.
97%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
Kama* Cty. USA
B«*k Sanwte Arrtvsfe
QeJeReceiwad: 9-2O-89
Prefect Name: AHERA Elementary Schod
Cflent: Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Bememary School
Laboratory I.O. No.: BSA455
Sample Type: Floor tKe. black. 9' x 9*
Sample Description: Black, granular
Data Analyzed: 9-25-69
Dote of Sample: 8-14-89
Otert I.D. Na: 89032-055
ASBESTOS MINERALS
i. ChrysotHe
2. Amosite
3. Crocidolite
4 Anthophyllite
5 Tremolite/Actinoiite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
Z
3.
4.
5.
B. NONVtSBESTOS
6. Cellulose (paper/wood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Ffcers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovrte/Vermcuirte)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
97%
Notes:
Mastic material negative
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
iCty.U.SA
OateRecwvad: 9-20-69
Protect Name: AHERA Elementary School
dart: Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory l.D. No.: BSA456
Sample Typo: ROOT trie. yeUow
Sample Description: Yelow. chunky tile material
OMe Analyzed: 9-25-89
DateafSampte: 8-14-89
Client 1.0. No.: 89032-056
ASBESTOS MINERALS
i. Chrysotde
2. Amosrte
3 Crocidolite
4. Anthoprtylite
5 Tremolite/Actinolrte
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
2%
B. NON-ASBESTOS
6. CeUiJose (paper/wood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovite.A/ermtculite)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
95%
3%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SBMCES
Kara* Cty. USA
Data Recetod: 9-20-89
Project Name: AHERA Elementary School
CBart: Lonesome Plains School District
Swvey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory 1.0. No.: 8SA457
Sample Type: ROOT tile, yellow
Sample Description. Yellow, cnunxy tile material
9-25-88
DaiaoiSampte: 8-1^89
OJert I.D. No.: 89032-057
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1. Cnrysotte
2. Amosite
3. Crcodolrte
4 AnthophyHite
5. Tremdite/Actinolrte
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
2%
B. NON-AS8ESTOS
6. Celulose (paper/wood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovrte/Vermicidtte)
10. Quara
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
95%
3%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
KmMCty,U.SA
Data RecaivKt: 9-20-89
Project Name: AHERA Elementary School
COent: Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory ID. No.: BSA458
Sample Type: Floor tile, green
Sample Description: Green, granular trie material
: 9-25-89
Date of Sample: 8-14-89
Qlent I.D Na: 89032-056
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1 Chrysotile
2. Amosrte
3 Croctdolrte
4 Anthoprryiiite
5. Tremdite/Actinolite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
2.
3.
4.
5.
B. NON-ASBESTOS
6. Cellulose (paper/wood fibers)
7 Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovrte/Verrrwculite)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
95%
3%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
KenswCty. U.SA
Bulk SamrJe Arrtvste
DateRecafeKi: 9-2O-89
Project Name: AHERA Bementary School
COent: Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory I.D. No.: BSA4S9
Sample Type: Acoustical ceding tile
Sample Description: White chunky material
DrttAnarynd: 9-2549
Date of San*** 8-14-89
Olent 1.0. Na: 69032-059
ASBESTOS MINERALS
i. Chrysolite
2. Amosite
3. Crocidolite
4. Anthophyllite
5. Tremotoe/Actinolrte
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B. NON-AS8ESTOS
6. Cellulose (paper/wood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. MJca (Muscovrte/Vermiculite)
10. Quartz
11 Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7
8.
9.
10.
11.
60%
40%
Notes:
No asbestos detected
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
iCty.U.SA
9-20-89
Project Name: AHERA Bernentary School
Giant Lonesome Plains School District
Suuey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory ID. No.: BSA460
Sample Type: Acoustical ceiling trie
Sample Description: White chunky material
DoteAnrfyzad: 9-25-89
8-14-89
CSent I.D. No.: 89032-060
ASBESTOS MINERALS
8.
1.
2.
3.
4
5.
Chrysotte
Amostte
Croadolite
AnthophyUrte
Tremotite/Actinol ite
NON-ASBESTOS
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
CelUose (paper/wood fibers)
Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
Binders
Mica (Muscovite/VermicuJite)
Quartz
Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
60%
40%
Notes:
No asbestos deteciea
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
iCty.U.SA
Date Received: 9-20-89
Project Name: AHERA Elementary School
dent Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory 1.0. Na: BSA461
Sample Type: Acoustical ceding Me
Sample Description: White chunky material
0*»AnrtyzBd: 9-2S-89
Dtfa of Sample: 8-14-89
Client 1.0. Na: 89032-061
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1 Chrysotile
2. Amosrie
3. Croctdolrte
4. AnthophyHite
5 Tremdrte/Actmolite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
8. NON-ASBESTOS
6. CeBUose (paper/wood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovfle/VermicuJite)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
&
9.
10.
11.
60%
40%
Notes:
No asbestos detected
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
/.U.SA
DataRecervwt 9-20-89
Project Name: AHERA Elementary School
dent Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory 1.0. No.: BSA462
Sample Type: Acoustical ceding tde
Sample Description: White chunky material
Date Analyzed: 9-25-89
Date of Sample: 8-14-89
Client I.D. No.: 89032-062
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1. Chrysotie
2. Amosite
3. Crcodolite
4. Antnophyllite
5. Tremolrte/Actmolite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
8. NON^SBESTOS
6. Cefldose (paper/wood fibers)
7 Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovite/Vermicuirte)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
60%
40%
Notes:
No asbestos detected
-------
ACE ANAL
KmttCty.lL&A.
Biik Samte Anriwsfa
9-20-89
Project Name: AHERA Bementary School
OtenL Lonesome Plains Schod District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary SchooJ
Laboratory ID No.: BSA463
Sample Type: Acoustical ceiling trie
Sample Description: White chunky materal
DiteAnafynd: 9-25-69
Date of Sample: 8-14-89
OienMD. No: 89032-063
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1. Chrysotlle
2. Amosite
3. CrocJdolrte
4. Anthophyllite
5. Tremolrte/Actinoiite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
8. NON.ASBESTOS
6. Cellulose (paper/wood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral WooJ Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovite/Vermiculite)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
60%
40%
Notes:
No asbestos detected
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
tCty.USA
BtJk Sttrato Anarvsfe
Data Received: 9-20-69
Project Name AHERA Elementary School
Otent Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory ID. No.: BSA464
Sample Type: insulation debris
Sample Description: White chunky material
QtfeAneJyzad: 9-2S49
OateofSimple: 8-14-69
CJtert I.D. No.: 89032-064
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1 Chrysotle
2. Amosite
3. Croodolite
4. Anthophyliite
5. Tremoiite/Actinoiite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1
2.
3.
4.
5.
70%
B. NON-ASSESTOS
6. CelJose (paper/wood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovite/Vermcuiite)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
30%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
Btft Sanwia Anrtoto
OoteReceivad: 9-20-89
Protect Mama: AHERA Bementary School
Otert Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory I.D. No,: BSA465
Sample Type: Insuiattondebns
Sample Description: White cnunky material
DrteArah/zad: 9-25-89
Date of Sample 8-14-89
Otent I.D. No.: 89032-065
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1. Chrysotite
2. Amosite
3. Oocidolite
4. Antnophyllite
5. Tremolrte/Actinoiite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1
2.
3.
4
5.
70%
B. NONWkSBESTOS
6. CelliJose (paper/wood libers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mtea (Muscovite/Venrocutrte)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
30%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
iCty.USA
BJk Satiate AnarvgiB
Data Recervad: 9-20-89
Prafact Name: AHERA Elementary School
Client: Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory 1.0. Na: BSA466
Sample Type: insulation debris
Sample Description: White chunky material
DeteAraiyzad: 9-25-S9
Dale of Sample: 8-14-89
Cflent I.D. No.: 89032-066
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1. Chrysotde
2. Amosite
3. Crocidolrte
4. Anthophyllrte
5. Tremolrte/Actinciite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
70%
B. NON-ASBESTOS
6. Cellulose (paper/wood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovite/Vermiculite)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
30%
Notes:
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
Kma»Cty,U.SA
BtaV Samde AnafvRfe
Data Received: 9-20-89
Project Name: AHERA Elementary School
Client Lonesome Rains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory I.D. No.: BSA467
Sample Type: Acoustical plaster (at wall)
Sample Description: White chunky material
DataAneiyzad: 9-25-89
Dale of Sample: 8-14-89
Client ID. No.: 89032-067
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1. Chrysotte
2 Amosite
3 Croctdolite
4 Anthophyllite
5 Tremoiite/Actinoiite
ESTIPUIATED PERCENT
1
2
3.
4
5.
B. NON-ASBESTOS
6 Cellulose (paper/wood fibers)
7 Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8 Binders
9 Mica (Muscovte/Venriculite)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
60%
40%
Notes:
No asbestos detected
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
Kansas Cty.U.SA
Dote Received: 9-20-89
Project Name: AHERA Elementary School
Client Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory I.D. No.: BSA468
Sample Type: Acoustical plaster (at wall)
Sample Description: White chunky material
DataAnafyzad: 9-25-89
Data of Sample: 8-14-89
CSent 1.0. Ma: 89032-068
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1 Chrysolite
2. Amosrte
3. Croadolite
4 Anthophytiite
5 TremoJite/Actinolite
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5
NON-ASBESTOS
6. Cellulose (paper/wood fibers)
7 Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovite/Vermtcultte)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
60%
40%
Notes:
No asbestos detected
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
KmnCty.USA
Ri4k Samia Anrfvafa
Dale Received: 9-20-89
Prefect Name: AHERA Elementary School
Otent Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHERA Elementary School
Laboratory ID. No.: BSA469
Sample Type: Acoustical piaster (at wai)
Sample Description: White chunky material
Q** Analyzed: 9-25-89
Date of Sample: 8-14-89
CUentl.D. Na: 89032-069
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1. Chrysolite
2. Amosrte
3. Crocdolite
4 Anthophyllite
5. Tremoiite/Actinoirte
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1
2.
3.
4
5
B. NON-ASBESTOS
6. Cefluiose (paper/wood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovite/VermicUite)
10. Quartz
11. Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7
8
9
10.
11.
60%
40%
Notes:
No asbestos detected
-------
ACE ANALYTICAL SERVICES
KmnCty.U.SA
Date Received: 9-20-89
Protect Name: AHERA Dementary School
Cttant Lonesome Plains School District
Survey Location: AHE^A Elementary School
Laboratory I.D. No.: BSA470
Sample Type: Acoustical plaster (at wall)
Sample Description: Whrte cnunky material
Date Analyze* 9-2S-68
Date of Sample: 8-14^89
Client I.D. No.: 89032-070
ASBESTOS MINERALS
1. Chrysotde
2. Amosite
3 Crocidolite
4 Anthophylite
5. Tremolite/Actinolitc
ESTIMATED PERCENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B. NON-ASBESTOS
6. Celulose (paper/wood fibers)
7. Glass/Mineral Wool Fibers
8. Binders
9. Mica (Muscovrte/Verrmculrte)
10 Quartz
11 Others
ESTIMATED PERCENT
6.
7.
a
9.
10.
11.
60*
40%
Notes:
No asbestos detected
-------
Management Plan
for
AHERA Elementary School
Lonesome Plains School District
Lonesome Plains, USA
SUBMITTED BY:
Management Planners, Limited
State City, USA
AHERA Certification Number XXOII
December 1,1989
-------
MANAGEMENT PLAN
Ab t m nt Alternatives
1. REMOVAL
Advantages:
a. Eliminates asbestos source
b. Eliminates need for special operations and maintenance
program
c. Eliminates potential for future fiber release
Disadvantages:
a. Replacement with substitute material may be necessary
b. Porous surfaces may also require encapsulation
c. Improper removal may raise fiber levels in air
d. Generally the most expensive
2. ENCAPSULATION
Advantages:
a. Reduces asbestos fiber release from material
b. Does not require replacement of material
c. Initial cost may be lower than removal
-------
Disadvantages:
a. Asbestos source remains and must be removed later
b. If material is not in good condition, sealant may cause material
to delaminate
c. Periodic reinspection required to check for damage or
deterioration
d. Encapsulated surface is difficult to remove and may require
costly techniques for eventual removal
e. Further fiber release is possible if encapsulant is damaged
3. ENCLOSURE
Advantages:
a. Reduces exposure outside the enclosure
b. Initial costs are lower than removal
c. Usually does not require replacement of material
Disadvantages:
a. Asbestos source remains and must be removed later
b. Fiber release continues behind the enclosure
c. Fibers released during construction of enclosure
d. Long-term cost could be higher than removal
-------
MANA(
Management Plan Response for AHERA Bementary
All spray-applied and trowel-applied asbestos-containing material,
thermal systems insulation and asbestos-containing floor tile -
Remove
All spray-applied and trowel-applied asbestos-containing material
which is inaccessible for removal - Enclose
Surfaces from which asbestos material has been removed -
Encapsulate for lockdown of surfaces only
-------
Lonesome Plains School District
Objectives for Asbestos Abatement
of AHERA Elementary
1. Meet AHERA Management Plan as submitted by Management
Planners, Ltd.
2. Install no asbestos-containing material in renovation work.
3. Notify School District of any other suspect asbestos-containing
material encountered in renovation.
4. School office to remain occupied during the abatement of the non-
administrative areas of the school.
-------
STUC6NT ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Secson Xlll-3 • U«^fi IMU«
3. Design Issues
Learning Objectives and Study
Questions
Exhibits
• Critical Design Decisions
-------
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Swcton XII.-3 - Dwign lvsuo*
PagoS
3. DESIGN ISSUES
Learning Objectives:
1. Understand philosophical decisions 1hat the designer must address.
2. Understand critical design decisions that the designer must address.
Study Questions:
1. List and explain some critical design decisions that are typical for
asbestos abatement projects.
2. Why is rt important to list critical design decisions at the beginning of the
project?
3. What are the phases of design? Of the total project?
4. Explain why details are a necessary part of the design process. What are
examples of details that would be important to show on an abatement
design project?
-------
Exhibit
-------
CRITICAL DESIGN DECISIONS
Removal of fireproofing
Removal of acoustical plaster material only or removal of lath
Pipe insulation removal by glovebag or removal during gross removal work
Removal of floor tile
Boiler room and pipe tunnel in same work area or separate areas
Number of contiguous work areas
Keep and clean light fixtures or dispose of and replace
Keep cafeteria air conditioner or dispose of and replace
Renovate building to code or replace what removed
Replace acoustical plaster ceiling or use other type ceiling
Repaint entire school or touch-up damaged areas
Install floor tile or use other type floor covering
Remove library books or protect in-place
Remove school furnishings or store on-site
-------
STUDENT ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT OESJCN
Soctton XIIM - Drawing
4. Drawings
Learning Objectives and Study
Questions
Abatement Drawing Exhibits
• Floorplans for AHERA Elementary
School
• Example Index of Abatement
Drawings
• Example Abatement Detail Drawing
Replacement Drawing Exhibits
• Example Index of Replacement
Drawings
-------
AS8ESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT OESJGN
Section Xlli-4 Drowrintgs
Page 2
Example of Replacement Detail
Drawings
Drawings Workshop
-------
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
X. 1-4 - Drawings
Pago 3
4. DRAWINGS
Learning Objectives:
1. Understand abatement drawings.
2. Understand replacement drawings.
Study Questions:
1. Prepare a typical list of drawings for asbestos abatement.
2. What is a designer's library of details and procedures and how is it
useful?
3. Under what conditions should you separate the abatement contract from
the replacement contract? When would rt be appropriate to include
abatement and replacement in the same contract?
4. What are some considerations that must be addressed when separating
abatement from replacement?
5. What is the purpose of drawings? What role do drawings play in the total
design presentation?
-------
Abatement Drawings
Exhibits
-------
- ~r
•- ' m^^f "~^M^f f^^^M *" "^rfl
- - T I—
•* i _. •• r~* •• • I
dilL^UL
vr~-i-r
•a-
'. |:s'
.*JUl
^JU*
=p^-r r "IF *
• " - R"'-
, - J •• N —
•>••»«
FIRST FLOOR PLAN
.A. I ^ rL_pL
•'.:•• '««•*» \
• t ^"
-------
CD
8
•
a-
E--5HRI
m I
If
«.t
ll 3)I80@^ER
-------
-------
EXAMPLE
Index of Abatement Drawings
Title Sheet
AA-1 Location plan, Index of Drawings
AA-2 General notes, Legend, Abbreviations
AA-3 Procedures. Details
AA-4 Site plan
AA-5 Basement floor plan
AA-6 First floor plan
AA-7 Second floor plan
AA-8 Third floor plan
AA-9 Photographs - Basement
AA-10 Photographs - First and second floors
AA-11 Photographs - Third floor
-------
ABATEMENT DETAIL
EXAMPLE
PREMANUFACTUREO GLOVE BAG
6-MIL POLYETHYLENE
ACM
HEPA
VACUUM
MAINTAIN NEGATIVE AIR
PRESSURE WITH A HEPA
FILTERED VACUUM
USE VACUUM TO REMOVE AIR
FROM BAG AFTER INSULATION
REMOVAL
GLOVE BAG DETAIL
AJR TIGHT SEAL FORMED BY
NYLON STRIPS
INSULATION TO BE REMOVED
NO CLOSER THAN 6" FROM
END OF GLOVE BAG
POCKET FOR TOOLS
WORKER AND AREA TO BE
TOTALLY ISOLATED
FROM POTENTIAL
FIBER RELEASE
WORKER TO WEAR
RESPIRATORY AND
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
THROUGHOUT OPERATION
D DETAIL
NOT TO SCALE
-------
ABATEMENT DETAIL
EXAMPLE
>ew cone. FLL
/ DCKT. CONC.
*•»•*• 'A- '*••'
/•::•• ":••: -jT
/ 1
' . ' ''.'-.''
/
*• • • • * • •*•«." .r
D '""'."'-. • w
. Q >.•« •:•«•;.'• » j
r 2- /
W STL. t l
4^4" EXP. /WCHORS
ONE 0 EA. CORNER
OF 9
DETAIL
NTS
-------
ABATEMENT DETAIL
EXAMPLE
ASBESTOS CONTAINING
JOINT MATERIAL
NON-ASBESTOS INSUL
PIPE
PIPE
NON-ASBESTOS INSUL
ASBESTOS CONTAINING
JOINT MATERIAL
NOTE: REMOVAL OF ASBESTOS
CONTAINING MATERIAL
AT JOINTS TO INCLUDE
THE REMOVAL OF NOT
LESS THAN 6' OF
FIBERGLASS INSULATION
BEYOND THE OUTER
EDGE OF JOINT MATERIAL.
CUT FIBERGLASS LEAVING A
STRAIGHT.EVEN EDGE.
PIPE JOINT DETAIL
DETAIL
NOT TO SCALE
-------
ABATEMENT DETAIL
EXAMPLE
CONTINUOUS CARBON-
MONOXIDE MONITORING
DEVICE FOR OIL
LUBRICATED COMPRESSOR.
THIS DEVICE SHALL HAVE
A GAUGE
GAUGE
RECEIVING DEVICE LOCATION
TO BE AWAY FROM ALL
BUILDING AND
ENGINE EXHAUSTS
UNCONTAMINATED
AIR IN
COMPRESSOR
UNIT
SIZE SHALL BE
ADEQUATE TO
SERVICE
RESPRIATORY
SYSTEM
AIR
COOLED
AFTER
COOLER
TO RESPIR-
ATORY
SYSTEM
COMPRESSED
AIR PURIFIER
RESERVE OF 20
MINUTES OF AIR
PER PERSON
PRESSURE -
REGULATOR
W/ GAUGE
COMPRESSOR SYSTEM
-------
EXAMPLE
1. ALL SHEETING TO BE
6 MIL. POLYETHYLENE.
2. SECURE TOP EDGE OF
SHEET »1 ALONG TOP
EDGE OF OPENING.
3. SECURE SHEET •! ALONG
ONE VERTICAL SIDE OF
OPENING.
EXISTING
OPENING
4. SECURE TOP EDGE OF
SHEET »2 ALONG TOP EDGE
OF OPENING.
5. SECURE SHEET *2 ALONG SIDE
OF OPENING, OPPOSITE OPENING
SIDE OF SHEET *1
EXISTING
OPENING
6. SECURE SHEET 3 ON OPPOSITE
SIDE SHEET 2 ALONG THE SAME
VERTICAL EDGE AS SHEET »1
VERTICAL SEAL
(TYP.)
SHEET
SHEET »2
SHEET »3
PLAN VIEW
NOTE: MIN. 8oz. WEIGHT TO BE SECURED
TO THE OPENING CORNER OF EACH SHEET.
EXISTING
OPENING
CURTAIN DOORWAY
-------
Replacement Drawings
Exhibits
-------
EXAMPLE
Index of Replacement Drawings
Title Sheet
A-1 Location plan, Index of Drawings
A-2 General notes, Legend, Abbreviations
A-3 Site plan
A-4 Basement floor plan
A-5 Details of basement enclosures
A-6 First floor plan
A-7 Second floor plan
A-8 Third floor plan
A-9 Finish schedule, Finishes notes
A-10 First floor reflected ceiling plan
A-11 Second floor reflected ceiling plan
A-12 Third floor reflected ceiling plan
A-13 Ceiling details. Roor covering details, Lighting cove details
-------
REPLACEMENT DETAIL
EXAMPL
NEW GRID
EXIST1NC GRD
EXISTING GRD SYSTEM -PAJWT)
MEW ACOUSTICAL CELMG PANEL
NEW CQUNG SUPPORT ANCLE
NEW ACOUSTICAL W*J. SYSTEM
EXISTING WALL
EXISTING WOOD TRJM t FRAME
TO. BE REWORKED AS REQUIRED FOR
NSTALJLATtON Of NEW ACOUSTICAL WALL
WALL DETAIL 6
BAND ROOM
DETAIL
SCALE: 1/2" ' 1'-0"
-------
REPLACEMENT DETAIL
EXAMPLE
3 5/8" 20 GA. STL. STUD
LATER*. BRACE • V-0" O.C..
ATTACH TO STRUCTURE ABOVE
6" 20 GA. STL. STUDS «
W" O.C.. ATTACH TO STRUCTURE ABOVE
5/8" GYP. BO..EXTEXD 6" ABOVE
FINISHED CEILING. TYP.
ACOUSTIC TILE 1
SUSPENSION SYSTEM
TYPICAL
BULKHEAD
DETAIL
SCALE: 1" - 1'-0"
-------
REPLACEMENT DETAIL
EXAMPLE
EXISTING CEJLJNG GRID (RE-PAINT)
NEW ACOUSTICAL CEUNG PANELS
PAJNT TNS AREA OF WALL
AS FEATURE STRIPE
(DOWN TO SECOND MORFOR
oOiNT 8ELOW CEILING)
EXISTING CMU WALL
FEATURE STRIPE
DETAIL
SCALE: 1/2" - 1'-0"
-------
Drawings
Workshop
-------
AS8ESTOS A3A7EMEM PROJECT DESIGN
Section XIII 5 • Spocilicnaoro
Page!
5. Specifications
Learning Objectives and Study
Questions
Exhibits
• Examples from National Institute of
Building Sciences Model Guide
Specifications
• Examples from MASTERSPEC
Replacement Specifications
• Example Project Manual Table of
Contents
-------
ASBESTOS ABAItVENI =ROJECT DESIGN
Sector. Xlll-b - Speo'tcaSors
Specification Workshop
• Portions of NIBS and
MASTERSPEC Specifications for
markup
-------
Sa.OEVT AS8CSTOS ABATEMENT PFOJECT DES:GN
SscJtor. Xlll-5 - Speclicawxs
Page 3
5. SPECIFICATIONS
Learning Objectives:
1. Understand main concepts of specifications.
2. Understand the use of guideline specs for abatement.
3. Understand the use of guideline specs for replacement.
Study Questions:
1. What are the two major philosophies used to write contract
specifications? Define each.
2. What do you call a spec that dictates the exclusive use of a specific
product manufacturer and product model number? What do you call the
opposite kind of spec?
3. What are the advantages and disadvantages of using means/methods
specs for asbestos abatement?
4. What are the advantages and disadvantages of using performance specs
for replacement?
5. Name two producers of guideline specs.
6. When abatement and replacement are included in one package, how do
you determine which contractor to act as general?
7. What is the purpose of specifications? What is the role of specifications
in the total design presentation?
-------
Exhibits:
Abatement Specifications
NIBS
-------
IMPORTANT
Copyrighted materials in this manual have been reproduced by
permission from the National Institute of Building Sciences and the
American Institute of Architects. AIA permission is granted under license
f94043. The copyrighted materials In this manual cannot be used for any
other purposes than education/training. Information regarding the
purchase of the NIBS Model Guide Specifications Asbestos Abatement in
Buildings, AIA MASTERSPEC, or AIA Documents can be obtained by
calling the telephone numbers provided below.
National Institute of Building Sciences
1201 L Street, N.W., Suite 400
Washington, D.C. 20005
(202) 289-1092
American Institute of Architects
Office of the General Counsel
1735 New York Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20006
(202) 626-7391
-------
Second Edition
Asbestos Abatement & Management in Buildings
Model Guide Specifications
ABSTRACT
Mational Institute of
BUILDING SCIENCES
-------
In 1986 the National Institute of Building Sciences (NIBS) first published the document. Asbestos Abate-
ment and Management in Buildings, Model Guide Specifications, as a resource for persons interested in
asbestos abatement in buildings. In 1988 NIBS rcpuhlishcd the Model Guide The 1988 edition contains
numerous re\ iiions ami several new sections which enahle users to deal with the requirements of A HERA
and to benefit from advancing technology and procedures developed ov er the past two years. This guide
was developed in response to a national nee;! for authoritative advice and guidance in the design and
execution of abatement of asbestos-containing building materials (ACM) in the following four categories of
activity:
':) maintenance and repair 2) encapsulation 3)enclosure 4) removal
A number of user groups are expected to benefit from the direct use of this information. Of'primary-
interest to design professionals (architects, engineers, and cm ironmcntal consultants), building owners, and
abatement contractors, this document provides an outline of important information on specifying asbestos
abatement and main'criance and repair of ACM in buildings Regulatory agencies may also find valuable
information in the Model Guide Specifications. It is expected lhat, o\ er time, a more consistent approach
to asbestos abatement pro: eels ".ill evolve through the proper use of thi.i guidance material
As a consensus document, the Model Guide Specifications rctlcct the concerns, viewpoints, and agree-
ment of the more than eighty-five members of the Institute s Asbestos I ask Force who contributed their
time, know ledge, and effort to define up-to-date model procedures that may be used to achieve quality and
consistency in asbestos abatement work. Refinements to materials prepared b> the Institute's contractor
were made through a series of highly technical review sessions and written correspondence. Finally, the
document was accepted by written ballot by the Task Force. The following concepts and content are
incorporated in the Model Guide Specifications:
A. Basic Asbestos Abatement Design Principles include: 1) isolation of airborne contamination, 2)
isolation of wa:crbome contamination; ?) protection of room surfaces; 4) worker protection; 5)
regulations and standards; 6) testing; 7) wet removal; 8) disposal; 9) encapsulation; and 10)
enclosure.
I. Isolation of Airborne Contamination: During asbestos abatement operations that disturb ACM.
the work area will be contaminated by airborne asbestos fibers. The balance of the building
must be protected from this contamination. This is accomplished by sealing all points of
entrance to the work area, and maintaining the work area at an air pressure lower than that of
surrounding areas (above and below as well as adjacent to)
2. Isolation of Water Borne Contamination: Water with a wetting agent added (amended water)
are normally used to wet asbestos containing materials before removal. Non-asbestos materi-
als, including baps and drums being removed from the work area for disposal are decontami-
nated by washing. Work areas are misted with amended water to reduce air borne fiber levels,
and workers shower when leaving the work area. 'I his extensive use of water on an asbestos
abatement project results in considerable possibility for contamination of the building outside
the work area by contaminated water. Where a removal encapsulant is used for wetting of
materials the situation will be somewhat ameliorated. However, ever, in this instance there is
typically considerable water used on an abatement project with the atlendanl concern with
water borne contamination.
-------
3 Protection of Room Surfaces: Asbestos abatement projects, particularly removal projects.
develop a considerable amount of contamination inside the work area. This contamination can
be in the form of air bomc fibers, dusu debris, wet slurry or a combination of these forms of
contamination. Accordingly, the surfaces of the room need to be protected from this contami-
nation.
4. Worker Protection: Protection of the worker is the responsibility of his employer, the Contrac-
tor. Great care must be used in writing a specification to avoid transferring this responsibility
to the Owner. Building Owners conducting asbestos abatement in their buildings with their
own employees assume similar responsibilities for their workers.
5. Regulations and Standards. Applicable regulations and standards should be made a pan of the
specifications for the work to assure the contractor is responsible to comply w ith their adminis-
trative, technical, and other pro\ isions. Further, regulations emanating from the federal, state,
and local governments having jurisdiction change rapidly. Many state and federal regulations
are identified in the NIBS guide, however, the designer is responsible to research the extent
and impact of such laws and regulations, especially at the state and local levels of government.
6. Testing: Ty pically, both the Owner and C'ontractor conduct air mon::oring during an abatement
project:
a. Owners often sample and analy/c the air inside and outside the work area throughout the
work to insure that the building outside the work area remains uncontaminated. This
sampling will normally be carried out in a different manner than and have nothing to do
with the air sampling required by OSHA forthe Contractor's respiratory protection plan.
b. Contractors are required by OSHA to sample the air in the breathing zone of his workers to
demonstrate the adequacy of respiratory protection provided for workers
7. Wet removal: The asbestos-containing building material to be removed is saturated with
amended water or a removal encapsulant and hand scraped from its substrate.
8. Disposal: Material which has been removed must be taken out of the work area through an
equipment decontamination unit which is different from the personnel decontamination unit.
This material is then land filled in accordance w ;ih HPA KESHAP regulations
9. hncapsulation: Encapsulation involves either binding the constituents of an asbestos-containing
material together and to their substrate (penetrating encapsulant), or coating it with a tough
flexible or hard coatine (bridging encapsulant) This process is intended to greatly restrict or
prevent fiber release
10. HncInsure: Knclosing an asbestos-containing installation can be accomplished by sealing it
behind a permanently constructed barrier. This barrier could be constructed of gypsum dry-
wall, tongue and groove plywood, concrete, masonry, metal or ether materials The construc-
tion is made as airtight as possible. The use of enclosure is most appropriate if there is no need
to obtain access into the enclosed area. I hese Guide Specifications provide guidance on the
use of gypsurn dry wall systems for such an enclosure; although other systems such as wood.
concrete, concrete, and masonrv can be used.
-------
B. lnlroduilkLQ.aPiUjlStOtQ.ii.ons forJL;se: A comprehensive new 80 page section of the guide contains
information to help practitioners utilize the Guide Specifications effectively and efficiently. The
section:
1. Explains asbestos abatement and management in the context of the content and organization of
contract documents and the roles and relationships of the participants in the process with
emphasis on the owner, designer, and contractor.
2. Outlines and explains the design of an asbestos abatement project—the decisions that must be
made and the rationale for making those decisions.
3. Describes the basic elements of the construction and operation of buildings, insofar as it affects
the abatement of certain asbestos containing building materials.
4. Describes how to assemble and contract with a qualified design team
5. Explains how to develop, organize, and coordinate contract documents, and what each should
contain.
6. Describes how to develop and coordinate a bidding package, including where to obtain and
how to use standard forms.
7. Includes helpful hints on how to pre-qualify contractors for negotiated and bid contracts—what
information to ask for and how to evaluate it.
8. Provides helpful procedures for negotiating and bidding contracts.
9. Outlines and explains how to administer contracts from receipt of bids to project close out.
10. Includes a brief abstract of each section in the guide specifications.
C. Contract Documents: In order to organize the information conveyed to the contractor hired to
perform construction work by contract, the construction industry has developed a system to catego-
rize the various types of responsibilities of both the contractor and the owner. The parts of this
system, known as contract documents, are:
Owner Contractor Agreement
General Conditions (of the Contract for Construction)
Supplementary and Other Conditions
Technical Specifications
Contract Drawings
Addenda (changes made before bids are received)
Modifications (changes made after award of the contract)
The NIBS Model Guide Specifications are intended to assist designers in the development of the
technical specifications needed for asbestos abatement and management work. Information in the
introduction to the NIBS document also provide gu:dancc on how to coordinate the specifications
with the other pans of the contract.
4
-------
D NIBS' Model Guide Specifications: The Model Guide Specification. Asbestos Abatement and
Management in Buildings is a compilation of thirty-four guide specification sections which can
Se used a-; a manual to assemble technical project .specification sections for:
- Removal of Asbestos-Containing Materials
- Hncapsulation of Asbestos-Containing Materials
- Enclosure of Asbestos-Containing Materials
In addition, the Model Cmidc Specifications can be used ;o prepare the specifications necessary to
define the maintenance and repair portions of an asbestos management and control program which
arc appropriate for an outside contractor to cam* out. These sections arc identified in the Guide.
SpiaJOiations under Maintenance of Asbestos-Containing Materials. Also, requirements can be
developed through use of this document for conduct of these types of work by the building owner's
forces as well.
1. Format: Sections in the Model Guide Specifications are arranged according to the Construc-
tion Specification Institute's "Mastcrformat" which has become the standard for presentation of
specification material in the construction industry. "Masterformat" organizes specification
material into sixteen divisions which correspond to related construction activities Sections
further break down the work of each division to correspond to the work accomplished by
common trades, thus facilitating organization of the work into subcontracts.
Most asbestos abatement activities arc defined in Division 1. General Requirements, which
contains temporary facilities, quality control testing, and administrative requirements. Specifi-
cation sections for remov al operations are described in Division 2. Site Work, as specialized
demolition work Sections on encapsulation o;"asbeslos-conta:ning architectural finishes and
gypsum drywall enclosure systems are included in Division 9, Finishes, as they constitute
specialized interior finish work. Repair and encapsulation of pipe insulation and lagging arc
located in Division 15, Mechanical.
2. Section Organization: The Model Guide Specifications organize each section into the Con-
struction Specifications Institute (CSI) three part format. This format includes:
a. Part I (icncral: includes such information as a description of the work in that section.
identification of related contract documents, required submittals, inter-sectional coordina-
tion (related work specified elsewhere), and identification of referenced standards.
b. Part 2 Products (products, equipment, or materials): specifies items physically provided by
the contractor through the use of specific prescriptive or performance provisions or through
reference to standards or other criteria
c. Part 3 Kxcculion: defines requirements to be followed b\. the Contractor in actually earn-
ing out the work, including sequencing of the work with requirements of other sections and
special requirements for methods which can be described or incorporated by reference to
installation standards.
-------
3. Compatibility with "MASTKRSPE-X"'*": To facilitate coordination of the Model Guide Speci-
fications with other building renovation needs, its format is compatible with
"MASTKRSPKC." '• a subscription guide specification service published by the American
Institute of Architects (AIA). 'MASTERSPEC" is a series of specification sections written in
a uniform format which can be used to develop a project specification by selecting and editing
the appropriate sections from over 130 sections available. Because this service is wideh used
by architects and engineers, the Model Guide Specifications have been made compatible with
"MASTKRSPF.C," so they can readily be used to develop consistent and coordinated specifica-
tions for related work such as reinsulation or re-fireproofing. Also, they are more easily
coordinated with the standard contract document forms published by the AIA and the Engi-
neers Joint Contract Documents Committee (EJCDC).
The (iuide Specifications can also be used with other commcrciall) available guide specifica-
tions systems such as "SPECTEXT""" published by CSI. or with guide specifications devel-
oped and maintained by government agencies and required to be used for their projects.
4. Advisory Notes: In the text of the technical sections of the Model Guide Specification notes
are included to provide additional guidance to the user. These notes must be deleted after
preparing the project specifications. The following is an example of the format and style of the
no:cs:
NOTES ARF. ALWAYS PRINTED FN CAPITAL LETTERS AND ARE
INDENTED Jl.ST AS THIS PARAGRAPH IS PRINTED. AFTER
EDITING Till: GUIDE TO SI II PROJICT NEEDS. ALWAYS DK-
i.irn THESE xon-.s BEFORE PRINTING PROJECT SPECIFICA-
TIONS.
E. Using :he Model Guide Specifications: In writing project specifications, the Asbestos Abatement
ami Management in Buildings, Model Guide Specifications is used by selecting the sections
appropriate for the project and editing each to meet the project's needs. Some sections are neces-
sary for any type of abatement project. Other sections contain specific requirements and will be
appropriate only for certain types of abatement work. The appropriate sections are selected from
the "Master Table of Contents" to form the basis for the specifications for removal, encapsulation,
enclosure, or maintenance and repair
F. Following is a complete table of contents for the NIBS Model Guide Sp.e.cj fixations:
MASTF.R TABLE OF CONTENTS OF ALL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SKCTIONS
DIVISION 1 - GENER Al RFOMRFMF.NTS
01013 Summary of Work - Asbestos Abatement
01028 Application for Payment - Asbestos Abatement
01043 Project Coordination - Asbestos Abatement
01046 Cutting & Patching - Asbestos-Containing Materials
01091 Definitions and Standards - Asbestos Abatement
01092 Codes, Regulations, and Standards - Asbestos Abatement
01301 Submittais
-------
01410 Air Monitoring - Test Laboratory Sen ices
01503 Temporary Facilities - Asbestos Abatement
015 H Temporary Pressure Differential & Air Circulation System
01526 Temporary Enclosures
01527 Regulated Areas
01528 F.ntry Into Controlled Areas
01529 Small-Scale Short-Duration Work
01560 Worker Protection - Asbestos Abatement
01561 Worker Protection - Repair & Maintenance
01562 Respirator. Protection
01563 Decontamination Units
01601 Materials and Equipment - Asbestos Abatement
01632 Product Substitutions - Asbestos Abatement
01701 Project Closeout - Asbestos Abatement
01711 Project Decontamination
01712 (leaning & Decontamination Procedures
01713 Project Decontamination - Microfibcrs
01714 Work Area Clearance
DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK
02061 Building Demolition - Asbestos Abatement
02062 N'on-Asbestos Demolition
02063 Demolition of Asbestos Contaminated Materials
02081 Removal of Asbestos-Containing Materials
02082 Removal of Asbestos-Contaminated Soil
02084 Disposal of Asbestos-Containing Waste Material
02085 Resilient Floor Covering Manufacturers' Recommended Work Practices
02087 Resilient Flooring Removal - Asbestos Abatement
DIVISIONS- FINISHES
09251 Gypsum Dry wall - Asbestos Enclosure
09805 Encapsulation of Asbestos-Containing Materials
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
15254 Repair of Insulation and Lagging
(i. Specification Sections: The following describe the above specification sections needed to specify
the different types of work required for an abatement or maintenance and repair project. The
sections are presented in a chronological order according to typical sequencing of the work
A. General and Administrative Requirements: arc set forth in sections:
1. 01013 Summary of Work- Asbestos Abatement: Identifies the scope of the project,
primary conditions of the contract, lists the specification sections applicable, identifies the
-------
asbestos containing materials subject to the contract work, and sets forth procedures related
to Contractor's use of the premises, site, existing buildings, and equipment such as eleva-
tors.
2. 01028 Application for Payment - Asbestos Abatement: Sets forth administrative proce-
dures for Contractor s payment requests.
3. 010-43 Project Coordination-Asbestos Abatement: Sets the responsibilities for notifica-
tions and other special reports, supervisory personnel, contingency plans, and related
suhmittals. I>etails the required qualifications of supervisory personnel. Describes coordi-
nation meetings.
4. 01091 Definitions and Standards - Asbestos Abatement: Defines important general and
technical terms and positions related to the work, identifies drawing symbols and abbrevia-
tions, and identifies the applicability of and methods for referencing standards.
5. 0130; Submittals: Sets forth the requirements and procedures for coordinating, schedul-
ing, and submitting shop drawings, product data, samples, mock-ups, and other informa-
tion. Issues addressed include review times, action to be taken, subsequent submissions,
distribution of copies, and record keeping.
6 01632 Product Substitutions - Asbestos Abatement: Describes procedures to be used and
basis for determining if the contractor will be allowed to substitute alternative products or
procedures. Includes definitions of key terms, procedures, quality assurance, submittals.
product delivery, storage and handling, product compliance, general product requirements,
and installation.
7. 01701 Project Closeout: details administrative closcout procedures for the project once
abatement work is complete.
B. Abatement Work: requirements are set forth in the following sections:
1. 01092 Codes, Regulations, and Standards - Asbestos Abatement: sets forth many govern-
mental regulations and industry standards which arc adopted by reference and made a part
of the contract (specifications). Notices and permits which must be made to or obtained
from governmental authorities before start of work are also to be identified in this section.
Some guidance documents developed by public and private organi?ations to assist asbestos
abatement are also listed in this section.
This section requires the addition of requirements (criteria such as codes.
regulations, and referenced standards) specific to the project location. In order
to assure all such governmental requirements are noted, the Owner and the
Owner's consukants must identify and understand the requirements to assure
inclusion of all pertinent provisions and to assure coordination of the technical
specification requirements with applicable laws and regulations.
-------
2. 01410 Test I aboratory Services: describes air monitoring by the Owner to insure that the
building beyond the work area remains unconlaminated Also sets forth action levels that
may result in a stop work order or other action Air monitoring to determine required
respirator) protection is the responsibility of the Contractor.
3. 01503 Temporary Facilities -Asbestos Abatement: sets forth the support facilities needed
such a.s electrical and plumbing connections for the decontamination unit, storage and
staging areas, and office space for the Project Administrator.
4. 01513 Temporary Pressure Differential and Air Circulation System: sets forth the proce-
dures to set up the differential air pressure machines and ventilation of the work area.
5. 01526 Temporary Enclosures: details the requirements for the sheet plastic barriers
isolating the work area and decontamination areas from the balance of the building.
6. 01560 Worker Protection - Asbestos Abatement: describes the equipment and procedures
for protecting workers against asbestos contamination and other asbestos-related work
place ha/ards except for respiratory protection
7. 01562 Respiratory Protection: establishes procedures and equipment and sets minimum
requirements for protection against inhalation of airborne asbestos fibers.
8. 01563 Decontamination Units, explains the setup and operation of the personnel and
material decontamination units.
9. 01601 Materials and Equipment - Asbestos Abatement: Sets forth general requirements
for material & equipment to be incorporated in the project.
C. Asbestos Removal Work Procedures: arc described in the following specification sections:
1. 01046 Cutting and Patching - Asbestos-Containing Materials: sets basic requirements for
cutting, drilling, abrading, or otherwise penetrating ACM and related requirements for
local exhaust, wetting, and sealing edges of asbestos-containing materials.
2. 02061 Building Demolition -Asbestos Abatement: Sets forth requirements for asbestos
abatement work in preparation for building demolition. Describes procedures for removal
of entire systems and assemblies with associated asbestos-containing materials.
3. 02062 Non- Asbestos Demolition: Describes the removal of non-asbestos containing
materials which are related to the asbestos abatement work.
4. 0206.1 Demolition of Asbestos-Contaminated Materials: Sets forth requirement for re-
moval of non-asbestos containing materials that arc contaminated with asbestos; and
subsequent cleaning, and disposal as non-asbestos waste.
5. 02081 Removal of Asbestos-Containing Materials: Addresses submissions and regulatory
requirements, product material and equipment quality requirements, and related execution
of the work.
9
-------
6. 02082 Remo\al of Asbestos-Contaminated Soil: Covers procedures for wet and dry soils.
7. 0208'! Disposal of Asbestos-Containing Waste Material: Addresses requirements for
notices and submissions, physical requirements for vehicles (enclosed trucks, etc.), and
handling of bagged waste at the disposal site.
8 02085 Resilient Flooring Removal-Resilient Floor Covering Manufacturers' Recom-
mended Work Practices: Work practices for the removal cf asbestos and non-asbcstos-
containing resilient floor covering materials using r.on-aggrcssive methods for v\hich
historical data are available about airborne fiber levels generated during use of these
practices.
9. 02087 Resilient Florring Removal-Asbestos Abatement: Covers aggressive methods for
the removal of resilient floor covering by the use of machinery
I). Hnclosure Procedures: Masonry, metal panels, wood, and plastic can and have been used for
enclosure. If any of these materials are used, the appropriate section should be added to the
specification. Gypsum drywall enclosures are described in section:
1. 09251 Gypsum Drywall Asbestos Fnclysures: Sets requirements for materials and proce-
dures used, erection methods, and variations in standard drywall practices appropriate ("or
asbestos related drywall enclosures.
H. Encapsulation Procedures: arc described in the following sections:
1. 09805 Kncapsulation of Asbestos-Containing Materials: Describes special materials.
safety procedures and submittals. quality control practices, and worker protection.
2. 15254 Repair of Insulation and I agging: describes repair of insulation on pipes and other
equipment using procedures that involve primarily bridging encapsulants and fabric rein-
forcing or plastic jackets.
F. Decontamination of the Work Area: after completion of abatement work, is described in the
following sections:
1. 01712 Cleaning and Decontamination Procedures: set forth procedures to be used on
contaminated objects and rooms which are not pan of an abatement work area.
2. 01711 Project Decontamination: describes the sequence of cleaning and decontamination
procedures during removal of the sheet plastic barriers isolating a work area.
3. 01713 Project Decontamination - Microfitxrs: describes the special procedures required to
clean an area of contamination by asbestos fibers too small to seen with an optical micro-
scope.
4. 01714 Work Area Clearance: describes the analytical methods used to determine if the
work area has been successfully cleaned of contamination.
10
-------
(i. Repair and Maintenance: procedures are specified in the following sections. GencralK these
involve activities where asbestos fibers arc collected at the point of generation so that enclosure
or'an area with plastic barriers is unnecessary:
1 01 527 Regulated Areas: Includes procedures for preparation of the work area for small-
scale short-duration uork such as maintenance activities, entry into controlled areas,
cleaning and decontamination.
2. 01561 Worker Protection - Repair and Maintenance: Intended for work in areas with fiber
counts below 0.02 fibers per cubic centimeter. Training, medical examinations, worker
protection requirements and protective clothing arc defined as arc the procedures for their
use.
3. 01528 Kmry Into Controlled Areas: Covers entry into areas where asbestos-containing
materials could be disturbed, such as above ceilings where fircproofing is present, and
other controlled areas.
4. 01529 Small-Scale Short-Duration Work: Ik-fines limits for "small areas" of ACM. other
sections with which the work is to comply, and product requirements. Sets forth proce-
dures to be used for maintenance activities. Describes mini-enclosures, glove bags and
specific procedures for preformed pipe insulation, job molded plaster fitting insulation,
pipe hangar or other brackets installation in fireproofmg, and removal of small areas of
fircproofing or architectural finishes.
In order to provide the most useful tool to designers and others in need of this technical information, the
Institute has published the Model Guide in several formats It is available in loose leaf format in three
ring binders, softbound. and in magnetic media for IBM and compatible micro-computers. The
magnetic versions are available in WordPerfect. Word Star. Microsoft Word, Mullimalc. Displaywritc
and ASCII. Please note that the magnetic media must be purchased with the printed copy and cannot
be purchased separate!}. Hie Asbestos Abatement and Management in Buildings, Model Guide
Specifications is copyrighted publication by the National Institute of Building Sciences
For funhcr information about the NIBS' Asbestos Abatement and Management in Buildings,
Model Guide Specifications, contact:
The National Institute of Building Sciences
Publications Department
1201 I. Street. N.W.. Suite 400
Washington. IXC. 20015
(202) 289-7X00 MX. (202) ?.8'MO<;2
11
-------
Asbestos
Publications
Now
Available
from the
National Institute of
BtBLDNGSOENCES
-------
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT AND MANAGEMENT IN BUILDINGS;
MODEL GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS, Second Edition
NOW INCLUDES:
New Comprehensive
Introduction and
Instructions for Use
Two New Sections on
Resilient Flooring
Removal
The second edition of MBS* ASBESTOS
ABATEMENT AND MANAGEMENT IN
BUILDINGS; MODEL GUIDE SPECIFICA-
TIONS continues to be one of the most widely
used technical documents on abatement and
maintenance and repair of asbestos-containing
materials in buildings. It is an essential tool
for design professionals, contractors, and
building owners. In addition, it is rccogni/ed
as an effective tool for organizations providing
training in asbestos abatement and manage-
ment procedures.
In 1988. NIBS updated the GUIDE SPECIFI-
CATIONS to include requirements resulting
from new federal regulations and provisions
for new products, equipment and procedures.
and refinements in existing practices for asbes-
tos abatement, maintenance and repair. In
1991. NIBS developed two new sections on
removal of non-friable asbestos-containing
flooring materials and a new "Introduction and
Instructions for Use" to facilitate more effec-
tive use of the GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS.
Regulations and standards promulgated by the
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and
the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA) set responsi
bilities for building owners, contrac-
tors, designers, and others involved
in the asbestos work. The GUIDE
SPECIFICATIONS Is coordinated
with relevant provisions from
AHERA. NESHAP. and the OSHA
Construction Rule for abatement
contracts between owners and
abatement contractors.
NIBS had distributed more than 5000
copies of the MODEL GUIDE SPECIFI-
CATIONS since it was first published in 1986.
The 550 pages in the current edition include
provisions for new products, equipment and
procedures, and refinements in existing prac-
tices for asbestos abatement and maintenance
and repair. More than 100 leading technical
experts in the field contributed to this consen-
sus document
Millions o
are being spc
on removing,
other-wise contn
containing mat
buildings, industrr
schools, and othe
by the public and t
Those carrying 01
V should be usi
current and b
technical c
These pul
puter disk
DOS bast
processor
mumR
-------
GUIDANCE MANUAL: ASBESTOS OPERATIONS &
MAINTENANCE WORK PRACTICES
ollars
annually
naging or
ng asbestos-
als in office
lants, housing,
iildings owned
i private sector.
these actions
the most
f available /
dance.
NIBS1 GUIDANCE MANUAL: ASBESTOS
OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE WORK
PRACTICES is a technical procedures manual
which provides detailed guidance to owners,
asbestos program managers, and to asbestos
operations and maintenance (O&M) workers for
managing asbestos-containing materials (ACM) in
buildings. NIBS developed this document in
cooperation with the Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA) and the General Services
Administration (GSA).
The O&M MANUAL addresses three
different types of ACM found in
buildings:
•Surfacing ACM which are sprayed
or troweled on ceilings, walls, and
structural members.
Thermal System Insulation (TSI) which
can be found around pipes, ducts, boilers,
and tanks.
•Miscellaneous ACM such as ceiling and floor
tile, roofing felts and shingles, and wall board
systems.
cations are also available with com-
tes for use on MS-DOS and PC-
microcomputers in several word
formats. See order form for details.
In order to present a full range of information, the
O&M MANUAL provides guidance on the design and
validation of O&M programs, checklists for asbestos
program managers and O&M workers, detailed
descriptions of 26 general O&M procedures and 57
specific work practice activities. It lists tools and
equipment, special procedures applicable to each
work practice, the appropriate number of workers to
carry out each task, and the responsibilities of each
worker. The O&M MANUAL addresses three differ-
ent levels of precaution which may be warranted by
specific building conditions.
The value of this O&M MANUAL is in its presenta-
tion of a range of guidance for common operations
and maintenance procedures, which enables owners to
efficiently meet applicable regulations and the desired
levels of protection in varying building conditions.
One hundred and eighty of the nation's leading
experts in building construction and asbestos abate-
ment issues gave their advice and guidance in the
development of this 350-page consensus document
A companion to EPA's "Managing Asbes-
tos In-Place: A Building Owner's Guide to
Operations and Maintenance Programs
lor Asbestos-Containing Mateirals" (a.ka.
The Green Book') which provides guid-
ance on how to organize and structure
O&M programs.
-------
i3iaVIIVAV
UO|JDtUJOJU| |OJ|UOO
jsouj
iseq em
SOOOZ Dd '
OOf'Vns'MN ">»»-OST 1021
s
^ ,,.,,, ORDER FORM
>.rilonal Institute of
BUILDING SCIENCES
1201 L Street, NW. Suite 400
Washington. DC 20005
(202) 289-7800 Fax (202) 289-1092
$25 •& t*t*t
Qiy.
Description , M^
Asbestos Abatement & Management ic Buildings. tiiunn
Model Guide Specifications. Hardcopy only , » i J n.uu
Asbestos Abatement & Management in Buildings. * i rn nn
Model Guide Specifications with disket*s* * W
Not Meiie Your
Pn:e • Pnce
$145.00
$19500 !
Practices. Hardcopy Only I I !
1 1
NIBS GudaDce Manual: Asbestos O&M Work .$150.00 $175.00
Practice* with diskettes* |
Dtdnct S25 wHf* ordering ta£.^um *>bjM lo iiMnxKil OOL Coaua STSS Py*)icux>« UtpMtocM la non lafimuo*. M*J «nat»rt»i) aOc fora
md>p*ya««k>NlBS lUtfyarf nt« kc bdk urtm «« «»uUbU. ciU fc« d.«*dt
-------
MODEL AS
SECT
ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION
August 12, 1988
1960 - WORKER PROTECTION - ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
THIS SECTION IS INTENDED FOR LARGE SCAT.E ASBESTOS
ABATEMENT PROJECTS INVOLVING REMOVAL, ENCAPSULATION, OR
ENCLOSURE WHEN THERE IS CONSIDERABLE DISRUPTION OF THE
MATERIAL BEING ENCLOSED. FOR MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR
WORK AND FOR ENCLOSURE PROJECTS THAT LEAVE THE
ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIAL (ACK) RELATIVELY
UNDISTURBED USE SECTION 01561. ANY REVISION OF THIS
SECTION SHOULD BE CARRIED OUT WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF A
CERTIFIED INDUSTRIAL HYGIENIST OR OTHER QUALIFIED
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH SPECIALIST.
THIS SECTION DOES NOT ADDRESS THE SUBJECT OF HEAT
STRESS. THIS IS A COMMON PROBLEM ON ABATEMENT PROJECTS
IN HOT ENVIRONMENTS. WHERE REQUIRED SPECIFIC PROVISION
FOR PROTECTION AGAINST HEAT STRESS SHOULD BE DEVELOPED
FOR THE SPECIFIC PROJECT AND INCLUDED IN THIS SECTION.
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS;
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General
and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification
Sections, apply to work of this section.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
This section describes the equipment and procedures required for
protecting workers against asbestos contamination and other
workplace hazards except for respiratory protection.
RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: W
Respiratory Protection; is specified in Section 01562.
WORKER TRAINING;
•"a^
STATE OR LOCAL REGULATIONS COULD HAVE A MORE STRINGENT
REQUIREMENT.
AHERA Accreditation; All workers are to be accredited as
Abatement Workers as required by the AHERA regulation 40 CFR 763
Appendix C to Subpart E, April 30, 1987.
DELETE THE FOLLOWING IF NO STATE OR LOCAL REQUIREMENT.
WORKER PROTECTION - ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 01560 - 1
Copyright (c) 1988, National institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL$AffBE6TOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
REVISE AS REQUIRED TO CORRESPOND WITH APPLICABLE CODE
OR REGULATION.
State and Local License; All workers are to be trained,
certified and accredited as required by state or local code or
regulation.
Train, in accordance with 29 CFR 1926, all workers in the dangers
inherent in handling asbestos and breathing asbestos dust and in
proper work procedures and personal and area protective measures.
Include but do not limit the topics covered in the course to the
following:
EDIT FOLLOWING AS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH STATE OR
LOCAL STANDARDS. TOPICS LISTED ARE THE MINIMUM
REQUIRED FOR ADEQUATE TRAINING.
Methods of recognizing asbestos
Health effects associated with asbestos
Relationship between smoking and asbestos in producing lung
cancer
Nature of operations that could result in exposure to
asbestos
Importance of and instruction in the use of necessary
protective controls, practices and procedures to minimize
exposure including:
Engineering controls
Work Practices
Respirators
Housekeeping procedures
Hygiene facilities
Protective clothing
Decontamination procedures
Emergency procedures
Waste disposal procedures
Purpose, proper use, fitting, instructions, and limitations
of respirators as required by 29 CFR 1910.134
Appropriate work practices for the work
Requirements of medical surveillance program
Review of 29 CFR 1926
WORKER PROTECTION - ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 01560 - 2
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL A33g£TdS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
•ure Differential Systems
?ork practices including hands on or on-job training
Personal Decontamination procedures
Air monitoring, personal and area
FOLLOWING IS INTENDED FOR ABATEMENT
PROJECTS. THIS SECTION MAY REQUIRE
REVISION IF USED IN SPECIFYING WORK FOR
OTHER TRADES (EG. ROOFING, FLOORING).
SOME INDUSTRIES ARE NOT FAMILIAR WITH
OSHA REQUIREMENTS FOR ASBESTOS. SOME
INDUSTRY GROUPS MAY HAVE DEVELOPED
OBJECTIVE DATA SATISFACTORY TO OSHA THAT
OBVIATES THE NEED FOR MEDICAL
EXAMINATIONS.
MEDICAL EXAMINATIONS:
Provide medical examinations for all workers who nay encounter an
airborne fiber level of 0.1 f/cc or greater for an 8 hour Tine
Weighted Average. In the absence of specific airborne fiber data
provide medical examinations for all workers who will enter the
Work Area for any reason. Examination shall as a nininura meet
OSHA requirements as set forth in 29 CFR 1926 In addition,
provide an evaluation of the individuals ability to work in
environments capable of producing heat stress in the worker.
SUBMITTALS;
Before Start of Work: Submit the following to the Owner's
Representative for review. Do not start work until these
submittals are returned with Owner's Representative's action
stamp indicating that the submittal is returned for unrestricted
use.
FOLLOWING IS REQUIRED IN SCHOOLS AND
GOOD PRACTICE IN GENERAL.
AHERA Accreditation: Submit copies of certificates from an EPA-
approved AHERA Abatement Workers course for each worker as
evidence that each asbestos Abatement Worker is accredited as
required by the AHERA Regulation 40 CFR 763 Appendix C to Subpart
E, April 30, 1987.
DELETE THE FOLLOWING IF NO STATE OR
WORKER PROTECTION - ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 01560 - 3
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION
August 12, 1988
Stat
be
LOCAL REQUIREMENT. REVISE 'AS REQUIRED
TO CORRESPOND WITH APPLICABLE .CODE OR
REGULATION.
_ Jocal License; Submit evidence that all workers fiave
irfed,certified and accredited as required by state or
ode or regulation.
ificate Worker Acknowledgement; Submit an original signed
copy of th« Certificate of Worker's Acknowledgement found at the
end of this section, for each worker who is to be at the job site
or enter the Work Area.
DELETE THE FOLLOWING IF THE AHERA COURSE
CERTIFICATION IS RETAINED.
Progr
Submi ti^couVse ou trifle of) the worjeer tra^tnin
timevcourse was giLea^-'name and
Report from Medical Exaaination; conducted within last 12 months
as part of compliance with OSHA medical surveillance requirements
for each worker who is to enter the Work Area. Submit, at a
minimum, for each worker the following:
Name and Social Security Number
Physicians Written Opinion from
including at a minimum the following:
examining physician
Whether worker has any detected medical conditions that
would place the worker at an increased risk cf material
health impairment from exposure to asbestos.
Any recommended limitations on the worker cr on the use
of personal protective equipment such as respirators.
Statement that the worker has been informed by the
physician of the results of the medical examination and
of any medical conditions that may result from asbestos
exposure.
Copy of information that was provided to physician in
compliance with 29 CFR 1926
Statement that worker is able to wear and use the type of
respiratory protection proposed for the project, and is able
to work safely in an environment capable of producing heat
stress in the worker.
WORKER PROTECTION - ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 01560 - 4
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION
>^v
* " Certifications; Submit certification
firm
Nota
of
August 12, 1988
signed by an
notarized that
cf the abatement contracting firm and
measurements, medical surveillance, and worker training
are being kept in conformance with 29 CFR 1926.
PART 2 - EQUIPMENT
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING;
REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIAL CLOTHING SUCH
AS COVERALLS OR SIMILAR WHOLE BODY
CLOTHING, HEAD COVERINGS, GLOVES, AND
FOOT COVERINGS AND OTHER PROTECTIVE
CLOTHING ARE DELINEATED IN OSHA
REGULATIONS. THE NEED FOR PROTECTIVE
CLOTHING IN EXCESS OF THESE
REQUIREMENTS SHOULD BE REVIEWED WITH A
SAFETY CONSULTANT AND EDITED FOR THE
SPECIFICS OF THE PROJECT.
Coveralls; Provide disposable full-body coveralls and disposable
head covers, and require that they be worn by all workers in the
Work Area. Provide a sufficient number for all required changes,
for all workers in the Work Area.
FOLLOWING IS MORE APPROPRIATE WORKER
PROTECTION IN ENVIRONMENTS WITH HOT OR
COLD HAZARD TO WORKER.
. Coveralls; Provide cloth full -body pjsoveralls and hats, require
A that they be worn by all workers in "tnfe^fcorR Area. Require that
workers change out of coverall in the Equipment Roon of the
Personnel Decontamination Unit. Dispose of coverall as asbestos
waste at completion of all work.
FOLLOWING IS APPROPRIATE IF WORKERS ARE
TO BE WORKING IN UNHEATED ENVIRONMENTS
DURING COLD WEATHER
Cold
removed
Dispose
l wor
MUCH OF THE FOLLOWING IS RUDIMENTARY
WORKER PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS, BUT
PROTECTION BEYOND RESPIRATORS AND PAPER
SUITS IS FREQUENTLY NOT CONSIDERED FOR
WORKER PROTECTION - ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
01560 - 5
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
ABATEMENT PROJECTS. REVIEW THE
FOLLOWING WITH A SAFETY CONSULTANT AND
EDIT FOR THE SPECIFICS OF THE PROJECT. '"
Boots V^S)^frfrov ide work boots with non-skid soles, and where
requiMW^^ry OSHA, foot protectives, for all workers. Provide
bo
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
protection as required by the most stringent OSHA
standards applicable to the work. The following
are minimums to be adhered to regardless of fiber
the Work Area.
time Work Area is entered remove all street clothes in the
Changing Room of the Personnel Decontamination Unit and put on
new disposable coverall, new head cover, and a clean respirator.
Proceed through shower room to equipment room and put on work
boots.
DECONTAMINATION PROCEDURES ;
Require all workers to adhere to the following personal
decontamination procedures whenever they leave the Work Area:
Type C Supplied Air or Powered Air-Purifvina Respirators;
Require that all workers use the following decontamination
procedure as a minimum requirement whenever leaving the Work
Area: t
* A
When exiting area, remove disposable coveralls, disposable
head covers, and disposable footwear covers or boots in the
equipment room.
Still wearing respirators, proceed to showers. Showering is
mandatory. Care must be taken to follow reasonable
procedures in removing the respirator to avoid asbestos
fibers while showering. The following procedure is required
as a minimum:
Thoroughly wet body including hair and face. If using
a Powered Air-Purifying Respirator (PAPR) hold blower
unit above head to keep canisters dry.
With respirator still in place thoroughly wash body,
hair, respirator face piece, and all parts of the
respirator except the blower unit and battery pack on a
PAPR. Pay particular attention to seal between face
and respirator and under straps.
Take a deep breath, hold it and/or exhale slowly,
completely wet hair, face, and respirator. While still
holding breath, remove respirator and hold it away from
face before starting to breath.
Carefully wash facepiece of respirator inside and out.
If using PAPR: shut down in the following sequence,
WORKER PROTECTION - ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 01560 - 7
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
work area, worker will HEPA vacuum disposable suit starting
moving to feet to remove all debris before entering equipment
material to be removed inside work araa before entering equipment room
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS MTCElfeNT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
inlets to filter cartridges, then/turn off
unit (this sequence will help keep debris which
'collected on the inlet side of filter -.from
lodging and contaminating the outside of the unit).
oroughly wash blower unit and hoses. Carefully wash
battery pack with wet rag. Be extremely cautious of
getting water in battery pack as this will short out
and destroy battery.
Shower completely with soap and water.
Rinse thoroughly.
Rinse shower room walls and floor prior to exit.
Proceed from shower to Changing Room and change into
street clothes or into new disposable work items.
Air Purifying-Negative Pressure Respirators; Require that all
workers use the following decontamination procedure as a minimum
requirement whenever leaving the Work Area with a half or full
face cartridge type respirator:
When exiting area, remove disposable coveralls, disposable
headcovers, and disposable footwear covers or boots in the
Equipment Room.
Still wearing respirators, proceed to showers. Showering is
mandatory. Care must be taken to follow reasonable
procedures in removing the respirator and filters to avoid
asbestos fibers while showering. The following procedure is
required as a minimum:
Thoroughly wet body from neck down.
Wet hair as thoroughly as possible without wetting the
respirator filter if using an air purifying type
respirator.
Take a deep breath, hold it and/or exhale slowly,
complete wetting of hair, thoroughly wetting face,
respirator and filter (air purifying respirator).
While still holding breath, remove respirator and hold
it away from face before starting to breath.
Dispose of wet filters from air purifying respirator.
Carefully wash facepiece of respirator inside and out.
Shower completely with soap and water.
WORKER PROTECTION - ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 01560 - 8
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION
oroughly.
August 12, 1988
shower rooro walls and floor prior to exit.
from shower to Changing Room and change into street
Lhes or into new disposable work items.
FOLLOWING DESCRIBES USE OF A
DECONTAMINATION UNIT CONNECTED TO A Work
Area AS A REMOTE SHOWER FOR MINI-
ENCLOSURE WORK THAT MAY BE GOING ON
ELSEWHERE IN THE BUILDING.
Reirote
d econfcara i na t i on
cannrot ga
en^er Deo/ontami/fation
Room to
completed
SHOWERING IS SOMETIMES NOT REQUIRED FOR
CONTAINMENT PROJECTS. IN THIS CASE, USE
DECONTAMINATION PROCEDURES OF SECTION
01561.
Within Work Area:
Require that workers NOT eat, drink, smoke, chew tobacco or gum,
or apply cosmetics in the Work Area. To eat,fLcfeau^. drink
cn>ok», workers shall follow the procedure described above ,then
dress in street clothes before entering the non-Work Areas of the
building. To dhtuJ or smoke. ~i~b loa.c.c.0, Work**'* must /e
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
CERTIFICATE. WFVWORKER'S ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
W
Ss^.\ '
PROJEC
ADDRESS
CONTRACTOR'S NAME
WORKING WITH ASBESTOS CAN BE DANGEROUS. INHALING ASBESTOS FIBERS
HAS BEEN LINKED WITH VARIOUS TYPES OF CANCER. IF YOU SMOKE AND
INHALE ASBESTOS FIBERS THE CHANCE THAT YOU WILL DEVELOP LUNG
CANCER IS GREATER THAN THAT OF THE NON-SMOKING PUBLIC.
Your employer's contract with the Owner for the above project
requires that: You be supplied with the proper respirator and be
trained in its use. You be trained in safe work practices and in
the use of the equipment found on the job. You receive a
medical examination. These things are to have been done at no
cost to you.
RESPIRATORY PROTECTION: You must have been trained in the
proper use of respirators, and informed of the type respirator to
be used on the above referenced project. You must be given a
copy of the written respiratory protection manual issued by your
employer. You must be equipped at no cost with the respirator to
be used on the above project.
TRAINING COURSE: You must have been trained in the dangers
inherent in handling asbestos and breathing asbestos dust and in
proper work procedures and personal and area protective measures.
The topics covered in the course must have included the
following:
Physical characteristics of asbestos
Health hazards associated with asbestos
Respiratory protection
Use of protective equipment
Pressure Differential Systems
Work practices including hands on or on-job training
Personal decontamination procedures
Air monitoring, personal and area
MEDICAL EXAMINATION; You must have had a medical examination
within the past 12 months at no cost to you. This examination
must have included: health history, pulmonary function tests and
may have included an evaluation of a chest x-ray.
WORKER PROTECTION - ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 01560 - 10
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION
August 12, 1988
By signing
Owner of
your
the
d Name
his document you are acknowledging only that the
iding you are about to work in has^advised you. of
training and protection relative to yoilr employer,
_Social Security No_
Witness
WORKER PROTECTION - ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 01560 - 11
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
Exhibits:
Replacement Specifications
MASTERSPEC
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
SECTION 09250 - GYPSUM DRYWALL
PART
Typist
THIS SECTION USES THE
TERM "ARCHITECT". CHANGE
THIS TERM AS NECESSARY TO
MATCH THE ACTUAL TERM
USED TO IDENTIFY DESIGN
PROFESSIONAL AS DEFINED
IN THE GENERAL AND
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS.
"a/1
and general provisions of Contract, including General
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification
Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY :
Extent of each type of gypsum drywall construction reg^iire is
indicated on Drawings.
This Section includes the following types of gypsum board
construction:
ADJUST LIST BELOW TO SUIT
PROJECT.
Steel framing members to receive gypsum board.
Gypsun board screw-attached to steel f raraing^
Gypsun board nail-attached to wood framing and furring
members.
Gyp*uta boajrtin bonde
asortcVsubst
DELETE BELOW IF SPECIFIED
GYPSUM DRYWALL
kin i «.:•:••«< io t?:>.:e JM ttJ Bn
:- !:• 'm-p •t^::.:t=M
: he- ?* c:r,n« :na
09250 - 1
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
IN DIVISION-9
"TILE."
SECTION
LIST ONLY MATERIALS IN
THIS PROJECT WHICH THE
READER MAY EXPECT TO FIND
IN THIS SECTION. VERIFY
THAT LISTED SECTIONS ARE
INCLUDED IN THIS PROJECT
SPECIFICATION AND THAT
THEIR TITLES ARE
CORRECTLY INDICATED HERE.
ugh O
ruuJ Tiuooeoi
ABOVE AND BELOW ARE
MASTERSPEC NSV SECTIONS.
Gypsu
heathina
speoafiei in DivJ
G/psurc Eheatating
Divisio
section
n
DELETE BELOW IF GLASS
MESH MORTAR UNITS
INCLUDED IN TYPES OF
CONSTRUCTION INCLUDED IN
THIS SECTION.
GYPSUM DRYWALL
>•< ul "
ftp:*.
"o '.•!»«•
09250 - 2
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
Construction Terminology: Refer to ASTM C 11 and GA
definitions of terms for gypsum board construction not
ferwise defined in this section or other referenced standards.
SUBMITTALS;
Product data
specified.
from manufacturers for each type of product
QUALITY ASSURANCE;
DELETE BELOW IF NO RATED
ASSEMBLIES.
Fire-Resistance Ratines: Where indicated, provide materials and
construction which arc identical to those of assemblies whose
fire resistance rating has been determined per ASTM E 119 by a
testing and inspecting organization acceptable to authorities
having jurisdiction.
DELETE BELOW IF NOT
APPLICABLE TO ASSEMBLIES
INDICATED. INDICATE
RATING, TESTING AGENCY,
AND TESTING AGENCY'S
DESIGN DESIGNATION ON
DRAWINGS.
Provide fire-resistance-rated assemblies identical to those
indicated by reference to GA File No's, in GA-600 "Fire
Resistance Design Manual" or to design designations in U.L.
"Fire Resistance Directory" or in listing of other testing
and agencies acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
Single Source Responsibility; Obtain each type of gypsun board
and related joint treatment materials from a single manufacturer.
DELIVERY. STORAGE. AND HANDLING;
GYPSUM DRYWALL
St 5 * f.
ifi' Pwr
•WC M e*U
o? ::i «rs
ty -.ir-t-
09250 - 3
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA MASTERSPEC 8/87
>
erials in original packages, containers or bundles
rand name and identification of manufacturer or
materials inside under cover and keep them dry and
:ected against damage from weather, direct sunlight, surface
contamination, corrosion, construction traffic and other causes.
Neatly stack gypsum boards flat to prevent sagging.
Handle gypsum boards to prevent damage to edges, ends, and
surfaces. Do not bend or otherwise damage aietal corner beads and
trim.
PROJECT CONDITIONS;
Environnental Conditions. General: Establish and maintain
environmental conditions for application and finishing gypsum
board to comply with ASTM C 840 and with gypsum board
manufacturer's recommedations.
Minimum Room Temperatures; For nonadhesive attachment of gypsum
board to framing, maintain not less than 40 deg F (4 deg C) . For
adhesive attachment and finishing of gypsum board maintain not
less than 50 deg F (10 deg C) for 48 hours prior to application
and continuously thereafter until drying is complete.
Ventilate building spaces to remove water not required for drying
joint treatment materials. Avoid drafts during dry, hot weather
to prevent materials form drying too rapidly.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS:
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with
requirements, manufacturers offering products which may be
incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the
following:
^RETAIN ABgVE FOR
OR BELOW
FOR SEMIPROPRIETARY
SPECIFICATION. REFER TO
DIVISION-1 SECTION
GYPSUM DRYWALL ^ £^-VT^T,,1^:,^ 09250 - 4
«oi :*. *t*ttt to-rr-t c«:vV »»-r
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
"PRODUCTS
SUBSTITUTIONS."
AND
adfincr and Furrina:
Lck Steel Framing Co.
Industries, Inc.
Ld Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co. Incor,
Inc.
Marino Industries Corp.
United States Gypsum Co.
DELETE ABOVE OR BELOW IF
NONE.
Gr
tallyc C
Rolliila >fills
Gypsum Boards and Related Products;
MFRS. LISTED BELOW MARKET
PRODUCTS NATIONALLY;
INSERT REGIONAL MFRS IF
DESIRED. NOT ALL MFRS
OFFER FULL RANGE OF
RELATED PRODUCTS.
Centex American Gypsum Co.
Domtar Gypsum Co.
Georgia-Pacific Corp.
Gold Bond Building Products Div,
United States Gypsum Co.
National Gypsum Co,
CERTAIN PROPERTIES OF
PRODUCTS MAY BE
SPECIFIED IN SUBSEQUENT
ARTICLES BY SELECTING A
"DEFAULT" REQUIREMENT
WHICH APPLIES UNLESS
EXCEPTIONS ARE INDICATED
HERE OR ON THE DRAWINGS.
THESE DEFAULT
REQUIREMENTS ARE
GYPSUM DRYWALL
HI S f. j«B:rjt« t» ft»;;.:j tr( «.'
tj«r IT-,li»t to t..a
09250 - 5
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
QUALIFIED BY THE PHRASE,
"UNLESS OTHERWISE
INDICATED." IF NO
EXCEPTIONS ARE ALLOWED OR
KNOWN TO EXIST, THEN
DELETE THIS PHRASE. IF
ALL INDICATIONS ARE ON
THE DRAWINGS RETAIN ONLY
THE "AS INDICATED"
REQUIREMENT.
\>TEEL FRJ
G COMPONENTS FOR SUSPENDED AND FURRED CEILINOS
:O;
DELETE THIS.
SUSPEND]
CEILING'
*TICLE IF NO
OR FURRED
iral ;
materiais
Provide
nd sizes,
omponents which comply .X/ith
unless otherwise indicated.
ASTM C 754 for
)ELETE ANY COMPONENTS
BELOW NOT REQUIRED.
IF NO
HANGERS
DIRECTLY IN
VERIFY SAFETY
REVIS E AS
OR INSERT
1C LOAD
REQUIREMENTS AND NAMES OF
ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS.
DELETE BELOW
CONCRETE OR
EMBEDDED
CONCRETE.
FACTOR;
REQUIRED
SPECIF
Concrete Inserts: Thserts designed for attachment to concrete
forms and for /embedment \n concrete, fabricated from
corrosion-resistant materials, w\th holes or loops for attachment
of hanger viresi and capability \p sustain, without failure, a
load equal to/3 times that imposed by ceiling construction, as
determined from testing per ASTH^ E 488, conducted by an
independent/testing laboratory.
Wire for/Hangers and Ties;
soft temper.
ASTM A 64\. Class 1 zinc coating,
USUAXLY RETAIN ABOVE
WHICHNCOVERS 8 THROUGH 16
GAGE WIRE. DELETE ABOVE
GYPSUM DRYWALL
BT'S a i.-xuri i: -•?>*;< nt «:• Kit
t»or "trr ii;:- lir '.-IN- -tfn:.'.: *
09250 - 6
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
AND RETAIN BELOW WHI
REQUIRED BY
BUILDING CODE QK BY
LOADING.
Hand
>Mild steel, zinc coated or protected with
:iVe paint.
Mild steel, zinc coated or /protected with
rusJ
utive paint.
Angle-Type Hana<
wide, formed fri
complying with AS'
connections and 5/ll
DELETT' BOTH OF ABOVE AND
RETAIN BELOW FOR
E X>C E PTIONAL UPLIFT
RESISTANCE.
Angles with leg*' not less than 7/8 inch
0.0635 inch thi^fx galvanized steel sheet
A 446, Coating /Jesignation G90, with bolted
inch diameter >K>lts.
DELETE BELOW IF
SUSPENSION SYSTEM LIMITED
TO GRID SUSPENSION
SYSTEM.
Channels; Cold-rolled st
base (uncoated) metal anoT 1 /'.
rust-inhibitive paint, a-nd as
0.0598 inch minimum thickness of
inch wide flanges, protected with
follows:
Carrying Channel^; 2 inch\s deep, 590 Ibs per 1000 ft.,
unless otherwis/e' indicated.
DELETE ABOVE OR BELOW
UNLESS BOTH REQUIRED AND
LOCATIONS OF EACH
INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND
JALIFYING PHRASE FOR
EXCEPTION IS CHANGED TO
E INDICATED."
Carrying Channels; 1-1/2 inch deep, 47^
uiyfess otherwise indicated.
Ibs per 1000 ft.,
DELETE BEl£>W IF FURRING
CHANNELS LIMJTED TO STEEL
STUDS, RIG\D FURRING
CHANNELS, OR\ RESILIENT
GYPSUM DRYWALL
'•(•«!.« MJ M* ».1
t.-~i- :tjr»«t
"iw» tkt ::?)• ft
09250 - 7
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
Furring
unless
CHANNELS
COMBINATION.
lannels; 3/4 inch deep, 300 Ibs per
tervise indicated.
0 R
ft.,
bent
Furring Channels; ASTM C 645, withflange edges
deg and doubled over to form 3/16 inch minimum lip
thickness of base (uncoated) nv«:al and minimum
tol 1 ows :
Thickp^ss:
Thicknt
Thickne;
0.0179 inch, unless otherwise indicated.
0.0329 inch, unless otherwise indicated.
As indicated.
'RETAIN ONE DEFAULT
REQUIREMENT FOR
THICKNESS AND DEPTH FROM
CHOICES ABOVE AND BELOW
OR DELETE AND EITHER
INSERT OTHERS OR RETAIN
"AS INDICATED" AND
INDICATE ON DRAWINGS.
Depth; 1-5/8 inched/unless otherwise indicated.
Depth; 2-1/2 inchesy\unless otherwise indicated.
Depth; 3-5/8 inched/ \nless otherwise indicated.
Depth; As indicated.
L Rigid Furring/Channels; \ASTM C 645, hat-shaped, depth of
and nirvdfinum thickness of base (uncoated) metal as
7/8 inch,
follows:
Thicknejss;
Thickness;
Thickness;
RETAIN ONE REQUIREMENT
BELOW.
0.0179 inch, unless otherwise indicated.
0.0329 inch, unless otherwise indicated.
As indicated.
REFSR TO MFRS1 TECHNICAL
L I T\E RAT U RE FOR
LIMITATIONS IN USE OF
THEIR \ESILIENT FURRING
CHANNELS\ USG ADVISES
AGAINST WSE OF THEIR
PRODUCT BENEATH FLEXIBLE
FLOOR JOISTS>
GYPSUM DRYWALL
RIIS ft M?en.t< M rtttttf.i tH Mil Sa
tMf "tr^.tut* te t^^kn T;^«(«! :•
-;•/ s? :>!im< **t lit n?w- 9*m
09250
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
ResiLlgtV Furring Channels; Manufacturer's^x^tandard
to reduce sound transmission, copjJiying with
or material, finish and widths of face/and fastening
to form 1/2 inch deep channe^xof the following
g-Le Configuration
Assymetr'lc-shaped channel with
onnected to a single flang
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
ABOVE AND BELOW. DELETE,
RETAIN OR REVISE
EXCEPTIONS OR RETAIN "AS
INDICATED" IF BOTH
DEFAULT AND EXCEPTIONS
DELETED.
-5/8 inches, unless otherwise indicated.
• inehea xlieie iniUualed,
?h
th
dieatc.
3-1/a inches wheie. iiKliuaLeil.
i D/o imjiiui; wtitim imili'aUMi.
Ac indicated
RETAIN ONE REQUIREMENT
ABOVE AND BELOW.
Thi
-gravmr!—Mjiidma ani. typu, aajmnbin, fihrin
Corrosion-resistant steel sheet complying with ASTM
thickness of base (uncoated) metal of 0.03;
designfe trfntou od w) ttrt
tipc."
mwJ t«
09250 - 10
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
ABOVE AVAILABLE FROM 1ISG
AND DALE OF MFRS LISTED,
BELOW AVAILABLEPKOM DALE
AND GOLD
ABOVE OR
IF TH^RD
RETAHfED.
RETAIN
LOW OR BOTH,
REQUIREMENT
Double-Li
Ionfiguration;
Cot
Hat-sjxtped channel, with 1-1/2
connected to fringes by double slotted or
is (webs).
tration; EitheXone indicated above.
BELOW AVAILABLE IN DEPTHS
OF 1, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2,
AND 3 INCHES. USG
^PRODUCT HAS SLOTTED WEB.
7-Furring Members'; Manufacturer's standa*Xd zee-shaped furring
memberswithshotted or nonslotted web, fabricated from hot-dip
galvanized sfceel sheet complying with ASTnv A 525, Coating
Designation/660; with a minimum base metal (unoqated) thickness
of 0.0179 ./inch, face flange of 1-1/4 inch, wall-attachment flange
of 7/8 inch, and of depth required to fit insulat^pn thickness
indicaJKed.
Fasteners; Provide fasteners of type, material, size, Oorrosion
resistance, holding power and other properties required to\fasten
;teel framing and furring members securely to substrates
involved; complying with the recommendations of gypsun dryw^ll
jnanufacfur"*"' *"*• "ppH"""'
GYPSUM BOARD;
General: Provide gypsum board of types indicated in maximum
lengths available to minimize end-to-end joints.
DELETE BELOW IF
THICKNESSES FOR ALL
^APPLICATIONS SPECIFIED OR
INDICATED ON DRAWINGS^
TTS I NCH
EXCLUDED
POSSIBLE
TO MFRS'
THICKNESS
BELOW TO AVOID
MISUSE. REFER
RE COMMEN DATIONS
GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250 - 11
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
FOR PROPER USE OF 3/8
INCH THICKNESS.
r6vide gypsum board in thicknesses indicated,
otherwise indicated, in either 1/2 inch or 5/8
esses to comply with ASTM C 840 for application
support spacing indicated.
Gypsum (ftaj/jiboard; ASTM C 36, and as follows:
DELETE TYPES BELOW NOT
REQUIRED. INDICATE ON
DRAWINGS FIRE-RESISTANT
TYPES OCCUR. SEE
EVALUATION SHEETS.
Type:
Regular, unless otherwise indicated.
Foil-hag) 1 whinn. iiidiiuHLa.
Type; Type X for fire-resistance-rated assemblies.
Edges; Tapered.
Taparo<
SELECT ONE
REQUIREMENT BELOW.
(rounded
EDGE
prrf i 1
RETAIN OR REVISE DEFAULT
REQUIREMENT BELOW.
DELETE, RETAIN OR REVISE
EXCEPTIONS OR RETAIN "AS
INDICATED" IF BOTH
DEFAULT AND EXCEPTIONS
DELETED. REFER TO MFRS '
LITERATURE FOR
LIMITATIONS ON USE OF 3/8
INCH THICKNESS.
Thickness
Thicknefcs
/frhickne^cji
Available Products; Subject to compliance with
requirements, products which may be incorporated in the Work
where Type X gypsum wallboard is indicated include, but are
not limited to, the following:
GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250 - 12
to SMH
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
RETAIN ABOVE FOR
NONPROPRIETARY OR BELOW
FOR SEMIPROPRIETARY
SPECIFICATION. REFER TO
DIVISION-1 SECTION
"PRODUCTS AND
SUBSTITUTIONS."
Pro
BELOW REPRESENT PRODUCTS
WHOSE FIRE RESISTANCE IS
GREATER THAN EACH MFR'S
STANDARD TYPE X
WALLBOARD. RETAIN ONLY
PRODUCTS OF MFRS RETAINED
UNDER 1ST ARTICLE OF PART
2.
'Gyprock Fireguard 'C1 Gypsum Board"; Dorotar Gypsum Co.
'Fire-Shield G" ; Gold Bond Building Products Div. ,
National Gypsum Co.
'SHEETROCK Brand FIRECODE 'C' Gypsum Panels"; United
States Gypsura Co.
DELETE BELOW IF NO
MULTI-
APPLICATIONS.
BOARD NO
MANUFACTURED
GOLD BOND.
LAYER
ASTM C 442
LONGER
BY USG OR
ar
:ioni
gypsuitf
e backing board is not available from nanuj
illboard, ASTM C 36, and as follows:
:er,
?TE TYPES BELOW NOT
'REQUIRED. INDICATE ON
DRAWINGS WHERE
FOIL-BACKED AND TYPE X
BOARDS OCCUR.
Type;
Type;
Type;
Regulaj?
-------
Copyrightrtl987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/1
to/
Manufacturer's standard.
DELETE ABO\
EDGE DESCRI!
PRODUCED
MATERIAy
AVAILABII/ITY.
OR BELOW.
D BELOW ONLY
ASTM C 442
VERIFY
Edges;
lare, non-tapered; or V-tongue $md groove.
RETA/N OR REVISE DEFAULT
REQUIREMENT BELOW.
DELETE, RETAIN OR REVISE
EXCEPTIONS OR RETAIN "AS
NDICATED" IF BOTH
'DEFAULT AND EXCEPTIONS
DELETED. REFER TO MFRS'
LITERATURE FOR
LIMITATIONS ON USE OF 3/8
INCH THICKNESS.
Thickness;
Thickness:
Thickness;
Thickness;
1/2 inch, uHl ess/otherwise
5/8 inch wheVe /ndicated.
3/8 inch wherVindicated.
As indicated..
indicated.
Water-Resistant Gvpsoin Backing Board:
follows:
DELETE BELOW IF GLASS
MESH MORTAR UNITS
EXCLUSIVELY SPECIFIED AS
BASE FOR TILE. PRODUCT
BELOW NOT SUITABLE FOR
CEILING APPLICATIONS.
ASTM C 630, and as
RETAIN TYPE OR TYPES
BELOW REQUIRED. INDICATE
ON \DRAWINGS WHERE
FIREYRESISTANT TYPE
OCCURS A
Type;
Type;
tegular, unless otherwise indicated.
Type X for fire-resistance-rated assenfelies.
RETAIN OR REVISE DEFAULT
REQUIREME N\ BELOW
DELETE, R£TAIN\OR REVISE
GYPSUM DRYWALL
M-S i ».••«!.•« •: nt'ttJU
ttts: PWTI.U •:• "v tiff -
T«il :: »n -t: s-rr -.t »;
t w* 1 1
09250 -
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
EXCEPTION OR
INDICATED"
DEFAULT
DELETED.
5/8 inch, unless otherwise indica
1/2 inch where indicated.
As indicated.
BELOW' SUITABLE ONLY FOR
SOPTITS INDIRECTLY
EXPOSED TO WEATHER. SEE
RS ' LITERATURE FOR
MITATIONS.
C 931, with manufacturer's
s indicated below:
Exterior Gypsum
standard edges,
Soffit Board; AS
type and thickne
DELETE TYPES BELOW NOT
REQUIRED.
ess otherwise indicated.
re->cesistance rated assenblies.
Regular, u
Type X for
Typg:
Type:
RETAIN
BELOW.
AVAILABILITY
AND DESIRED
FROM SELECTED MFRS FOR
BOTH REGULAR AND TYPE X
BOARD. 1/2 INCH THICK
TYPE X BOARD NOT
AVAILABLE FROM GOLD BOND
AND USG.
inch,
inch,
indicated.
indicated.
Thicknes
Thickness:
unless
unless
otherwise
otherwise
DELETE THIS ARTICLE IF NO
GLASS MD6H MORTAR UNITS
OR IF XPECIFIED IN
ANOTHER SECTION.
Proprietary backing units with glass mesh fiber mesh
09250 - 1
THICKNESS
VERIFY
OF PRODUCT
THICKNESS
inforcing
GYPSUM DRYWALL
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
id water resistant coating on both faces, complying
following requirements:
sum Panels; Gypsun
and manufacturer's
ating on both faces
48 inches wide by 96
ft.
core
pro
the
PRODUCT
BELOW ARE
ORDER AS N,
AT END OF
CORRELAT
RETA IN/ED
CORRESPOND
IPTIONS
IN SAME
D PRODUCTS
IS ARTICLE.
DESCRIPTIONS
BELOW TO
WITH NAMED
PRODU
RETAINED.
ith glass fiber nesh
ietary water and vapor
abricated in panels 1/2
inches long, and weighing
Cement-Coated PoVtland Cement Panels: High density portland
cement surface ^coating on /both faces and lightweight
concrete core composed of/portland cement and expanded
ceramic aggregate; Vabricared in panels 7/16 inch thick by
36 inches wide by 36\ A3,/or 60, 64, or 72 inches long; and
weighing 3.2 - 3.8 lbs\p$rr sq. ft.
Vinyl-Coated Portland/Cement Panels: Core formed in a
continuous process f/om Aggregated portland cement slurry
and reinforced v
embedded in both
textured; fabrice
inches wide by
Ibs per sq. ft.
vinyl-coated woven glass fiber nesh
iriaces,\with one face smooth and other
'ed in panels 1/2 inch thick and by 36
60, and 7\ inches long; and weighing 3
Available Products'; Subject to corop\iance with requirements,
glass itesh morta/ units which may be incorporated in the Work
include, but are/not limited to, the following:
RE T\IN ABOVE FOR
NONPR6PRIETARY OR BELOW
FOR S\£MIPROPRIETARY
SPECIFICATION. REFER TO
DIVISIOW^-1 SECTION
"PROD i:\ T S AND
SUBSTITUTIONS
Products; Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one
of bhe following products:
GYPSUM DRYWALL
M J •. i.tX'
it;:- Cm
•re :e sf.i :
• n.t4*t t?l
y ly
09250 - 16
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
"Wonder-Board"
"Durock
USG Industries.
ASTM C
Edge Trim for Interior Installation; Comply with
the following:
rbead formed from zinc alloy, with flanges knurled and
orated or of fine-mesh expanded netal.
Steel Edge trim, formed from galvanized steel, types per Fig.
1 of ASTM C 840 as follows:
RETAIN TYPES REQUIRED
FROM CHOICES BELOW.
**LC" Bead, unless otherwise indicated.
REVISE BELOW IF BULL NOSE
REQUIRED.
BELOW HAS NO BACK FLANGE.
"U" Bead where indicated.
Plastic Edge Trim:
Manufacturers standard rigid or
semi-rigid PVC moldings shaped to provide resilient contact
of gypsum board edges with other construction; friction-fit,
or pressure-sensitive adhesive mounting.
One-Piece Control Joint; Formed with perforated face flanges
connected by vee-shaped slot, 1/4 inch wide by approximately
7/16 inch deep and covered with removable tape, fabricated
from the following material:
RETAIN ONE BELOW. GOLD
BOND RECOMMENDS EXTRUDED
VINYL. USG ONLY OFFER
ZINC.
GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250 - 17
r. PtnMx- ta
N MtctM HT
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
Roll-formed zinc.
Extruded vinyl.
Either roll-forned zinc or extruded vinyl.
IF BELO-W RETAINED
IN DIC A'T E PROFILES
REQUIRED EITHER HERE BY
INSERTS OR ON DRAWINGS.
Aluir.inun EdgeSTrin; Where indicated, provide manufacturer's
standardextrubed aluminum edge/trim of profile shown or
referenced by manufacturer's arandard product designation,
fabricated from aluminum allpy 6063 T5 complying with ASTM B
221, finished as follows:
_
Metal — (J6Pnejri&5 e
Exterior Ceilings;
O^and the following:
ae trim formed from zinc alloy, type "LC
of ASTM C 840 unless otherwise indicated.
Anodized
(choffiically cleaned; chemical etch,
mi* minimum thick clear anodic coatn
BELOW IS AN EXAMPLE ONLY,
OTHER FINISHES AVAILABLE
INCLUDING COLOR ANODIZED
AND BAKED ENAMEL
FINISHES, INSERT IF
QUIRED.
h: AA-C12C22A42
medium natte; 0.7
HER
INSERT
ACCESSOR
INCLUDING
COLUMN FORMS
EDGE TRIM FOR
COLUMNS, ETC.
TRIM
HERE
EFORMED
CURVED
ROUND
GYPSUM BOARD JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS;
General: Provide materials complying with ASTM C 475, ASTM C 840,
and recommendations of manufacturer of both gypsum board and
joint treatment materials for the application indicated.
GLASS-FIBER-MESH TYPES
WITH OR WITHOUT PRESSURE
GYPSUM DRYWALL
»M h
•\y.-. PfmsiM kr blhr
^m tt K'l -rt ttm ft cenr.
09250 - 18
-------
Joint Tape; Pap
Copyright 1987, AIA MASTERSPEC 8/87
SENSITIVE ADHESIVE
BACKING ARE ALSO
AVAILABLE BUT ARE ONLY
APPROVED BY MFRS FOR USE
WITH SELECTED
SETTING-TYPE JOINT
COMPOUNDS.
reinforcing tape, unless otherwise indicated.
DELETE BELOW IF NOT
APPLICABLE.
_ .sure sensitive or staple-attached open-weave glass
reinforcing tape with compatible joint compound where
aended by manufacturer of gypsum board and joint
treatment materials for application indicated.
EXAMPLES BELOW ARE THE
USUAL RANGE OF PRODUCT
CHOICES. BEFORE EDITING
BELOW, FIRST EDIT PART 3
ARTICLE "FINISHING
DRYWALL" TO DETERMINE
WHICH COMPOUNDS TO
RETAIN FOR FINISH SYSTEMS
REQUIRED. SEE
EVALUATION SHEETS FOR
CONSIDERATIONS INVOLVED
IN SELECTING JOINT
COMPOUNDS.
Setting-Type Joint Compounds: Factory-prepackaged, job-mixed,
chemical-hardening powder products formulated for uses indicated.
RETAIN APPLICABLE
REQUIREMENTS BELOW.
SETTING TIMES OF CERTAIN
SETTING-TYPE JOINT
COMPOUNDS MAY BE ADJUSTED
WHICH COULD AFFECT
QUALITY OF PERFORMANCE.
"BELOWTSINTENDED TO
LIMIT SELECTION TO THOSE
WITH LONGER SETTING
TIMES. REVISE OR
COMPLEMENT WITH PRODUCT
NAMES IF PRODUCTS WITH
GYPSUM DRYWALL >£,'££*'^G^.SV 09250 - 19
~.r tt rf; ~tc •-•«• •_•«
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
SHORTER SETTING TIMES
ACCEPTABLE.
Where se£mngftype joint compounds are indicated for use as
taping/^nicrskopping compounds, use formulation for each which
develop*' greatest bond strength and crack resistance and is
e with other joint compounds applied over it.
>rvT"pref ill ing gypsum board joints, use formulation
nended by gypsum board manufacturer for this purpose.
For filling joints and treating fasteners of water-resistant
gypsum backing board behind base for cerair.ic tile, use
formulation recoxmended by gypsum board manufacturer for
this purpose.
Drying-Type Joint Compounds: Factory-prepackaged vinyl-based
products complying with the following requirements for
formulation and intended use.
Ready-Mix Formulation; Factory-prefixed product.
DELETE ABOVE OR 3ELOW OR
RETAIN BOTH IF EITHER
ALLOWED IN FINISHING
REQUIREMENTS IN PART 3.
RETAIN BELOW EITHER BOTH
TAPING AND TOPPING
COMPOUND OR ALL-PURPOSE
COMPOUND OR ALL 3 TO
CORRELATE WITH FINISHING
REQUIREMENTS IN PART 3.
Taping compound formulated for embedding tape and for first
coat over fasteners and flanges of corner beads and edge
trim.
Topping compound formulated for fill (second) and finish
(third) coats.
jppi
GYPSUM DRYWALL
n$ n Mtko ;K k iry»fctt ITJ at !wj
W* Pi-wan v torn, rt.-Mict»
••-•fl » ef.i -n "»• rfe C*JT- ;« c*tt!
09250 - 20
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS;
General: Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum drywall
construction which comply with referenced standards and the
recommendations of the manufacturer of the gypsum board.
DELETE MATERIALS BELOW
NOT APPLICABLE TO
PROJECT.
Tormina ti
Gypsum Board Screws:
s to
ASTX C 1002.
Beard Hailoi AM'H C sin~.—•
Asphalt Folt; ASJM D 220, Typo I (Ht
Concealed Acoustical Sealant; Nondrying, nonhardening,
nonskinning, nonstaining, nonbleeding, gunnable sealant complying
with requirement specified in Division-7 section "Joint Sealers."
y confining
setting
without
RETAIN ONE REQUIREMENT
FROM 3 BELOW.
Mi:
Fiber
F i b e r s^fllaliii f a c t u r ed-^from>g 1 a s s
leral Fiber^Tvoe; t Fibers manuCactAU'ed from bias:
>(ineraJ
3er Type:
jers manufactured from
AVOID USE OF MATERIAL
BELOW FOR BELOW-GRADE OR
OTHER POTENTIALLY DAMP
LOCATIONS; USE EXTRUDED
POLYSTYRENE OR OTHER
GYPSUM DRYWALL
M S i ijxritt •: n>t3.;f mt ui
•»>;1 Pr-nreur- T '
!".f M iKt VI 'r»fi :
09250 - 21
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
CLOSED CELL
INSTEAD.
INSULATION
Thermal Ins
Material indicated below, of thickness and
^tbids formed by Z-furring members:
Mineral Fiber Blanket Insulation;
blanket insulation produced by c;
of type described below with the]
ly with ASTM C 665 for Type I (blankj
g); and as follows:
nfaced mineral
ining nineral
setting resins to
s without membrane
Min
slagJ
Mineral Fiber
Mineral\Fiber
RETAIN ONE REQUIREMENT
:OM 3 BELOW.
Fibers/Manufactured from glass or
Fibers manufactured from glass.
Fibers manufactured from slag.
RETAIN ABOVE OR BELOW FOR
INSULATION BETWEEN
Z-FURRING MEMBERS.
DELETE BOTH IF NO
Z-FURRING MEMBERS.
REVISE IF OTHER TYPES OF
INSULATION MATERIALS
DESIRED. VERIFY CODE
COMPLIANCE OF BELOW WITH
AUTHORITIES HAVING
JURISDICTION.
Extruded Pol
Thermal Insulation:
Rigid,
cellular theirtnal insulation with closed cells and integral
high density skin; formed by rt^e expansion of polystyrene
base resin/in an extrusion processvto comply with ASTM C 578
for Type TV; with a flame spread ami smoke developed ratings
of, respectively, not more than 25 and 450 per ASTM E 84.
R E T\I N BELOW IF
SEPARATELY APPLIED VAPOR
BARRIER\ REQUIRED OVER
WOOD FRAMING AND ITS
INSTALLATION IS SPECIFIED
IN THIS SECTI*
Polyethylene Vapor Retarder;
aferroeance rating as follows:
ASTM D 4397, thickness and
GYPSUM DRYWALL
:**. > i-.e t*.
09250 - 22
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
4.0 mils, 0.19 perms.
Glas
, 0.13 perms.
Mortar Unit Finishing Materia.
DELETE ABOXE OR BELOW OR
REVISE.
comp
Tape and joint
s a\ recommended by glass mesh mortar unit manufacturer.
TEXTURE FINISH^MATERIALS;
Prlraer: Of type reconum
Polystyrene Aqqreqat
standard proprieta/ry produ
aggregates for Spray appl
characteristics of/25 per ASTM E
Available Produces; Subject to
polystyrene
Work include,
DELETE THIS ENTIRE
ARTICLE IF NO TEXTURE
FINISH OR IF SPECIFIED AS
WORK OF ANOTHER SECTION
SUCH AS PAINTING OR
SPECIAL COATINGS. BELOW
IS JUST ONE EXAMPLE OF
SEVERAL PRODUCTS
AVAILABLE.
by manufacturer of texture finish.
for Ceilings; Manufacturer's
formulated with polystyrene
ition, with surface burning
and in texture indicated.
of the following products:
/ "IMPERIAL QT SPRAY Medium Texture Finish";
Gypsum Co.
rapliance with requirements,
egated finishes which,, may be incorporated in the
t are not limited to, \he following:
TAIN ABOVE FOR
1PROPRIETARY OR BELOW
FO"fc SEMIPROPRIETARY
SPECIFICATION. REFER TO
DIVPeiON-1 SECTION
"PR O\D U C T S AND
SUBSTITUTIONS."
Products; Subject to compliance with requirements^ provide one
United States
GYPSUM DRYWALL
TT.s ,;
•tttft *
—.? It t
m»:-:.:t »tt «; tet
09250 - 23
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
SPRAY Coarse Texture
. ySpray MediujiH
>ray Medium"; Gold Bond Building
lational Gypsum Co.
Thited States
Building Products Div.,
Div.,
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMINATION;
REVISE BELOW TO SUIT
PROJECT CONDITIONS AND
CONSTRUCTION.
Examine substrates to which dryvall construction attaches or
abuts, preset hollow metal frames, cast-in-anchors, and
structural framing, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions
affecting performance of drywall construction. Do not proceed
with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
-PREPARATION.
Ceili
suspension
systems to
provisions /have
Banner tha
/required tovs«p'port ceili
DELETE THIS ARTICLE IF NO
STEEL FRAMING FOR
CEILINGS OR PARTITIONS.
ceiling
DELETE BELOW
DEVICES NOT
SPECIFIED
SECTIONS.
at spacing
IF ANCHORAGE
USED OR IF
IN OTHER
installation
with o
GYPSUM DRYWALL
"?„' i'""7'** " I*'**' fit Ml Brv
TX-. "cnt,^. fc, ...-ma, .^c-,^
•--•/ if :'.'**{ -'t~ n: -.-.i
09250 - 24
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
DELETE BELOW IF NO
SPRAYED-ON FIREPROOFING
OR IF NOT APPLICABLE.
on firepro^ftTyr is applied
iling ruprters (
ed-on fireproofi
ravide continuous u
o.c.
mupn firepr
construction
INSTALLATION OF STEEL FRAMING. GENERAL;
DELETE THIS ARTICLE IF NO
STEEL FRAMING.
ASTM C 840 INCLUDES
REQUIREMENTS FOR
INSTALLATION THAT ARE NOT
INCLUDED IN ASTM C 754.
Steel Framing Installation Standard; Install steel framing to
comply with ASTM C 754 and with ASTM C 840 requirements that
apply to framing installation.
Install supplementary framing. blocking and bracing at
terminations in the work and for support of fixtures, equipment
services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings,
and similar construction to comply with details indicated and
with recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer, or if none
available, with "Gypsum Construction Handbook" published by
United States Gypsum Co.
INDICATE ISOLATION
DETAILS ON DRAWINGS OR
INSERT DETAILED
DESCRIPTION HERE.
Isolate steel framing from building structure to prevent transfer
of loading imposed by structural movement, at locations indicated
below to comply with details shown on Drawings:
Where edges of suspended ceilings abut building structure
GYPSUM DRYWALL
fcns <\ j.ttf :te to Ttttxt nt «: 9-
to* Ir *,-•*•
ri for •* c
09250 - 25
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
at ceiling perimeters or penetration of
elements.
rtition and wall framing abuts overhead structure
RETAIN BELOW ONLY IF
DETAILS PROVIDED ON
DRAWINGS; OTHERWISE
DESCRIBE CONNECTION
REQUIRED IN DETAIL.
Provide slip or cushioned type joints as detailed to
attain lateral support and avoid axial loading.
Do not bridge building expansion and control joints with steel
framing or furring members; independently frame both sides of
joints with framing or furring members or as indicated.
DELETE THIS ARTICLE
SUSPENDED AND
CEILINGS.
DELETE BEL0W IF NO WOOD
FRAMrXG (CEILING
JOISTS/BEAMS, STUDS,
ET
Screw furring n
ers to wood framing.
Secure hangers to "structural supp*brt by connecting directly to
structure where possrtjle, otherwise connect to cast- in concrete
inserts or other anchorage devices or fasteners as indicated.
DELETE BELOW IF NO METAL
DECK.
Do not attachxangers to netaXdeck tabs.
Do not a$£ach hangers to metal robC deck.
D E"lSET E BELOW IF
POWDEKN^CTUATED FASTENERS
ACCEPT ABI
GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250 - 26
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
condu
Keep
Do not^itach hangers to underside of concrete slabs /with
ted fasteners.
ct or suspend steel framing from ducts, z&pes or
condu
ers and braces 2 inches clear of ducts'; pipes and
REVISE RZLOW TO INDICATED
SPECIFIC TYPE OF HANGER
IF DIFFERENT FROM HANGERS
USED/TO SUSPEND FRAMING.
Swav-brace suspended steel framing with hangers used for support.
Install suspended
framing components in sizes and at
spacings indicated butXnot less than^chat required by referenced
steel framing installation standard.,
BELOW IS AN EXAMPLE OF A
DEFAULT REQUIREMENT.
DELETE IF SIZES AND
SPACING INDICATED ON
DRAWINGS OR REVISE IF
OTHER SIZES AND SPACING
REQUIRED TO SUIT PROJECT
CONDITIONS.
Carrying Channels (Main Runner;
center.
1-1/2 inch, 4 ft. on
Rigid Furrvna Channels fFurring Members); 16 inches on
center.
RET\ IN ABOVE FOR
PARALLEL-ATTACHED SINGLE
LAYER \l/2 OR 5/8 INCH
THICK &PSUM WALLBOARD,
O R B >£ LOW FOR
PER PEN DI Oil LAR-ATTACHED
BOARD \O F SAME
THICKNESSES .\ REVISE FOR
OTHER THICKWfSSES AND
DOUBLE LAYERS.
GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250 - 27
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
Purring Channels (Furring Members);
24 inches
TOLERANCES B^LOW ARE
BASED ON TH0SE SPECIFIED
IN ASTM-XC 636 FOR
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS.
Installation Tolerances; Install steel .Craning components for
suspended ceilingtT so that cross fdrring members or grid
suspension members TUTC level to wi>Kin 1/8 inch in 12 ft. as
measured both lengthwise on each member and transversely between
parallel members.
Wire-tie or clip furring
structural supports as i
ers to main runners and to other
DELETE BELOW IF NO GRID
S USPENSION SYSTEM
INCLUDED IN PART 3 OR
FLOWED.
Grid Suspension System; Attach perimeterNwall track or angle
where gr i.^ suspension system meets vertical surfaces.
Mechanically join main beam and cross furring^ members to each
other ana butt-cut to fit into wall track.
FRAMING FOlNfiELOW SHOULD
BE DETAILED ONN0RAWINGS.
EOT exterior soffits provide cross-bracing and additional
/Indicated or reqqjred to resist wind uplift.
framing
INSTALLATION OF STEEL FRAMING FOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS;
DELETE THIS ARTICLE IF NO
STEEL FRAMING FOR WALLS
AND PARTITIONS.
Install runners (tracks) at floors, ceilings and structural walls
and columns where gypsum drywall stud system abuts other
construction.
Where studs are installed directly against exterior walls,
install asphalt felt strips between studs and wall.
GYPSUM DRYWALL
V $ ft tft t-jt; •>
, ft) j* -»B
;,"t:.r c:
09250 - 28
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
BELOW IS BASED ON
RECOMMENDATION IN GA-216
FOR ALL FRAMING. ASTM C
840 REQUIRES ONLY THAT
FRAMING AND SUBSTRATES
BE INSTALLED SO THAT,
AFTER GYPSUM BOARD HAS
BEEN INSTALLED, THE
FINISHED SURFACE WILL BE
IN AN EVEN PLANE. DELETE
BELOW IF ASTM C 840
REQUIREMENT ACCEPTABLE.
ion Tolerances; Install each steel framing and furring
so that fastening surface do not vary more than 1/8 inch
lane of faces of adjacent framing.
>nd partition framing full height to structural supports or
substrates above suspended ceilings, except where partitions are
indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing
over frames for doors and openings and frame around ducts
penetrating partitions above ceiling to provide support for
gypsum board.
RETAIN ABOVE WITH BELOW
OR REVISE TO MAKE BELOW
DEFAULT REQUIREMENT AND
ABOVE THE EXCEPTION; OR
DELETE BOTH IF NOT
APPLICABLE (SUCH AS NO
SUSPENDED CEILINGS).
Terminate partition framing at suspended ceilings where
indicated.
Install steel studs and furring in sizes and at spacings
indicated but not less than that required by referenced steel
framing installation standard.
BELOW ARE EXAMPLES OF
DEFAULT REQUIREMENTS.
RETAIN APPLICABLE
REQUIREMENTS OR REVISE.
DELETE IF SIZES AND
SPACING INDICATED ON
DRAWINGS.
For single laver construction; 16 inches on center.
GYPSUM DRYWALL
HIiS 4 ii*e-6H'.: us•otox tii tH iti
IX*. fa--OK- "v *••?•«
m*a :•> ticii'.ti •
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
DELETE ABOVE OR BELOW OR
BOTH IF THIRD
REQUIREMENT RETAINED.
REFER TO TABLE 4 IN ASTM
C 754.
In
steel studs so that flanges point in the same direction
sum boards can be installed in the direction opposite to
the flange.
Sine door openings to comply with details indicated, with GA-219
and with applicable published recommendations of gypsum board
manufacturer. Attach vertical studs at jambs with screws either
directly to frames or to jamb anchor clips on door frames;
install runner track section (for cripple studs) at head and
secure to jamb studs.
RETAIN
SUSPENSION
BELOW
CEILINGS
I F
CAPABLE OF WITHSTANDING
DOOR OPENING AND CLOSING
FORCES. QUALIFY TF~
'XCEPTIONS .
Extend vertical jamb studs through suspended ceilings and
attach to underside of floor or roof structure above.
INSTALLATION OF FRAMING
FOR ABOVE AND BELOW
SHOULD BE FULLY DETAILED.
Frame openings other than door openings to comply with details
indicated, or if none indicated, in same manner as required for
door openings; and install framing below sills of openings to
match framing required above door heads.
place with Z-furring
Erect insulation
members spac
ches on center.
GYPSUM DRYWALL
PtT«tw« Ir br.tr ft or:
i at:latt -w n, t,,r'
09250 - 30
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
\
jxterior corners, securely attach narrow flanges
Ingr members to wall with concrete stub na^ls, screws
for masonry attachment, or powder-driven fasteners
24 inches on center.
Exterior corners, attach wide flange of/furring members
wall with short flange extending beyond corner; on
adjacent wall surface, screw attach shortr flange of furring
chanVel to web of attached channel. Start from this furring
channel with standard width insulation/panel and continue in
regulair manner. At interior corners, /space second member no
more th\n 12 inches from corner and sfut insulation to fit.
DELETE BELOW IF
POLYSTYRENE INSULATION
BOARD SPECIFIED
EXCLUSIVELY FOR THERMAL
INSULATION.
Until gypsum boaxd is installed hold insulation in place
with 10 inch staples fabricated from 0.0625 inch (16 gage)
diameter tie wire\ and /inserted through slot in web of
member.
\7
DELETE BELOW IF NO
SEPARATELY APPLIED VAPOR
RETARDER REQUIRED. DO
NOT INSTALL BEHIND
WATER-RESISTANT BACKING
BOARD.
Install polyethylene vapor retarder on interior of framing
members of exteric
requirements:
insulated walls \o comply with the following
Extend vapor retarder to extremiti<
of exterior insulated
ids in in insulated
walls anal to cover miscellaneous
substrates, including those which ha\e been stuffed with
loose thermal insulation.
Seal /vertical -joints in vapor retarders\ over framing by
lapping not less than 2 wall studs. Fasten\vapor retarders
to/framing at top, end, and bottom edges, *t perimeter of
wadl openings, and at lap joints; space fasteners 16 inches
on center.
Seal joints in vapor retarder caused by pipes, Vonduits,
electrical boxes and similar items penetrating; vapor
GYPSUM DRYWALL
*';$ a *n-.
•tt»f.
r.f t»
09250 - 31
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
retarder immediately
other
APPLICATION AND FINISHING OF GYPSUM BOARD. GENERAL;
Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standard:
finish gypsum board to comply with ASTM C 840.
Ins
Install and
Install
Locate exposed end-butt joints as far from center of walls and
ceilings as possible, and stagger not less than 24 inches in
alternate courses of board.
Inst
Install wall/partition boards in manner which minimizes the
number of end-butt joints or avoids them entirely where possible.
At stairwells and similar high walls, install boards horizontally
with end joints staggered over studs.
Install exposed qypsua board with face side out. Do not install
imperfect, damaged or damp boards. Butt boards together for a
light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch open
space between boards. Do not force into place.
Locate either edge or end Joints over supports, except in
horizontal applications where intermediate supports or gypsum
board back-blocking is provided behind end joints. Position
boards so that like edges abut, tapered edges against tapered
edges and mill-cut or field-cut ends against mill-cut or
field-cut ends. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or
ends. Stagger vertical joints over different studs on opposite
sides of partitions.
Attach gypsuro board to steel studs so that leading edge or end of
each board is attached to open (unsupported) edge of stud flange
first.
GYPSUM DRYWALL
.-rt:i?
09250 - 32
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
Attach gypsum board to supplementary framing and blocking
provided for additional support at openings and cutouts.
DELETE BELOW IF NO HOLLOW
METAL DOOR FRAMES IN
STEEL-FRAMED PARTITIONS.
LOCATION REQUIREMENTS
SPECIFIED WITH
INSTALLATION OF TRIM
ACCESSORIES.
Form control joints and expansion joints at locations indicated,
with space between edges of boards, prepared to receive trim
accessories.
Cover both faces of steel stud partition framing with gypsum
board in concealed spaces (above ceilings, etc.), except in chase
walls which are braced internally.
Except where concealed application is indicated or required
for sound, fire, air or smoke ratings, coverage may be
accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. ft. area,
and may be limited to not less than 75 percent of full
coverage.
Fit gypsum board around ducts, pipes, and conduits.
Where partitions intersect open concrete coffers, cut gypsum
board to fit profile of coffers and allow 1/4 to 1/2 inch
wide joint for sealant.
Isolate perimeter of non-load-bearing drywall partitions at
structural abutments. Provide 1/4 inch to 1/2 inch space and
trim edge with "U" bead edge trim. Seal joints with acoustical
sealant.
BELOW TS FEAST BT.E ONLY
WITH WOOD FRAMING WHERE
FIRE RATINGS ARE NOT
REQUIRED. DELETE FOR
Tf!$ a MUj-~.tr; K tfrwitt M u I
GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250 - 33
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
METAL-FRAMED
DRYWALL.
GYPSUM
uding
siur boarjd o^ydr
tructio
ct io
y mknuf
"floirg
rcommended
rani
rated drywall construction is indicated, seal
on at perimeters, control and expansion joints,
d penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical
ncluding a bead at both faces of partitions. Comply
C 919 and manufacturer's recommendations for location
trim, and close off sound-flanking paths around or
construction, including sealing of partitions above
acoustical ceilings.
USUALLY DELETE BELOW IF
CEILING HAS VERY LITTLE
ATTENUATION VALUE.
/acou
Space fasteners in gypsun boards in accordance with referenced
gypsum board application and finishing standard and
manufacturer's recommendations.
METHODS OF GYPSUM BOARD APPLICATION;
Single-Layer Application; Install gypsum wallboard as follows:
DELETE BELOW IF NO GYPSUM
DRYWALL CEILINGS.
it Inn boarrl
On partitions/walls apply gypsum board vertically (parallel
to framing) , unless otherwise indicated, and provide sheet
lengths which will minimize end joints.
DELETE BELOW IF NOT
APPLICABLE OR DESIRED.
SEE EVALUATION SHEETS.
J'Sfi'5
arP*T
GYPSUM DRYWALL
iv it M
, .{
09250 - 34
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
DELETE BELOW IF
Z-FURRING MEMBERS.
NO
applv^ypsiim board^i*«"bically
jointsV_^*6cate echta-XSints ov
\
n "dry" areas install gypsum backing board or wallboaTd
wvthtaperededges taped and finished to produce a flat
surface.
At
lowers. tubs and siuilar "wet"
areas,/ install
water-resistant gypsum backing board to comply wTth ASTM C
840 andNreconunendations of gypsum board manufacturer.
DELETE A^CVE OR BELOW OR
BOTH IF BELOW SPECIFIED
IN plVISION-7 SECTION
"TIJ
At showers, tubs and\ similar "wet a]
install glass mesh
mortar units and trea\ joints to comply with manufacturer's
recommendations for type\f application indicated.
Double-Layer Application; tnstaVl gypsum backing board for base
layer and gypsum wallboard fotvface layer.
/\
DELETE NEXT REQUIREMENT
IF NO GYPSUM DRYWALL
CEILINGS.
On ceilings apply/base layer prror to application of base
layer on walls/partitions; applV face layers in same
sequence. OffSOT joints between layXrs at least 10 inches.
Apply base layers at right angles\ to supports unless
otherwise indicated.
REVISE\ BELOW IF WALL
CONDI T\O NS PERMIT
E C O N O M I OsA L USE OF
HORI20NTAL\APPLICATION
fPSUM DRYWALL
09250 - 35
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
OF BAS£^-"LAYER AND
LAMINATED ATTACHMENT IS
METHOD USED.
On parbi±.ions/walls apply base'' layer and face layers
vertically^-fjiarallei to framing) with joints of base layer
over supports^va^id face layer joints offset at least 10
inches wifch base ra^r jo>fits.
DELETE BELOW IF NO
Z-FURRING MEMBERS.
Ambers apply base lltyer vertically (parallel
ling) /-and face layer either veiy^ically (parallel to
horizontally (perpendicular\to framing) with
ve~M*tt it: i- ti
GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250 - 36
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
RETAIN ONE
FOLLOWING.
OF THE
isten both base layers and face layers separately to
supcorts with screws.
ABOVE AND
FOR ME'
SUPPORTS
REQUISPED
fLOW SUITABLE
OR WOOD
ABOVE METHOD
FOR CERTAIN
•RESISTANCE
JLIES.
RATED
'layers witnxscrews and/face layer with adhesive
and s6£pNiftraentary fastenei
:ertj base layers to wood .Supports with nails and face
'with adhesive and supplementary fasteners.
VNSERT SPECIFIC
aUIREMENTS (IF KNOWN)
FOKV THE PARTICULAR
SUBSTRATE OF THE SYSTEM.
Direct-Bonding to Substrate; Where gypsum boar& is indicated to
be directly adherexT to a substrate (other than\ studs, joists,
furring members yor base layer of gypsum board\ comply with
gypsum board manufacturer's recommendations, anov temporarily
brace or fasten gypsum board until fastening adhesive\has set.
Exterior Soffits and Ceilings; Apply exterior gypsum soffit
board perpendicular to supports, with end joints staggered over
support*'. Install with 1/4 inch open space where boards abut
other/construction.
Fasten with cadmium-plated screws, or with galvanized or
a1urninun nails where supports are nailable.
INSTALLATION OF DRYWALL TRIM ACCESSORIES;
General; Where feasible, use the same fasteners to anchor trim
accessory flanges as required to fasten gypsun board to the
supports. Otherwise, fasten flanges to comply with
manufacturer's recommendations.
THE FOLLOWING ARE ONLY
EXAMPLES OF "UNIVERSAL"
GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250 - 37
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
SCOPE DEFINITIONS FOR THE
USE OF TRIM. REVISE AS
DESIRED OR SHOW BY
DRAWING DETAILS.
Install corner beads at external corners.
Install metal edoe trim whenever edge of gypsum board would
otherwise be exposed or semi-exposed, and except where plastic
trim is indicated. Provide type with face flange to receive
joint compound except where "U" bead (semi-finishing type) is
indicated.
Ins
ab
bijtnll *k
"LC" bead where drywall construction is tightly
to other construction and back flange can be
d to framing or supporting substrate.
K" b
d wh
kci-fed t
-i
e of trim,.
uLL
hoard ii
Install U-type trim where edge is exposed, revealed,
gasketed, or sealant-filled (including expansion joints).
DELETE BELOW IF NO
EXTERIOR BOARD OR JOINTS
"ARE REQUlRFD TO BE
FINISHED.
Ins
Install plastic edge trim where indicated on wall panels at
juncture with ceilings.
Install control -Joints at locations indicated, or if not
indicated, at spacings and locations required by referenced
gypsum board application and finish standard, and approved by the
Architect for visual effect.
DELETE BELOW IF ZINC
CONTROL JOINT REQUIRED.
GYPSUM DRYWALL
tTU ti ».;•:•(.•*« K i«r::.:i M ut MI
KPT*, frr-^.niy. •» '.-i* rt*e:.rr««
tax M otu-ce N:- :•» t:?f
09250 - 38
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
FINISHING OF DRYWALL;
General: Apply joint treatment at gypsum board joints (both
directions); flanges of corner bead, edge trim, and control
joints; penetrations; fastener heads, surface defects and
elsewhere as required to prepare work for decoration.
Prefill
setti
iy Joints and rounded or beveled edges, if any, using
ie joint compound.
Int tape at joints between gypsum boards, except where
cessories are indicated.
csh
interior gypsum wallboard by applying the following joint
compounds in 3 coats (not including prefill of openings in base),
and sand between coats and after last coat:
RETAIN ONE COMBINATION
FROM CHOICES BELOW,
LISTED IN SEQUENCE OF
HIGHEST QUALITY RESULTS
PER USG "GYPSUM
CONSTRUCTION HANDBOOK."
CORRELATE PRODUCTS
REFERENCED BELOW WITH
THOSE RETAINED IN PART 2.
SEE EVALUATION SHEETS.
Embedding and First Coat; Setting-Type Joint Compound.
Fill (Second) Coat: Setting-type joint compound.
Finish fThird) Coat; Ready-mix drying-type all-purpose or
topping compound.
Embe
and Fir
ose
ping c
condl .goat
ing compound
A\ C
EmbeddJjKT
m
compounjd.
(Second
compound
nd First
Coa
Job-mix
dryingxtype topping compound.
/inish (Thir\n Ctfat: Job-mixe^ drY>ng-type toppingVeompound.
GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250 - 39
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
and First C
compcfund
nish (
First Coat:
compound.
joint
fill
s to p;
and f
ound horde
after finis
Paifitii
ras dri\
ts
USG RECOMMENDS PAINTING
ENTIRE SURFACE OF
EXTERIOR GYPSUM SOFFIT
BOARD AFTER THIRD COAT OF
JOINT COMPOUND HAS DRIED.
CORRELATE WITH DIVISION-9
SECTION "PAINTING" OR
INSERT REQUIREMENT HERE.
of exte£i«pr'""gyp!lum soft'Af^-bustKd after^rtnTsn\coat
:cified intDiyi»r6n-9 Secrioflr-*rPainting.
DELETE BELOW IF NOT
DESIRED OR NOT
APPLICABLE. V-JOINT
BACKING BOARD USUALLY
DOES NOT REQUIRE TAPING.
Base_f_or Acoustic
Where gypsufflj board is
fbr adhe>i^ely-applJied acoustical/ tile,
-coat conipollnd treatment}—*«*fm3Ut sandi
ed as
and
»tf~n* fe-
GYPSUM DRYWALL
DELETE ABOVE OR BELOW.
SEE EVALUATION SHEETS
BEFORE EDITING.
RECOMMENDATIONS DIFFER
09250 - 40
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
BETWEEN MFRS. TILE
INSTALLATION STANDARD
REQUIRES JOINTS TO
TREATED WITIT TAPE AND
COMPOUND./ BELOW IS
RECOMMENDATION OF UNITED
STATES GtfPSUM CO.
urer
feed in
Backing Board Base for CeLfamj^c Tile; Finish
water-resistantbacking ^ooardwith tape and
joint compound to comply with gypsum board
recommendations and/installation standards
'ision-9 Section "Till
PajTTial Finishing: \ Onit third >efoat and sanding on concealed
drywall constructionXwhich is indicated for drywall finishing or
which requires finishiha to achieve fire-resistance rating, sound
rating or to act as air ar sm-oKe barrier.
APPLICATION OF TEXTURE
/ \
DELETE THIS ARTICLE IF
NONE OR SPECIFIED IN
ANOTHER SECTION. SEE
DEVALUATION SHEETS.
Surface Preparation and Printer: PrepareNand prime drywall and
other surfacesin strict accordance with texture finish
nanufactur«r/s instructions. Apply primer Xo all surfaces to
achieve texture finish.
Finish A|:i
GYPSUM DRYWALL
09250 - 41
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
8/87
END
ON 09250
GYPSUM DRYWALL
e>: fcr
09250 - 42
-------
PROJECT MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
EXAMPLE
INDEX TO PROJECT MANUAL
DIVISION AND SECTION
DIVISION
NUMBER
DIVISION 0 - CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS
00020 Invitation to Bid
00100 Instruction to Bidders. Kentucky Dept. of Education
00110 Prohibition Against Conflicts of Interest. Gratuities and
Kickbacks
00130 Pre-8id Conference
00300 Form of Proposal. Kentucky Department of Education
00410 Bid Bond
00420 Bidders Qualification Form
00500 Contract Agreement Kentucky Department of Education
00510 Indemnification Agreement
00520 State Application tor Certification
00530 10 Day Notification Form
00620 Performance and Payment Bond. Kentucky Department of
Education
00700 General Conditions. Kentucky Department of Education
00810 Supplemental General Conditions
00850 Index to Drawings
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01010 Summary of Work • Asbestos Abatement
01014 Work Sequence
01030 Alternates and Alternatrves
01035 Additional Project Procedures
01040 Coordination
01041 Project Coordination
01043 Project Coordination - Asbestos Abatement
01045 Cutting and Patching
01046 Cutting and Patching • Asbestos Abatement
01091 Definitions and Standards - Asbestos Abatement
01092 Codes and Regulations - Asbestos Abatement
01200 Meetings
01312 Warranty of Work After Final Payment
01313 Schedules. Reports. Payments
01315 Aftidavt of Compliance
01340 Shop Drawings. Product Data. Samples and Schedule of Values
01380 Construction Photographs
01410 Air Monitoring - Test Laboratory Services
INDEX TO SPECIFICATIONS -1
-------
PROJECT ANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
01503 Temporary Facilities EXA PLE
01513 Negative Pressure System
01526 Temporary Enclosures
01560 Worker Protection • Asbestos Abatement
01562 Respiratory Protection
01563 Decontamination Units
01632 Products and Substitutions • Asbestos Abatement
01701 Project Ctose-Out
01711 Project Decontamination
01712 Cleaning and Decontamination
01714 Work Area Clearance
DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK
02060 Building Demolition
02061 Bulding Demolition • Asbestos Abatement
02081 Removal of Asbestos-Containing Materials
02082 Removal of Asbestos-Containing Soi
02083 Enclosure of Contaminated Earth
02084 Disposal of Asbestos-Containing Waste Materials
DIVISION 6 • CARPENTRY
06100 Rough Carpentry
DIVISION 9-FINISHES
09250 Gypsum Dry Wall
09510 Acoustical Ceilings
09520 Acoustical Wall System
09900 Painting
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
15010 Mechanical General Provisions
15250 Mechanical Insulation
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
16000 General Electrical Requirements
16070 Electrical Connections for Equipment
16110 Raceways
16120 Wires and Cables
16135 Electrical Boxes and Fittings
16190 Supporting Devices
16500 Lighting Fixtures
INDEX TO SPECIFICATIONS - 2
-------
Specifications
Workshop
-------
Abatement Specifications
Exhibit
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
SECTION OlOld r SUMMARY OF THE WORK - ASBESTOS ABATEMET
general provisions of Contract, including General and
Suppementary Conditions, and other Division-1 Specification
Sections, apply to work of this section.
THE VARIOUS PARAGRAPHS IN THE FOLLOWING
ARTICLE SHOW SEVERAL DIFFERENT METHODS
OF SUMMARIZING THE CONTRACT WORK AND
PROJECT SCOPE. SELECT THE PARAGRAPH OR
COMBINATION OF PARAGRAPHS THAT MOST
ACCURATELY SUMMARIZES THE WORK AND
REVISE AS NECESSARY. DELETE UNNECESSARY
PARAGRAPHS.
PROJECT/WORK IDENTIFICATIQN;
THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH IS THE SIMPLEST
METHOD OF SUMMARIZING CONTRACT WORK. IT
BRIEFLY IDENTIFIES THE PROJECT BY NAME
AND LOCATION AND IDENTIFIES THE OWNER'S
REPRESENTATIVE. THIS TYPE PARAGRAPH IS
OFTEN USED AS A LEAD PARAGRAPH IN
COMBINATION WITH OTHER METHODS OF
SUMMARIZING THE WORK.
General; Project name is as shown on
Contract Documents prepared by Owner's Representative,
Drawings and Specifications are dated
Contract Documents: Indicate the work of the Contract and
related requirements and conditions that have an impact on the
project. Related requirements and conditions that are indicated
on the Contract Documents include, but are not necessarily
limited to the following:
THE FOLLOWING IS A LISTING OF SOME OF
THE MORE COMMON CONTRACT PROVISIONS AND
NON-CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS THAT MAY BE
SHOWN ON CONTRACT DRAWINGS OR MENTIONED
IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. EDIT THE LIST TO
CONFORM TO PROJECT REQUIREMENTS, ADDING
NEW ELEMENTS WHERE NECESSARY.
REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH ITEM IN THE
LISTING MUST BE DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE IN
SUMMARY OF WORK - ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 01013 - 1
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, USUALLY" AS A
SEPARATE ARTICLE IN THIS SECTION. //"XDD
APPROPRIATE CROSS REFERENCES WHERE
\ SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE.
e codes and regulations.
and permits.
(ting site conditions and restrictions on use of the
site.
Work performed prior to work under this Contract.
Alterations and coordination with existing work.
Work to be performed concurrently by the Owner.
Work to be performed concurrently by separate contractors.
Work to be performed subsequent to work under this Contract.
Alternates.
Allowances.
Pre-negotiated equipment/material orders assigned as work of
this Contract.
Pre-purchased material/equipment for Contract, with purchase
price included in the Contract Sum.
Pre-purchased subcontracts for the Contract, with
subcontract amounts included in the Contract Sun.
Requirements for partial Owner occupancy prior to
substantial completion of the Contract Work.
REVISE THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH TO
REFLECT THE MANNER IN WHICH DOCUMENTA-
TION FOR THE PROJECT HAS BEEN
ESTABLISHED. NOTE THAT BIDDING
REQUIREMENTS HAVE BEEN OMITTED.
Summary bv References; Work of the Contract can be summarized by
references to the Contract, General Conditions, Supplementary
Conditions, Specification Sections, Drawings, addenda and
modifications to the Contract Documents issued subsequent to the
initial printing of this project manual and including but not
necessarily limited to printed material referenced by any of
SUMMARY OF WORK - ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 01013 - 2
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBBSTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
of the Contract is also unavoidably affected or
by governing regulations, natural phenomenon including
conditions and other forces outside the contract
fnts.
THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS CONSTITUTE A
MORE DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK
THAN THE PRECEDING PARAGRAPHS.
Abbreviated Written Summary; Briefly and without force and
effect upon the contract documents, the work of the Contract can
be summarized as follows:
THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS ARE ONLY SAMPLE
TEXT, WHICH MUST BE REWRITTEN FOR EACH
PROJECT (OR THE PRECEDING PARAGRAPH AND
THOSE THAT FOLLOW SHOULD BE DELETED AS
UNNECESSARY).
The work includes the removal (encapsulation, enclosure) of
asbestos-containing naterials according to the requirements of
the following specification sections in the sequence indicated:
General and Administrative Requirements: are set forth in the
following specification sections:
01013 Summary of the Work - Asbestos Abatement
01028 Application for Payment
01043 Project Coordination - Asbestos Abatement
01091 Definitions and Standards - Asbestos Abatement
01301 Submittals
01601 Materials and Equipment - Asbestos Abatement
01632 Product Substitutions
01701 Project Closeout - Asbestos Abatement
Abatement Work; requirements are set forth in the following
specification sections, listed here according to the sequence of
the work:
01092 Codes, Regulations and Standards - Asbestos Abatement:
sets forth governmental regulations and industry standards
which are included and incorporated herein by reference and
made a part of the specification. This section also sets
forth those notices and permits which are known to the Owner
and which either must be applied for and received, or which
must be given to governmental agencies before start of work.
01503 Temporary Facilities - Asbestos Abatement: sets forth
the support facilities needed such as electrical and
plumbing connections for the decontamination unit and office
SUMMARY OF WORK - ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 01013 - 3
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
space for^ne*vProject Administrator.
01526 ^Qaporary Enclosures: details the requirements for
the/£hs& ''plastic barriers isolating the work area from the
the building.
Test Laboratory Services: describes air monitoring by
Owner so that the building beyond the work area will remain
uncontaainated. Air monitoring to determine required
respiratory protection is the responsibility of the
Contractor.
01563 Decontamination Units: explains the setup and
operation of the personnel and material decontamination
units.
01513 Temporary Pressure Differential and Air Circulation
System: sets forth the procedures to set up pressure
differential isolation and ventilation of the work area.
01560 Worker Protection - Asbestos Abatement: describes the
equipment and procedures for protecting workers against
asbestos contamination and other workplace hazards except
for respiratory protection.
01562 Respiratory Protection: sets forth the procedures and
equipment required for adequate protection against
inhalation of airborne asbestos fibers.
Asbestos Removal Work Procedures; are described in the following
specification sections:
01046 Cutting and Patching - Asbestos-Containing Materials
02061 Building Demolition - Asbestos Abatement
02062 Non-Asbestos Demolition
02063 Demolition of Asbestos-Contaminated Materials
02081 Removal of Asbestos-Containing Materials
02082 Removal of Asbestos-Contaminated Soil
02084 Disposal of Asbestos Containing Waste Material
THE TWO FOLLOWING SECTIONS ARE BEING
DEVELOPED AND WILL BE SENT TO PURCHASERS
OF THESE GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT
FURTHER ACTION BY THE PURCHASER.
02085 Removal of Interior Non-Friable Asbestos-Containing
Materials
02086 Removal of Exterior Non-Friable Asbestos-Containing
Materials
SUMMARY OF WORK - ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 01013 - 4
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
FOLLOWING INDICATES GYPSUM DRYWALL AS AN
ENCLOSURE METHOD. MANY OTHER MATERIALS
COULD BE USED, SUCH AS MASONRY, METAL
PANELS, ETC. IF THESE MATERIALS ARE TO
BE USED THE APPROPRIATE SECTIONS FROM
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS'
"MASTERSPEC," CONSTRUCTION
SPECIFICATIONS INSTITUTE'S "SPECTEXT,"
OR OTHER APPROPRIATE GUIDE SPECIFICATION
SHOULD BE USED.
re Procedures; are described in the following:
'09251 Gypsun Drywall - Asbestos Enclosures
Encapsulation Procedures; are described in the following:
09805 Encapsulation of Asbestos-Containing Materials
15254 Repair of Insulation and Lagging
Decontamination of the Work Area; after completion of abatement
work is described in the following sections:
01712 Cleaning and Decontamination Procedures: sets forth
procedures to be used on contaminated objects and rooms
which are not part of an abatement work area.
01711 Project Decontamination: describes the sequence of
cleaning and decontamination procedures to be followed
during removal of the sheet plastic barriers isolating a
work area.
01713 Project Decontamination Microfibers: describes the
special procedures required to clean an area of
contamination by asbestos fibers too small to be seen with
an optical microscope.
01714 Work Area Clearance: describes the analytical methods
used to determine if the work area has been successfully
cleaned of contamination.
01701 Project Closeout: details the closeout procedures to
end the project once abatement work is complete including
final paperwork requirements.
Repair and Maintenance; procedures are specified in the
following sections. Generally these involve activities where
asbestos fibers are collected at the point of generation so that
enclosure of an area with plastic barriers is unnecessary:
SUMMARY OF WORK - ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 01013 - 5
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
01527 Regulated Areas
01529 Small-Scale Short-Duration Work
01561 Worker Protection - Repair and Maintenance
01562 Respiratory Protection
01528 Entry Into Controlled Areas
THE FOLLOWING IS ONLY SAMPLE TEXT WHICH
MUST BE REWRITTEN FOR EACH PROJECT OR
DELETED AS UNNECESSARY.
are being issued for bid to perform work at
will follow the work of this Contract. Separate
rk can be summarized as follows:
Placement of sprayed-on fireproofing.
Replacement of suspended acoustical ceilings.
Replacement of lighting and associated wiring.
New HVAC system including ductwork, diffusers and grills.
New temperature controls reusing existing pneumatic lines.
PLAN OF ACTION;
Submit a detailed plan of the procedures proposed for use in
complying with the requirements of this specification. Include
in the plan the location and layout of decontamination areas, the
sequencing of asbestos work, the interface of trades involved in
the performance of work, methods to be used to assure the safety
of building occupants and visitors to the site, disposal plan
including location of approved disposal site, and a detailed
description of the methods to be employed to control pollution.
Expand upon the use of portable HEPA ventilation system, closing
out of the building's HVAC system, method of removal to prohibit
visible emissions in work area, and packaging of removed asbestos
debris. The plan must be approved by the Owner's Representative
prior to commencement of work.
INSPECTION;
Prior to commencement of work, inspect areas in which work will
be performed. Prepare a listing of damage to structure,
surfaces, equipment or of surrounding properties which could be
misconstrued as damage resulting from the work. Photograph or
videotape existing conditions as necessary to document
conditions. Submit to Owner's Representative prior to starting
work.
POTENTIAL ASBESTOS HAZARD:
SUMMARY OF WORK - ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 01013 - 6
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
The disturbance or dislocation of asbestos-containing materials
may cause asbestos fibers to be released into the building's
atmosphere, thereby creating a potential health hazard to workmen
and building occupants. Apprise all workers, supervisory
personnel, subcontractors and consultants who will be at the job
site of vthe seriousness of the hazard and of proper work
procedureaywh^Lch must be followed.
Where Jan Jthe performance of the work, workers, supervisory
/subcontractors, or consultants may encounter, disturb,
ise function in the immediate vicinity of any identified
-containing materials, take appropriate continuous
as necessary to protect all building occupants from the
potential hazard of exposure to airborne asbestos. Such measures
shall include the procedures and methods described herein, and
compliance with regulations of applicable federal, state and
local agencies.
STOP WORK;
If the Owner, the Owner's Representative, or the Project
Administrator presents a written stop work order immediately and
automatically stop all work. Do not recommence work until
authorized in writing by Owner's Representative.
INFORMATION ON ASBESTOS TYPE AND CONTENT
IS IMPORTANT FOR THE CONTRACTOR TO KNOW.
THIS HELPS THE CONTRACTOR ESTIMATE HOW
WELL THE MATERIAL WILL WET AND HENCE HOW
DUSTY THE WORK IS LIKELY TO BE. THIS
AFFECTS THE TYPE OF RESPIRATORY
PROTECTION REQUIRED AND MAN-HOURS OF
EFFORT NEEDED FOR REMOVAL.
ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIALS;
The following asbestos-containing materials are known to be
present at the worksite. If any other materials are found, which
are suspected of containing asbestos, notify immediately Owner's
Representative.
INSERT A LISTING OF ALL
ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIALS EXPECTED
TO BE ENCOUNTERED AT EACH WORK
LOCATION. INCLUDE THE TYPE AND PERCENT
OF ASBESTOS-CONTENT FOR EACH SPECIFIC
BUILDING MATERIAL TO BE ABATED. THE
"OTHER" COMPONENTS" MAY BECOME IMPOR-
TANT IN BUILDING CLEARANCE. THIS
SUMMARY OF WORK - ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 01013 - 7
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION
August 12, 1988
INFORMATION CAN HELP A LABORATORY IN ITS
ANALYSIS OF AIR SAMPLES.
IT WOULD BE HELPFUL IF A COPY OF ANY
SURVEY REPORTS COULD BE MADE AVAILABLE
FOR REVIEW BY THE CONTRACTOR AT THE SAM-
LE LOCATION AS THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
THE FOLLOWING IS AN EXAMPLE OF THE
PRESENTATION OF INFORMATION NEEDED.
REVISE AS REQUIRED TO SUITE PROJECT.
Item
Other
Content
Components
BOI
INSULATION
Boiler:
Surface Coat
Base Coat
Boiler Breeching:
Surface Coat
Base Coat
Water Storage Tank:
Surface Coat
Base Coat
95% to 100% Chrysotile
60% to 65% Chrysotile
75% to 80% Chrysotile
75% to 80% Chrysotile
60% to 65% Chrysotile
60% to 65% Chrysotile
Rock Wool,
Refractory Binders
Refractory Binders
Gypsum Plaster
Refractory Binders
Refractory Binders
Refractory Binders
PIPE INSULATION;
Air Cell
Plaster Fittings,
Valves, Roof Drain
Bodies, etc.
45% to 50% Chrysotile
30% to 35% Chrysotile
Cellulose
Rockwool,
Gypsum
Plaster
ARCHITECTURAL SURFACES
Troweled-on
acoustical plaster
9% to 10% Chrysotile
Sand, Gypsum,
Plaster
SUMMARY OF WORK - ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 01013 - 8
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
FIREPROOFING
Spray«d-onx=x—v> 25% to 30% Chrysotile Vermiculite,
fireproofn&r / Gypsum
PSE OF PREMISES;
THE FOLLOWING ARTICLE IS AN EXAMPLE OF
SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO THE
CONTRACTOR'S USE OF THE PREMISES.
PROVISIONS SIMILAR TO THESE ARE
NECESSARY WHEN THE PROJECT INVOLVES WORK
ON AN EXISTING OCCUPIED BUILDING OR
SITE.
RETAIN THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH WHEN
PROJECT IS ON A VACANT SITE OR IN AN
UNOCCUPIED BUILDING BEING RENOVATED
REVISE AS NECESSARY BY ADDING
REQUIREMENTS TO SUIT SPECIAL PROJECT
REQUIREMENTS.
General; During the entire construction period the Contractor
shall have the exclusive use of the premises for construction
operations, including full use of the site.
DELETE THE PRECEDING PARAGRAPH AND
RETAIN THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH IF THE
SITE IS TO BE ACCESSIBLE TO OTHER
PARTIES, OR IF PORTIONS OF AN EXISTING
BUILDING BEING RENOVATED ARE TO BE
OCCUPIED BY THE OWNER OR OTHERS DURING
THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. REVISE AS
NECESSARY TO SUIT SPECIAL PROJECT
REQUIREMENTS.
General; The Contractor shall limit his use of the premises to
the worfc indicated, so as to allow for Owner occupancy and use by
the public.
MODIFY THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS AS
NECESSARY TO SUIT SPECIAL PROJECT
REQUIREMENTS.
Use of the Site; Confine operations at the site to the areas
permitted under the Contract. Portions of the site beyond areas
SUMMARY OF WORK - ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 01013 - 9
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
on which work is indicated are not to be disturbed. Conform to
site rules and regulations affecting the work while engaged in
project construction.
THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS ARE EXAMPLES OF
SPECIAL PROJECT REQUIREMENTS. MODIFY AS
NECESSARY TO SUIT PROJECT OR DELETE IF
. UNNECESSARY.
Keep/^EE^isting driveways and entrances serving the preaises
^nd available to the Owner and his employees at all
Do not use these areas for parking or storage of
fals.
'not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or
equipment. Confine stockpiling of materials and location of
storage sheds to the areas indicated. If additional storage
is necessary obtain and pay for such storage off site.
Lock automotive type vehicles, such as passenger cars and
trucks and other mechanized or motorized construction
equipment, when parked and unattended, so as to prevent
unauthorized use. Do not leave such vehicles or equipment
unattended with the motor running or the ignition key in
place or accessible to unauthorized persons.
RETAIN AND MODIFY THE FOLLOWING
PARAGRAPHS WHEN THE WORK INVOLVES AN
EXISTING OCCUPIED BUILDING. DELETE
THIS PARAGRAPH IN OTHER CASES.
Contractor's Use of the Existing Building; Maintain existing
building in a safe and weathertight condition throughout the
construction period. Repair damage caused by construction
operations. Take all precautions necessary to protect the
building and its occupants during the construction period.
THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS ARE EXAMPLES OF
TYPICAL PROVISIONS THAT MIGHT BE
ENCOUNTERED WHEN WORK IS PERFORMED ON AN
EXISTING OCCUPIED BUILDING. THEY PLACE
SPECIAL RESTRICTIONS ON THE CONTRACTOR'S
USE OF THE PREMISES. DELETE UNNECESSARY
PROVISIONS. ADD NEW PROVISIONS OR
AMPLIFY THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS TO SUIT
PROJECT REQUIREMENTS.
Keep public areas such as hallways, stairs, elevator lobbies
and toilet rooms free from accumulation of waste, rubbish or
construction debris.
SUMMARY OF WORK - ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 01013 - 10
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION
August 12, 1988
Smoking or open fires will not be permitted within the
building enclosure or on the premises.
COORDINATE THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH WITH
OTHER DIVISION-1 SECTIONS ON TEMPORARY
FACILITIES. MODIFY AS REQUIRED TO SUIT
PROJECT.
Toilet Room
on the
floor designated
by the Contractor's personnel, use of existing
/Within the building, by the Contractor and his
el, will not be permitted.
COORDINATE THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH WITH
DIVISION-1 SECTION ON TEMPORARY
ENCLOSURES AND DIVISION-14 SECTION ON
ELEVATORS. MODIFY THE PARAGRAPH AS
APPROPRIATE TO SUIT PROJECT. DELETE IF
PROVISIONS ARE INCLUDED ELSEWHERE, OR IF
THE PROJECT DOES NOT INVOLVE THE USE OF
ELEVATORS.
Use of Existing Elevators; Except for the Freight Elevator
(Elevator No. ), use of elevators by the Contractor will not be
permitted. The Contractor will be permitted to use the freight
elevator for temporary freight service and the transportation of
construction personnel during the construction period. This
elevator must also be available to the Owner at all times;
coordinate freight elevator usage with the Owner's
Representative. Provide protective pads for the elevator cab and
other appropriate protective measures for the car and entrance
doors and frames. During asbestos abatement activities the car
is to be protected as set forth in the Division 1 Section on
Temporary Enclosures.
OWNER OCCUPANCY;
THE FOLLOWING ARTICLE CONTAINS SAMPLE
PARAGRAPHS THAT DESCRIBE REQUIREMENTS
NECESSARY FOR OWNER OCCUPANCY OF THE
PREMISES DURING THE ENTIRE PERIOD OF
CONSTRUCTION, OR PARTIAL OWNER OCCUPANCY
OF COMPLETED CONSTRUCTION PRIOR TO
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION.
RETAIN THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH WHEN THE
OWNER WILL OCCUPY THE ENTIRE PREMISES
DURING CONSTRUCTION. MODIFY AS
NECESSARY TO SUIT PROJECT REQUIREMENTS.
SUMMARY OF WORK - ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
01013 - 11
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
Full Owner Occupancy; The Owner will occupy the site and the
existing building during the entire period of construction.
Cooperate fully with the Owner or his representative during
construction operations to minimize conflicts and to facilitate
Owner usage. Perform the work so as not to interfere with the
Owner's operation.
RETAIN THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH WHEN THE
OWNER WILL OCCUPY COMPLETED PORTIONS OF
THE BUILDING PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL
COMPLETION. MODIFY AS NECESSARY TO SUIT
> PROJECT REQUIREMENTS.
)w/ier Occupancy; The Owner reserves the right to place
equipment as necessary in areas of the building in
til asbestos abatement and project decontamination
have been completed, and to occupy such completed
prior to substantial completion, provided that such
ocvSp'ancy does not substantially interfere with completion of the
work. Such placing of equipment and partial occupancy shall not
constitute acceptance of the work or any part of the work.
IF THE WORK INCLUDES GENERAL
CONSTRUCTION BEYOND ASBESTOS ABATEMENT,
REFER TO A.I.A. SERVICE CORP.
"MASTERSPEC-BASIC" SECTION 01010, CSI'S
"SPECTEXT" OR OTHER COMPETENT GUIDE
SPECIFICATION FOR SPECIFIC FORMAT AND
LANGUAGE.
SUBMITTALS
Before the Start of Work; Submit the following to the Owner's
Representative for review. Do not begin work until these
submittals are returned with Owner's Representative's action
stamp indicating that the submittal is returned for unrestricted
use or final-but-restricted use.
Plan of Action; Submit as a written report in the same
manner as product data.
Inspection; Report on inspection carried out as required by
this section. Include copies of all photographs, video
tapes, etc. Submit in the same manner as product data.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable
SUMMARY OF WORK - ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 01013 - 12
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL
ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION
ION - 01013
August 12, 1988
SUMMARY OF WORK - ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 01013 - 13
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
SECTIQNyfflJ&il - TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES
PART,
ROTATED DOCUMENTS;
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General
and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification
Sections, apply to work of this section.
SUBMITTALS;
Before Start of Work submit the following to the Owner's
Representative for review. Do not begin work until these
subraittals are returned with the Owner's Representative's action
stamp indicating that the submittal is returned for unrestricted
use.
DELETE FOLLOWING IF STRIPABLE COATINGS ARE NOT TO BE
USED.
Stripable Coatings; Submit following:
Product description including major components and solvents.
Test report on ASTM E84 test of surface burning
characteristics.
Manufacturer's installation instructions. Indicate portions
applicable to the project and selected assemblies where the
manufacturer offers alternatives.
Material Safety Data Sheet: Submit the Material Safety Data
Sheet, or equivalent, in accordance with the OSHA Hazard
Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200) for stripable
coating material proposed for use on the work. Include a
separate attachment for each sheet indicating the specific
worker protective equipment proposed for use with the
material indicated.
Spray Cement: Submit following:
Product description including major components and solvents.
Manufacturer's installation instructions. Indicate portions
applicable to the project.
TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES 01526-1
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
MaterialvEatetv Data Sheet: Submit the Material Safety Data
i^ equivalent,in accordance with the OSHA Hazard
ition Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200) for spray cement
/proposed for use on the work. Include a separate
for each sheet indicating the specific worker
:iv« equipment proposed for use with the material
ited.
Sheet Plastic; For fire retardant plastic submit test reports on
NFPA 701 t«st.
Signs; Submit saaplea of signs to be used.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
SHEET PLASTIC;
EDIT THE FOLLOWING LIST TO ELIMINATE THOSE TYPES OF
PLASTIC NOT USED.
FOLLOWING IS MOST LIKELY TO BE FOUND ON THE JCB IN THE
ABSENCE OF A MORE SPECIFIC REQUIREMENT.
Polyethylene Sheet: A single polyethylene film in the largest
sheet size possible to minimize seams, 4.0 or 6.0 nil thick as
indicated, clear, frosted, or black as indicated.
FOLLOWING IS A GOOD GENERAL PRECAUTION AND SHOULD
ALWAYS BE USED IN AREAS WHERE THERE COULD BE EXITING
DIFFICULTIES IN CASE OF EMERGENCY (WORK AREAS ABOVE OR
BELOW GRADE OR INTERIOR SPACES WITH LIMITED EXITS) OR
THERE IS HOT EQUIPMENT OR A POTENTIAL FOR FIRE, SUCH AS
IN A BOILER ROOM. FIRE RETARDANT SHEET PLASTIC IS
CONSIDERABLY MORE EXPENSIVE THAN STANDARD PLASTIC.
Polyethylene Sheet: Provide flame-resistant polyethylene film
that conforms to requirements set forth by the National Fire
Protection Association Standard 701, Small Scale Fire Test for
Flame-Resistant Textiles and Films. Provide largest size
possible to minimize seams, 4.0 or 6.0 mils thick as indicated,
frosted or black as indicated.
REINFORCED PLASTIC SHOULD BE USED IN EXTERIOR
APPLICATIONS WHERE THE SHEET IS EXPECTED TO BE STRESSED
BY WINDS OR IN ANY LOCATION WHERE HIGH SKIN STRENGTH IS
REQUIRED. FOLLOWING IS AN EXAMPLE OF LANGUAGE WHICH
CAN BE USED. EDIT TO SUIT PROJECT REQUIREMENTS.
TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES 01526-2
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
. \
Reinforced Polyethylene Sheet: Where plastic sheet constitutes
the only barrier between the work area and the building exterior,
provide translucent, nylon reinforced or woven polyethylene,
laminated, flame resistant, polyethylene film that conforms to
requirements set forth by the National Fire Protection
Association Standard 701, Small Scale Fire Test for Flame-
extiles and Films. Provide largest size possible to
minimtre\>seains, 4.O or 6.0 mil thick as indicated, frosted or
indicated.
COA/TINGS;
DELETE THIS ENTIRE SUB-SECTION IF STRIPPABLE COATINGS
(SPRAY PLASTIC) IS NOT TO BE USED.
STRIPPABLE COATINGS ARE RELATIVELY NEW MATERIALS WHICH
ARE DESIGNED TO ADHERE TO SURFACES SUCH AS WALLS AND
CEILINGS AND THEN BE REMOVE BY PEELING OFF. CARE MUST
BE EXERCISED IN SELECTING FINISHES TO RECEIVE THIS
TREATMENT. SUBSTRATES WITH A LOOSE FINISH CAN LOSE
PART OF THE FINISH WHEN THE COATING IS PEELED OFF.
THE MATERIAL MAY NOT PEEL CLEANLY FROM TEXTURED
SURFACES, FABRICS OR CARPET.
STRIPPABLE COATINGS PLASTIC ARE EFFECTIVE IN CLEANING
MANY SURFACES AND MAY FACILITATE PROJECT
DECONTAMINATION.
IT IS A WISE PRECAUTION TO TEST THE STRIPPABLE COATING
ON THE SUBSTRATES INVOLVED IN THE PROJECT DURING
DESIGN.
S^rippable Coatings; Provide strippable coatings in aerosol cans
or premixed for spray application formulated to adhere gently to
surfaces and remove cleanly by peeling off at the completion of
the work.
Provide only water-based latex materials.
Provide materials manufactured for the specific application
required.
Wall coating: designed to be easy to remove.
Floor coating: designed to provide a tough film which
resists spread of water beneath plastic layer.
Window coating: recommended by the manufacturer for use on
windows. Supply materials that are designed to be stable on
TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES 01526-3
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
glass in sunlight and resist the transmission of ultraviolet
radiation.
Fire Safetyr^V >Provide materials that meet the following
or while being installed:
not create combustible vapors,
Rave no flash point
Are not noxious
Department of Transportation category of non-flammable.
When dry, material must have a Class A rating as a building
material and meet the following requirements when tested in
accordance with ASTM E-84:
Flame Spread no greater than 20
Fuel Contributed 0
Smoke Developed no more than 110
Deliver materials to the job site in unopened, factory-labeled
containers.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with
requirements, manufacturers offering products which may be
incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the
following:
RETAIN ABOVE FOR NONPROPRIETARY OR BELOW
FOR SEMIPROPRIETARY SPECIFICATION.
REFER TO DIVISION-1 SECTION "PRODUCTS
AND SUBSTITUTIONS."
Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide
products of one of the Following:
THE FOLLOWING IS A LIST OF FIRMS
BELIEVED TO MANUFACTURE THIS PRODUCT.
NO MANUFACTURERS HAVE BEEN
INTENTIONALLY EXCLUDED AND NO ATTEMPT
HAS BEEN MADE TO EVALUATE THESE
PRODUCTS. ADDITIONAL SUPPLIERS MAY
TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES 01526-4
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
EXIST. PRODUCT LITERATURE SHOULD BE USE
TO EVALUATE THESE PRODUCTS AND TO VERIFY
THAT LISTED PRODUCTS COMPLY WITH THE
SPECIFICATIONS AND MEET PROJECT
REQUIREMENTS. VERIFY THAT PRODUCTS
INDICATED ARE STILL BEING MANUFACTURED.
EDIT OR ADD TO THE LIST AS APPROPRIATE
TO THE PROJECT REQUIREMENTS.
Spray Poly
S, LA 70189-0799
MTSCEHArfEOUS MATERIALS;
Duct Tape: Provide duct tape in 2" or 3" widths as indicated,
with an adhesive which is formulated to stick aggressively to
sheet polyethylene.
Sprav Cement: Provide spray adhesive in aerosol cans which is
specifically formulated to stick tenaciously to sheet
polyethylene.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
SEQUENCE OF WORK:
Carry out work of this section sequentially. Complete each
activity before proceeding to the next.
GENERAL;
Work Area: the location where asbestos-abatement work occurs.
It is a variable of the extent of work of the Contract. It may
be a portion of a room, a single room, or a complex of rooms. A
"Work Area" is considered contaminated during the work, and nust
be isolated from the balance of the building, and decontaminated
at the completion of the asbestos-control work.
Completely isolate the Work Area from other parts of the building
so as to prevent asbestos-containing dust or debris from passing
beyond the isolated area. Should the area beyond the Work
Area(s) become contaminated with asbestos-containing dust or
debris as a consequence of the work, clean those areas in
accordance with the procedures indicated in Section 01711.
TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES 01526-5
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
Perform all such required cleaning or decontamination at no
additional cost to owner.
Place all tools, scaffolding, staging, etc, necessary for the
work in the area to be isolated prior to completion of Work Area
isolatiom. V
^<>
all removable furniture that has been designated
by the Contract Documents or owner ' s
¥ntative. Also remove uncontaminated equipment, and/or
ries from the Work Area before commencing work, or
jletely cover with two (2) layers of polyethylene sheeting, at
ist 6 mil in thickness, securely taped in place with duct tape.
Such furniture and equipment shall be considered outside the work
area unless covering plastic or seal is breached.
Disable ventilating systems or any other system bringing air
into or out of the Work Area. Disable system by disconnecting
wires, removing circuit breakers, by lockable switch or other
positive means that will prevent accidental premature restarting
of equipment.
Lockout power to Work Area by switching off all breakers serving
power or lighting circuits in work area. Label breakers with
tape over breaker with notation "DANGER circuit being worked on".
Lock panel and have all keys under control of Contractor's
Superintendent of Owner's designated Representative.
Lockout power to circuits running through work area wherever
possible by switching off all breakers or removing fuses serving
these circuits. Label breakers with tape over breaker with
notation "DANGER circuit being worked on". Lock panel and have
all keys under control of contractor's superintendent or owner's
designated representative. If circuits cannot be shut down for
any reason, label at intervals 4'-011 on center with tags
reading, "DANGER live electric circuit. Electrocution hazard."
Label circuits in hidden locations but which may be affected by
the work in a similar manner.
Inspection Windows; Install inspection windows in locations
shown on the plans or as directed by the Owner's Representative.
Each inspection window is to have a 24" X 24" viewing area
fabricated from 1/4" acrylic or polycarbonate sheet. Install
window with top at 6 '-6" above floor height in a manner that
provides unobstructed vision from outside to inside of the Work
Area. Protect window from damage from scratching, dirt or any
coatings used during the work. A sufficient number of windows
are to be installed to provide observation of all portions of the
Work Area that can be made visible from adjacent areas.
Inspection windows that open into uncontrolled area are to be
TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES 01526-6
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
covered with a removable plywood hatch secured by lock and key.
Provide keys to Owner's Representative for all such locks.
EMERGENCY EXITS;
Provide emergency exits and emergency lighting as set forth
below:
Emergency ExitA;\ At each existing exit door from the Work Area
provide the .tejjlpWinQ means for emergency exiting:
door so that it is secure from outside the Work
permits exiting from the Work Area.
"outline of door on Primary and Critical Barriers with
lescent paint at least 1" wide. Hang a razor knife on a
string beside outline. Arrange Critical and Primary
barriers so that they can be easily cut with one pass of
razor knife. Paint words "EMERGENCY EXIT" inside outline
with luminescent paint in letters at least one foot high and
2" thick.
FOLLOWING ARE VERY GENERAL AND SHOULD BE
REVISED FOR SPECIFIC PROJECT
REQUIREMENTS. IT MAY BE POSSIBLE TO
USE EXISTING BUILDIMG EXIT LIGHTS AND
EMERGENCY LIGHTING. IF SO REVISE
FOLLOWING TO REQUIRE CONTINUED
OPERATION AND PROTECTION OF THIS
EQUIPMENT.
Provide lighted EXIT sign at each exit.
Provide battery-operated emergency lighting that switches en
automatically in the event of a power failure.
CONTROL ACCESS;
THE FIRST STEP IN AN ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
PROJECT IS TO ISOLATE THE AREA SO THAT
ONLY TRAINED WORKERS CAN ENTER AND LEAVE
THROUGH A CONTROLLED ENTRANCE.
THIS SUBSECTION DESCRIBES THE MEASURES
NECESSARY TO ACCOMPLISH THIS ISOLATION.
THE ISOLATION IS ACCOMPLISHED ONLY AT
THE COST OF EASE OF ACCESS AND EXITING
FROM THE BUILDING.
TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES 01526-7
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SEMI*?CATION August 12, 1988
IT I^VERY POSSIBLE THAT THE WORK AREA
COULD EFFECT EMERGENCY EXITING
>RTIONS OF THE BUILDING BEYOND THE
IT MAY BE NE!Z£S~SARY TO CLOSE
THESE PORTIONS OF THE/./BUILDING TO
?OID A LIFE SAFETY HAZARD FOR OCCUPANTS
OF THESE AREAS.
THE FOLLOWING COULD AFFECT EXITING FROM
THE BUILDING AND CERTAINLY AFFECTS
EXITING FROM THE WORK AREA. THIS
CHANGE IN EXITING SHOULD BE REVIEWED TO
INSURE THAT IT DOES NOT VIOLATE LOCAL
BUILDING CODES OR THE ANSI LIFE SAFETY
CODE. IT MAY BE NECESSARY TO CONSTRUCT
TEMPORARY EXITS. THERE MAY BE SPECIFIC
BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS GOVERNING THE
LAYOUT AND CONSTRUCTION OF THESE EXITS.
ON INDUSTRIAL SITES WHERE THE ACTIVITIES
OF ALL PERSONS IN THE AREA ARE
CONTROLLED IT MAY BE UNNECESSARY TO
CONTROL ACCESS BEYOND THE ERECTION OF
WARNING SIGNS.
Isolate the Work Area to prevent entry by building occupants into
Work Area or surrounding controlled areas. Accomplish isolation
by the following:
FOLLOWING ARE EXAMPLES EDIT AS REQUIRED
BY PROJECT SPECIFICS.
CHAINING EXIT DOORS IS A CLEAR VIOLATION
OF EXITING REQUIREMENTS OF ANY BUILDING
OR LIFE SAFETY CODE. USE FOLLOWING ONLY
IF ALTERNATIVE EXITING IS PROVIDED .
IF DOORS MUST BE CHAINED SHUT SUCH
SPECIFIC DOORS SHOULD BE CALLED OUT OR
LABELED ON DRAWINGS.
Submit to Owner's Representative a list of doors and other
openings that must be secured to isolate Work Area. Include on
list notation if door or opening is in an indicated exit route.
After receiving written authorization from the Owner's
Representative lock all doors into Work Area, or, if doors
cannot be locked, chain shut. Cover any signs that direct
emergency exiting, either outside or inside of Work Area, to
locked doors. Do not obstruct doors required for emergency
TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES 01526-8
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
Af
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
exits from Work Area or from building. v
FOLLOWING IS APPROPRIATE WHERE NON-
COMBUSTIBLE CONSTRUCTION IS XSEQUIRED.
IN SOME CIRCUMSTANCES, SUCH AS SMALL
CLOSURES IN ONE STORY BUILDINGS, LESS
> EXPENSIVE WOOD CONSTRUCTION MIGHT BE
SUBSTITUTED
receiving written authorization from the Owner's
entative: construct partitions or closures across any
ig into Work Area. Partitions are to be a minimum of 8
high.
CHOOSE ONE OF THE THREE BELOW AND DELETE
THE OTHER TWO. MAKE SELECTION BASED ON
LOCAL FIRE SAFETY AND BUILDING
REGULATIONS.
Fabricate partitions from 3-5/8", 25 gage metal studs
with 1/2" gypsum board on both faces. Brace at 4'-0"
on center.
Fabricate partitions from 2X4 wood studs with 1/2"
plywood on both faces. Brace at 4'-0" on center.
Fabricate partitions from 2X4 wood studs with 1/2"
plywood on both faces. Brace at 4f-0H on center. Use
only fire retardant treated wood.
DELETE FOLLOWING
PARTITIONS.
IF NO FABRIC TYPE
Fabric-type folding partitions: provide temporary
partitions across fabric-type folding doors or partitions
into Work Area.
REVISE FOLLOWING AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE
SECURE LOCKING OF SPECIFIC PARTITION
INVOLVED. DELETE IF NO RIGID FOLDING
PARTITIONS ARE USED.
Rigid-type folding partitions: remove operating bar and
latch on clean side of folding partitions. Fasten down
operating lever with hook and chain or other secure device
on Work Area side. At completion of all abatement work
reinstall bar and latch and adjust for proper operation.
DELETE THE FOLLOWING IF THERE ARE NO
ELEVATORS. REVISE AS NECESSARY FOR
TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES 01526-9
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
PROJECT SPECIFICS. ELEVATOR LOCKOUT IN
MANY INSTANCES IS ACCOMPLISHED BY THE
OWNER RATHER THAN THE CONTRACTOR. IN
HIGH RISE BUILDINGS MORE DETAIL WILL
FREQUENTLY BE REQUIRED. COORDINATE WITH
SECTION 01013 THAT DESCRIBES THE OWNER'S
AND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF ELEVATORS.
ModJ&ryX^levator controls to prevent elevators from stopping
at^ptojs in Work Areas. This work is to be performed by a
fied elevator technician.
FOLLOWING IS EXAMPLE LANGUAGE TO USE
WHERE DOORS THAT ARE NEEDED FOR EXITING
MUST BE SECURED. REVISE AS APPROPRIATE
OR DELETE IF THERE ARE NO DOORS INTO THE
Work Area. A DETERMINATION SHOULD BE
MADE ABOUT EXITING REQUIREMENTS FROM THE
Work Area. THE FOLLOWING SHOULD BE
EDITED AS APPROPRIATE TO PERMIT ADEQUATE
EXITING AND MINIMIZE THE NEED FOR
REPLACEMENT OF LOCKSETS.
Replace passage sets on doors required for exiting from Work
Area with temporary locksets for duration of the project.
Use entry type locksets that are key lockable from one side
and always operable from inside. Install locksets with key
side in stair tower and escape side toward Work Area.
Provide one key to Owner and maintain one key in clean room
of decontamination unit. After meeting Contractor, release
criteria set forth in Section 01714 Work Area clearance
reinstall original passage sets and adjust for proper
operation.
Locked Access; Arrange Work Area so that the only access into
Work Area is through lockable doors to personnel and equipment
decontamination units.
CHOOSE ONE OR A COMBINATION OF THE
FOLLOWING TWO PARAGRAPHS.
USE FOLLOWING IF THERE ARE NO DOORS
WHICH CAN BE USED FOR CONTROLLING
ACCESS.
Install temporary doors with entrance type locksets that are
key lockable from the outside and always unlocked and
operable from the inside. Do not use deadbolts or padlocks.
USE FOLLOWING IF THERE ARE EXISTING
TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES 01526-10
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION
August 12, 1988
DOORS WHICH CAN
ACCESS.
BE USED TO CONTROL
;ksets or passage sets on doors leading to
Lnation units with temporary locksets for duration
sroject. Remove any deadbolts or padlocks. Use
locksets that are key lockable front outside and
unlocked and operable from inside. After meeting
factor release criteria set forth in Section 01714 Work
Clearance reinstall original locks, passage sets and
locksets and adjust for proper operation.
Provide one key Cor each door to Owner, and Owner's
Representative and maintain one key in clean room of
decontamination unit (3 total).
visual Barrier: Where the Work Area is immediately adjacent to or
within view of occupied areas, provide a visual barrier of opaque
polyethylene sheeting at least 6 mil in thickness so that the
work procedures are not visible to building occupants. Where
this visual barrier would block natural light, substitute frosted
or woven rip-stop sheet plastic in locations approved by the
Owner's Representativa.
CHOOSE ONE OF THE TWO SIGNAGE SCHEMES
BELOW.
FOLLOWING IS APPROPRIATE FOR INDUSTRIAL
SETTINGS OR NORMALLY UNOCCUPIED AREAS
SUCH AS SCHOOLS DURING THE SUMMER OR
CONTROLLED CONSTRUCTION SITES.
Provide_Warninq_Siqns at each locked door leading to Work Area
reading as follows:
MODIFY LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS DEPENDING
UPON LOCALITY
Print text in both English and Spanish:
Legend Notation
KEEP OUT 3" Sans S«rif Gothic or Block
BEYOND THIS POINT 1" Sans Serif Gothic or Block
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT WORK 1" Sans Serif Gothic or Block
IN PROGRESS l" Sans Serif Gothic or Block
BREATHING ASBESTOS DUST MAY BE 14 Point Gothic
TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES 01526-11
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
HAZARDOUS TO YOUR HEALTH
FOLLOWING IS MORE APPROPRIATE IN
SENSITIVE LOCATIONS SUCH AS OCCUPIED
' BUILDINGS.
Wa'rning_Signs at each locked door leading to Work Area
as follows:
Notation
KEEP OUT 3" Sans Serif Gothic or Block
CONSTRUCTION 1" Sans Serif Gothic or Block
WORK AREA 1" Sans Serif Gothic or Block
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING REQUIRED 14 Point Gothic
BEYOND THIS POINT
Immediately inside door and outside critical barriers post an
approximately 20 inch by 14 inch manufactured caution sign
displaying the following legend with letter sizes and styles of a
visibility required by 29 CFR 1926:
LEGEND
DANGER
ASBESTOS
CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD
RESPIRATORS AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING ARE REQUIRED
IN THIS AREA
Provide spacing between respective lines at least equal to the
height of the respective upper line.
ALTERNATE METHODS OF ENCLOSURE;
EDIT FOLLOWING IF SECTION 01632 ON
PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS IS OMITTED
FROM THE SPECIFICATION.
Alternate methods of containing the Work Area may be submitted to
the Owner's Representative for approval in accordance with
TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES 01526-12
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
procedures set forth in Section 01632 Product Substitution. Do
not proceed with any such u«thod(s) without prior written
approval oA the Owner's Representative.
WORKER PROTECTION;
roceeding beyond this point in providing Temporary
es:
Provide Worker Protection per Section 01560
Provide Respiratory Protection per Section 01562
Provide Personnel Decontamination Unit per Section 01563
CRITICAL BARRIERS;
Completely Separate the Work Area from other portions of the
building, and the outside by closing all openings with sheet
plastic barriers at least 6 mil in thickness, or by sealing
cracks leading out of Work Area with duct tape.
Individually seal all ventilation openings (supply and exhaust) ,
lighting fixtures, clocks, doorways, windows, convectors and
speakers, and other openings into the Work Area with duct tape
alone or with polyethylene sheeting at least 6 nil in thickness,
taped securely in place with duct tape. Maintain seal until all
work including Project Decontamination is completed. Take care
in sealing of lighting fixtures to avoid melting or burning of
sheeting.
Provide Sheet Plastic barriers at least 6 nil in thickness as
required to seal openings completely from the Work Area into
adjacent areas. Seal the perimeter of all sheet plastic barriers
with duct tape or spray cement.
Mechanically Support sheet plastic independently of duct tape or
spray cement seals so that seals do not support the weight of the
plastic. Following are acceptable methods of supporting sheet
plastic barriers. Alternative support methods may be used if
approved in writing by the Owner's Representative.
FOLLOWING ARE EXAMPLES. EDIT AND
INDICATE SPECIFIC METHODS OF SUPPORT
APPROPRIATE TO PROJECT REQUIREMENTS.
METHOD USED SHOULD PREVENT THE WEIGHT OF
PLASTIC FROM BEING CARRIED BY ONLY DUCT
TAPE OR SPRAY CEMENT.
TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES 01526-13
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
luares 6" x 6H x 3/8" held in place with one 6d
masonry nail or electo-galvanized common nail driven
i 'center of the plywood and duct tape on plastic so
(plywood clamps plastic to the wall. Locate plywood
»s at each end, corner and at maximum 4 feet on
ktere.
Nylon or polypropylene rope or wire with a maximum
unsupported span of 10 feet, minimum 1/4" in diameter
suspended between supports securely fastened on either side
of opening at maximum 1 foot below ceiling. Tighten rope so
that it has 2" maximum dip. Drape plastic over rope from
outside Work Area so that a two foot long flap of plastic
extends over rope into Work Area. Staple or wire plastic to
itself 1" below rope at maximum 6" on centers to form a
sheath over rope. Lift flap and seal to ceiling with duct
tape or spray cement. Seal loop at bottom of flap with duct
tape. Erect entire assembly so that it hangs vertically
without a "shelf" upon which debris could collect.
Provide Pressure Differential System per Section 01513.
Clean housings and ducts of all overspray materials prior to
erection of any Critical Barrier that will restrict access.
PREPARE AREA:
Scaffolding: If fixed scaffolding is to be used to provide
access HEPA vacuum and wet clean area prior to scaffolding
installation.
Remove all electrical and mechanical items, such as lighting
fixtures, clocks, diffusers, registers, escutcheon plates, etc.
which cover any part of the surface to be worked en with the
work.
THE LAST SENTENCE BELOW IS A FALL BACK
WHICH SHOULD BE DELETED IF NEW FINISHES
ARE TO BE PROVIDED.
Remove all general construction items such as cabinets, casework,
door and window trim, moldings, ceilings, trim, etc., which cover
the surface of the work as required to prevent interference with
the work. Clean, decontaminate and reinstall all such materials,
upon completion of all removal work with materials, finishes, and
workmanship to match existing installations before start of work.
BELOW IS A GOOD PRECAUTION. NOTE THAT
TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES 01526-14
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
THIS PARAGRAPH REQUIRES THE INCLUSION
AND EDITING OF SECTION 01712 IN THE
SPECIFICATION.
Clean./WT'^ontaninated furniture, equipment, and or supplies with
a HEPX/VfAltered vacuum cleaner or by wet cleaning, as specified
"on 01712 Cleaning and Decontamination Procedures, prior
kg moved or covered. All equipment furniture, etc. is to
contaminated unless specifically declared as
^contaminated on the drawings or in writing by the Owner's
•sentative.
FOLLOWING PREVENTS THE SPREAD OF
CONTAMINATION DUE TO THE BELLOWS-LIKE
PUMPING ACTION SOMETIMES OBSERVED IN
SHEET PLASTIC BARRIERS.
Clean All Surfaces In Wprk Area with a HEPA filtered vacuum or by
wet wiping prior to the installation of primary barrier.
PRIMARY BARRIER;
Protect building and other surfaces in the Work Area from damage
from water and high humidity or from contamination frore asbestos-
containing debris, slurry or high airborne fiber levels by
covering with a primary barrier as described below.
THE MEASURES TAKEN TO PROTECT BUILDING
SURFACES WILL ALSO DAMAGE THEM.
STRIPPABLE COATINGS MAY REMOVE LOOSE
PAINT. DUCT TAPE AND SPRAY GLUE LEAVE
RESIDUES AND ALSO PULL OFF LOOSE PAINT.
MECHANICAL FASTENING OF SHEET PLASTIC
LEAVES HOLES. THE REPAIR OF THIS
UNAVOIDABLE DAMAGE SHOULD BE DEALT WITH
DURING PROJECT DESIGN. THE SCOPE OF
WORK FOR THE CONTRACTOR SHOULD CLEARLY
INDICATE WHETHER REPAIR WORK IS A PART
OF THE ABATEMENT CONTRACT OR IS BEING
DONE LATER AS A PART OF A RENOVATION
PROJECT.
AS A GENERAL RULE IT IS PRUDENT TO
ASSUME THAT ALL PAINTED SURFACES (EXCEPT
FOR HIGH PERFORMANCE COATING SUCH AS
EPOXY OR COLD GLAZED CEMENTS) WILL HAVE
TO BE REPAINTED. A DECISION ABOUT WHO
WILL PROVIDE THIS REPAINTING SHOULD BE
MADE DURING DESIGN.
TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES 01526-15
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
USE EITHER THE SECTION BELOW ON
STRIPPABLE COATING OR THE ONE ON SHEET
PLASTIC DEPENDING ON THE TYPE OF
PRIMARY BARRIERS TO BE USED.
A DELETE THE FOLLOWING SECTION ON
\\ > STRIPPABLE COATINGS IF THE PRIMARY
^V BARRIERS ARE TO BE SHEET PLASTIC.
coating; Protect surfaces in the Work Area with a
e coating. Perform all work in strict compliance with
urer ' s instructions. Carry out work in the following
Inspect; Before start of coating work inspect all surfaces
to be coated. Report on any surfaces that nay be damaged by
the material or any condition that nay interfere with
adhesion of the coating to a surface to the Owner's
Representative before application of coating.
Photograph or videotape existing damage to affected surfaces
and submit documentation to Owner's Representative.
FOLLOWING IS A CATCHALL. IT IS FAR
PREFERABLE TO TEST THE MATERIAL FIRST
AND DESIGN THE PROJECT ACCORDINGLY.
THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE MAY SAVE A
DISASTER, BUT IS LIKELY TO RESULT IN A
COSTLY EXTRA IF SHEET PLASTIC IS
REQUIRED.
Test Patches; Apply test patches as directed by Owner or
Owner's Representative. Apply a small area of strippable
coating to a hidden or obscure area of each surface in the
Work Area to be coated. Allow to dry and peal off.
Demonstrate results to Owner's Representative prior to
coating entire area. Commence coating of area only after
receiving written authorization from the Owner's
Representat ive .
STRIPPABLE COATINGS CLEAN SMOOTH
SURFACES BETTER THAN WET WIPING OR HEPA
VACUUMING. DURING THIS PROCESS THEY
MAY ALSO UNCOVER HIDDEN DEFECTS SUCH AS
PROBLEMS WITH PAINT ADHESION. DURING
PROJECT DESIGN THESE SURFACES SHOULD BE
CHECKED TO DETERMINE IF ANY SUCH DEFECTS
EXIST.
TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES 01526-16
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOfr-A^MEKEHT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
and equipment in work are from which coating
rip cleanly.
rer shelving, clocks, light fixtures and other
ipnent with one layer of 6 mil sheet plastic.
Cover fabric, paper, cork wall coverings or unpainted
gypsum board with one layer of 6 mil sheet plastic.
Tape over any cracks that are larger than 1/16".
Tape over electrical outlets, switches, door locks etc.
THE FOLLOWING THREE PARAGRAPHS ADDRESS
WOOD PANELING. REVISE AS APPROPRIATE
FOR PROJECT SPECIFICS OR DELETE IF THERE
IS NO WOOD PANELING IN THE Work Area.
PETROLEUM BASED WOOD FINISHES,
PARTICULARLY WAXES MAY BE REMOVED FROM
WOOD SURFACES ALONG WITH DIRT AND
CONTAMINATION. WOOD SURFACES SHOULD BE
TESTED DURING PROJECT DESIGN AND A
DECISION MADE ABOUT WHETHER THEY SHOULD
BE ISOLATED FROM THE CLEANING PROVIDED
BY THE STRIPPABLE COATING. THE
FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH ADDRESSES THE
REFINISHING OF WOOD SURFACES. THIS
PRESUMES THAT DESIGNER HAS DETERMINED
WHAT IS APPROPRIATE.
Wood paneling in area may have the finish partially
removed by the strippable coating. These surfaces are
to be coated directly with strippable coating and are
not to be covered with sheet plastic. Refinishing of
the this paneling will be accomplished by the Owner and
is not a part of the work of this contract.
FOLLOWING IS APPROPRIATE IF VERY
DELICATE WOOD PANELING WERE IN Work
Area.
Cover wood paneling in Work Area with one layer of 6
mil sheet plastic.
FOLLOWING IS A CATCH ALL AND SHOULD
GENERALLY NOT BE USED. THE ISSUE OF
FINISHES ON WOOD SURFACES SHOULD BE
RESOLVED DURING DESIGN.
TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES 01526-17
Copyright (c) 1988, National institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS-jUMEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
snail area of coating in concealed location to
finishes in Work Area. If finish is removed when
ing is stripped inform Owner's Representative.
er wood surface with one layer of 6 mil sheet
lastic unless otherwise notified by Owner's
Representative.
Base bid is for direct coating of wood paneling.
If a layer of sheet plastic is necessary this
will be a change to the Contract Sun. Submit
proposal for change in Contract Sum for the
addition of sheet plastic to the owner's
Representative.
GENERALLY CARPETING SHOULD BE REMOVED
AND DISPOSED OF IN A SPACE WHICH
CONTAINS FRIABLE ASBESTOS-CONTAINING
MATERIALS. USE LANGUAGE BELOW IF
CARPETING IS TO BE SAVED. IF THERE IS
NO CARPET DELETE FOLLOWING.
Cover carpeting with three (3) layers of polyethylene
sheeting at least 6 mil in thickness. Place corrugated
cardboard sheets between the top and middle layers of
polyethylene.
Do not use strippable coating as an adhesive to hold sheet
plastic in place.
Coat or cover windows into Work Area:
STRIPPABLE COATINGS DEGRADE IN
ULTRAVIOLET LIGHT IN SUNLIGHT. THIS
DEGRADATION CAN PREVENT THE MATERIAL
FROM STRIPPING CLEANLY. USE ONE OF THE
FOLLOWING THREE PARAGRAPHS DESCRIBING
PROTECTION OF WINDOWS.
FOLLOWING IS PREFERABLE SOLUTION TO
WINDOWS IF PROJECT DURATION IS TO BE
LESS THAN 25 DAYS.
Coat windows with window coating applied in a minimum
10 mil thickness when wet.
FOLLOWING IS PREFERABLE WHERE PROJECT
DURATION IS LONGER THAN 25 DAYS.
TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES 01526-18
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS
AB/(VEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
^pr
'indows with one layer of 6 mil sheet plastic.
Meet plastic with a thin but continuous coat of
or wall coating.
FOLLOWING SHOULD GENERALLY NOT BE USED
AS IT COMPLETELY ELIMINATES NATURAL
LIGHTING FROM THE Work Area.
Cover windows with one layer of black 6 mil plastic.
Protect critical barriers; Install strippable coating so
that it will not remove critical barriers during stripping
of coating. Cover critical barriers comprised of sheet
plastic with a second layer of sheet plastic configured to
be removed with strippable coating. Protect critical
barriers made from tape with a protective layers of sheet
plastic or duct tape.
Coat all surfaces in Work Area with strippable coating in
following order.
Walls: Coat seams, corners, and junctions vertically.
Coat balance of walls horizontally lapping over
vertical sprayed areas by 50%.
Floor: Coat floor lapping wall by 12". Start at point
furthest from entrance to Work Area and work toward
door.
Use straight edge to shield asbestos-containing materials
from coating during spray application.
Apply; to a minimum of the following thicknesses.
Thickness is to be measured when material is wet using a wet
film thickness gauge.
SURFACE
TO BE
COATED
MINIMUM
THICKNESS
WHEN WET
REQUIRED
COATING
TYPE
Critical Barriers
Sheet Plastic Covers
Not Applicable
Glass
Plastic Over Glass
10
2
mil
mil
w i n d o
Coating
Wai
Coating
w
1
TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES 01526-19
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION
12 mil
15 mil
15 mil
20 mil
zed Tile,
Saoothly Painted Brick,
Painted Concrete Block
Floors
Unpainted Brick,
Unpainted Concrete Block,
Rough Wood
August 12, 1988
Wall
Coating
Wall
Coating
Floor
Coating
Wall
Coating
Coat brick and concrete block with a sufficient thickness of
coating to obscure color of substrate completely.
Do not apply over tacky or chalky adhesives remaining from
carpet or other flooring covering removal.
Respiratory protection; Require that all workers in Work
Area from start of spray operation until all surfaces are
dry use as a minimum requirement a half-face negative
pressure respirator equipped with combination ammonia and
HEPA type filter cartridges as specified in Section 01562
Respiratory Protection.
Worker protection; Equip all workers in Work Area during
spray operation with eye protectives, disposable gloves, and
disposable paper suits.
Ventilation: during spraying operation maintain a minimum
of 4 air changes per hour in the entire Work Area. Operate
one additional HEPA filtered fan unit per spray operator in
area while spraying is taking place.
ELEVATORS AND STAIR TOWERS IN HIGH RISE
BUILDINGS REQUIRE SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED
POSITIVE PRESSURE AREAS TO OVERCOME THE
STACK EFFECT WHICH WILL ATTEMPT TO DRAW
AIR FROM FLOORS BELOW THE MIDLINE OF THE
BUILDING AND DISCHARGE IT ON FLOOR
ABOVE. STACK EFFECT RESULTS IN THE
POSSIBILITY OF SPREADING AIRBORNE
TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES 01526-20
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
ASBESTOS FIBERS THROUGHOUT A BUILDING.
DELETE THE FOLLOWING IF THERE IS NO
ELEVATOR ACCESS TO THE Work -Area. AREA
IN FRONT OF ELEVATOR DOORS SHOULD BE
POSITIVELY PRESSURIZED TO PREVENT THE
PISTON ACTION OF THE ELEVATOR FROM
DRAWING CONTAMINATION FROM THE Work Area
INTO THE ELEVATOR SHAFT.
Coat walls, floor and ceiling of elevator in sane
as Work Area. Arrange entry to Work Area so that
rator door is in a positively pressurized space outside
clean room of the decontamination unit. At completion
oT work clean elevator as set forth in Section 01711. Refer
to Section 01013 Summary of the Work for additional
requirements for protection of elevator.
DELETE ENTIRE SECTION BELOW ON SHEET
PLASTIC IF STRIPPA3LE COATING IS TO BE
USED.
Sheet Plastic: Protect surfaces in the Work Area with two (2)
layers of plastic sheeting on floor and walls, or as otherwise
directed on the Contract Drawings or in writing by the Owner's
Representative. Perform work in the following sequence.
Cover Floor of Work Area with 2 individual layers of clear
polyethylene sheeting, each at least 6 mil in thickness,
turned up walls at least 12 inches. Forn a sharp right
angle bend at junction of floor and wall so that there is no
radius which could be stepped on causing the wall attach-
ment to be pulled loose. Both spray-glue and duct tape all
seams in floor covering. Locate seams in top layer six feet
from, or at right angles to, seams in bottom layer. Install
sheeting so that top layer can be removed independently of
bottom layer.
GENERALLY CARPETING SHOULD BE REMOVED
AND DISPOSED OF IN A SPACE WHICH
CONTAINS FRIABLE ASBESTOS-CONTAINING
MATERIALS. USE LANGUAGE BELOW IF
CARPETING IS TO BE SAVED. IF THERE IS
NO CARPET DELETE FOLLOWING.
Cover Carpeting with three (3) layers of polyethylene
sheeting at least 6 mil in thickness. Place corrugated
cardboard sheets between the top and middle layers of
polyethylene.
TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES 01526-21
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
THE FOLLOWING LANGUAGE SHOULD BE USED IF
CARPETING HAS A PAD OR IS OTHERWISE
THICK ENOUGH TO PROVIDE QUESTIONABLE
FOOTING FOR SCAFFOLDING.
Plastic in areas where scaffolding is to be used
ingle layer of 1/2" CDX plywood or 1/4" tempered
ird. Wrap edges and corners of each sheet with duct
At completion of abatement work wrap plywood or
>ard with 2 layers of 6 mil polyethylene and move to
nelct Work Area or dispose of as an asbestos-contaminated
waste material in accordance with section 02084 of this
specification.
THREE LAYERS OF 6 MIL PLASTIC SHOULD BE
CONSIDERED IN AREAS WHERE PLASTIC MAY BE
RIPPED, SUCH AS IN A REMOVAL WITH WIRE
LATH OR WHERE ROOM FINISHES ARE DELICATE
OR COSTLY.
Cover all walls in Work Area including "Critical Barrier"
sheet plastic barriers with one layer of polyethylene
sheeting, at least 6 mil in thickness, mechanically
supported and sealed with duct tape or spray-glue in the
same manner as "Critical Barrier" sheet plastic barriers.
Tape all joints including the joining with the floor
covering with duct tape or as otherwise indicated on the
Contract Documents or in writing by the Owner's
Representative.
ELEVATORS AND STAIR TOWERS IN HIGH RISE
BUILDINGS REQUIRE SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED
POSITIVE PRESSURE AREAS TO OVERCOME THE
STACK EFFECT WHICH WILL ATTEMPT TO DRAW
AIR FROM FLOORS BELOW THE MIDLINE OF THE
BUILDING AND DISCHARGE IT ON FLOOR
ABOVE. STACK EFFECT RESULTS IN THE
POSSIBILITY OF SPREADING AIRBORNE
ASBESTOS FIBERS THROUGHOUT A BUILDING.
DELETE THE FOLLOWING IF THERE IS NO
ELEVATOR ACCESS TO THE Work Area. AREA
IN FRONT OF ELEVATOR DOORS SHOULD BE
POSITIVELY PRESSURIZED TO PREVENT THE
PISTON ACTION OF THE ELEVATOR FROM
DRAWING CONTAMINATION FROM THE Work Area
INTO THE ELEVATOR SHAFT.
Elevator; Cover walls, floor and ceiling of elevator with 2
layers of 6 mil polyethylene. Arrange entry to Work Area so
TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES 01526-22
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS .ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
^n_x
thatxfleVator door is in a positively pressurized space
ythe clean room of the decontamination unit. At
on of work clean elevator as set forth in Section
Refer to Section 01013 Summary of the Work for
'ional requirements for protection of elevator.
SHEET POLYETHYLENE IS VERY SLIPPERY
UNDERFOOT AND CAN PRESENT A CONSIDERABLE
SLIPPING HAZARD. DELETE THE FOLLOWING IF
THERE ARE NO STAIRS RAMPS OR LADDERS IN
THE Work Area.
Stairs and Ramos; Do not cover stairs or ramps with
unsecured sheet plastic. Where stairs or ramps are covered
with plastic, provide 3/4" exterior grade plywood treads
securely held in place, over plastic. Do not cover rungs or
rails with any type of protective materials.
Repair of Damaged Polyethylene Sheeting: Remove and replace
plastic sheeting which has been damaged by removal
operations or where seal has failed allowing water to seep
between layers. Remove affected sheeting and wipe down
entire area. Install new sheet plastic only when area is
completely dry.
AN ISOLATION AREA PROVIDES A BUFFER IF
THERE IS A FAILURE OF Work Area
ISOLATION. AN ISOLATION AREA IS
APPROPRIATE WHEN ADJACENT SPACES HAVE A
CRITICAL OCCUPANCY WHICH CANNOT BE
INTERRUPTED.
THE LOCATION AND ARRANGEMENT OF
ISOLATION AREAS SHOULD BE SHOWN ON THE
PLANS.
ISOLATION AREA;
Maintain isolation areas between the Work Area and adjacent
building area:
FOLLOWING ARE EXAMPLES. EDIT TO SUIT
PROJECT REQUIREMENTS.
In locations shown on the plans.
In unoccupied rooms located between Work Area and adjacent
occupied portions of the building.
In locations where separation between Work Area and occupied
TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES 01526-23
Copyright (c) 1988, National institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
of building is formed by sheet plastic and/or
barriers.
elow Work Area.
lation area by controlling access to the space in the
anner as a Work Area. Physically isolate the space froa
rk Area and adjacent areas. Accomplish physical isolation
FOLLOWING ARE EXAMPLES. EDIT TO SUIT
PROJECT REQUIREMENTS.
Installing critical barriers in unoccupied space.
Erecting a second Critical Barrier a minimum of 3'-0" away
fron Work Area.
STOP WORK;
If the Critical or Primary barrier falls or is breached in any
manner stop work immediately. Do not start work until authorized
in writing by the Owner's Representative.
EXTENSION OF WORK AREA:
Extension of Work Area: If the Critical Barrier is breached in
any manner that could allow the passage of asbestos debris or
airborne fibers, then add affected area to the Work Area, enclose
it as required by this Section of the specification and
decontaminate it as described in Section 01711 Project
Decontamination.
SECONDARY BARRIER;
Secondary layer of plastic as a drop cloth to protect the primary
layer from debris generated by the asbestos abatement work is
specified in the appropriate work sections.
FOLLOWING IS A CATCH-ALL. IT IS
PREFERABLE TO DESIGN THE STRUCTURE AND
SHOW IT ON THE DRAWINGS.
EXTERIOR ENCLOSURES;
Construct exterior enclosures as a Critical Barrier as necessary
to completely enclose the work. Fabricate from reinforced
TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES 01526-24
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOSyLBATEKENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
£^—^
polyethylene sheeting and 2" x wood framework. Attach to
existinqjoaui/fding components or brace as necessary for lateral
stability^ Construct walls to meet all state and local
regulat^sAs *°r construction of temporary buildings. Construct
to rjr^fttc a wind of 30 MPH, slope ceiling to permit drainage of
rainlvajbler.
END OF SECTION - 01526
TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES 01526-25
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
o
o
•o
X
CEILING-/ ^-SEAL WITH DUCT ^
I
*
L
— WALL PROTRUSION TAPE- *il- SlDFS
—f. un pn-YTTWYirwr ^___i _ n_
SEAL WITH DUCT
TAPE. ALL SIDES.
-6 MIL. POLYETTHYLENE
WALL OPENING
CRITICAL BARRIER
^_^-- EQUIPMENT OR FURNISHING
-» -6 MIL POLYETHYLENE CRITICAL
BARRIER CONTINUOUS DUCT
TAPE AT PERIMETER.
rn
I/OOOR y
y BEYOND/
\
^^
WINDOW
-=
:=*-
I
>
M
H
11
3
M
SEAL ALL CRACKS
W/ DUCT TAPE 6 MIL
POLYETHYLENE CRITICAL
BARRtR OVER WINDOW
e
n
M
•w
R
-
g
to
O
FLOOR
/ \
6 MIL POLYETHYILNE CRITICAL
BARRIER AT ALL DOORS AND
WINDOWS SLAl WITH DUCT TAPE.
«o
e
M
r»
o
0>
o»
CRITICAL BARRIER PREP_INS [AU AllpN
KOT TO
-------
o
o
o
a-
u
•- o
§ I
^- *<
3 £
te n
r- r-
•- o
n (si
C C
" a-
* rr
o
CO
n
^-'
rt
a
o
a
v.
NOTE
T
5.
I
vJ
7AP£ AN'D MECHANiCAUY
SUPPORT PRIMARY
6 Mi. PO. YTTHrUNf
CEILING-
lAPf
TO PR WARY
6 U.i POlYETHYUNE
(DROP CXOTW)
-PRIKA.R^' 6 ML POOTlHYUNf
OJCT TA.=>f
CON-nN^OJS UPE
AND ClUE AT AU
SCAMS
-SECONDARY FlOOR
6 MIL POl-YETHYUNt
(DROP ClOTH)
,-PR,MA,RY FLOOR
I ? lAYTPf, 6 MIL
H POtTETHYUNE
It —_
FLOOR
uc & TAPE
STAGGER
iA7F.
00 NOT
ALL
,GO:S.
o
c
IT
r
>
te
to
d
>•
C1
C
•r
R
O
•c
RFMOVAL AREA PREP. INSTALLATION
M,: TJ SCA;t
en
a
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
SECTION 01714 - _W
-------
MODEL ASBETOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
Section will not begin until the visual inspection
in Section 01711 Project Decontamination is complete
is been certified by the Project Administrator.
AIR MONITORING:
To determine if the elevated airborne asbestos structure
concentration encountered during abatement operations has been
reduced to the specified level, the Owner will secure samples and
analyze them according to the following procedures.
CHOOSE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING SEQUENCE OF PROCEDURES AND
DELETE THE OTHER. THE FIRST IS BASED UPON SEQUENTIAL
SAMPLING FIRST BY PCM FOLLOWED BY TEM. THE SECOND IS
BASED UPON SIMULTANEOUS SAMPLING WITH CLEARANCE BY PCM
REQUIRED BEFORE TEM SAMPLES ARE ANALYZED.
Aggressive sampling procedures as described below will be
followed.
PCM samples will be secured as indicated below. If the area
meets the clearance criteria TEM sampling will proceed.
Aggressive sampling procedures will be repeated.
TEM samples will be secured and analyzed as indicated below.
Work Area Clearance: upon meeting the TEM Clearance
requirements the work of Section 01711 Project
Decontamination can continue.
FOLLOWING PROCEDURE IS BASED UPON PCM AND TEM SAMPLES
BEING TAKEN SIMULTANEOUSLY
Aggressive sampling procedures as described below will be
followed.
PCM and TEM samples will be secured as indicated below. PCM
samples will be analyzed and TEM samples will be transmitted
to the laboratory. If the area meets the clearance criteria
by PCM the TEM analysis will proceed.
Work Area Clearance; upon meeting the TEM Clearance
requirements the work of Section 01711 Project
Decontamination can continue.
AGGRESSIVE SAMPLING IS APPROPRIATE ONLY FOR CLEARANCE
OF ABATEMENT PROJECT AREAS THAT ARE ISOLATED FROM
WORK AREA CLEARANCE 01714 - 2
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
SURROUNDING AREAS BY BOTH PHYSICAL BARRIERS (CRITICAL
BARRIER) AND A PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL (DIFFERENTIAL
SYSTEM) . AGGRESSIVE SAMPLING SHOULD NEVER BE
ED IN OCCUPIED OR UNISOLATED AREAS. THE FEW
THIS HAS BEEN ATTEMPTED HAVE RESULTED IN SERIOUS
[ONTAMINATION PROBLEMS FOR THE INVOLVED SPACE AND
XXJNDING AREAS.
SAMPLING:
All Air Samples will be taken using aggressive sampling
techniques as follows:
THERE ARE NO STANDARDS AVAILABLE FOR FLOW RATE OF LEAF
BLOWERS OR LARGE FANS. HOWEVER THIS INFORMATION IS NOT
CRITICAL TO THE SUCCESS OF THE PROCEDURE.
Before sampling pumps are started the exhaust from forced-
air equipment (leaf blower with an approximately 1
horsepower electric notor) will be swept against all walls,
ceilings, floors, ledges and other surfaces in the room.
This procedure will be continued for 5 minutes per 10,000
cubic feet of room volume.
One 20 inch diameter fan per 10,000 cubic feet of room
volume will be mounted in a central location at
approximately 2 meters above floor, directed toward ceiling
and operated at low speed for the entire period of sample
collection.
Air samples will be collected in areas subject to normal air
circulation away from room corners, obstructed locations,
and sites near windows, doors of vents.
After air sampling pumps have been shut off, fans will be
shut off.
SCHEDULE OF AIR SAMPLES:
CONSULT WITH THE ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANT SUPPLYING
PROJECT ADMINISTRATORS AND LABORATORY WORK ABOUT THE
SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT AND ANALYTICAL METHODS AVAILABLE FOR
THE PROJECT. EDIT THE FOLLOWING TO SUIT SPECIFIC
PROJECT REQUIREMENTS AND AVAILABILITY OF ANALYTICAL
TOOLS.
General; The number and volume of air samples taken and
analytical methods used by the Owner will be in accordance with
the following schedule. Sample volumes given may vary depending
upon the analytical instruments used.
WORK AREA CLEARANCE 01714 - 3
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION
August 12, 1988
PHASE
LLY, LOCATIONS FOR SAMPLING SHOULD BE SHOWN ON THE
NGS.
JtST MICROSCOPY:
homogeneous Work Area after completion of all cleaning
a mini muni of 7 samples will be taken and analyzed as
Samples will be collected on 25 nun. cassettes with the following
filter media:
PCM: 0.8 mixed cellulose ester in a cassette with a
conductive extension cowl.
Location
Sampled
Number
of
Samples
Analysis
Method
Detection
Limit
Fibers/cc.
Minimum Rate
Volume LPM
(Liters)
Each Work Area
or
Each Room of
PCM
0.01
1,200
1-10
Work Area (5
Work Area Blank
Laboratory Blank
aiin. )
1
1
PCM
PCM
PCM
0.01
0.01
0.01
1,230
0
0
1-10
Open for
30 seconds
Do Not
Ooen
GENERALLY RETAIN THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH. THIS
PARAGRAPH DESCRIBES THE ANALYTICAL METHOD REQUIRED BY
THE AHERA REGULATION FOR PCM CLEARANCE IN SCHOOLS.
OTHER ANALYTICAL METHODS COULD BE USED FOR NON-SCHOOL
PROJECTS OR AS PRE-CLEARANCE LEADING TO TEM ANALYSIS.
HOWEVER, THE AHERA REGULATION IS A VERY STRONG
STATEMENT FROM THE EPA ON THE STANDARD OF CARE AND
ACCEPTABLE METHODS OF ACHIEVING THAT STANDARD.
Analysis; Fibers on each filter will be measured using the NIOSH
Method 7400 entitled "Fibers" published in the NIOSH Manual of
Analytical Methods, 3rd Edition, Second Supplement, August 1987.
Fibers: referred to in this section include fibers regardless of
composition as counted by the phase contrast microscopy method
used.
WORK AREA CLEARANCE 01714 - 4
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION
August 12, 1988
Split Sample: one Work Area sample will be split and both halves
analyzed separately for duplicate analysis.
Release Critftria: Decontamination of the work site is complete
Area sample is at or below the Detection Limit
any sample is above the Detection Limit then the
is incomplete and recleaning per section 01711
contamination is required.
ISSION E.UCTRON MICROSCOPY:
THE FOLLOWING DESCRIBES CLEARANCE TESTING AS REQUIRED
BY THE AHERA REGULATION FOR SCHOOLS. THIS IS ALSO
BECOMING A DE FACTO STANDARD FOR PUBLIC NON-SCHOOL
BUILDINGS. WORK IN INDUSTRIAL SETTINGS MAY HAVE A
DIFFERENT STANDARD THAN THAT FOR A PUBLICLY OCCUPIED
BUILDING.
In each homogeneous work area after completion of all cleaning
work, a minimum of 13 samples will be taken and analyzed as
follows:
THE SAMPLE VOLUME GIVEN BELOW IS NOT THE LOWEST
REQUIRED BY THE AHERA REGULATION. IT IS THE LOWEST
VOLUME ALLOWED FOR 10 GRID OPENINGS TO GIVE AN
ANALYTICAL SENSITIVITY OF 0.005 STRUCTURES/CC. 10 GRID
OPENINGS IS THE NUMBER GENERALLY PREFERRED BY
LABORATORIES PERFORMING THIS TYPE OF ANALYSIS.
ADHERENCE TO THIS VOLUME MAY GIVE RISE TO GREATER
REPRODUCABILITY OF RESULTS. THE MINIMUM VOLUME
NECESSARY TO AVOID COMPARISON OF INSIDE-TO-OUTSIDE
SAMPLES IS 1,199 LITERS.
Location
Sampled
Number Analysis
of Method
Samples
Analytical
Sensitivity
Fibers/cc.
Recommended Rate
Volume LPM
(Liters)
Each Work Area 5 TEM
Outside Each 5 TEM
Work Area
Work Area Blank 1 TEM
Outside Blank 1 TEM
Laboratory Blank 1 TEM
0.005 1,300-1,800 1-10
0.005 1,300-1,800 1-10
0.005
0.005
0.005
Open for
30 Seconds
Open for
30 Seconds
Do Not
Open
WORK AREA CLEARANCE 01714 - 5
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
Analysis w^LLbe performed using the analysis method set forth in
th« AHE$<54lwnto.ation 40 CFR Part 763 Appendix A.
I ^^
Structures referred to in this Section include asbestos
bundles,clusters or matrices, as defined by method of
a.
;ase Criteria; Decontamination of the work site is complete if
either of the following two sets of conditions are met:
Work Areg Samples are below filter background levels
All Work Area sample volumes are greater than 1,199
liters for a 25 mm. sampling cassette.
The average concentration of asbestos on the five Work
Area Samples does not exceed the filter background
level of 70 structures per square millimeter of filter
area.
Work Area Samples are not statistically different from
Outside samples
All sample volumes except for blanks are greater than
560 liters for a 25 mm. sampling cassette.
The average asbestos concentration of the three blanks
is below the filter background level of 70 structures
per square millimeter of filter area.
Average asbestos concentrations in Work Area Samples
are not statistically different from Outside samples,
as determined by the Z-test calculation found in 40 CFR
Part 763, Subpart E, Appendix A (Z is Less that or
equal to 1.65)
If these conditions are not met then the decontamination is
incomplete and the cleaning procedures of Section 01710 shall be
repeated.
Termination of Analysis; if the arithmetic mean (average)
asbestos concentration on the blank filters exceed 70 structures
per square millimeter of filter area the analysis will cease and
new samples collected.
LABORATORY TESTING:
PHASE CONTRAST MICROSCOPY:
WORK AREA CLEARANCE 01714 - 6
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
CHOOSE THE APPROPRIATE PARAGRAPH FROM
THE THREE BELOW AND DELETE THE OTHER
TWO. IT IS IMPORTANT TO THE CONTRACTOR
TO KNOW HOW IMMEDIATELY AIR SAMPLE
RESULTS WILL BE AVAILABLE.
THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH REPRESENTS THE
TYPICAL LEVEL OF SERVICE AVAILABLE IF A
MICROSCOPE IS TO BE SET UP AT THE JOB
SITE. TYPICALLY THIS WILL BE DONE IF
NIOSH 7400 ANALYSIS IS BEING USED FOR
WORK SITE MONITORING USING A SPECIAL
SLIDE PREPARATION DEVICE.
of a testing laboratory will be employed by the
to perform laboratory analysis of the air samples. A
(cope and technician will be set up at the job site, so that
reports on air samples can be obtained immediately. A
jlete record, certified by the testing laboratory, of all air
monitoring tests and results will be furnished to the Owner's
Representative, the Owner and the Contractor.
THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH SHOULD BE USED
IF THERE WILL BE NO MICROSCOPE AT THE
JOB SITE.
The services of a testing laboratory will be employed by the
Owner to perform laboratory analysis of the air samples. A
technician will be at the job site, and samples will be sent
daily by overnight delivery, so that verbal reports on air
samples can be obtained within 24 hours. A complete record,
certified by the testing laboratory, of all air monitoring tests
and results will be furnished to the Owner's Representative, the
Owner and the Contractor.
THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH IS A CATCH ALL
AND DOES NOT PROVIDE THE CONTRACTOR WITH
DETAILED INFORMATION ON HOW THE OWNER
INTENDS TO ANALYZE AIR SAMPLES.
The services of a testing laboratory will be employed by the
Owner to perform laboratory analysis of the air samples. A
microscope and technician will be set up at the job site, or
samples will be sent daily by overnight mail, so that verbal
reports on air samples can be obtained within 24 hours. A
complete record, certified by the testing laboratory, of all air
monitoring tests and results will be furnished to the Owner's
Representative, the owner and the Contractor.
TRANSMISSION ELECTRON MICROSCOPY:
WORK AREA CLEARANCE 01714 - 7
Copyright (c) 1988, National institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
FOLLOWING IS NECESSARY INFORMATION FOR
THE CONTRACTOR TO ESTIMATE THE LENGTH OF
TIME HIS EQUIPMENT WILL BE TIED UP
WAITING FOR TEM ANALYSIS. FOLLOWING IS
TYPICAL AVAILABILITY OF SERVICE FOR TEM
LABS DURING OFF-PEAK TIMES OF THE YEAR.
TYPICAL TURN AROUND TIME FOR VERBAL
RESULTS IS 5 TO 10 DAYS. THIS SECTION
SHOULD BE REVISED BASED UPON THE TURN
AROUND TIME THE LABORATORY IS ABLE TO
PROVIDE. MOST LABORATORIES CHARGE A
PREMIUM FOR WEEKEND/HOLIDAY WORK AND
FAST (24 TO 48 HOUR) TURNAROUND.
SaBj>^9^ will be sent by overnight courier for analysis by
Tr^n^^aiion Electron Microscopy. Samples will not be carried on
Is, so that samples shipped on Friday will arrive on the
Monday. Verbal results will normally be available
the 5th working day after receipt of samples by the
moratory. The laboratory is capable of analyzing a maximum of
13 such samples from this project at any one time. All
Transmission Electron Microscopy results will be available to the
Contractor.
FOLLOWING IS A FAIR METHOD OF DEALING
WITH DELAYS IN ANALYSIS. THIS REQUIRES
THE PROJECT DESIGNER TO SECURE UNIT
COSTS DURING BIDDING.
Submit with bid unit cost for each day of waiting beyond
that set forth in the paragraph above.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT APPLICABLE)
END OF SECTION - 01714
WORK AREA CLEARANCE 01714 - 8
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
E>fc»«ii^jy m
MODEL AS£3$TOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
with bid unit cost for each day of waiting beyond
set forth in the paragraph above.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT APPLICABLE)
END OF SECTION - 01714
WORK AREA CLEARANCE 01714 - 9
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
- REMOVAL OF ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIALS
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General
and Supplementary Conditions and Division - 1 Specification
Sections, apply to work of this section.
RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
Installation of Critical and Primary Barriers, and Work Area
Isolation Procedures are set forth in Section 01526 Temporary
Enclosures.
Project Decontamination procedures after removal of the Secondary
Barrier are specified in Section 01711 Project Decontamination.
Disposal of asbestos-containing waste is specified in Section
02084 Disposal of Asbestos-Containing Waste Material.
SUBMITTALS;
Before Start of Work; Submit the following to the Owner's
Representative for review. Do not start work until these
submittals are returned with Owner's Representative's action
stamp indicating that the subnittal is returned for unrestricted
use.
Surfactant: Submit product data, use instructions and
recommendations from manufacturer of surfactant intended for use.
Include data substantiating that material complies with
requirements.
Removal Encapsulant: Submit product data, use instructions and
recommendations from manufacturer of removal encapsulant intended
for use. Include data substantiating that material complies with
requirements.
NESHAP Certification; Submit certification from manufacturer of
surfactant or removal encapsulant that, to the extent required by
this specification, the material, if used in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions, will wet Asbestos-Containing
Materials to which it is applied as required by the National
Emission Standard for Hazardous Pollutants (NESHAP) Asbestos
Regulations (40 CFR 61, Subpart M).
REMOVAL OF ASBESTOS - CONTAINING MATERIALS 02081 - 1
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
Fetv Data Sheet; Submit the Material Safety Data
Sheet^O^op equivalent, in accordance with the OSHA Hazard
ComBTOorcacion Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200) for each surfactant ,
encttpjMiiating Material and solvent proposed for use on the work.
M&hBHe a separate attachment for each sheet indicating the
(specific worker protective equipment proposed for use with the
ncrerial indicated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS:
FOLLOWING ALLOWS THE CONTRACTOR TO USE
EITHER A SURFACTANT IN WATER OR A
REMOVAL ENCAPSULANT, PROVIDING THAT IT
IS ABLE TO PERFORM AS WELL AS THE
GENERIC MIXTURE OF ONE OUNCE OF A
MIXTURE OF 50% POLYOXYETHYLENE ESTER AND
50% POLYOXYETHYLENE ETHER IN FIVE
GALLONS OF WATER.
Wetting Materials; For wetting prior to disturbance of
Asbestos-Containing Materials use either amended water or a
removal encapsulant:
Amended Water; Provide water to which a surfactant has been
added. Use a mixture of surfactant and water which results
in wetting of the Asbestos-Containing Material and
retardation of fiber release during disturbance of the
material equal to or greater than that provided by the use
of one ounce of a surfactant consisting of 50%
polyoxye thy lane ester and 50% polyoxyethylene ether mixed
with five gallons of water.
Removal Encapsulant; Provide a penetrating type encapsulant
designed specifically for removal of Asbestos-Containing
Material. Use a material which results in wetting of the
Asbestos-Containing Material and retardation of fiber
release during disturbance of the material equal to or
greater than that provided by water amended with a
surfactant consisting of one ounce of a mixture of 50%
polyoxyethylene ester and 50% polyoxyethylene ether in five
gallons of water.
FOLLOWING IS MOST LIKELY TO BE FOUND ON
THE JOB IN THE ABSENCE OF A MORE
SPECIFIC REQUIREMENT.
Polyethylene Sheet; A single polyethylene film in the largest
sheet size possible to minimize seams, 4.0 or 6.0 mil thick as
REMOVAL OF ASBESTOS - CONTAINING MATERIALS 02081 - 2
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
indicated, clear, frosted, or black as indicated.
FOLLOWING IS A GOOD PRECAUTION IN AREAS
WHERE THERE IS HOT EQUIPMENT OR A
POTENTIAL FOR FIRE, SUCH AS IN A BOILER
ROOM. FIRE RETARDANT SHEET PLASTIC IS
CONSIDERABLY MORE EXPENSIVE THAN
STANDARD PLASTIC.
Sheet ; Provide flame resistant polyethylene film
Jconf oms to requirements set forth by the National Fire
sction Association Standard 701, Small Scale Fire Test for
ae-resistant Textiles and Films. Provide largest size
jssible to minimize seams, 4.0 or 6.0 mil thick as indicated,
frosted or black as indicated.
Duct Tape; Provide duct tap* in 2" or 3" widths as indicated, with
an adhesive which is formulated to stick aggressively to sheet
polyethylene.
Spray Cement: Provide spray adhesive in aerosol cans which is
specifically formulated to stick tenaciously to sheet
polyethylene.
Disposal Baas: Provide 6 mil thick leak- tight polyethylene bags
labeled as required by Section 02084 Disposal of Asbestos
Containing Waste Material.
Fiberboar<^ PnilHff; Provide heavy duty leak tight fiberboard drums
with tight sealing locking metal tops.
Paper board Boxes; Provide heavy duty corrugated paper board
boxes coated with plastic or wax to retard deterioration from
moisture. Provide in sizes that will easily fit in disposal
bags.
Felt; Standard felt approximately 1/16" thick and 36" to 72" in
width.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
SECONDARY BARRIER!
Secondary Barrier; Over the Primary Barrier, install as a drop
cloth a clear 6 mil sheet plastic in all areas where asbestos
removal work is to be carried out. Completely cover floor with
sheet plastic. Where the work is within 10'-0" of a wall extend
the Secondary Barrier up wall to ceiling. Support sheet plastic
on wall with duct tape, seal top of Secondary plastic to Primary
REMOVAL OF ASBESTOS - CONTAINING MATERIALS 02081 - 3
Copyright (c) 1988, National institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
duct tape so that debris is unable to get behind
cross strips of duct tape at wall support as
support sheet plastic and prevent its falling during
operations.
Secondary Barrier at the beginning of each work shift.
only sufficient plastic for work of that shift.
Secondary Barrier at end of each work shift or as work in
an area is completed. Fold plastic toward center of sheet and
pack in disposal bags. Keep material on sheet continuously wet
until bagged.
Install Walkways of black 6 mil plastic between active removal
areas and decontamination units to protect Primary Layer from
tracked material. Install walkways at the beginning of, and
remove at the end of, each work shift.
WORKER PROTECTION;
Before beginning work with any material for which a Material
Safety Data Sheet has been submitted provide workers with the
required protective equipment. Require that appropriate
protective equipment be used at all times.
WET REMOVAL:
Thoroughly wet to satisfaction of Owner's Representative
Aasbestos-Containing Materials to be removed prior to stripping
and/or tooling to reduce fiber dispersal into the air.
Accomplish wetting by a fine spray (mist) of amended water or
removal encapsulant. Saturate material sufficiently to wet to
the substrate without causing excess dripping. Allow time for
amended water or renoval encapsulant to penetrate material
thoroughly. If amended water is used, spray material repeatedly
during the work process to maintain a continuously wet condition.
If a removal encapsulant is used, apply in strict accordance with
manufacturer's written instructions. Perforate outer covering of
any installation which has been painted and/or jacketed in order
to allow penetration of amended water or removal encapsulant, or
use injection equipment to wet material under the covering.
Where necessary, carefully strip away while simultaneously
spraying amended water or removal encapsulant on the installation
to minimize dispersal of asbestos fibers into the air.
SOME MATERIALS, PARTICULARLY THOSE
CONTAINING AMOSITE ASBESTOS, DO NOT WET
WELL WITH WATER AMENDED WITH THE GENERIC
REMOVAL OF ASBESTOS - CONTAINING MATERIALS 02081 - 4
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
MIXTURE OF ONE OUNCE OF A MIXTURE OF 50%
POLYOXYETHYLENE ESTER AND 50%
POLYOXYETHYLENE ETHER IN FIVE GALLONS OF
WATER. OTHER WETTING AGENTS AND REMOVAL
ENCAPSULANTS SHOULD BE TESTED ON THE
MATERIAL FOR ADSORPTION. THIS SECTION
SHOULD THEN BE MODIFIED TO SPECIFY THE
MATERIAL MOST APPROPRIATE TO THE
PROJECT.
FOLLOWING ARE GOOD PRACTICES FOR
CONTROLLING AIRBORNE FIBER LEVELS IF THE
MATERIAL DOES NOT WET WELL BECAUSE IT IS
COATED, THICK, OR CONTAINS AMOSITE.
Mist^jrk area continuously with amended water whenever necessary
»o€ airborne fiber levels.
tstos-Containing Material in small sections
Ira all areas. Do not allow material to dry out. As it is
removed, simultaneously pack material while still vet into
disposal bags. Twist neck of bags, bend over and seal with
minimum three wraps of duct tape. Clean outside and move to Wash
Down Station adjacent to Material Decontamination Unit.
USB THE FOLLOWING IF THE MATERIAL
REMOVED CONTAINS AMOSITE ASBESTOS.
OTHERWISE DELETE.
Evacuate air from disposal bags with a HEPA filtered vacuum
cleaner before sealing.
IN THE PARAGRAPH BELOW REDUCE THE 20' TO
4' IF THE MATERIAL BEING REMOVED
CONTAINS AMOSITE ASBESTOS.
THE FOLLOWING REFERS TO HIGH PRESSURE
WASHERS. THESE DEVICES CAN BE EXTREMELY
EFFECTIVE IN CLEANING BUT CAN ALSO CAUSE
FLOODING, SPLATTERING, AND SPRAY
THROUGH HOLES INTO ADJACENT AREAS.
WORKER SKILL AND JUDGMENT IS NECESSARY
TO ACHIEVE DESIRED RESULTS WITH THIS
EQUIPMENT. USE EXTREME CAUTION IN
SPECIFYING THIS TYPE OF EQUIPMENT.
Fireproofina or Architectural Finish on Scratch Coat; Spray
aasbestos-containing fireproofing or architectural acoustic
finish with a fine mist of amended water or removal encapsulant.
Allow time for amended water or removal encapsulant to saturate
REMOVAL OF ASBESTOS - CONTAINING MATERIALS 02081 - 5
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL AS£B$T0p ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
substrate. Do not over-saturate to cause excess
Scrape materials from substrate. Remove materials in
quantities and control the descent to staging or floor
if over 20' use drop chute to contain material during
it. If using amended water, spray mist surface continuously
during work process. If using removal encapsulant follow
manufacturer's written instructions. Remove residue remaining on
scratch coat after scraping using stiff nylon bristled hand
brush. Use high pressure washer only with written authorization
of Owner's Representative. If a removal encapsulant is used
remove residue completely before encapsulant dries. If substrate
dries before complete removal of residue re-wet with amended
water or removal encapsulant.
Fireproofincr or Architectural Finish on wire Lath; Spray
asbestos-containing fireproofing or architectural acoustic finish
with a fine mist of amended water or removal encapsulant. Allow
time for amended water or removal encapsulant to saturate
material completely. Do not over-saturate to cause excess
dripping. If surface of material has been painted or otherwise
coated cut small holes as required and apply amended water or
removal encapsulant from above. Cut wire lath into 2' X 6'
sections and cut hanger wires. Roll or fold up complete with
Asbestos-Containing Material and hand place in container. Do not
drop on floor. After removal of lath and Asbestos-Containing
Material remove any overspray on decking and structure above
using stiff nylon bristled brush. Use high pressure washer only
with written authorization from Owner's Representative. Use one
of the following methods for containing waste.
Deposit material in corrugated paper board box. When box is
full duct tape closed and place in disposal bag.
Wrap material in felt and place in fiberboard drum lined
with two disposal bags. Use caution to insure that all
edges of wire lath that could cut plastic are covered with
felt.
Place material directly in a steel drum. Seal drums when
full with leak tight seal. Drum is to be leak tight in any
orientation.
Pipe Insulation: Spray with a mist of amended water or removal
encapsulant. Allow amended water or removal encapsulant to
saturate material to substrate. If a removal encapsulant is
used, use in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
Cut bands holding preformed pipe insulation, slit jackets at
seams, remove and hand-place in a disposal bag. Remove job-
molded fitting insulation in chunks and hand place in a disposal
bag. Do not drop to floor. Remove any residue on pipe or
REMOVAL OP ASBESTOS - CONTAINING MATERIALS 02081 - 6
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
*
with stiff bristle nylon hand brush. In locations where
irting insulation is removed from pipe with straight runs
ted with fibrous glass or other non-asbestos-containing
us material, remove fibrous material 6" from the point where
contacts the asbestos-containing insulation.
DELETE FOLLOWING IF THERE IS TO BE NO
DRY REMOVAL
DRY REMOVAL;
WET REMOVAL AS SPECIFIED HEREIN IS
REQUIRED UNLESS DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT
RESULTING FROM THE WETTING WOULD BE
UNAVOIDABLE. IN SUCH CASE, LOCAL
EXHAUST VENTILATION IN PLACE OF WET
REMOVAL MIGHT BE USED, BUT ONLY WITH THE
WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE UNITED STATES
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY. THE
OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE SHOULD HAVE A
COPY OF EPA APPROVAL IN HAND BEFORE WORK
COMMENCES. IF LOCAL VENTILATION
(SECTION 01513) IS TO BE USED JU
ADDITION TO WET REMOVAL METHODS, EPA
APPROVAL IS NOT REQUIRED).
Drv Removal; of Asbestos-Containing Materials is required in the
following areas where wetting may create a hazard for workers or
damage equipment or finishes.
FOLLOWING ARE EXAMPLES. EDIT AS
REQUIRED BY PROJECT SPECIFICS.
Electrical closet on each floor: this space contains the
vertical electrical bus for the building. This bus operates
at 480 volts and must be kept in operation at all times.
Transformer vault: This space contains four large
transformers operating at 14,000 volts on the primary side.
These transformers must be kept in operation at all times.
High pressure steam lines from the boiler header to Steam
Turbine no. 2. These line are operating at 300 psi and 422
degrees Fahrenheit and cannot be shut down.
North Data Processing Center: This space contains operating
computer equipment that must be maintained in operation
throughout the work.
REMOVAL OF ASBESTOS - CONTAINING MATERIALS 02081 - 7
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION
August 12, 1988
Reading Room: The damask vail coverings in this room are
approximately 250 years old and extremely fragile.
removal area from balance of Work Area by a Critical
described in Section 01526 Temporary Enclosures and a
differential between the dry removal area and Work Area
ribed in Section 01513 Pressure Differential System.
thorization;
Do not
begin dry
authorized in writing by the EPA NESHAP
Owner's Representative.
removal work until
coordinator and the
THE HISTORY OF ASBESTOS ABATEMENT IN
THIS COUNTRY INCLUDES THE COPPER PLATING
OF AN ABATEMENT WORKER PERFORMING A WET
REMOVAL NEAR AN ELECTRICAL BUS. THIS
FATAL ACCIDENT COULD HAVE BEEN AVOIDED
BY PROPER WORK PROCEDURES AND SPECIFIC
WORKER SKILLS.
FOLLOWING IS GENERAL AND SHOULD BE
REVISED WITH THE ADVICE OF A SAFETY
PROFESSIONAL. THE QUALIFIED
TRADESPERSON IN SOME JURISDICTIONS WILL
BE A LICENSED ELECTRICIAN. IF THIS IS
THE CASE REVISE THE FOLLOWING TO MAKE
THE REQUIREMENT MORE SPECIFIC.
Active Electrical Ecmionent; Do not wet materials in the
vicinity of active electrical equipment. Dry remove any
Asbestos-Containing Materials in the vicinity of active
electrical equipment.
Restrict Access: Maintain existing access restrictions to
areas with active electrical equipment. Allow access to
area only to qualified tradespersons with prior experience
in the installation and repair of involved equipment.
Warning Signs: Post warning signs at the entry point to
active electrical equipment as required by OSHA or other
applicable regulation.
Personnel; Work on active electrical equipment is to be
performed by qualified tradespersons with prior experience
in the installation or repair of the involved equipment.
Restrict access to electrical equipment.
Electrical Isolation: Cover exposed conductors with a
REMOVAL OF ASBESTOS - CONTAINING MATERIALS 02081 - 8
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, 1988
ninimuo\ ^/8" thick neoprene blanket draped over the
condrcto? and surrounding area.
Lve Equipment; Provide workers working on or in the
iity of active electrical with appropriate protective
lent including insulating gloves, boots, and non-
iductive tools.
Work Procedures; Perform removal work using "Localized
Control of Material Release" and "Local Ventilation and
Collection System" procedures described below.
Hot Equipment; Do not wet materials on hot piping or equipment.
Dry remove any Asbestos-Containing Materials on hot equipment.
Restrict Access; Maintain any existing access restrictions
to areas with hot equipment. Provide railing or other
barriers to prevent accidental contact with hot equipment.
Allow access to area only to qualified tradespersons with
prior experience with the type of equipment involved.
Warning Signs; Post warning signs at hot equipment as
required by OSHA or other applicable regulation.
Personnel; Work on hot equipment is to be performed by
qualified tradespersons with prior experience with the type
of equipment involved. Restrict access to electrical
equipment.
Re-insulation; Re-insulate equipment immediately following
visual inspection. Do not allow more than 8 linear feet of
piping to be exposed at any time.
Protective Equipment; Provide workers working on or in the
vicinity of hot equipment with appropriate protective
equipment including insulating gloves, boots, and coveralls.
Work Procedures; Perform removal work using "Localized
Control of Material Release" and "Local Ventilation and
Collection System" procedures described below.
LOCALIZED CONTROL OF MATERIA
ALWAYS USE FOLLOWING FOR DRY REMOVAL
PROJECTS .
FOLLOWING ARE EXAMPLES OF EXTREMELY
CAREFUL WORK PRACTICES WHICH WILL HELP
TO KEEP FIBER LEVELS LOW ON A DRY
REMOVAL OF ASBESTOS - CONTAINING MATERIALS 02081 - 9
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
MODEL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12,.
REMOVAL OR AN AMOSITE JOB.
REQUIRED BY JOB SPECIFICS.
• ..'.'£ '•..i"S
-------
MODEL ASBSTOS ABATEMENT GUIDE SPECIFICATION August 12, ises
of duct so that air flow is horizontally and
slighpiyaownward into intake. Replace primary filters on HE PA
f iltjfc^dxfan units at an interval of no greater that 30 minutes.
All/ov&o «ore than one scraping or wire brushing activity per fan
USE ABOVE AND DELETE BELOW IF THE WORK
INVOLVES SCRAPING MATERIAL OFF A SCRATCH
COAT OR OTHER OPERATION THAT IS GOING TO
GENERATE A CONSIDERABLE AMOUNT OF
DEBRIS. BELOW IS APPROPRIATE FOR
REMOVAL OF PREMOLDED PIPE INSULATION OR
CUTTING WIRE LATH FOR REMOVAL.
Attach a job-built 4* X 4' flared end piece on intake end of
duct. Support end piece horizontally at a point 4'-0" below the
work, so that airflow is downward into intake.
END OF SECTION - 02081
REMOVAL OF ASBESTOS - CONTAINING MATERIALS 02081 - 11
Copyright (c) 1988, National Institute of Building Sciences
-------
Replacement Specifications
Exhibit
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC 11/87
SECTIOMffllQ4X> -^PROJECT COORDINATION
THIS SECTION USES THE
TERM "ARCHITECT". CHANGE
THIS TERM AS NECESSARY TO
MATCH THE ACTUAL TERM
USED TO IDENTIFY THE
DESIGN PROFESSIONAL AS
DEFINED IN THE GENERAL
AND SUPPLEMENTARY
CONDITIONS.
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General
and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification
Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
This Section specifies adr.inistrative and supervisory
requirements necessary for Project coordination including, but
not necessarily limited to:
DELETE REQUIREMENTS NOT
INCLUDED FROM THE LIST
BELOW. INSERT SPECIAL
REQUIREMENTS, AS
NECESSARY. DO NOT
CONFLICT WITH GENERAL OR
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS.
Coordination.
Administrative and supervisory personnel.
General installation provisions.
Cleaning and protection.
FIELD ENGINEERING AND
PROJECT MEETINGS ARE
OFTEN INCORPORATED IN
THIS SECTION ON SMALL
PROJECTS. IF INCLUDED IN
PROJECT COORDINATION ?*%£*+»£, 0104° ~
•?;« bt ::XM -if tkc :
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
11/87
THIS SECTION, DELETE THE
NEXT TWO PARAGRAPHS.
Field eagj-Tfefrrinq is included in Section "Field Engineering".
T
Pr
CO
'meetings, coordination neetings and pre-installation
ces are included in Section "Project Meetings".
REVISE THE PARAGRAPH
BELOW IF EITHER THE
NARROWSCOPE SECTION
"SCHEDULES AND REPORTS"
IS USED OR IF A CPM-TYPE
CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION
SCHEDULE IS USED.
COORDINATE WITH SECTIONS
DEALING WITH SCHEDULES
AND REPORTS.
Requirements for the Contractor's
included in Section "Subnittals" .
Construction Schedule are
COORDINATION
REQUIREMENTS IN THE
ARTICLE BELOW AMPLIFY
COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS
INCLUDED IN THE GENERAL
CONDITIONS. DELETE THIS
ARTICLE IF REQUIREMENTS
IN THE GENERAL CONDITIONS
SATISFY PROJECT
REQUIREMENTS AND SPECIFIC
ACTIONS SPECIFIED IN THIS
ARTICLE ARE NOT
REQUIRED.
Coordination; Coordinate construction activities included under
various Sections of these Specifications to assure efficient and
orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate
construction operations included under different Sections of the
Specifications that are dependent upon each other for proper
installation, connection, and operation.
Where installation of one part of the Work is dependent on
installation of other cor.ponents, either before or after its
PROJECT COORDINATION
01040 - 2
T1S a *fs*tt< H f.yt4.n tri «• t-i
Ni !»•*«
«.- n* ::;)
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
11/87
own insta]
sequence
tion, schedule construction activities in the
aJred to obtain the best results.
Whe
variability of space is limited, coordinate
ion of different components to assure maximum
bility for required maintenance, service and repair.
adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for
later installation.
Where necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party
involved outlining special procedures required for coordination.
Include such items as required notices, reports, and attendance
at meetings.
Prepare similar memoranda for the Owner and separate
Contractors where coordination of their Work is required.
Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of
required administrative procedures with other construction
activities to avoid conflicts and ensure orderly progress of the
Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not
limited to, the following:
INSERT ADDITIONAL
ADMINISTRATIVE
ACTIVITIES NEEDED TO
SATISFY SPECIAL PROJECT
REQUIREMENTS.
Preparation of schedules.
Installation and removal of temporary facilities.
Delivery and processing of submittals.
Progress meetings.
Project Close-out activities.
PROVISIONS IN THE NEXT
PARAGRAPH MAY BE
DIFFICULT TO ENFORCE. AT
BEST PROVISIONS FOR
CONSERVATION ARE USEFUL
IN CONTRACT NEGOTIATION.
IF PENALTIES FOR WASTEFUL
PRACTICES ARE DESIRED,
REQUIREMENTS ARE MORE
ENFORCEABLE IF MADE A
"CONDITION OF THE
PROJECT COORDINATION
01040 - 3
': nrtttit r
. * W.-.P •'
tit M n-tttt fctr »e :cv
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA MASTERSPEC 11/87
CONTRACT" AND ADDED TO
ARTICLE 3.3 BY
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS.
INSERT SPECIFIC
CONSERVATION REQUIREMENTS
IN THE APPROPRIATE
SECTIONS IN DIVISIONS-2
THROUGH-16.
\
oordinate construction activities to ensure that
opera t i9w are carried out with consideration given to
conserW£Con/of energy, water, and materials.
materials and equipnent involved in performance of,
not actually incorporated in, the Work. Refer to other
for disposition of salvaged materials that are
designated as Owner's property.
SUBMTTTALS
THE REQUIREMENT BELOW FOR
COORDINATION DRAWINGS IS
REDUNDANT IF INSTALLATION
IS COMPLETELY COVERED IN
A SINGLE SECTION OR
SHOWN COMPLETELY ON SHOP
DRAWINGS .
Coordination Drawings; Prepare and submit coordination Drawings
where close and careful coordination is required for installation
of products and materials fabricated off-site by separate
entities, and where limited space availability necessitates
maximum utilization of space for efficient installation of
different components.
Show the interrelationship of components shown on separate
Shop Drawings.
Indicate required installation sequences.
Comply with requirenents contained in Section "Submittals. "
Refer to Division-15 Section "Basic Mechanical
Requirements," and Division-16 Section "Basic Electrical
Requirements" for specific coordination Drawing requirements
for mechanical and electrical installations.
PROJECT COORDINATION 01040 - 4
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
11/87
N
Within 15 days of Notice to Proceed, submit a list
cactor's principal staff assignments, including the
nt and other personnel in attendance at the site;
individuals, their duties and responsibilities; list
esses and telephone numbers.
jst copies of the list in the Project meeting room, the
temporary field office, and each temporary telephone.
INSERT SPECIAL
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE
SUPERINTENDENT AND
ASSISTANTS THAT ARE OVER
AND ABOVE REQUIREMENTS
CONTAINED IN GENERAL AND
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
GENERAL INSTALLATION PROVISIONS
RETAIN THE ARTICLE BELOW
ONLY AS A MEANS OF
DELETING SIMILAR
PARAGRAPHS FROM OTHER
SECTIONS.
Inspection of Conditions; Require the Installer of each major
component to inspect both the substrate and conditions under
which Work is to be performed. Do not proceed until
unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable
manner.
Manufacturer's Instructions: Comply with manufacturer's
installation instructions and recommendations, to the extent that
those instructions and recommendations are more explicit or
stringent than requirements contained in Contract Documents.
Inspect materials or equipment immediately upon delivery and
again prior to installation. Reject damaged and defective items.
PROJECT COORDINATION
01040 - 5
M S i
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
11/87
chroent and connection devices and methods necessary
Work. Secure Work true to line and level. Allow
sion and building movement.
Effects: Provide uniform joint widths in exposed Work.
e joints in exposed Work to obtain the best visual effect.
questionable choices to the Architect for final decision.
Recheck measurements and dimensions, before starting each
installation.
Install each component during weather conditions and Project
status that will ensure the best possible results. Isolate each
part of the completed construction from incompatible material as
necessary to prevent deterioration.
Coordinate temporary enclosures with required inspections and
tests, to minimize the necessity of uncovering completed
construction for that purpose.
Mounting Heights; Where mounting heights are not indicated,
install individual components at standard mounting heights
recognized within the industry for the particular application
indicated. Refer questionable mounting height decisions to the
Architect for final decision.
CLEANING AND PROTECTION
PROVISIONS IN THE NEXT
ARTICLE ARE INTENDED TO
REDUCE OR ELIMINATE THE
NEED FOR SIMILAR
PROVISIONS IN OTHER
SECTIONS. INSERT
PROVISIONS NEEDED BECAUSE
OF UNIQUE PROJECT
CONDITIONS. HOWEVER,
UNUSUAL PROVISIONS FOR
SPECIFIC UNITS OF WORK
SHOULD BE SPECIFIED IN
THE INDIVIDUAL UNIT OF
WORK SECTION.
During handling and installation, clean and protect construction
in progress and adjoining materials in place. Apply protective
PROJECT COORDINATION
01040 - 6
ill S e.
f
5c
t'. It Tfft:.:<
- »tj
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA
MASTERSPEC
11/87
covern
deteri
re required to ensure protection from damage or
ion at Substantial Completion.
maintain completed construction as frequently as
through the remainder of the construction period.
and lubricate operable components to ensure operability
damaging effects.
Limiting Exposures; Supervise construction activities to ensure
that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is
subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious
exposure during the construction period. Where applicable, such
exposures include, but are not limited to, the following:
DELETE ITEMS FROM THE
LIST BELOW THAT ARE NOT
APPROPRIATE FOR THE
PROJECT. ADD ITEMS TO
SATISFY PROJECT
REQUIREMENTS .
Excessive static or dynamic loading.
Excessive internal or external pressures.
Excessively high or low temperatures.
Thermal shock.
Excessively high or low humidity.
Air contamination or pollution.
Water or ice.
Solvents.
Chemicals.
Light.
Radiation.
Puncture.
Abrasion.
Heavy traffic.
Soiling, staining and corrosion.
Bacteria.
Rodent and insect infestation.
Combustion.
Electrical current.
High speed operation,
Improper lubrication,
Unusual wear or other misuse.
Contact between incompatible materials.
Destructive testing.
Misalignment.
Excessive weathering.
PROJECT COORDINATION
01040 - 7
t ut en
hr irtw it j-**fl,»-
•! art -.tn tt :.)r
-------
Copyright 1987, AIA MASTERSPEC 11/87
UnproCacrcd storage.
Impn^ppr/shipping or handling.
Th«
Vattdattism.
END OF SECTION 01040
PROJECT COORDINATION 01040 - 8
TTS i Mkxjrt 3 ftjftd;* jrj ml l» S
t«*r »ti« vu»« IK tv-he Ry<
-------
MASTERSPECT
SECTION COVER SHEET
Explaining scope and basis or this issue
. LIBRARY
Basic \Vrs;on
KTRI :< HI JRAL/CI VIIl.lBRARY
Vorcion
Cnpyngh! 1992 by Th* AjT«-nr«n Irvttilulo of Arr-hilrcti ITi.'. NVw York Ar.-n-.n-. N \V . \Vn.ihinfalf»d
locations but also a variety of highpr density products for nxpowd locations rynirmffr/n more fir.:shc>d
appearance a« well as greater resiKtnnce to physical abuso. detpnoratio(^i»fn weaTJler, air orosjnn. and
higher humidituw. / f /\
Related Sections: Rpfcr to "Specificat |